HomeMy WebLinkAbout6606 Stadium Dr (3)RENOVATIONS To
l A�
OFPLAMS
g h try k i .T'a
d-
REVISIONS
BY
.f,
' �00
CO
M N
�ti U CD
�
Q
N U
U
G U
I—� U N
4
>
3 ti 3
A C
O
El
N
1 ;
rx "
M
N
b
N
CD
V O
-- 2
U]
C
U
Q�
L�
V U
Z
Zo
_I J
U M >
O m *L J
J 0LL.t
+
C
� U Ld
o—V -
v WL o �O
U
c MO N
LL.
CY- Q C)N
J
p Q co
�V
00
-J w
LL-m
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
14-137
Sheet
IJob:
T1
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_T1-TITLE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:17:50 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
a °'
MATERIAL LEGEND
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
GENERAL NOTES
BUILDING CODE INFORMATION
INDEX OF: DRAWINGS
EARTH/ FILL
I. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS APPLIED TO WALL AND CEILING SHALL
I. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
Tl TITLE SHEET
THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 2010 EDITION
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. ALL FINISH MATERIALS SHALL
MEET A C-LA55 "B" INTERIOR FINISH RATING IN EXIT AND EXIT
THE NATIONAL FIRE CODE "FLORIDA BUILDING CODE," "FLORIDA
PLUMBING CODE," "FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE," "NATIONAL
T2 ABBREVIATION SHEET
BRICK
a CONCRETE
" STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTER, LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
ACCESS AREA. CLASS "C" ELSEWHERE.
2. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE
WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS SHALL NOT
BE USED
ELECTRICAL O ALL OTHER ,
AND FEDERAL CODES D D ORDINANCES, APPLICABLE ES, AND ALLA T AUTAL,HORITIES
HAVING LOCAL JURISDICTION.
2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN
THE CURRNT EDITION OF THE "
CONDIITTIONSGOFWITH THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AIAERAL DOCUMENT
@ BUILDING
. PLUMBING
•MECHANICAL
• ENERGY CONSERVATION
• ELECTRICAL
DI DEMOLITION ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
02 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
03 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN
04a DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
04b DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
2012 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
CMU- LARGE SCALE
3. ALL GLAZING WITHIN A 24 INCH ARC OF DOORS WHOSE BOTTOM EDGE
IS LESS THAN 60 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND GLASS BELOW IS"
A.F.F. AND ALL GLAZING IN DOORS SHALL BE SAFETY GLASS,
TEMPERED GLASS OR ACRYLIC PLASTIC SHEET. PER FBC-2406.1
14201.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, UPON DISCOVERY, GIVE WRITTEN NOTICE
TO THE ARCHITECT OF ANY MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, OR DESIGN
FEATURES WHICH HE BELIEVES TO BE INADEQUATE OR UNSUITABLE, IN
ASI ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
AS2 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS
A63 BOUNDARY SURVEY
FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 2010 EDITION
NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE FLORIDA EDITION
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2008 EDITION
CMU- SMALL SCALE
4, OBJECTS PROTRUDING FROM WALLS WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES
VIOLATION OF LAWS, ORDINANCES, OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF
BETWEEN 21" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL
PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 4" INTO WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS,
THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK, AND OF
ANY NECESSARY ITEMS OR WORK OMITTED FROM THE DRAWINGS.
LI LANDSCAPE PLAN
2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN
METAL -LARGE SCALE
PASSAGEWAYS, OR AISLES. OBJECTS MOUNTED AT OR BELOW 21"
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MAY NOT PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNT. FREE
4. ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL USE ONLY SKILLED CRAFTSMEN,
LS LIFE SAFETY
METAL OR SHEET METAL -SMALL SCALE
0
WOOD FINISH
STANDING OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POST OR PYLONS MAY OVERHANG
12". PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH OF
AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR MANEUVERING SPACE.
5. PROVIDE DEADWOOD BLOCKING WITHIN WALL CAVITIES AT
EXPERIENCED IN THE WORK OF THEIR TRADE, TO ENSURE FIRST
CLASS WORKMANSHIP. ANY WORK NOT EQUAL TO BEST TRADE
STANDARDS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO
. ADDITIONAL COST. SHOULD ANY SUBCONTRACTOR REFUSE TO
REMOVE AND REPLACE UNSATISFACTORY WORK, THE CONTRACTOR
Ala FLOOR PLAN
Alb ENLARGED PLANS
A2 DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
BUSINESS OCCUPANCY - GROUP 'B'
CLASSIFICATION OF WORK PER FEBC EXISTING BUILDING SECTION 405 - ALTERATION LEVEL 3
WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS
LOCATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WALL MOUNTED
CABINETRY, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, TOILET ACCESSORIES,
GRAB BARS, WALL STOPS, ETC.. ISGA. GALV. FLAT METAL MAY BE
USED IN LOCATIONS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
MAY REMOVE AND REPLACE IT, AND CHARGE THE COST TO THE
SUBCONTRACTOR.
5. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO
A3d REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A3b CEILING DETAILS
A4 ROOF PLAN
DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE TO ENSURE THE
GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
ASa EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
WOOD BLOCKING INTERMITTENT
PLYWOOD
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
6. ANY CONCEALED COMBUSTIBLE SPACE IN WHICH BUILDING
MATERIALS HAVING A FLAME SPREAD INDEX GREATER THAN CLASS
A ARE: EXPOSED SHALL BE DRAFTSTOPPED AS FOLLOWS:
6,1. EVERY EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION SHALL
BE FIRESTOPPED AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL, AT THE TOP STORY
CEILING LEVEL, AND AT THE LEVEL OF SUPPORT FOR ROOFS
6.2. EVERY UNOCCUPIED ATTIC SPACE SHALL BE SUB DIVIDED BY
DRAFT5TOP5 INTO AREAS NOT TO EXCEED 3,000 5QFT
6.3.ANY CONCEALED SPACE BETWEEN THE CEILING AND THE
SAFETY OF PEOPLE AND OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT
PARTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED
TO, THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING OR TIE
DOWNS THAT MAY BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL BE
REMOVED AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR
AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT,
6. ALL PRODUCTS AND PARTS SHALL FIT TOGETHER NEATLY, WITHOUT
DAMAGE OR DISFIGUREMENT. EXCEPT FOR SPECIFIED CURVED
A5b EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
Abd WALL SECTIONS
Abb WALL SECTIONS
A%C WALL SECTIONS
A'Id INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
Alb INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ASa CABINET DETAILS
TABLE 503
MAX ALLOWED
PROVIDED
BUILDING AREA
5000 SF
1Z00 SF
BUILDING HEIGHT
4V
I6'-8"
NUMBER OF STORIES
2
I
RIGID INSULATION
FLOOR OR ABOVE ROOF SHALL BE DRAFT5TOPPED FOR THE
SURFACES, ALL PRODUCTS AND PARTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED/
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
Aft CABINET DETAILS
BATT INSULATION
FULL DEPTH OF THE SPACE ALONG THE LINE OF SUPPORT FOR
THE FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND, IF
NECESSARY, AT OTHER LOCATIONS TO FORM AREAS NOT TO
EXCEED 1,000 SOFT FOR ANY SPAGE BETWEEN CEILING AND
FABRICATED AND INSTALLED TRUE, IN LINE, AND PLUMB. ALL NON
CONFORMING WORK SHALL BE REJECTED AND RE -ACCOMPLISHED
BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE
OWNER.
ASa DOOR SCHEDULE / DOOR DETAILS
A9b WINDOW SCHEDULE /WINDOW DETAILS
AIO MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION - VB UNSPRINKLERED
TABLE 601 - FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR EUILDING ELEMENTS
FLOOR, AND 3,000 SOFT FOR ANY SPACE BETWEEN CEILING
AND ROOF
roA.DRAFTSTOPPING MATERIALS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 112"
THICK GYPSUM BOARD, 15/32" PLYWOOD, OR OTHER
APPROVED MATERIALS THAT ARE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED
6.5,THE INTEGRITY OF ALL DRAFTSTOPS SHALL BE MAINTAINED
1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF
NEW COMPONENTS.
8. ALL BIDS SHALL BE PREPARED FROM A COMPLETE SET OF
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COMPLETE SETS OF DOCUMENTS SHALL
NOT BE BROKEN UP FOR BID PURPOSES. SUCH ACTION MAY RESULT
BUILDING ELEMENT
REMISED
PROVIDED
101 FINISH FLOOR PLAN / FINISH SCHEDULE
NI ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
N2 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME
0 HR
0 HR
BEARING WALLS - EXTERIOR
0 HR
0 HR
BEARING WALLS - INTERIOR
0 HR
0 HR
1. WALL AND ROOF/ CEILING ASSEMBLIES NOTED AS U.L., G.A. OR OTHER
APPROVED TESTING AGENCIES ARE CONSIDERED PROPRIETARY,
IN A LACK OF INFORMATION IN REFERENCE TO THE SCOPE OF WORK
TO BE PERFORMED.
Sld FOUNDATION PLAN
NONBEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS - EXTERIOR
0 HR
0 HR
PROPRIETARY ASSEMBLIES MUST BE BUILT UTILIZING THE
COMPONENTS, MEANS, AND METHODS SPECIFIED BY THE TESTING
AGENCY.
8. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS SHOWN IN
THESE DOCUMENTS OR AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE LOCAL
S. IT SHALL BE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO
PERSONALLY FIELD INSPECT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO THE
PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL OF HIS BID. THIS INSPECTION IS
REQUIRED SO THAT THE CONTRACTOR SMALL BE TOTALLY FAMILIAR
WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THEIR INTERFACE WITH THE NEW
SIb FOUNDATION DETAILS
S2d FRAMING: PLAN
S2b FRAMIW3 DETAILS
82G FRAMING: DETAILS
83 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
NONBEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS INTERIOR
0 HR
0 HR
Q�1�/�
�V
SYMBOL 1 1a/,L LEGEND
FLOOR CONSTRUCTION AND SECONDARY MEMBERS
0 HR
0 HR
ROOF CONSTRUCTION ANp SECONDARY MEMBERS
0 HR
0 HR
TABLE 602 - FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BEARING AND NON BEARING:
BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
-
FIRE MARSHAL.
9INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84.
CONSTRUCTION AS DEFINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.
10. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE G.C, SHALL FURNISH A WRITTEN
GUARANTEE FOR ALL WORK (EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND LABOR),
PO PLUMBING COVER SHEET.
PI PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION
FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCES
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
LESS THAN 5'-0"
1 HR
N/A
BUILDING SECTION SYMBOL
10, SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND ASTM C
636.
AGAINST ANY DEFECTS IN SAID WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1)
YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, WITH ALL
APPROPRIATE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL
COST TO THE OWNER.
P2 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - GRAVITY PIPING
P3 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - PRESSURE PIPING
P4 PLUMBING FLOOR ROOF -GRAVITY PIPING
P5 PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM
FROM 5'-0" TO 10-0"
1 HR
N/A
FROM 10'-0" TO 20'-0"
0 HR
N/A
_
11. MATERIAL, OTHER THAN FOAM PLASTIC USED AS INTERIOR TRIM
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLASS C FLAME SPREAD AND
11, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. AND/OR
CONTRACTORS TO COMPLY WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
P6 PLUMBING WATER RISER DIA3RAM
FROM 20-0" TO 30'-0"
0 HR
N/A
GREATER THAN 30-0"
0 HR
0 HR
WALL SECTION SYMBOL
SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
A5TM E 04.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF n10 BY THE U.S.
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, AND REQUIRE ALL ITS SUBCONTRACTORS
AND EMPLOYEES TO COMPLY WITH THIS LAW, AND ANY RELATED
MO.1 MECHANICAL LEGI30, NOTES, AND SCHEDULES
MO.2 MECHANICAL SMCFICATIONS
12. INTERIOR WALL SURFACES WITHIN (2) TWO FEET OF URINALS AND
STATE OR LOCAL LAWS.
MO.3 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
-
WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT
SURFACE TO A HEIGHT OF (4) FOUR FEET ABOVE THE FINISHED
FLOOR MINIMUM. THE MATERIALS USED IN SUCH WALLS SHALL BE OF
A TYPE THAT IS NOT ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY MOISTURE.
12. THE DATA GIVEN HEREIN AND ON THE DRAWINGS IS AS EXACT AS
COULD BE SECURED, THEIR ABSOLUTE ACCURACY IS NOT
GUARANTEED, AND THE G.C. SHALL OBTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS,
FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
MO.4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Ml.l MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION
M1.2 MECHANICAL ROOF MAN _ DEMOLITION,
ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
_
DETAIL SYMBOL
13, SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED AND AS STATED IN THE
2012 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 1 SECTION 103 SIGNS.
MEASUREMENTS, LEVELS, ETC. AT THE SITE AND SHALL
SATISFACTORILY ADAPT HIS WORK TO THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF
THE BUILDING. DO NOT SCALE PRINTS, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS
WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK.
M2.1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCT(
M2.2 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION
M3,1 MECHANICAL DETAILS
FIRE WALL - 106.1 AND TABLE 106.4
N/A
N/A
SHAFT AND EXIT ENCLOSURES - 108A / 1016.1
LESS THAN 4 STORIES
N/A
N/A
OCCUPANCY SEPARATION - 101.3.8 / 508
N/A
N/A
_
-- DETAIL SYMBOL
13. THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL
NOT BE ALTERED IN ANYWAY BY THE CONTRACTOR OR THE OWNER.
ALTERATIONS SHALL BE MADE ONLY BY THE ARCHITECT Or -
RECORD.
EO LEGEND AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
El SITE PLAN - L*WTINCs AND POWER
E2 FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER AND
LIGHTING
TENANT SEPARATION - 1013.1
N/A
N/A
EXIT PASSAGEWAY - 101.3.3 / 1022.1
N/A
N/A
HORIZONTAL EXIT - 1013A / 1023.1
WA
N/A
E3 ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER
E4 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
E5 FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATI
SINGLE OCCUPANCY FIRE AREA - 101.3.9
WA
N/A
CORRID0R6 (OCCUPANT LOAD LESS THAN 30)
I018.1 (UNSPRINKLERED)
N/A
N/A
TOP OF SLAB F•F•E, _-_ ELEVATION MARK
TOP
El6 ROOF PLAN - POWER
El ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E8 POWER DISTRIBUTION RISER DIAGRAM AND
PANEL EDULE
INTERIOR ELEVATION MARK
INTERIOR FINISHES
E9 SPECIFICATIONS
EIO SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING: FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY - TABLE 803.13
KEYED DRAWING NOTES
Ell SPECIFICATIONS
GROUP: BUSINESS GROUP 'B'
O DOOR NUMBER SYMBOL
EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS
CLASS A
CORRIDORS
CLASS B
ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES
CLASS G
000 ROOM NUMBER SYMBOL
MEANS OF EGS RES
O WINDOW SYMBOL
CABLE 10&A - MAXMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCE PER OCCUPANT
FLOOR AREA IN
FUNCTION OF SPACE
SQ FT. PER
OCCIIPANTS
OCCUPANT
REVISION
�jp/1�E/�T SCOPE
PROJECT
BUSINESS -GROUP 'B'
100 SF
12 OCCUPANTS
FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL
VV �7V
MEANS OF EGRESS
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
SYSTEM
MANUFXnFr:R
PRODUCT
APPROVAL NUMBER
RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO AN EXISTING SINGLE STORY FREE
STANDING MASONRY BUILDING INCLUDING BUILDING, FULL SITE
DEVELOPMENT AND UTILITIES. - -
EGRESS WIDTH PER PERSON (LEVEL) - 1005.1
02" x 12 = 14.4"
200"
DOORS
YKK AP
35DH MEDIUM STYLE
8112.1
MINIMUM CLEAR EXIT DOOR OPENING - 1008.1.1
32"
> 34
WINDOWS
YKK AP
YES 45 PI
1019.1
- -
MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL - 10143
15 FT
< 15
-
WALL TYPES
ROOFING
DURO-LAST
THERMOPLASTIC
SINGLE PLY
15513.1
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE - TABLE 1016.1
200 FT
< 200
MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH - I0182
44"
> 44
MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH - 1018.4
20 FT
<20
KEY PLAN SECTION SYMBOL
MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS - 1021.1 / 1021.2
2
4
LOCATION MAP
�ae"mot
11
E..3A EHfttd#k;lvC,
6 At "aaihGhafa,¢ ;,ei4jCrix(6t ,Y
is._ •,. ..
� Hatt 1," ,$WPry Ln
- ga..ia>�tC,Xiu-
rev.Cod pr
�AancetSgvara' -
Tz
__ ��r1ne"n t p -_
TAP eaD PROJECT
L'OGATION ,"
r m
/ zepn "nulcHohsc oo i?)
"°"yP` xvT
� InYe' l�
FPVe f
1$th i. S
n �
PROJECT TEAM
ARGHftECt
OLIVERI ARCHITECTS"
32101 U.S. HWY.19
PALM HARBOR, FLORIDA 34(o84.
121-181-1525d
STRUCTURAL
MOHAN ENGINEERING
3040 GULF TO BAY BLVD., SUITE 209
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33159
121. -IV, 1505
PLUMBING: /MECHANICAL
/ ELECTRICAL
APG ELECTRC I
4825 140TH AVENUE NORTH, SUITE K
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33162-38221
121-530-0011
REVISIONS
BY
�i
u
�
\
ono
CO
o
N U
U
fi a'
V
t
N �
3 ti 3
� c
0
Eoaa� ti
N
l;
W
a
00
N
Z O
o
o c,
w Q
o #
I
U U
U
cn
10
V V
-z
zo
J J
V
O m
C
"
w V
�
oV�°
U�
=
Oj W LLL.
0 O
C M o
U
Q_ V)
(1)CO
ofQJON
(1)
CL
Q
CO
�V
00
ww
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
T2
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_T2-CODE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:17:41 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
4
4
O 00
O O
O
O
\ 10 O O O I n
/ v 1
I
�I I I I I 1 I I ` _'� I �� I I I ♦ I I S
/ I I K \I
I 23 21 2 041,
21 O
�\ 4
\ 1
i
ODEl" IOL I T I ON ARCM I TEGTURAL SITE FLAN
SCALE: I" = 20'-0"
KEYED NOTES
OPROPERTY LINE
OEXISTING LANDSCAPE AREA
OEXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE
OEXISTING WATER VALVE
OEXISTING UTILITY POLE
OEXISTING LIGHT POLE
OEXISTING WATER METER / BACKPLOW PREVENTOR - SEE PLUMBING
DRAWINGS
OEXISTING ELECTRICAL METER TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED -
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
OEXISTING PARKING SPACE STRIPING TO BE REMOVED
10 EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK / SLAB TO BE REMOVED
11 PORTION OF EXISTING RETAINING WALL TO BE REMOVED. WIDTH TO
MATCH ADJACENT SIDEWALK
12 PORTION OF EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE TO BE REMOVED
13 EXISTING PIPE BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED
14 EXISTING COLUMN TO BE REMOVED
15 EXISTING COVERED ENTRY ABOVE TO BE REMOVED
16 (ox& CEDAR POSTS TO BE REMOVED
I"f REMOVE H.C. SIGN
18 EXISTING TREES
19 EXCAVATE GRADE FOR NEW RAMP
2fD EXISTING RETENTION POND
21 EXISTING TREE TO BE REMOVED
O22 EXISTING CHAIN -LINK FENCE TO BE REMOVED
- -
23 EXISTING UTILITY POLE TO BE RELOCATED AS REQUIRED BY
POWER COMPANY - SEE SITE PLAN
GeNERAL NOTES
1. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL EXISTING / DEMOLITION SITE
LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES.
REVISIONS
ODEl" IOL I T I ON ARCM I TEGTURAL SITE FLAN
SCALE: I" = 20'-0"
KEYED NOTES
OPROPERTY LINE
OEXISTING LANDSCAPE AREA
OEXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE
OEXISTING WATER VALVE
OEXISTING UTILITY POLE
OEXISTING LIGHT POLE
OEXISTING WATER METER / BACKPLOW PREVENTOR - SEE PLUMBING
DRAWINGS
OEXISTING ELECTRICAL METER TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED -
SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
OEXISTING PARKING SPACE STRIPING TO BE REMOVED
10 EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK / SLAB TO BE REMOVED
11 PORTION OF EXISTING RETAINING WALL TO BE REMOVED. WIDTH TO
MATCH ADJACENT SIDEWALK
12 PORTION OF EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE TO BE REMOVED
13 EXISTING PIPE BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED
14 EXISTING COLUMN TO BE REMOVED
15 EXISTING COVERED ENTRY ABOVE TO BE REMOVED
16 (ox& CEDAR POSTS TO BE REMOVED
I"f REMOVE H.C. SIGN
18 EXISTING TREES
19 EXCAVATE GRADE FOR NEW RAMP
2fD EXISTING RETENTION POND
21 EXISTING TREE TO BE REMOVED
O22 EXISTING CHAIN -LINK FENCE TO BE REMOVED
- -
23 EXISTING UTILITY POLE TO BE RELOCATED AS REQUIRED BY
POWER COMPANY - SEE SITE PLAN
GeNERAL NOTES
1. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL EXISTING / DEMOLITION SITE
LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES.
REVISIONS
BY
i
�
Q
/ U N O
�� C rd E
/ C 11. • U
ti
cC
t.
O x N
./ N U
'p C
o
CU
I
W
a
I
00
N
cl 0
a CD
0
,
U_
i
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U D >
O m � J
} LL- -�
C
�Uw E v o
U_ 5 0
o =
C3
W v 0
V—
0
c�0�'av'
O (D N D
Qf QJ 0NCL
Q f;0
00
� w
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
D 1
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_D01-DEMO SITE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:17:30 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
v
M
4'-ID" 4, ID"
-----------------
II --------------L1----
I
I I II II I
II I
II I
II I
i � II II I
II II I
I II II I
II I
II I
L-------------- I
r------r--
I I I II
I--J------J
r II I
I�I - II
I 1----------------JII
I r� / r-------------- r- I I
IIII i` I I II I
j L------------, I I I I
II I I II I
II I II I
I I 8 l I I I I I
II I I II I
II 8 I IF -I
II I I II-L---------------�
r1 I ____�
I L
L / J_J
L-====__=---J L---J
21 21 2ID 21 21
i
L -- _----------J
r----------
LJI
r------------- --I
V S
III ---- rT-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------r
III L---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------J
12
1I C-=--_-��,------------------------?-7-� r_ I I ---------I -----L--_ ---I I TI I
--------------
III
8�
-
I rr-r r-w1l
AIN 3
Al
�r1
LJI I I I I I L
TJ I
F-1 J L__J
------------
------------iI iI --
L--------J
J
-�i
�- --%
L LJ ----- -----------ri `�IIIIIII1II1IIIIIII iI iILrI -�-LL' �--I-
L-
---1 -ii �'IIIIIIIII
�\�IIIIIjI
�L
------------------- __==-=-L---------JJ ----
I4
nI% ---
i t
11 if
LL
oi-
r�r1, � Ij 21 21 21ill Ij ------L_
L----------------1Ex-z� L- ------------J L--- - ----------J L--------------J L-
-------------------------------------------------Z-- -_ -- _
\
II I I 11 I, I.
11 II 11 I
V I I �Jt
I I I I I I I I I f 11
II I I 1j I II I I
II I I II I II I I
r
I I I II I II I I
I I I II I II I I
I II I I
I I I-----------_I_--1 1 I I I
I I I --------------- I I I I
r
I I I II II I I II jl � --I
`J I I II II I
I I II
I I I I I I
I I I II
I I I II I 6 I'
1 1 1 I I
1 I I I
I I I I
I I I I I IIII
I I I I III
I, �6 IIIIIIII II6I IIII
III
I
2
12 4
L----------- ij
N JrL-ITI
r--------_---1 L-----------t-----L3 52
II L----J
II I I III II I ��ILLI r7IIII21
------------
�-4 ----------
------------- II II r�111 �� IIII I III I
L'-J 8
it Ili_ i / \ IT'�y
r-
I
�
I
4 I I I I, I IIII -------------- 4
,------------- I I- L J -
I
I � 1 IiL----------------�
I ------------ II LI
�L— JAI i Lr--------L---------IFF
I III �� III
> I III i II
IT8 i n II
11 I I1 II
II o
11
r----J� I I I 1 ri I I
II I I II
II I I I II
II I 1 I II III
I I I I III
II I I I II III
I I I I III
II II L___- ___ __-41-77
II
j l I I ILLI'L J, I I
JL-------------------J L------__-------=---11------------------I
--- - ----------
-------- ------------ -t-------- ------
2
14
2
16
ODEMOLITION FLOOR IOL4rt
SCALE: 3/16" = P-0"
w
11
LZ//,/JI
� . I
\ I
, J
I I
� � I
I
WALL LEGEND
EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
II rf� 1
k== EXISTING DOOR SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
�_----� EXISTING WINDOW SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
=======_=== EXISTING WALL PARTITION TO TO BE REMOVED
EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
KEYED NOTES
OEXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN
OEXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
OEXISTING WINDOW SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW DOOR SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OEXISTING DOOR SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING CABINETRY TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED - CAP OFF PIPES AS
REQUIRED - SEE PLUMBING
OEXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED
1ID EXISTING ELECTRICAL METER / SERVICE TO BE REMOVED AND
RELOCATED - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
II EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE REMOVED - SEE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
0 EXISTING PHONE / DATA BOARDS TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
13 EXISTING= WATER HEATER TO BE REMOVED - SEE PLUMBING
14 EXISTING BRICK VENEER TO BE REMOVED
15 EXISTING COLUMNS AND CANOPY TO BE REMOVED
16 EXISTING BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED
0 EXISTING MECHANICAL HVAC UNIT TO BE REMOVED - SEE
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
IS EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK / RAMP TO BE REMOVED - SEE
-ARCHITECTURAL SITE -PLAN
10 PORTION OF EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
0 EXISTING GUTTER SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
c NEi AL NOTES
I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE AND
LAWFUL DISPOSAL OF ALL MATERIALS DEMOLISHED, HOWEVER, THE
OWNER SHALL BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO SALVAGE ANY
EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES OR MATERIAL.
2, REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING BACK TO PANEL,
3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CARPETING AND VCB THROUGHOUT AND ANY
OTHER EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES NOT SCHEDULED AS EXISTING TO
REMAIN IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
4. REMOVE ALL EXISTING LAY IN CEILING SYSTEMS THROUGHOUT.
5. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING LIGHTING AS REQUIRED.
6. REMOVE ALL EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS AND DUCT WORK AS REQUIRED.
i. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND NEW
SANITARY LINES - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
S. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AS DESIGNED FOR
ISLANDS - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
i � r
i Go
Go
t—� U Q0 CO
y N
CO
o
U c3 I` U
U N c
4
i "
E
E o
y 3 ti 3
�—� o x ti
a
�_ r N
W
oo
_ N
CD
� b
o 0
w
u a�
O
U U
— Z
Z �
v >
O J
-3- L'- -�
C
3
� U E N O
_ v—
O
v�O
U
°c
�QJC:)
to
Q to
0 Q
W
LL
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
D2
- Y;
H:\Projects\Projects 20l4\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_D02-DEMO FLPL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:17:20 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
L----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------J
ODEMOLITION ROOF PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
-----------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
----------J
KEYED NOTES
OI EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING MASONRY PARAPET
OEXISTING MASONRY WALL BELOW
OEXISTING BRICK VENEER TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING MECHANICAL HVAC UNIT TO BE REMOVED - SEE
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
OEXISTING GUTTER SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING CANOPY SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
SO EXISTING ROOF FINISHES TO BE REMOVED
REVISIONS
BY
i
i � r
i
<r
ID m
a) mCV
CD
L CL
u Ct ti O
U
\�
2U
.�
h�
U N
L ' kri
Q 0 O
3
�--�
N
o ti
� C
r
ti a
N
Cn
1 ;
�
U
W
d„
l
�
/
00
C\1
o
QJ �
o �
Cn
jj
4 �
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
UD
>
O_j m
�L J
Vw
U:�' o
� 0
=U
+= 0 —
t
W
v �, 0
L�L.
C mO
U
O
O D
Ckf QJ
oa
�IVCL
�U
00
� w
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
D3
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_D03-DEMO ROOF.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:17:12 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
17 it 17
I I I I I I
I I 14 14 I I I 1
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
_ _ _ IE=�
-L- [,J�
- x x x x x = x x = _= x x = _ = x = _ _ = x x = _ ___===_ x=_ =xxxxx= S S = x x -r x x x x x S x x S x S x x x x = _ _ _ _ =r=x _ _ = x x S _ S _ x x S S _ = x x S S = x = _ _ = x x = ___xSx SSS_x ==xx__x x xx_ _ x x x x = _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = x x x �_ x x x x = _ _ _
x x _ _ S x x _ _ = L _ L _
S x S x x x S S S S S _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T T T T S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
= x =x =rrS = x = x = S ==S I======LI===L�==LI=LI=LI==I=LI=LI=LI==I=LI==I=LI=LI=LIC=I=LI=LI=LIC=I=L
S S S�I = S CS x Cx S L x x ________________ ____________________ _______________________________ ____________________ _______ C L= L� .L� LC L= LL L= LC LC LL LL L= LC LC =� LL =� LL LC LC L
x x C_ _ x x x x l x T x ==
____ _�__-__-_ _ _ :? L= L= L� L S LS L LSS LS I L= = LSS_ S L= LL L
_ _ _ _ _ S S _ = T x !///:./ =-S = r -Ir r 1 �Cr r - 1 -r / ',•/i „ - ", Z - - „ r TZ1 'rZ= TZ1 TZ1
� x �/,� „ /-r-'�;, r r r �)-� �r � ,,/ = I =� I =� I
x��11_'//f�`�/ /./,/- / =L � _ _
/,I; I I,l/ II I II I'
�/�,/
.�
Ili,!IiY i,-Jl I
CJ
J L � L,� S x / , •!i �r x = / / ,r,// / S x �; "i; ,. ,%! / = S x = x
=�=I�=Ix=Ix=Is=I�=I�=Ix=I/tr
_ _ = x = /
IS CI CI LI=LIC LI=a-_1 LI=LI�LI=LI ,
I I F-I = I a = = z = = = = = , / _
I.,I'r/}!,j�i=I==Is=I==I�=I I I�i,//, _ / i
= L L ��I rl/ /, i _ //. _ =x LL =x == L/ I//%/l = x _ / ! i/• _- x �j!i! //j
I III I C:dI I� I= it /I/Ir�ll I=I� I I I; /b= x �=I==I==I==s x �
==I LI =1� �- tltl I III/ '� == I I C x == L= L= L= z= == J_ = L= L= L= L L= L=
r = ICJ , a= aC=j t!- 1 ., I �I = // x L=1 L == L= I L= L= L= I L= L= L= L= == L= L= z= == L=
== I== -I L= I LL L = I L= I -, I C f/- I I �, i ,./ ,:/ ;1 = r� %/� � = I LL I == I == I LL I L= I L= I LL I L I == I L= I LL I L I LL I =� I L= I L I LL
I == I L= I L= I L= I LC I LC I LL I L= I L= I i= I == I = I�nPI L= I L=� Inl / = I� //�=nRC , .f Inl�� 1 I=I x II 11 /� If,.P= nR== I L= I L= I L= I L = I == I == I == I == I L= I L= I L= I == I L= I =C I LU I L= I z= I L= I z=
I I I LL I / // L= I L= I L= I L
==LLLI=L=LI=L==I=LI=LI=LI==I=LIL LI=LIL=?LIC=I==IL=I=LI=LI=LIC LI==LI I IEI=LI7'=I=LICL L----I
�= L- -J-JL
L - - - J L - - - L - - - - J C III = I,11 -UII L C L C L = L = L I= LI= =IC LI= LI=LIC LIC LI LI= LI= LIC LI= IC LI= LIC LI LIC LI= LIS LI= LI= =I= LI= LI L LI= LI=LIL LI=LI=LI=LI=LI=LI=LI=LI SIC LI= LI= L� L1=r LIC LIL LI 1 �L, 1r� r�lI�-- �-J- } - Z:�- 11S LIS L I� , !�; /.1j/j/i /L, i 17" ;i %�% i1'g�I� • = x =I=LIL =I=LIC=I=L�=I=L�=ICI LQQ = L= LS L= L= L= = L= L= L= L= L= L= == L= L=
11 = L = x== L x = I1 CI L _�� L- rJ 1//% �''I•' =I=//.//! / // �I I L= LC LL L= �� Ll LS L= LLi/ /,�I LI= =I= LI= LI= LI I= =I= =ISIIILII=IL=L=I L= ===S )== LS S L_�=I=x=IS{IIS /�/// // / =L=LI=L==I=L==I=LS=I== LLI=L=LI==LLI=L=L=LI=LI=LI=L=LI=LI==L=LI=LI==I=L===J�IS 3� J_LZ...!_LZ1_LZJ_LZL-_,...-__I� LS3_LS3_LS3-L 3_LSS_ LS.7_L S-L-z _-z -LSS-L .=_LSS_LSS-L�S_LS
15
- - - - - - - - - - - ---------------
-----------------------n-�
r-------- ----------��
II I I> I II I
II II I� I II II
II II I I II II
II II I \I II II
II II �I I/ 1� j1
II II II j /,I I�1 II
II II II I III I
III II � J ICI I
II II II �/ -- Illjl�
- __- --= - - - - - ----- J
6 ) 1-( 16) '--( 4 ) L-( 21) L--( 21 ) 1- 416) `--( 4 ) L-(19) '--( 18) '--(16
L/j//%_ ,•�/J/ I II
J
17
I I
I I
I I
r!
I I
I I
I I
I I
6Y (5
16) `A21Iro) `-418) ( 5 )-1 (21FJ (5)J (5Y (4)` (21
i
5
5
5
le `--(IS
_. -- - (+/-) 14' - 2 "
TOP OF
EXISTING
PARAPET
15
- - - - - - - - - - -�
Tl
II
II
II
I II 01-0" F.F.E. II
( T P OF
ODEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/16" = I' -DI'
0 DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/161I = 1'-0"
16
19) `-(IS
(+/-) 14'-2" AT-.F.
TOP OF lqr
EXISTING
PARAPET
01-0" F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
KEYED NOTES
0 EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN
2O EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
O3 EXISTING WINDOW SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW DOOR SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OEXISTING DOOR SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING CABINETRY TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED - CAP OFF PIPES AS
REQUIRED - SEE PLUMBING
OEXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED
IID EXISTING ELECTRICAL METER / SERVICE TO BE REMOVED AND
RELOCATED - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
II EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE REMOVED - SEE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
12 EXISTING PHONE / DATA BOARDS TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
13 EXISTING WATER HEATER TO BE REMOVED - SEE PLUMBING:
14 EXISTING BRICK VENEER TO BE REMOVED
15 EXISTING COLUMNS AND CANOPY TO BE REMOVED
16 EXISTING BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED
Il EXISTING MECHANICAL HVAC UNIT TO BE REMOVED - SEE
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
IS EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK / RAMP TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
19 PORTION OF EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
0 EXISTING GUTTER SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
GENERAL NOTES
1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE AND
LAWFUL DISPOSAL OF ALL MATERIALS DEMOLISHED, HOWEVER, THE
OWNER SHALL BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO SALVAGE ANY
EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES OR MATERIAL.
2. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING BACK TO PANEL.
3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CARPETING AND VCB THROUGHOUT AND ANY
OTHER EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES NOT SCHEDULED AS EXISTING TO
REMAIN IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
4. REMOVE ALL EXISTING LAY IN CEILING SYSTEMS THROUGHOUT.
5, REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING LIGHTING AS REQUIRED.
6. REMOVE ALL EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS AND DUCT WORK AS REQUIRED.
1. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND NEW
SANITARY LINES - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
S. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AS DESIGNED FOR
ISLANDS - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
REVISIONS
BY
�i
to CO
�
Q
a co
o
N �C'Q U
�d
1—� U N
3 ti 3
0
N
�. Ell
W
II �_
f
C�s-1 ro o
0 o
o �
LLJ _U
I �
1
U U
Z
Z Q
J J
U >
O m �� J
JLd
�- o
oVU�0
=U
4- p er
v WLl v �o
U
CM 0 N 0-0
�QJ�N
Q to
OJ 0
W
li
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
D4a
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\_D04-DEMO EXEL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:58 PM, shamson, Xerox 6030.pc3
1
I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
u
L—LL---------
r--------------1 r — — — — — — r--------------�
I IIl 11 1 20N,`
I I I 20 20 I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I
------------------------------------ I I I I I I
--------------------------------------- --------------------------------------I-------L------1------------------- --- - --------I--------------I---------
------------------------ ------------ ---- -- ----------------------------
�� II I� II II II
II n 11 � i' II II II
II II II
it
r--------1 11
L--J1
L-------II II r -� r� r-, r=�
7;7 I I I I III /I I II I I II I I I I II , I I II I I
1 I II I I I I I I I
II / jl I I I / jl 11 IL JI LIL_---____
I I I I III II I I II II I I _____-___=-� L_----- --==J I I L
II �,
II 11II II I II II II II II j /-
1I �-----,
I I I I I III I I I II I I I 21 21
fl
I II I � II I I II II
II II I I I III II II II \IIII �I �I II II
-- J----{ F-7---- 7J'L---- `� ! ! r-LI------�'i
r------� r------� rIIIII -----------
�IIIII
------- ------ Lu-------------
r--------
0 DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
--------
—CJ
I I
I I
I I
ODEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
- (+/-) 14'-2" AFF.rL
TOP OF
EXISTING
PARAPET
0'-0" F.F.E. rL
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
(+/-) 14'-2" AFF.
TOP OF
EXISTING
PARAPET
0'-0" F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
KEYED NOTES
Ol EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN
0 EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
O3 EXISTING WINDOW SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW DOOR SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OPORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED TO
RECEIVE NEW WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS AND
PROPOSED DRAWINGS
OEXISTING DOOR SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING CABINETRY TO BE REMOVED
OEXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED - CAP OFF PIPES AS
REQUIRED - SEE PLUMBING
OEXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED
10 EXISTING ELECTRICAL METER / SERVICE TO BE REMOVED AND
RELOCATED - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
II EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE REMOVED - SEE ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS
12 EXISTING PHONE / DATA BOARDS TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
13 EXISTING WATER HEATER TO BE REMOVED - SEE PLUMBING
14 EXISTING BRICK VENEER TO BE REMOVED
15 EXISTING COLUMNS AND CANOPY TO BE REMOVED
16 EXISTING BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED
11 EXISTING MECHANICAL HVAC UNIT TO BE REMOVED - SEE
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
IS EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK / RAMP TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
10 PORTION OF EXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE TO BE REMOVED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
20 EXISTING GUTTER SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED
GENERAL NOTES
I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE AND
LAWFUL DISPOSAL OF ALL MATERIALS DEMOLISHED. HOWEVER, THE
OWNER SHALL BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO SALVAGE ANY
EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES OR MATERIAL.
2, REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING BACK TO PANEL.
3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CARPETING AND VCB THROUGHOUT AND ANY
OTHER EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES NOT SCHEDULED AS EXISTING TO
REMAIN IN FINISH SCHEDULE.
4. REMOVE ALL EXISTING LAY IN CEILING SYSTEMS THROUGHOUT.
5. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING LIGHTING AS REQUIRED.
6, REMOVE ALL EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS AND DUCT WORK AS REQUIRED.
1. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND NEW
SANITARY LINES - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
S. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE CUT AND REMOVED AS
REQUIRED PER PROPOSED ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AS DESIGNED FOR
ISLANDS_- SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
REVISIONS
BY
i
i
. y v
CO
�
CO�
rJ.
'_7 C 7
U N U
x ti n
I�ti U N
ad
+ r�0 3
3 ti 3
CV
0
N
U
NW
W
- 00
CDf-" � �r
o 0
O w
o �
� �
r
� � c
O
1�
U V
ZQ
Z
J J
U � �
O m �L J
J 0�t
+
C
�UW ENS
V 0
0 =U
—�E
°W�a�,0
U
c :20
�
�QJ0ty
Q to
O p
J W
l.- m
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
D4b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_D04-DEMO EXEL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:51 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
V
1. INSTALL A NEW AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM TO PROVIDE 10051.
COVERAGE OF ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS.
2. ALL HEADS INSTALLED IN PLANTING AREAS ALONG WALKS, DRIVES
AND PARKING LOTS SHALL BE 12" POP-UP FIXED SPRAY HEADS.
ALL HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE TOP OF THE SPRAY
BODY FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE, ALL GROUNDCOVER AREAS SHALL
BE IRRIGATED WITH 12" POP-UP FIXED SPRAY HEADS AND
EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED,
3. PIPE, VALVES AND OTHER IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT MAY BE SHOWN IN
DRIVES, WALKS OR BUILDINGS FOR CLARITY ONLY. INSTALL ALL
VALVES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT IN LANDSCAPE BEDS FOR BEST
ACCESSIBILITY AND CONCEALMENT.
4. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANIFOLD WITHIN A VALVE BOX
OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO SERVICE ALL VALVES WITHIN THE BOX,
VALVE BOX SHALL BE FREE FROM ANY DEBRIS WHICH MAY COVER
VALVES, PROVIDE A 3" DEPTH GRAVEL SUMP AT THE BOTTOM OF
THE VALVE PIT.
5. ALL IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES SHALL
MEET FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, REGULATIONS AND
ORDINANCES.
GENERAL IRRIGATION NOTES
6. ALL SLEEVES SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PIPE INSTALLED A MINIMUM
OF 14" BELOW GRADE. SLEEVES SHALL BE USED ONLY TO INSTALL
LATERAL IRRIGATION LINES THROUGH. SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE USED
AS A METHOD TO CONVEY WATER THROUGH THE SYSTEM.
1. ADJUST ALL HEADS TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM COVERAGE AND
EFFICIENCY AND MINIMIZE OVERTHROW. IRRIGATION HEADS SHALL
NOT SPRAY OVER WALKS, DRIVES OR ANY OTHER NON -IRRIGATED
AREAS.
5. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY, "TORO", "RAINBIRD" OR
"HUNTER" OR AS OTHERWISE STATED ON THE PLANS.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY WATER SOURCE TO DELIVER THE
PROPER PRESSURE, POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (PSI) AND WATER
FLOW, GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) AS REQUIRED BY THE IRRIGATION
SYSTEM. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IF THERE IS ANY
DISCREPANCY,
10. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY
THE CONTRACTOR.
11. REFER TO THE LANDSCAPE PLANS WHEN LOCATING ALL IRRIGATION
EQUIPMENT. ALLOW AMPLE ROOM NEAR IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR
THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF TREES, SHRUBS AND OTHER WORK
SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO BE INSTALLED.
12, ALL WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WIRE SLEEVES.
13. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ITEMS ON THE PLAN
AND IRRIGATION SPECIFICATION.
IRRIGATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS tRw.E PROTECTIONAlAINTENANCE NOTES
1. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS MUST UTILIZE LOW VOLUME DESIGN SUCH AS LOW I. PROTECTIVE BARRIERS AND THE USE OF OTHER MEASURES TO
TRAJECTORY HEADS OR SOAKER HOSES TO PROVIDE DIRECT PREVENT TREE DAMAGE (PESTICIDE APPLICATION, ROOT PRUNING,
APPLICATION AND LOW EVAPORATION. SYSTEMS THAT OVERSPRAY INTENSIVE MULCHING TO REDUCE SOIL COMPACTING, ET CETERA) WILL
AREAS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE IRRIGATION, SUCH AS PAVED AREAS BE REQUIRED AS NECESSARY. ANY STACKING OF SOILS, DEBRIS,
WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE, HIGH IRRIGATION NEED AREAS MUST CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, VEHICLES, AND ET CETERA WITHIN THE
NOT OVERSPRAY LOW NEED AREAS, REQUIRED BARRICADES IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. ANY TREE
LOSSES INCURRED DURING CONSTRUCTION MAY BE SUBJECT TO
2. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEMS MUST OPERATE BY AN IRRIGATION REPLACEMENT PENALTIES.
CONTROLLER CAPABLE OF DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN SCHEDULES
OF HIGH AND LOW WATER DEMANDS AREAS. CONTROLLERS MUST 2. TREES SHALL BE TRIMMED OR PRUNED IN SUCH A MANNER SO AS
HAVE MULTIPLE CYCLE START CAPACITY AND A FLEXIBLE NOT TO ALTER THEIR NATURAL FORM, GROWTH HABIT OR CHARACTER
CALENDAR PROGRAM ABLE TO BE SET TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL OR AND SHALL NOT BE PRUNED INTO UNNATURAL SHAPES, INCLUDING
WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT IMPOSED RESTRICTIONS. CIRCLES, OVALS, SQUARES AND OTHER HARD -EDGED GEOMETRIC
SHAPES. NOT MORE THAN ONE-THIRD OF THE TREE CANOPY SHALL
3. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEMS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A RAIN BE TRIMMED OR PRUNED IN ANY YEAR UNLESS IT IS DEAD. TREE
SENSOR DEVICE OR SWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE IRRIGATION TOPPING IS NOT ALLOWED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE.
CYCLE OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHEN ADEQUATE RAINFALL HAS
OCCURRED.
4. PER THE NEW FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, ALL IRRIGATION LINES AND
HEADS MUST BE MAINTAINED A MIN. DISTANCE OF I FOOT FROM WALL
STRUCTURES.
O 00
O
O
0
J
14, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT THE OWNER ON THE FULL OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM.
15. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL REPAIRS OR
ADJUSTMENTS TO PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE TO ALL
LANDSCAPE AREAS.
16, ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE
DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT.
I
NEW SOD
J
LEGEND
° •
0
• o s o
., WASHINGTONA PALM 12' CLEAR TRUNK
0
0
• 0 0
0
o ° o SET SHRUB PLUMB, 0 •
o WITH TOP OF 12 GUAGE WIRE
• ° ROOTBALL I" WEEPING HIBISCUS 30 GALLON
3" MULCH e 0 0 • ABOVE FINISH 3" MULCH 12" LENGTH RED (PINK) &'-0" HT.
• 0 GRADE 3 TREE WELL PLASTIC FLAG 0
TAPE
FINISH GRADE • FINISH GRADE
0
ROOT BALL 2X4 PT STAKE
EXISTING NATIVE TI EXISTING NATIVE
NATIVE SOIL - - SOIL ROOT BALL SOIL
BACKFILL - NATIVE SOIL IIIII-III2-III-11111
BACKF I LL
0 SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL O TREE PLANTING DETAIL
SCALE: N,T.S. SCALE: N.T.S.
SOD
O O O
O
O
O
I
OLANDSCAPE PLAN
SCALE: I" = 20'-0"
CR,4L LANDSCAPE NOTES
1. ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE FLORIDA "1 OR BETTER AND
INSTALLED TO HIGHEST NURSERY STANDARDS. PLANTS SHALL BE
HEALTHY, FREE OF PEST AND DISEASE.
2. ALL PLANTS SHALL BE CONTAINER GROLN EXCEPT AS NOTED ON PLAN.
3. ALL PALMS AND TREES SHALL HAVE STRAIGHT TRUNKS WITH NO
TWISTS, KNOTTING OR OTHER DEFECTIVE CHARACTERISTICS,
4. MULCH SHALL BE 100% CYPRESS MULCH, INSTALLED TO A MIN. THICKNESS OF 311.
5. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE FIELD CHECKED BY THE LANDSCAPE
CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES
REPORTED TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT,
6. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS. IF
MATERIALS, LABOR OR INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES DO NOT ADHERE
TO THE SPECIFICATIONS, THEY WILL BE REJECTED BY THE ARCHITECT
WITH SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION CARRIED OUT BY
THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST,
1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS OR
SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE.
8. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLING
CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE IN THE
SPECIFICATIONS.
g. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ITEMS AS SHOWN OR
DESCRIBED ON THIS PLAN AND SPECIFICATIONS.
10. ALL PROPOSED LANDSCAPE AREAS CONTAINING TURF OR WEEDS
SHALL BE TREATED WITH "ROUND -UP" PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPEC IF ICAT IONS,
11. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SITE
PREPARATION REQUIRED TO READY THE SITE FOR PLANTING AS
SPECIFIED.
12, THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR FOR A PERIOD OF 90 DAYS FOR
SHRUBS AND GROUNDCOVER, PALMS AND TREES. WARRANTY AND
GUARANTEE PERIOD SHALL BEGIN UPON DATE OF COMPLETION.
13. ALL REPAIRS AND/OR REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE MADE BY THE
LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS UPON
NOTIFICATION OF ANY DEFICIENCIES BY THE OWNER OR THEIR
REPRESENTATIVE.
14. ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING THE LANDSCAPE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT.
15. HEDGE MATERIAL MUST BY PLANTED 24" O.G. ALL HEDGES MUST BE
24" HIGH AT TIME OF PLANTING AND BE MAINTAINED AT A MIN, 3' IN
HE IGHT.
I%. SOILS WITHIN PLANTER BEDS MUST BE SUITABLE FOR PROPOSED
PLANTED MATERIAL WITH REGARD TO pH, SOIL TEXTURE, SOIL
STRUCTURE, AND SEASONAL HIGH WATER TABLE.
FERTILIZATION
5HRUB5 AND TREES
ALL TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE FERTILIZED WITH "AGRIFORM"
20-15-5 PLANTING TABLETS AT TIME OF PLANTING AND PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION OF PLANT PIT BACKFILL. TABLETS SHALL BE PLACED
UNIFORMLY AROUND THE ROOT BALL AT A DEPTH THAT IS BETWEEN
-- - THE MIDDLE AND BOTTOM OF THE ROOT BALL.
APPLICATION RATE:
I GALLON CONTAINER: I - 21 GRAM TABLET
3 GALLON CONTAINER: 2 - 21 GRAM TABLETS
5 GALLON CONTAINER: 3 - 21 GRAM TABLETS
- I 7 GALLON CONTAINER: 4 - 21 GRAM TABLETS
TREES: 3 TABLETS PER EACH 1/2" CALIPER OF TRUNK
GROUNDCOVER AREAS
ALL GROUNDCOVER AREAS SHALL RECEIVE FERTILIZATION WITH
"OZMOCOTE" TIME RELEASE FERTILIZER PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
00
00
CO cry
a m C'J
►-�
Q 00
o
U
CL Cc Y
C U
U 1rJ d
N �.
QJ
lu
3
��
v C
O
CO
N
3
W
�II
i
I�
00
N
O
-r^ > O O
r� c5
Q w Q
1,.c7
U U
- Z
Z 0
J J
U� >
O m �L J
J o }
LL.
Ld n �' 0
�
0-0 U =
M - -0
o WL� v �O
U
c MO
OQJC)N�
Q (D
�U
00
LLJ
LJJ
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
L 1
H:\Projects'Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_Ll-LANDSCAPE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:41 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
»
6
IN
1
O O
O
DETEC
WARNfl
- SEE
9/AS2
(DIENLARGED SIDEWALK / RAMP DETAIL
SCALE: 3/16" = I' -ID"
IS O
i i i i
O O O
O 5 8 I 21
0
O
6 O 21 O
2 2
EXISTING 14 -
t
IID ' f IID L
5
AS2
AS2
3
O
7
i i i i i F
7 Of
1-1
01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
SCALE: I" = 2ID'-ID"
KEYED NOTES
OI PROPERTY LINE
OEXISTING LANDSCAPE AREA
OEXISTING ASPHALT DRIVE
OEXISTING WATER VALVE
OEXISTING UTILITY POLE
OEXISTING LIGHT POLE
OEXISTING WATER METER / BACKFLOW PREVENTOR - SEE PLUMBING
DRAWINGS
OPROPOSED ELECTRICAL METER LOCATION
OSTANDARD PARKING SPACE 9' x 20'
IID HANDICAP PARKING, SPACE 12' x 20'
II EXISTING ASPHALT PARKING SPACES
12 CONCRETE RAMP
13 CONCRETE CURB - SEE DETAIL 1/A52
14 CURB AND 51DEWALK - SEE DETAIL 3/A52
15 EXISTING RETAINING WALL
16 LANDSCAPED ISLAND
Il EXISTING LANDSCAPED [BLAND
IS EXISITNG TREES
19 NEW CROSSWALK STRIPPING ON ASPHALT
2ID EXISTING RAMP
21 ROOF ACCESS LADDER WITH SECURITY DOOR - SEE DETAIL "1/AIO
22 EXISTING UTILITY POLE TO BE RELOCATED AS REQUIRED BY
POLDER COMPANY
23 PROPOSED RE -LOCATION OF EXISTING POLDER POLE
24 PROPOSED LIGHT POLES. SEE SHEET E7 FOR STRUCTURAL BASED
DETAILS
25 EXISTING RETENTION POND
26 EXISTING CONCRETE SPILLWAY
2� NEW 6' TALL CHAIN LINK FENCE
C-ENRAL NOTES
1. ALL NEW CONCRETE WALKS SHALL BE MINIMUM 4" CONCRETE WITH 6 x
6, 4 W1.4 x WI.4 W.W.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL
SERVICES.
SITE LEGEND
BUILDING ENTRANCE/ EXIT,
W LANDSCAPE AREA / BERM
CONCRETE SURFACE
REVISIONS
BY
f�
00
Cn
\ U m N
�
Q
N N U
5 ti
U
cliE
r • U
I—� U N
LO 4
Q1
Q�0 o
�0 3
o
o
N
Eco
W
a w
1
i
Q
00
N
co O
o #
0
U U
— Z
Z Q
� J
U � �
O m •L J
t
i- LL.
�Uw
o—U =0
> LLI 0
0:2 N a�
a� a�
� CL
(0
Q—Q
O p
ww
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
AS1
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_ASI-SITE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:30 PK sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
NOTE:
DETECTABLE WARNING SHALL EXTEND THE FULL WIDTH
OF THE CURB RAMP (EXCLU51VE OF FLARED SIDES)
6„
AND SHALL EXTEND EITHER THE FULL DEPTH OF THE
CURB RAMP OR 24 INCHES DEEP MINIMUM MEASURED
RADIUS BOTH 51DE5
FROM THE BACK OF THE CURB ON THE RAMP
3" PAVEMENT DIMENSIONS
SURFACE. CURB RAMPS SUBJECT TO DEPARTMENT OF
FINISH GRADE '!� REFER TO THIS POINT
TRANSPORTATION REGULATION 4S CFR 3-1.21 SHALL
4" THICK CONCRETE
\--_
HAVE A DETECTABLE WARNING COMPLYING WITH 105.
SIDEWALK WITH 6 x (o
_ _ _'
i PAVEMENT ELEVATIONS
WIA x WIA W.W.F. -
3" EDGE
REFER TO THIS POINT
/ \ i" / `/ /i
LIGHT BROOM FINISH ,� ROUND
.f / a -XX
/ ul.
PARKING LOT SURFACE
AS SPECIFIED
3/4" _ 211
a PARKING LOT
% j' a
APPLIED MAT
1/4 - 3/4
a --� --- SURFACE AS
— � SPECIFIED
\ \ \ \
SURFACE
REBAR CONTINUOUS
a TOP AND BOTTOM
ALL CURBING TO BE
\ 3 .C.
PROVIDE EXPANSION
�•. JOINTS AT 20' O.C.
APPLIED MAT
0
C)r=TECTAM WARMING DETAIL
O
GUi�B DETAIL AT H.C. CLEAR ZONE
O
CONCRETE cU DET�4IL
,ABLE
SCALE: 3" = I-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
PARKING LOT
DETECTABLE 5URFACE AS
SPECIFIED
TROWELED JOINT PICTURE
WARNING SURFACE -
FRAME EDGES - SEE PLAN
SEE DETAIL e/A62 3
FOR LAYOUT / PATTERN
PAVEMENT SLOPE,
v _
m 1/4" PER FT. MAX.
4" THICK CONCRETE
_ a
SIDEWALK WITH 6 x 6
WI.4 x WIA W.W.F. -
`t \ _\ '/.,
LIGHT BROOM FINISH
PARKING BY/r.
j Q Q \ i ' \,/ / \-'"s'
\---
PERMIT
/
'
p N
`
N ONLY
\
a
-7— _
DOMED CONCRETE GAP
; - \ jf�j``, j a r/; \ ` "4 - REBAR CONT.
4 4 4
_.—
F.S18.14
v
pl°I 4"40 STEEL PIPE BOLLARD
FILLED WITH CONCRETE -
PAINT GLO66 WHITE
I � I
I'I
O
INTEGRAL cUR5 ANO SIDEUJALK DETAIL
T JOINT DET,41L
SCALE: 1 1/2 1'-011Ai�OU�E�ED
SEE CIVIL ENGINEERING SITE
°b PLANS FOR GRADES AND
SLOPES.
4
A52
3
AS2
I �g
p11
LjJ
2
1 00 0°0000000
0 000c0000 00000
1
.,
00O 0
° o0 o`oo oo..o°
° .° \
11 °
/ti%`
o
" oa o 000000000000
H,C.
SEE AI
/AS2
° a
2'-0" SQUARE OR ROUND
IN
✓f Ate; /r, CONCRETE FOOTING
//.
DETECTABLE
WARNING SURFACE -
6
SEE DETAIL 8/A62
X
AS2
tt
``
CP
W
Z
A
I—
Lu
rn
\\ a f
LL
ul
ju
j "
6" WIDE SINGLE LINE
I
PAINTED SAFETY WHITE
A62
VERIFY WITH 51TE
12'-0"
5'-0'
12'-0'
VERIFY WITH SITE
SEE SITE PLAN
SEE SITE PLAN
6" WIDE SINGLE LINE
a
PAINTED SAFETY BLUE
(DW.C:.
SICxN DETAIL
0
�-I.c. � ST1,4NDAi�p PARKING 1�ET,41�
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
(o" WIDE SINGLE LINE 6" WIDE SINGLE LINE
PAINTED SAFETY WHITE PAINTED SAFETY BLUE
2'-0" MIN, TO E.O.P.
(2) "4 BARS THRU
WHEELSTOP AND
all
PAVEMENT MIN IS"
LONG - ON CONCRETE
PAVEMENT USE EPDXY
6'-0" LONG PRECAST BONDING AGENT
- _ -
CONCRETE WHEEL5TOP a
_ PARKING SURFACE AS
W
° E.O.P. 0 SPECIFIED
W
a
� m
r
�
6211 CPO
�
VA
O
STRIPE DETAIL
O
WWr=ELSTOF OETAIL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
�i
00
00
F�ti U cp C`]
y N
O c0
E
x U
CL
w � 3
►—, N
o ti
� C
CQ
N
u �
W
Qi
I
II
ao
- N
_ o
� � v
I Uj
V C'
— Z
Z 0
J J
U � �
O m •L- _l
J opt
c
Ld
oVU��'
�
=U0
Oj W � 0 >' 0
U
0 O V)
O CO N O
W Q J ON IL
Q �
00
J LLJ
Li m
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
AS2
H:\Projects\Projects 20l4\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectnral\_AS2-SITE DETAELS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:20 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
1
�.01ool
\
\
\
L
7
SET TEVPO,��LI\CI-,MAR "
/30�'-CJT \
—V TOP Of cops\
_i
\ ELEI,ON-88.44 _
NA VD 88
F rr 5/
CA. ILLEG/DLE Sv^
— FC 4X4 PP" 8
FUN
\ J
F1mUWLa41E Pn
\
\
\
\
\
F'R 51,48" S'pow/ .3.
FCIR
60' RIGHT—OF—WAY BYPLAT
SFT TILIHJ DIES
/VA IL A`,/
c cvl1,I0I`l 88.44,
A//H/D Sg ii�_
flR 5 /S"
9 PARKING SPACES &
LOW A0SONRY WALL
1 \ LP N 89'55'07" E 1J3.95' (F)
\ . Ol 9 EBX W-57481E IM.62' (P)
\ FIR5/8,,, •� LP
5 VOID —616
—E—�
� �EBX "
�l ) oZ �.
Np\ X 4 SPACES 3 WHEELSTOPS
Z�\ \ FLOOD ZONE '71r" `�• FL000 ZONE
1 \
• \ \ \ \ ���� CONC. SIDEWALK
� asr
3555
2'
UP i \
r CAS 3X3
O NUM,OE,;?
°CATV
AWF DRAIN
I
I
\ \ ROOF DRNN
\ I
ti E
h
8a'
' g10I
' w
/l r
my '
I
/ ao'
/ r
I
I
tiIti
�
> QI Q pq
V
02 q I
FIR 5/b
F \ I
v�cFlRA�
\ ate
W`
m72 A7 or ()
?
D4
��
ONE STORY MASONRY,
STUCCO & BRICK w
4i
BUILDING FRONT
Z
�'
ADDRESS 6610
#u W
6'S
1Po00"1
h
PW ROOF D1RNN
& 45' BEND rO GROUND
SOUTH ENTRANCE
BUILDING
ADDRESS 6606 PVC ROOF DRNN
® d 45' BEND TO GROL/ND
60.4'
CO I
(FLOOD ZONE 7
6 �
ROD ZONE AE
(EL 88.5) 40 �
8" Glyn
4. C
=85.69 �
I \ ;
FLOOD
ZONE AE = I o g
(EL 88 5 i I
� iR �/�
1 noNO /_ P I 1' 40 Fb•
AID ZONE fobC _ FOOD ZONEAE
I TPED
FLOODS 87'57'48' W IM 45'(P) \\ (EL 88 5) — I
S 89'55'12" W IM41' (F) \ //
ON£ STORY Ai4SONRY BUILDING (EDG
OF ROOF OVERHANG AND MECHANICAL \ /
PROJECTIONS NOT .MEASURED) \/
'
1.jr3?4' (F)
%�
S 87'57'48"
49' (P)
ELEVATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE NAVD 1988
NAVD 1988 TO NGVD 1929 = +0.85 FEET
Legend: (AS APPLICABLE)
�
TUM
40
FLORIDALODTH EPARTMENTOFVERTICAL TRANSPORTATION
SCIR
SET CAPPED IRON ROD 1/2' LB *7013
TPED
OVERHEAD OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES
TELECOM PEDESTAL
FCIR
FOUND CAPPED IRON ROD
CO
SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT
FIR
FOUND IRON ROD
ID
IDENTIFICATION
FCIP
FIP
FOUND CAPPED IRON PIPE
FOUND IRON PIPE
CONC
CONCRETE
S/W
SIDEWALK
FPIP
FOUND PINCHED IRON PIPE
CLF
CHAIN LINK FENCE
N 20
R
SCM
SET CONCRETE MONUMENT (4'X4)
FDC
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
FCM
FOUND CONCRETE MONUMENT
OUL
OVERHEAD uTD_mr LINE
01
SPKNRD
SET PK NAIL & DISK.
UP
UTILITY POLE
FPKN&D
FOUND PK NAIL & DISK
LP
LIGHT POLE
10
FRRS
FOUND RAILROAD SPIKE
GA
GUY ANCHOR
GV
GAS VALVE
EM
ELECTRIC METER
VM
WATER METER
SGN
SIGN
GM
GAS METER
TOD
TOP OF BANK
0
HYD
FIRE HYDRANT
TOS
TOE OF SLOPE
WV
WATER VALVE
RCP
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
(AS APPLICABLE)
BFP
BACK FLOW PREVENTER
PMP
PURPLE
PAINT MARK PPURPLE
GI
GRATE INLET
CMP
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
CI
CURB INLET
PMB
PAINT MARK
CO
CLEAN OUT
X 99.99 EXISTING ELEVATION
"E4
MES
MITERED END SECTION
LB
LICENSED BUSINESS
0
SIGN (STOP/HANDICAPPED PARKING.J
(D)
DESCRIPTION
TOW
PRIVATE PARKING TOWING WARNING
(P)
PLAT
EBX
ELECTRIC BOX
(F)
FIELD
Description:
LOTS i AND 2, STADIUM PARK, ACCORDING TO A PLAT
THEREOF AS RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 19, PAGE 145.
PUBLIC RECORDS OF PASCO COUNTY, FLORIDA.
LOT 1 CONTAINING 26,078 SQUARE FEET, MORE OR LESS.
LOT 2 CONTAINING 8,008 SQUARE FEET, MORE OR LESS.
COMBINED 34,086 SQUARE FEET (0.78 ACRES), MORE OR
LESS.
NO. I DATE
Surveyor's Notes: (AS APPLICABLE)
ACCORDING TO CURRENT FLOOD INSURANCE MAPS ISSUED BY THE FEDERAL
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY, THE PROPERTY SHOWN APPEARS TO LIE
WITHIN ZONES 'X', 'A' AND 'AE' ACCORDING TO MAP NUMBER 10101CO293F
AND THE LINES SHOWN HERE ARE FROM THE NATIONAL FLOOD HAZARD
LAYER DPOiMATION DOWNLOADED NOVEMBER P-014 FROM THE FEMA.GOV
WEB -SITE. THIS SURVEY BY NO MEANS REPRESENTS A DETERMINATION ON
WHETHER PROPERTIES WILL OR WILL NOT FLOOD. LAND WITHIN THE
BOUNDARIES OF THIS SURVEY MAY OR MAY NOT BE SUBJECT TO
FLOODING! THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT OR OTHER CUSTODIAL AGENCY FOR
FLOOD DETERMINATION WITHIN THIS MUNICIPALITY MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION REGARDING FLOODING AND RESTRICTIONS ON DEVELOPMENT.
1) BEARINGS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON AN ASSUMED BEARING OF THE >_
NORTH BOUNDARY OF LOT 1 BEING N.89'55'07'E.
2) ELEVATIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON PASCO COUNTY CONTROL W
MONUMENT 'P 669' HAVING A PUBLISHED ELEVATION OF 75.65 FEET >
3) THIS . HISTSURVEY HAS BEEN PREPARED WITHOUT THE BENEFIT OF AN
ABSTRACT OR TITLE COMMITMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO ANY DEDICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, RESERVATIONS AND/OR EASEMENTS OF
RECORD. NO INSTRUMENTS OF RECORD REFLECTING EASEMENTS, RIGHTS OF
WAY, AND/OR OWNERSHIP WERE FURNISHED THIS SURVEYOR EXCEPT AS V)
SHOWN.
4) THERE MAY BE ADDITIONAL EASEMENTS AND/OR RESTRICTIONS
AFFECTING THIS PROPERTY THAT MAY NOT BE FOUND IN THE PUBLIC U
RECORDS OF THIS COUNTY. —
5) NO INFORMATION ON ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS OR ADJOINING
PROPERTY RECORDING INFORMATION WAS PROVIDED TO THIS SURVEYOR.
6) THE SURVEYOR HAS MADE NO INVESTIGATION OR INDEPENDENT SEARCH
FOR EASEMENTS OF RECORD, ENCUMBRANCES, RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS,
OWNERSHIP TITLE EVIDENCE, OR ANY OTHER FACTS THAT AN ACCURATE Q
AND CURRENT TITLE SEARCH MAY DISCLOSE.
7) THE BOUNDARY CORNERS AND LINES DEPICTED BY THIS SURVEY WERE
ESTABLISHED PER INFORMATION AS FURNISHED. CD
8) UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN HEREON, NO JURISDICTIONAL WETLAND
AREAS OR OTHER PHYSICAL TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES HAVE BEEN LOCATED.
9) UNDERGROUND ENCROACHMENTS, SUCH AS UTILITIES, STRUCTURES,
INSTALLATIONS, 04PMVEMENTS AND FOUNDATIONS THAT MAY EXIST, HAVE
NOT BEEN FIELD LOCATED EXCEPT AS SHOWK
10) THIS MAP DOES NOT DETERMINE OR REFLECT OWNERSHIP OF O
PROPERTY, BOUNDARY LINES AFFECTED BY ADVERSE USE, LINES OF
CONFLICTING DEEDS, OR OTHER LINES THAT MAY OTHERWISE BE
DETERMINED BY A COURT OF LAW.
U) UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATIONS AND IDENTIFICATIONS SHOWN
HEREON ARE BASED UPON VISIBLE ABOVE GROUND APPURTENANCES AND 48
DO NOT NECESSARILY SHOW ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. NO SUBTERRANEAN
EXCAVATION HAS BEEN MADE TO DETERMINE UNDERGROUND UTILITY
112) THEE MEASURED MATHEMATICAL CLOSURE OF THE SURVEYED BOUNDARY
EXCEEDS THE ACCURACY STANDARDS FOR AN URBAN CLASS SURVEY AS Of
DEFINED BY THE AMERICAN CONGRESS ON SURVEYING AND MAPPING AND Q
THE AMERICAN LAND TITLE ASSOCIATION.
13) TIES FROM BUILDING CORNERS, FENCE CORNERS, SHED CORNERS, ETC., Q
ARE NOT TO BE USED TO REESTABLISH PROPERTY BOUNDARIES.
ADDITIONSz
14) ADDITIONS OR DELETIONS TO SURVEY MAPS OR REPORTS MADE BY
OTHER THAN THE SIGNING PARTY OR PARTIES IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT
WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE SIGNING PARTY OR PARTIES.
15) THIS SURVEY HAS BEEN PREPARED EXPRESSLY FOR THE NAMED
ENTITIES AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE. NO OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IS O
ENTITLED TO RELY UPON AND/OR REUSE THIS SURVEY FOR ANY OTHER m
PURPOSE WHATSOEVER WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF
HAMILTONI ENGINEERING 6 SURVEYING AND THE CERTIFYING PROFESSIONAL
SURVEYOR AND MAPPER.
16) NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO GIVE ANY RIGHTS OR 0
BENEFITS TO ANYONE OTHER THAN THOSE CERTIFIED TO ON THIS
SURVEY.
17) FENCE OWNERSHIP NOT DETERMINED. 18) PRINTED DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE MAP OF SURVEY SUPERSEDE
SCALED DIMENSIONS. THERE MAY BE ITEMS DRAWN OUT OF SCALE TO
GRAPHICALLY SHOW THEIR LOCATION. Q
19) REPRODUCTION OF THIS SURVEY IS EXPRESSLY FORBIDDEN WITHOUT
THE WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE SIGNING SURVEYOR. F
20) THE WORD 'CERTIFIED' IS UNDERSTOOD TO BE AN EXPRESSION OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR'S OPINION BASED ON HIS BEST
KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF, AND THAT IT THUS CONSTITUTES
NEITHER A GUARANTEE NOR A WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. tT/i
21) THIS SURVEY IS A REPRESENTATION OF EXISTING FIELD CONDITD]NS
AT THE TIME OF THE FIELD SURVEY DATE AND IS BASED ON FOUND c
EXISTING MONUMENTATDON IN THE FIELD.
22) THE TREES SHOWN HEREON WERE LOCATED UTILIZING METHODSN.
o v
ADEQUATE FOR THEIR ACCURATE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATIO
HOWEVER, THIS COMPANY AND THE SIGNING SURVEYOR RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL TREES CRITICAL TO THE ° c
DESIGN OF BUILDINGS, PARKING AND OTHER PERMANENT FEATURES. IT IS a a
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL TO INFORM THIS o as
COMPANY AND/OR SIGNING SURVEYOR OF ANY TREES CRITICAL TO THEIR
DESIGN SO THAT THOSE TREES CAN BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO THE v c
COMPLETION OF THE DESIGN. `o 2 c
23) ALL GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE TO BE INTERPRETED TO THE NEAREST c -0C1
ONE TENTH OF A FOOT. .10,v t
24) THE DATE OF SIGNATURE DOES NOT UPDATE OR SUPERSEDE THE N
DATE OF SURVEY.
COPYRIGHT 2014 - HAMILTON ENGINEERING 6 SURVEYING, INC.
v�
0
c
?.
o
mo
O�
O�
REVISION
L ��N
U
LO
u4
Z n�
it
oo
N N
U ^nM
ro
Z JX
U_
LU
n
66
z
w
W W
z 0
V _J
3
(i
z Q
rn�
w g15
Q
Q
�O
NULL
�0O
OI Q U
J
(n O
/0
VI
Q
OLIVERI ARCHITECTS - 01718.00
SEC 1W NO
Imo BOOKIP OE; 29-26—
0 50UNDARY SURVEY
SCALE: I" = 20'-0"
v
n
D
7 �
D V
0
� E
r v
O
v
h
0
v
a
M
on
V
9�
v
rF 5
cc
u
�Wa:s O
aZo
EW :5,0
3:3 a
Usk
aF zo
1 OF 1
REVISIONS
BY
�i
r�
te-+ '7 n
� N
� a
I� o ti o
N U
t`
�1 G M
►� U N Ld
Q rn 0 3
ti
Y 3z` 3
N
,Q C
W
f
t N
0
A
i 0 0
Lc. f1'
pCo #
m
:-� E
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U M >
O m �L J
ALL}
_J
N �
cUW E vi o 0
o-0
W a ;, o
LA_�O
0 U
C
O (D O
Of Q J 0IV
Q to
FX U_
O 0
W
W
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
AS3
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_AS3-SURVEY.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:16:08 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
I
9
■ ■
i! i t
I t'.✓g��i`...i�" ; it
v..i\ �
/
`;� Y:: `\1�, /
` jE:� �_,:,
r=ice, �__�>
\I' �
� �r'1 lf,%,y
'� � ,�
I
\a
`r
- -
\ /
I
/�
ern
I
r!
41UL-
_ -
,
--J
68 LF
-------------------
----
-----------------
L------------
--J
A!!O
■
C ir
JAW
fG
y
i I El
I
,
! f
■
-- --- - --- -
OFP CL
7 ^a IN;1
Ai!"1
I
r� _
v
3 1'
rt--�
LHI
i�
��
I
��
I
� � I �:.:.-ram,.
■
i
- -
--
---
- --
c - --
fI
0
--------------='�``------------------
a!!o
1
_
t i 4
I
I
�..
__i
ETA T C'
-- - ---1
"U _l
LL
G0; I1D0R
,�a123 ;ai'�:3
a I
F- I7111
II � I
o - _
v ( 1 4 ■
■ ? 1 l- Alto - - jl I IU- I I I Imo- I I I
I I01
41cJ1 i� a I_Its 4 n' I 7<= I',<N
&T A I O ". I h 4 a A h I -5 A. I ON -
%^ A!20 % I . -. E3i2L7 i
< \ 6 k
--- 11 I L °
J
AIG --Tll 4- L77P
LI - ---
------------------� r- -- - - - - i,i F1!OS
-D y' r ----------
■ , 1 - T`,1 ei �-., v-7 1r"?
v a - yJ-
A121 ( 1
--
21
I i
! _ J
7L,�-
4,O_ J J , �, ' I �/�l I I I''��7' I I 1 I� i I I I �.VrL_ r I1I,. I"r�� 4'r ' I 1
_ •,�="�-""--rt;' I ,+-tt���1ri ---.-: �---- ;•` f�'
a F ---I
c�� ��-.`
-� _
r
Oltty IF
0-1
-.-_----1 L '__-J
■ ■ ■ ■ ■■
KNOX
MEN 0 0 m
�I� HMMkMIIO F 1I-
i
i
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND
METAL STUD PARTITION
MASONRY WALL PARTITION
�- - -
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL
EXITS - SEE EXIT TABULATION
EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE
INFORMATION
g
FIRE EXTINGU15HER - IN CABINET
FIRE EXTINGU15HER - WALL MOUNTED
O
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TRUSS SIGNAGE
Ke
KNOX BOX MOUNTED AT 60" A.F.F.
BUILD INCH CODE INFORMATION
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 2010 EDITION
• BUILDING
• PLUMBING
• MECHANICAL
• ENERGY CONSERVATION
• ELECTRICAL
2012 FLORIDA ACCE65151LITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 2010 EDITION
NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE FLORIDA EDITION
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2008 EDITION
2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DE51GN
USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
BU61NE65 OCCUPANCY - GROUP 'B'
CLA551FICATION OF WORK PER FEBC EXISTING BUILDING SECTION 405 - ALTERATION LEVEL 3
GENERAL BUILDING HE ICI -ITS AND AREAS
TABLE 503 MAX. ALLOWED PROVIDED
BUILDING AREA 9,000 SF 1,200 SF
BUILDING HEIGHT 40' 16'-8"
NUMBER OF STORIES 2 1
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION - VB UN5PRINKLERED
EXIT TABULATION BASED
ON NFPA 101 - EDUCATION
CONTRIBUTING AREA (5Q, FT.)
1,200
OCCUPANCY
BUSINESS
OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR
100
(SQ. FT. / PERSON)
OCCUPANT LOAD (PERSONS)
12
CAPACITY OF MEANS OF EGRESS
REQUIRED (PER PERSON)
EXIT CAPACITY REQUIRED (INCHES)
14,4"
OUBLEO DCAPACIDTYPROV
00
132"
DED)T
O
O
O
68
CI PACIITTY PROVIDED)
TOTAL EXIT CAPACITY PROVIDED
2W..
GENERAL NOTES
1, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL LIFE SAFETY
INFORMATION
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
Go
�ti U r,D PJ
4 �
I� 0 -0 E
:; Cd r o
ti y
x
C
1�� U N
Lo F
N • i` �
3ti
O CV
ti A
G N
1
W
00
i � O
J o 0
rr.
J^ ~ Q
o
_U
Qr �
U U
- Z
Z 0
J J
U M >
O m L -1
0
} L.L.
C
W n
0
0-0 =U
W� a >�0
0mON C U 0
Q J IV CL
W
� U
00
LL cW
L
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
LS 1
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\_LSI-LIFE SAFETY.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:56 PM, sharriso%Xerox 6030.pc3
A109 Alll � All
61 N
Q O 0
CORRIDOR
A110
4
5
9
NURSE CLOSET
8 STAT3ION AII(o
II - AIM 4
I I °
I
2b
I --� _- to B2
/ �
I
CLO T
A118 L-- --I
I ` ' I
I
L-- -o-----------
I I
I1 NURSE 4
a STATION 3
AI20
5
4
CORRIDOR
,4121 ��--
Q
0 0 I I
Q Q ^ ol------�
I vil ( A 1-/ I I
0 Q
A113
N
Q
5112
N
Q
IS
OFFICE
8100
0 �Q
0 WALL LEGEND
EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
■
■
■ 3
1,10
4"
DOOR SYSTEM - REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE
0
® WINDOW SYSTEM - REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE
METAL STUD PARTITION - REFER TO TYPICAL NON -RATED
WALL PARTITION DETAIL I/AIO
METAL STUD SOUND INSULATED PARTITION - REFER TO
TYPICAL NON -RATED WALL PARTITION DETAIL I/AIO
C.M.U. WALL SYSTEM (SEE STRUCTURAL) - REFER TO WALL
TYPES ON SHEET A10
SEE SHEET AIO FOR WALL TYPE DETAILS
KEYED NOTES
29 •
-Ol EXISTING STEEL COLUMN - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
O2 EXISTING MASONRY WALL 5Y5TEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
[0 AI
O3 STAINLESS STEEL SINK - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
• O BASE CABINETS / COUNTERTOP - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
BI OFFICE A 20 O BUILT-IN CABINETRY - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
5101 O SLIDING WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
■ O 42" HIGH WALK-UP COUNTER - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
OWALL MOUNTED UPPER CABINETS - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
OFIXED SHELVING
10 REFRIGERATOR - PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY
9 GENERAL CONTRACTOR
8 •
II U.C. REFRIGERATOR - PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY
4 3 GENERAL CONTRACTOR
EXAM d 000PIER - PROVIDED BY OWNER
810ro 13 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT -
■ SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
PHONE / DATA BOARDS - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
B10io A2 14
15 MECHANICAL CHASE
G
Uo WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - SEE PLUMBING
BI05 DRAWINGS
Il WATER HEATER - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
EXA4 IS LADDER TO ROOF ACCESS HATCH ABOVE - SEE DETAIL -I/AIO
5105 19 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS OVER GYPSUM BOARD - RUN
105
• PANELS AT 4'-&" HIGH
m 4 3 20
20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLANS / DETAILS
a ° 21 BUILT-IN MILLWORK - SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUTS - SEE ROOF PLAN
4 °2 23 MOP 51NK - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
g 24 SCALE - PROVIDED BY OWNER
(oc
EXAM 3 i 25 INFILL WINDOW OPENING WITH METAL STUD FRAMING, PROVIDE
PROCEDURE BLACKENING FILM ON INSIDE OF GLAZING. - SEE DETAIL 5/A9b.
5104 26 INFILL SLAB DEPRESSION IN FLOOR AS REQUIRED
°I
I 21 LINE OF KNEE WALL BELOW
I 28 DISHWASHER - PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C.
■ • • 29 FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN CABINET - SEE DETAIL 2/AIO
O30 PROVIDE APPROVED RECESSED KNOX BOX
20
2
3 / 2 I
6b A6 A6 00:0000.00000
- - 00 00000,000000000
0000000000000
o°oo 0000°°0000000
A114a
BI ELI
OFFICE Bn3
AIl5 B2
0 �T�
Q I I
I I
L _J
CORRIDOR 24 o
A123
i
I III I
u_
12
RECEPTION
AI22 4
15 EAKROOM
A114
5
Alb
r
I'
I to c
JANITOR--
14 BI114 23no
' _J
CORRIDOR
5123
I I III I
u_
u"ul®® 0
12
RECEPTION
5122 44 -
BI I I BI09
m ;
CORRIDOR
B 110
4
5
Nun
NURSE 4
a STATION 3
29 29 8120
Fb�'
Q fD
>,101b � 6 �, 6 B101b
1 21 1 1 21 1 4
21 21 21 21 CORRIDOR
- @ 5121
I ,
n o ' B2 fD fIl
WAITINGS BI WAITIW_% 0
AI01 5I01 16 L-----
1
_W �I EXAM
-- N --I—
\
I K-0' I
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ° ■ ■ ■ ■
Q 30 m 25
oo
0
I
Alb
GENERAL NOTES
I. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL SITE
INFORMATION
REVISIONS
BY
r
CO C'Q
CO "D
E
/
U N O
� N Y
C G.
G �
Icy
U � cC
3 ti 3
CV .
E o
1
W
a
i
i%
0No
j
> 0 0
i
o
U_
O
U
Z
Z �
U�
>
O Im
L J
J
opt
W
oVV
==0
U
Oj
0
C MO
U
Q0
W
(DW
Of
0N0_
Q_J
Q
LD
to
�U
O p
_Jw
Li-m
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
Ala
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectura]\AOla-FLPL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:46 PK sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
31
KEYED NOTES (AS APPLICABLE)
-
ElLAVATORY IN APRON TYPE VANITY - SEE DETAIL 2/A5b
I
SIGNAGE TO MEET
ACC AND
31
I I
II to
a WALL HUNG LAVATORY - SEE PLUMBING
FURYCFLORIDA
ACCESSIBILITY CODE
''.
�
I
FOR BUILDING
CONSTRUCTION
___
...__.
18
H.C. WATER CLOSET -SEE PLUMBING
El
II
E4 STANDARD WATER CLOSET - SEE PLUMBING
4 _ o
1
i
,
14 8/Ala ��
URINAL -SEE PLUMBING
El 36" GRAB BAR
' r
TOILET'
42" GRAB BAR
MOUNT ROOM SIGNS
B
Alb
Il i -
TOIL -ET Q �4
------!--- ,
8102 0
19 '� \
U
�8 COUNTER MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER
ADJACENT TO LATCH
- I
SIDE OF DOOR
0
is
f
6 36
_ ----._..__ -_._ _ ___
3 13
I 19 8115 r ~ U
n i
/
9/Ala i �q
6
�9 WALL MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER
ID SEMI -RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
3 \'
II SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
18 _
13
12 SEMI -RECESSED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER
13 SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER
-
14 WALL MOUNTED MIRROR FROM TOP OF SPLASH TO ro0 -8" A.F.F. -
MATCH WIDTH OF VANITY
15 WALL MOUNTED CHANNEL FRAMED MIRROR
- II Ili
6'-0
11 1 II III
4 6'-ID
4II J L
'`
16 PIPE INSULATION KIT
CLEAR
CLEAR
I� BO" DIAMETER R FL AROUND
IS 3ID" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
A
M ��`
H.C.SIG". 1 OUNTI G DETAIL
9
O
`' t
INTERIOR Y A 1 ION
���
g
TOILET PLAN
ENLARGED 1 1�
�
O
II R PLAN
�1 �i�J""'t�iF.rT��D �OI��� I— �l�U �
ENLARGED
SCALE: N.T.S.
SCALE: 3/8" I' -ID"
SCALE: 3/8" 1'-0"
SCALE: 3/8" = I'-0"
19 60" x 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
31
2O TOILET PARTITION
21 RECESSED FEMININE NAPKIN
=
DISPENSER
AS PER WALL
TYPE
22 SURFACE MOUNTED FEMININE NAPKIN DISPENSER
23 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER.
oll
24 PREFAB SHOWER STALL
COVER PLATE
18 I
I
I1
25 SHOWER STALL
1/411 x 2" ESCUTCHEON
LAG BOLTS
--
�
26 MOP SINK/ FLOOR SINK.
� I I/2" DIAMETER
S.S. GRAB BAR
28
36 14
ij� 14 `
� 8/Ala
2l WATER HEATER
28 SPECIMEN PASS-THRU CABINET - SEE DETAIL 12/Alb
SOLID BLOCKING \
BETWEEN METAL
-
ff
Q TOILET
29 TRASH RECEPTACLE
STUDS AS REQUIRED@
0471b
6 g 8
Alb
—
w --- --�--- ,
A102 11
U
ro" P HOLE
36 6
1 `, II
Q
WITH TRIM RING
11
I
13 3
s
9/Ala 19
� `� i
i
31 PC SIGN
�
i i/2" I 1 I/2"
3 1
'
M\/ 6
/
`
32 RECESSED DISPENSER TOILET -SEAT -COVER
DIA.
13 I I I6
I I
,__ _ � I
II
33 RECESSED FACIAL TISSUE DISPENSER.
NOTE:
13
34 STANDARD ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
ALL GRAB BARS INCLUDING THOSE MOUNTED AT TUBS, SHOWERS, AND
TOILETS AND TOILET MOUNTED GRAB BARS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND
5
35 H.C, ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
SUPPORTED AS TO WITHSTAND A LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 250 POUNDS
APPLIED AT ANY POINT DOWNWARD OR HORIZONTALLY AS REQUIRED BY
, 9b
36 PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED - SEE DETAIL "BI' THIS SHEET
THE FLORIDA ACCESSfBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.
2
--
(PROVIDE SUFFICIENT BLOCKING BEHIND EACH GRAB BAR INSTALLATION)
r/ IIL 6 -IDII
1
CLEAR
OGRA5
5AR ANCHORING- DETAIL
SCALE: 3 = 1'-0
INTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/8 I'-0
O
INTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/5 I'-0
ENL4i3ED TOILET PLAN
TOILET ACCESSORIES
=
=
SCALE: 3/8 I'-0
HIGHEST OPERABLE
EDGE OF WALL PART OF ACCESSORY
ACCESSORY
.SPECIFICATION
i
28
SEMI -RECESSED TOILET
TISSUE DISPENSER
BOBRICK B-667
�t
TRASH
11
RECEPTACLE
U
r.
14 o
� I
/I
ra --------�- ----
SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET
TISSUE DISPENSER
BOBRICK 8-685
SEMI -RECESSED PAPER
TOWEL DISPENSER
50BRICK B-359
I X ¢
X 3
Q F_ Q
28 14
11
14 36
8 g 6
cQ Q 1: 11/Ala a
-1 19 TOILET 4
URFACE MOUNTED
TOWEL DISPENSER PAPER
50BRICK 5-262
I z 1
z
C'
r m = m
I
Il Alb ,
- - _
I 6 A119 i
b `�
FINISH
Ilk FLOOR
16
1 3
10/A1a �
31 \/ _
3
3611 GRAB BAR
BOBRICK B-68ID6 X 36 SATIN
C R.MIN,,,
13
I I
l 1
_�
i
I 13 ,
FINISH WITH SNAP FLANGE
42" GRAB BAR
BOBRIGK B-68ID6 X 42 SATIN
FINISH WITH SNAP FLANGE
WALL HUNG SINK ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
------
Ir ul ,I
WALL MOUNTED SOAP
WALL
DISPENSER
50BRICK 8-155
EDGE OF WALL
2
28
Sb
'
4 ''
COUNTER MOUNTED SOAP
DISPENSER
50BRICK 8-8221
C61-211 LEAR
WALL MOUNTED MIRROR
BOBRIGK 8-165 1830
' -- - ---
I
INTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/8" 1'-0"
O
INTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/8" 1'-0"
G
ENLARGED TOILET PLAN
SCALE: 3/S" 1'-0"
I _
Z
- -- Z N-
OPEN _� O -
=
=
SURFACE MOUNTED TOUGH
BOBRICK B-ISII "900
`v
BUTTON HAND DRYER
N (3 FLOOR
15" CLEAR MIN F- FLOOR
28
O _
-J b
RECESSED FEMININE NAPKIN
DISPENSER
50BRICK 5-353
COUNTER MOUNTED SINK P.C. URINAL
SURFACE MOUNTED
NAPKIN DISPENSERFEMININE
BOBRIGK 5-210
40"
EDGE OF WALL
_
F
EDGE OF WALL;
ILL
A211I 3611
1211 Y , !
@
- -
11
o
/ 1 `
-- ------
RECE55ED
TOILET- 6EATD-IGOVER R
BOBRIGK 8-3013
I - _ - GRAB BARS
r
GRAB BARS i __._.._ ___.
N
_
{
14
;'
II/Ala
31 __ 1� TOILET `� l0 4
r---- Q, I w
RECESSED FACIAL TISSUE
DISPENSER
50BRICK B-355
-- -_ .
N DISPENSER
12" x 12" S.S. PASS
6119 r r
19 V
i
p
LOCATION 4 4
!
THRU SPECIMEN1
CABINET IIBOBRIGK
`,,
6
I I 10\% i�
�-------J `�
G NOTES
m m
_
I
m
8-505" OR EQUAL�
1. FOR TYPICAL N.C. SIGN MOUNTING DETAIL, SEE DETAIL "A" THIS SHEET
CL
- U FINISH L Il" U FINISH
FLOOR H.C, W. 3 FLOOR
F-
_
u
�n w
__
+3-
r r U
WALL SYSTEM - SEE
FLOOR PLANS
FOR TYPICAL GRAB BAR ANCHORING DETAIL, SEE DETAIL "B" THIS
,,
$
2. SHEET
H.C. WATER CLOSET H.C. WATER CLOSET
-
I
3. FOR TYPICAL TOILET ACCESSORIES MOUNTING HEIGHTS, SEE DETAIL
28
"G" THIS SHEET
NOTE:
1. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
4" 6'-4" g
4. FOR CEILING HEIGHTS, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
2. THE FLUSH VALVE MUST BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH SIDE OF ANY
ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET
CLEAR
5. SOME KEYED NOTES AND ACCESSORIES DO NOT APPLY UNLESS
REFERENCED IN THIS PROJECT
OTYPICAL
MOLINTING WEIGHTS
12
PASS THRU' DETAIL
8
O
INTERIOR ELEVATION
O
ENLAR3ED TOILET PLAN
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-0"
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 3/5" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
J i
y N
L CL
~
O - E
'd U
T ti n
x
� rs
c
Icy
s.
U N-Cli
it
E
Q m 00 o
N
S] [
N
W
1
f
!
00
N
ro O
'b
� o
o
y �
c
U
I'
O
V V
Z
Z 0
_J J_
N
O m
.F J
Q
per}
W
oVV
E0
=U
v L.L.
o �O
c M 0
U
`)
N
(D CL
X Q J
ON
�U
00 0
W
L.
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A 1
b
--i evil -
I� 1
�Y ' I II_4" GJ
I QII
c0 j ff-O" f 12'-411=
Ai00
10'-4//"\ 10'-4" 10'-4" 104" 21'-8" 11 i 10''-411
0 -� --._ - IIi -_— A 112 --- r i I i --- - i 1 --
\y 114
� Iit I
ri
_ II
— I 5
I I
�0 r - I� { 10'-4I24'-4II (A7.i1
4,
-2
ll`'vE
-oil 5TATiON -011
II
wl'
; ;-1-rrl n
' I
I - -
5110
(V
24'-4"
ON
r3117
i
p
I
! II
I
W
!
I !
i
10'-4"
L 12'-411
510� BIOL� l 61
it
I
!
I
10' -411
II
l ✓P
'„?If✓ i �
T
I
I
I I
ti r n l nl -1 ---
_' � -- -'--! I I + � I I !�
I
cv 5'-411 L11 t�t1011 5,1_211 I �I_411 4f_011 I _u��l 5'-2" 2 -2" 4 -0" 6i-10" 4 -0" t l 4 -5,i, 3'-5'I 5 —011 L2_-.8'J Fo 1ed
'-
6i SL./
I
r------ -
V_J _ i ± w. C�-�. I
al
- -F
r A10 -_ --- o �'---I A - -- _
II
- -- 7 �r ! ! r - _
2 I. w.ti2 -
-
/ I'-Y/11 » II_0 I 1 I �_V_/TII ,...rye 4T1 GN
TATION
4120
I
I
I
—
I
—P_- —I i
A105:'� 61 !
L
--" -
T I
3'-10 5'-0 5 - -1'-10 �('-10 5'- 5'-0 3 -10 ,I +\����� - - -- -?
�- - I'-0"
—�
J.-
T NC,
I
I
—___—
IL
A,10!
�__.
I
C�nrF
X�1
I
I
;.
—
Ai02
_ii
I
I
I!
I
_i
i ti I
-hldi
I���i
_ 11
24I8
2
-8"'-�
_ I
10'-0"
ALL
-�j7r7--�rT�-.7rr'
ol
1
�1---
-.---':�
-- r.---IIII
!iIi!iii
ili;Ii!
�iI--I
--;i�1I.—
ER
_
r-
-
I
—I
I
I I
I r
I
I
'— ----------11
ri
I i
--
I r
- — -'
i
_' ""--
V� it
—' —
—
- ij
I
I
I
ill I
I I
1
I
i11 I II
I I I
I (
I I
f�; l
I!I
1
I
I
I
i
I
-
N- r' I i
i-
i f i
I 2
i
1
1
I
-
6i - I
i
I
I
I
! I
I
I ! 1
I i
I I,
I
1
!
I
I
i 1
i
i
I i
i i
i
i
Alb
I 1 i
i
I I
l
I i
I
I
i
I 1 I
I
I
polia-1v
i
i
I
--
- �I
l
I l I
i
I f
t I I
i
1
i
I
I
I I
I
I
I
i
1
I I I
'I I
I I
I
i t
I
L
-i '
_
!
1
1I
1 1
I
(
1
`
11
I
:
I
I
r
1
_ __.._ w______ _
_.
_ I
— . _.
—.� _.._.
_ _
I
Irl
i
ii --,
!
- _
- -
f
,
i
i
i
I I
i
li
I
i
( I
;1
1
I i t
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
i
I'i
�I
I I
i
i
I
i
II
1
i
i
I
I
I l I
i I I
i
i
I 1
I
i
I
I
I
t I I
I
i
I i
I I
I I ! I
I I 1 I
I
II I I
I i
I I I
1 I
f
I
-
i I 1
I I I
I I i i i I
I
I l
11
I i
I i I
I
I
I
i
I it
i
I I
li
I
I I I I 1 U Urt p- p0 I ! I I C ? ) J I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I 1I 1
1 f 1I I I 1p t I I II I i
I
1.
I I
I
I
II I
, I I
.OJOG
21' - 4"
129' -4"
cc
.___ _ - _-
II ,
fr I
-- --
1
10'-011 i 2'-4" 4'-0" 4'-011f� 4'-0r' 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0"
i'
40'-011
cd
g
.CYD
Li 4-
0CN
QA2
f
IL
I
I4
DIMENSION PLAN NOTES
1. THIS PLAN IS FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES ONLY
2. FOR DIMENSIONING PURPOSES, METAL STUD WALLS ARE DRAWN AT
4" OR (o" WIDE U.N.O. - BLOCK WALLS ARE DRAWN AT &" WIDE U.N.O.
3, S" BLOCK WALLS AND 6" METAL STUD WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO
FACE OF WALL - 4" METAL STUD WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO
CENTER OF WALL, U.N.O.
4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AFTER LAYOUT IS
COMPLETE AND WALL TRACK IS IN PLACE PRIOR TO FRAMING ANY
WALLS
REVISIONS
DIMENSION PLAN NOTES
1. THIS PLAN IS FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES ONLY
2. FOR DIMENSIONING PURPOSES, METAL STUD WALLS ARE DRAWN AT
4" OR (o" WIDE U.N.O. - BLOCK WALLS ARE DRAWN AT &" WIDE U.N.O.
3, S" BLOCK WALLS AND 6" METAL STUD WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO
FACE OF WALL - 4" METAL STUD WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO
CENTER OF WALL, U.N.O.
4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT AFTER LAYOUT IS
COMPLETE AND WALL TRACK IS IN PLACE PRIOR TO FRAMING ANY
WALLS
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
1�1
�
y
N
m
1?
H:\Projects\Projeds 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04Architectural\A02-DIM.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:30 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
OiREFLECTED CE IL INkCx PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
i LECTED CE IL, M3 LEC-iEND
2' x 4' SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM WITH 2' x 4'
LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES
2' x 2' SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM WITH 2' x 2'
LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES
G.W.B CEILING (SMOOTH FINISH)
2 x 4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, LAY IN AT
SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM -SEE ELECTRICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
2' x 2' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, LAY IN AT
El SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM - SEE ELECTRICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
2' x 4' FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, LAY IN
AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM - SEE
ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
2' x 2' FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, LAY IN
FIA-1 AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM - SEE
ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
I' x 4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH WRAP AROUND
LENS, SURFACE MOUNTED - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
I' x 2' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH WRAP AROUND
LENS, SURFACE MOUNTED -SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
®
RECESSED EYEBALL DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE
ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
�,
RECESSED CAN DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE
ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
.(�
WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR
`{
MORE INFORMATION
CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
HANGING LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
4' DUAL TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT, SURFACE MOUNTED -
SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
2' DUAL TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT, SURFACE MOUNTED -
SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFORMATION
EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR
MORE INFORMATION
® EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
®
SMOKE DETECTOR - SEE MECHANICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
®
EXHAUST FAN - SEE MECHANICAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
MECHANICAL SUPPLY REGISTER - SEE MECHANICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
0
MECHANICAL RETURN REGISTER - SEE MECHANICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
110
MECHANICAL TRANSFER GRILLE - SEE MECHANICAL
FOR MORE INFORMATION
KEYED NOTES
Ol OUTLINE OF WALL MOUNTED UPPER CABINETS - SEE INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS
O2 OUTLINE OF OVERHANG SOFFIT / FACSIA - SEE WALL SECTIONS
OSTUCCO SOFFIT / CEILING - SEE WALL SECTIONS
OCONTROL JOINT IN STUCCO CEILING
5O G.W.B. WRAPPED HEADER / SOFFIT - SEE CEILING DETAILS
OWOOD CORNER MOLD
OWOOD CROWN MOLD
GENERAL NOTES
I. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS SHALL BE 10'-0" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
2. ALL METAL FRAMING FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILING SHALL BE 25
- GAUGE - 3 5/5 INCH WITH MINIMUM 3K 10 SHEET METAL SCREWS PER
CONNECTION.
3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR t0 NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH ANY WORK.
4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES
SPEC IFI CAT IONS.
5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL PROPOSED CEILING
HEIGHTS WITH STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTIFY
ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES UPON DISCOVERY BEFORE
COMMENCING WITH ANY WORK.
6. SEE SHEET IDI FOR CEILING FINISHES.
7. MTL. STUDS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURAL STL. W/ (3) 0.145"0
RAMSET POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS.
5. MTL. STUDS/CLIP ANGLE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO MTL. STUDS a/ MIN
(4) 012-14 TEK SCREWS.
g, CONTINUOUS TRACK SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURAL STL. w/
(2) 0,145"0 RAM5ET POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 16" O.G.
10. CONTINUOUS TRACK/STUDS/CLIP ANGLES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO
CONCJCMU w/ (2) 1/4" 0 x 1 1/4" TAPCON FASTENERS AT 24" O.C.
11. CONNECT SHEATHING TO MTL. STUDS w/ 012-14 TEK SCREWS AT 6" O.G.
12, CONTINUOUS TRACK SHALL BE CONNECTED TO ROOF DECK w/ (2) 010
TEK SCREWS AT 24" O.C.
13. AS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CLIP ANGLES FOR
ALL METAL STUDS SO PROPER ALIGNMENT CAN BE ATTAINED. CLIP
ANGLES SHALL MATCH OR EXCEED THE STUD GAGE.
14, FOR ALL MOLDINGS CONTACT TRIPLE H INDUSTRIES - GLEN HULTGREN
121-204-0531
REVISIONS
BY
00
CON
L Cr,
�� Q -70
r-I ° � � o
�ct. N U
s✓ U
G U
I�ti U N ccdd
L
Q rn o
C =[ ti .
./ Q)
p C
►� � O p
N
l;
� U
W
rki
'
4
00
cV
O
? o Oo
o #
O
V U
— Z
Z �
._! J
U M >
O m �L J
� Q 0 Li t
oVLd �`�0
U =U
Oj W j� O
U
C �O N 0_0
a) co a) 0
� CL
Q J C)N
Q Co
Op
Ld
LJJ
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A3a
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A03a-RCP.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:21 PM, shamson, Xerox 6030.pc3
3 5/S" 25 GA. (MIN.) METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. SECURE TO
_
-
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
<t
CEILING
1
-
Oil
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING
g _g
CEILING SYSTEM
• •
• •
CEILING
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
(4) 010 TEK SCREWS AT
CEILING SYSTEM
EACH CONNECTION
3 5/8" 25 GA. (MIN.) METAL STUD
LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE
5/S" G.W.B.
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
FRAMING AT 16" O.G, SECURE TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
L 2 x 2 x 20 GA CLIP AT
ELECTRICAL
CROWN MOLD
CEILING SYSTEM
EACH OUTER CORNER
HHH 468
5/8" G.W.B.
7;r
CORNER MOLD
HHH III
--- ---
(4) 010 TEK SCREWS AT
10'-0"
10'-0"
EACH CONNECTION
CEILING
CEILING
LAMINATE FINISH - SEE
• • • •
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
• • •
5/8" G.W.B.
VSUSPENDED
AND FINISH SCHEDULE
7 -0
-0
-011 I
TOP OF
WINDOW
I/2" G.W,B. WITH
TOP OF WINDOW
\f HEADER
ACOUSTICAL
CEILING SYSTEM
1/2" PLYWOOD BACKING
RECESS TRACK.
4 �/5'
LEADING EDGE OF
LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE
TRACK TO ALLIGN WITH
ELECTRICAL
LEADING EDGE OF G.W.B.
WALL BEYOND
ALUMINUM SLIDING WINDOW -
SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
O
Cr IL INCH
DETAIL
O
CE IL ING DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2'' = 1'-0"
3 5/&" 25 GA. (MIN.) METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. SECURE TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING SYSTEM
3 5/0" 25 GA. (MIN.) METAL
STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.C.
SECURE TO STRUCTURE
10 -3"
ABOVE.
CE IL ING
--------
--------
LAY- IN
LAY- IN
• •
• •
(4) *10 TEK SCREWS AT
ACOUSTICAL TILE
ACOUSTICAL TILE
• •
I
• •
EACH CONNECTION
CEILING
CEILING
L 2 x 2 x 20 GA CLIP AT
CEILING
u
EACH OUTER CORNER
10'-0" ni
7
CEILING
LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE
CORNER MOLD HHH 160
ELECTRICAL
GROWN MOLD
HHH 468
5/8" GWB
5/a" GYPSUM WALLBOARD 4 1/8
OCr=ILINCg
DETAIL
CEILING DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
3 5/a" 25 GA. (MIN.) METAL
STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.C.
-
-
-
--
_ - --_ -
SECURE TO STRUCTURE
ABOVE.
(4) 1110 TEK SCREWS AT
EACH CONNECTION
LAY -IN
ACOUSTICAL TILE
LAY -IN
CEILING
ACOUSTICAL TILE
CEILING
10'-0"
5/a" GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1'-0 1/4"
CEILING
(DICEILINn
DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
fi
I
I � \
� � m
CO
CON
o
0-0 o
/ N N U
U N ccd
LO N
Q Q)
0 O
3
F� >'
3 ti 3
Cn
p C
O
N
co
_
W
a
i
i
1/
00
'i o
t N
o 6
an
in
r0
0
U U
- Z
Z 0
J J
U M >
O m i- J
per}
-� Q
C
W :30 L) ��'0
�
=U
°W�Q�0
U
C �O �' a�
(D N
0 Q 0NCL
J
Q cD
U_
On
LI.., cW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: AZP
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A3b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CM0l-CDA\04-Architectura1\A03b-CLG DEPAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:10 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
If
o a
OROoF PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
ROOF LEGEND
DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING
MEMBRANE OVER MIN. 3.20" 150 BOARD INSULATION -
BUILD UP INSULATION AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE 1/4"
MIN. SLOPE
INDICATES DIRECTION OF DOWNWARD SLOPE OF ROOF
KEYED NOTES
ODURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER MIN. 3.20" (R-n) ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO
PROVIDE 1/4'' MIN. SLOPE
O2 OUTLINE OF BUILDING / COLUMN BELOW - SEE FLOOR PLANS
OBUILT-UP CRICKET AS REQUIRED
OPREFABRICATED ALUMINUM AWNING - SEE DETAIL 6/A10
O6" SQUARE ALUMINUM GUTTER SYSTEM - SEE WALL SECTIONS
O4" ROUND ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT SYSTEM - CONNECT TO EXISTING
UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE SYSTEM
OPARAPET WALL SYSTEM WITH METAL COPING - SEE WALL SECTIONS
(D CONTINUOUS 4" CANT STRIP - SEE WALL SECTIONS
OROOF DRAIN - SEE DETAIL 4/AIO AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS
10 ROOF OVERFLOW DRAIN - SEE DETAIL 4/,410 AND PLUMBING
DRAWINGS
11 ROOF CURB FOR MECHANICAL PLATFORM - SEE DETAIL 3/A10 AND
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
(2 ROOF TOP MECHANICAL UNIT - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
13 EXHAUST VENT - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
14 ROOF ACCESS LADDER WITH SECURITY DOOR - SEE DETAIL -1/AIO
15 PLUMBING VENT - SEE DETAIL 5/410 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS
GENERAL NOTES
I. ALL FLAT ROOF SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE A 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE U.N.O.
2. ALL EDGE FLASHING TO BE ALUMINUM U.N.O.
3. ALL MISC. FLASHING TO BE ALUMINUM U.N.O.
4, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF EXISTING RIGID ROOF DECK
INSULATION IS TAPERED OR FLAT - NEW INSULATION SHALL MATCH
REVISIONS
BY
.fi
Y
I � \
I
rP
00
co
N
Cn
O
I
U
N N O
� � vi
\�
CC
rn E N
p5, G• Y
1—�
G O
U N �
4
El
� cn
3 ti 3
Cn
0
H�
co
�
l;
x
W
el
CD
C11
> ° o
--� 4-- Q
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U �
�
O m
J
0L�t
} Q
Ld
U
:3
N O
° C)
vWL�
�
o �o
-=-
C �O
U
N a�'
CL
� Q
C:)N
J
OJ 0
LLJ
L
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A4
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnos5cs\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\A04-ROOF.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:15:00 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
KEYED NOTES
OI EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM WITH SMOOTH SAND STUCCO FINISH - SEE
WALL SECTIONS
0 DOOR / WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE FLOOR PLANS AND SCHEDULES
OLIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
O4 ELECTRICAL SERVICE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
O5 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
OALUMINUM COPING OVER PARAPET / COLUMN - SEE WALL SECTIONS
OSTUCCO CONTROL JOINTS (TYPICAL)
S 6 ST-I
O BUILDING 51CsNAGE BY OWNER
22'-&" A.F.F.
9 ALUMINUM AWNING - SEE DETAIL 6/,410
_ -__
T�G = _ - = "�
6 II
TOP OF NEW
TOWER
20'-0 A.F.F.
10 6" SQUARE ALUMINUM GUTTER
O 11 "CULTURED" STONE VENEER - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND FLOOR
TOP OF NEW
TOWER
PLAN
_
P3
P2 P1
6
_
12 4" ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT
P P
/FIE,
A.F.F.13
ROOF ACCESS LADDER WITH SECURITY DOOR -SEE DETAIL i/A10
TOP OF NEW
- - _
-.
L9
— _
PARAPET
- -
OP OF
14 TIE NEW 4" ROUND DOWNSPOUT INTO EXISTING UNDERGROUND
DRAINPIPE
- - -- -
E XIS ING
PARAPET
it-= "'
}7-1
L 1 -
i
-
MASONRY
OPENING
_ _- - __ - -ram � J _- _ _-_" � - -'L--_ � _ __- - L-_Ir�r�•-_�=i
_ _ _-_ _ _
Ll
_
I
0'-0'' F.F.E.
TOP OF
PI
EXISTING SLAB
5
2
I
3
2
I
6b
6b 6a
6a
6a
EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE
0
�Xt�i�lOfi� �L�Y�tION
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
PI PAINT COLOR TO BE SW 6101
P2 PAINT COLOR TO BE SW 1064 - PASSIVE
P3 PAINT COLOR TO BE 5W 6140 - MODERATE WHITE
ST-I CULTURED STONE VENEER - BORAL STONE PRODUCTS
"PLATINUM".
PRO -FIT LEDGESTONE CONTACT DOUG
MCCALL AT OLD CASTLE SUPPLIERS (813) 886--1761
CENEIRAL NOTES
6 11
5T-I
22'-8" A.F.F.
TOP OF NEW
6
6
11
TOWER
1, EXTERIOR FINISH TO BE SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH U.N.O.
20'-0" A.F.F.2
TOP OF NEW
PROVIDE PROPER FLASHING AT ALL REQUIRED AREAS TO ENSURE A
PI
-
TOWER
WATERTIGHT CONDITION
P3
6
3. ALL CORNER BEADS AND ALL OTHER STUCCO ACCESSORIES TO BE
- 16'-8" A.F.F.
100% PLASTIC/ VINYL.
TOP OF NEW
PARAPET
4. VERIFY ALL PAINT COLORS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
�a
-=:
I
14'-2" AF.F.
5, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND
NOTIFY ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES UPON DISCOVERY
___
_.-- - _- --
----_.__--
-_. __---.__-_-- - _ ---
--------
EXISTING
PARAPET
BEFORE COMMENCING WITH ANY WORK.
6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY ELECTRIC SERVICE FOR SIGNAGE
_
9
(SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN) AND COORDINATE SIZE WITH VENDOR AND
- TOP OF
OWNER
I
MASONRY
OPENING
2
J,
MM
- -
0'-0" F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
KEY PLAN
1— /�j
2
3
6c
6c
El
t �
v: zx
�u
x
O
01
EXTERIOR ELEVATION^
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
�i
I
00
Crj
CO
v �
o
ci
co
[ U
I--r U N ro
it
Q Q 0 O
y 3 ti 3
1—� p N
C
O
O �
N
Ulm
E"�ro
pr
le 00
N
O
u ^
<I > o 0
I" U cc
UJ v
� U
3
O
U V
Z
Z Q
J
U
O m �L J
0 t
C
"�
WE
� O
0
W - 0
U
0 O (n a.o
O cD N �
� Q J �fV
0 Q (D
E U_
00
LL cW
L
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
Asa
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A05-EXEL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:14:48 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
KEYED NOTES
0 EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM WITH SMOOTH SAND STUCCO FINISH - SEE
WALL SECTIONS
0 DOOR / WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE FLOOR PLANS AND SCHEDULES
OLIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
OELECTRICAL SERVICE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
O5 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
OALUMINUM COPING OVER PARAPET / COLUMN - SEE WALL SECTIONS
OSTUCCO CONTROL JOINTS (TYPICAL)
6 I1
El�
O BUILDING SIGNAGE BY OWNER
22'-8" A.F.F.
O9 ALUMINUM AWNING - SEE DETAIL (oo/A10
6T-1 6 Il
Y ( nP s
TOP OF NEW
TOWER
Im 6" SQUARE ALUMINUM GUTTER
20'-0" A.F.F.
II "CULTURED" STONE VENEER - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND FLOOR
'L .�� r- --
Jr � � �
TOWER
��—� �� N
r
12 4 ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT
_ � ,t 1i: ==- - - -- _.
-ir_ •_ - -. —_ _= - b� _ _ u.. l -
16'-8 A,F.F.�
0ROOF ACCESS LADDER WITH SECURITY DOOR - SEE DETAIL i/AIO
14 TIE NEW 4" ROUND DOWNSPOUT INTO EXISTING UNDERGROUND
DRAINPIPE
-
TOP OF NE
PARAPET
(+/-) 14 - 2
q�
TOP OF
-
-_
EX G
f
PARAPET
10
10
10
j
10
10
-
:3
mi
8'-0" A.F.F.
TOP OF
MASONRY
OPENING
Y
0'-0" F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
13
I 14 P3 14
14
14 1
P3 14 4 PI
EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE
O
EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/16" I'-0"
Pl PAINT COLOR TO BE SW 6101
P2 PAINT COLOR TO BE SW 1064 - PASSIVE
P3 PAINT COLOR TO BE SW 6140 - MODERATE WHITE
ST-I CULTURED STONE VENEER - BORAL STONE PRODUCTS
PRO -FIT LEDGESTONE "PLATINUM", CONTACT DOUG
MCCALL AT OLD CASTLE SUPPLIERS (813) 886-1761
GENERAL NOTES
1, 6
22'-8" A.F.F.
11
6 ST-I+ �=
TOP OF NEW
TOWER
I. EXTERIOR FINISH TO BE SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH U.N.O.
_ -�-
20'-0" A.F.F.
2. PROVIDE PROPER FLASHING AT ALL REQUIRED AREAS TO ENSURE A
_
-:
� _;:_ � �r n-
TOP OF NEW
TOWER
WATERTIGHT CONDITION
+
3. ALL CORNER BEADS AND ALL OTHER STUCCO ACCESSORIES TO BE
a s y
16'-a",F.F
1009- PLASTIC/ VINYL.
RAPE OF NEW
4. VERIFY ALL PAINT COLORS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
14'-2" AFF,rL
5, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND
M -
70P OF
NOTIFY ARCHITECT WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES UPON DISCOVERY
---- -----
":
EXISTING
BEFORE COMMENCING WITH ANY WORK.
1
PARAPET
6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY ELECTRIC SERVICE FOR SIGNAGE
(SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN) AND COORDINATE SIZE WITH VENDOR AND
OWNER
1----
8'-0" A.F.F.
--
-------��}u ---- --
MASONRY
OPENING
j
=
• •_- ,7- 5
"
01-0 F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXfSTINC� SLAB
01
KEG' PLAN
3
6c
6b
I/A5b
Q,
0
EXTERIOR ELEVATION
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
i
1
N
CO
70
I\ U
� � x ti
G c1:1�
C GL v
t-.
a�
E
Q rn 0-0 o
�—' o x� .
0
N
W
I
i- 00
N
cd O
b
O p
enin
o Q
U
� a
U Z
Z Q
J J
U 5 >
O m �I- J
J oLL_.
�-
W
oVU� 0
o A li C
WW v 0
N
CM0QU
�
N
�QJ�
Q to
� U
00
J W
LL_ m
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A5b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Arcbitectural\AOS-EXEL.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:14:42 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
ALUMINUM COPING WITH
KEYED NOTES
HEMMED LEADING EDGE
SET IN ADHESIVE OVER
ICE AND WATER SHIELD
ONE LAYER OF 5/8"
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE
SLOPE
EXTERIOR GRADE
ALUMINUM COPING WITH HEMMED
PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
USE SHIM TO SLOPE
LEADING EDGE SET IN
ADHESIVE OVER ICE AND
OI
DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
TOWARDS ROOF
WATER SHIELD WATERPROOF
OVER MIN. 3,20" (R-19) ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO
PROVIDE 1/4'' MIN. SLOPE - SEE ROOF PLANS
AS REQUIRED
MEMBRANE
OEXTEND
SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER
tt
PARAPET WALL
METAL SELF SEALING
SLOPE
O
CONT. 4" CANT STRIP - SEE ROOF PLAN
FASTENERS AT 48' O.C.
2x P.T, WOOD NAILER WITH 1/4"
TAPCON SCREWS AT EACH
O
l/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER PAPER BACKED
LOCK FLASHING
END AND AT 24" O.C. MAX.
GALV. METAL LATH OVER "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
SEALANT
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING
EXTEND ROOFING
SEALANT
METAL SELF SEALING -
FASTENERS AT 48" O.C.
LOCK FLASHING
0/8"
SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER NIGH RIB GALV.
MEMBRANE UP AND
METAL LATH
OVER TOP OF
PARAPET WALL
"TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP
OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR
<
O
6" C,M.0 WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR VERTICAL
UNDER COPING
GRADE PLYWOOD
AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT
CONTINUOUS 4" CANT
SHEATHING
SEALANT
O
STEEL HSS JOIST -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
OMILLWORK
- SEE FLOOR PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
METAL STUDS (TYPICAL)
SEALANT
- SEE STRUCTURAL
O
STEEL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
SINGLE PLY
ROOFING
MEMBRANE
-1/a"4 /8" SMOOTH SAND
STUCCO FINISH OVER
C
S2b 6
20'-0 AFF
l TOP OF
MASONRY
A 4
6 S2b
EXTEND ROOFING MEMBRANE
�
MASONRY WALL SYSTEM -
SEE STRUCTURAL
10
II
CONT. SPRINGLOCK FLASHING BY "FRY REGLET"
CLIP ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
^.....�
' �MOMMOM���
UP AND OVER PARAPET WALL
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
PAPER BACKED GALV.
METAL LATH OVER
I
,
FINISH STUCCO
12
6" METAL STUDS - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
"TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP
I�
I� a
OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR
a
13
METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
GRADE PLYWOOD
SHEATHING
I
I
14
FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
Lim
39
MOM15
39
16
ROOF DRAIN - SEE ROOF PLAN
EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
DETAIL
DETAIL
B
O
SCALE: 3" = I'-0"
O
SCALE: 3" = I'-0"
i�
O
18
EXISTING K.O. BLOCK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
r�-------------------------------��
19
EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE
A
I
A
20
CLEAN, COMPACTED, TERMITE TREATED FILL
6a
_� _.�
I
35
�����
ram___
6a
21
APPROXIMATE GRADE
--- - --- -- 16'-8" A.F.F.
10
I I
I I
_ 16'-8" A.F.F.
22
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL
TOP OF
TOP OF
MASONRY
6
MASONRY
23
CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE SITE PLAN
2
PARAPET
I
2
I I
2
I
44
PARAPET
24
FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL - SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
3
I
3
3
I
25
STEEL BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
1
I
I
1 i
i
26
CONTINUOUS BASE -SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
0EXISTING
0
FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
SLOPE I
•
14'-0" A.F*
SLOPE
6
SL_ OP'E I
6
28
LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - SEE REFLECTED CEILING
TOP OF
I
PLAN FOR GRID LAYOUTS AND CEILING HEIGHTS
35
EXISTING
PARAPET
C+/-) 14'-0" A.F.F.
35
35
C+/-) 14'-0" A.F.F.
29
5/8" CD GYPSUM CEILING BOARD -SEE CEILING PLAN AND
(VERIFY)
/ /`
1� -- _ —
TOP OF
' '
—
TOP OF
DETAILS
/ 10
6 �����
/
EXISTING
PARAPET
/
I
EXISTING
PARAPET
30
HSS STEEL JOIST NESTED - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
3
13'-4" A.F.F.
TOP
' '
f
(VERIFY)
'. '
I
(VERIFY)
5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD OVER 3/4" FURRING STRIPS AT 16" O.C.
3�
FRAM
/ j ,i / r i/;!
/
I
OVER 1" RIGID INSULATION - EXTEND INSULATION TO UNDERSIDE OF
i i '/ //"/' /
// '/
/,
//
I I
i ,-" r; f,
' ". �/
/`
r / i
ROOF DECK.
� / / /
/i / // / ///
;'' f , / / /jf , / f ;/ ;'/
! / / // / % / /
/ / �/f i�//,�
/
12'-8" A.F.F.j
f' . ��
12' - 8 A,F.F.
EXISTING ROOF
JOIST BEARING
/i i // / : ✓ ',
f
6
��
- - -- --- - — 12' - 8 A.F.F. Jk-
EXISTING ROOF
JOIST BEARING
32
EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
, "
/,
/
EXISTING ROOF
f; /,
j!
33
8" PRECAST LINTEL - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
'
-- ---- - -- --- - - ---- ----------- JOIST BEARING
--- -- --
34
DOOR / WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DOOR / WINDOW SCHEDULE
16
,'
/,
, .
36
j, g
11'-9" AFF.
36
; `,
36
,
;
,
35
35
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH
32
13
'
25 TOP of BEAM
32
/
r '
32
/
36
EXISTING (2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM -SEE STRUCTURAL
30
II 9
%
��
'
DRAWINGS
4
j x
' '
I
I
37
DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO PROVIDE 1/4" MIN.
12
x X
�
I
SLOPE - SEE ROOF PLANS
I xx
" '
I
a � 48
Ixx'•
x "'
I
38
NEW MASONRY ABOVE LINTEL -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
28 12 � 10'-0" A.F.F.
I
UNDERSIDE OF
f
'Ii
j
39
(2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
38
r
a I 5
FRAMING
�,
l
SM MOMS
29
17
a
61I
I
29 r°a;
3S
35
I
40
41
O
WELDED STEEL ANGLE FRAME - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
"TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD
a
',;
/
31 35 S2b
/ � I
6 ',/ j;
',
6
I
3b
I
I
SHEATHING -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
•r
I
3b 31
;r ;,,
31
�
/
I
A.F.F.
42
O
CULTURED STONE VENEER - SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
V-0" A.F.F.
TOP OF
MASONRY
32
r
' r;,;
33
I I
I I
,
-- -- -
TOP OF
MASONRY
43
-
STEEL ANGLE FRAMES REFER TO STRUCTURAL
t,
1
OPENING
' f ;
l
1
OPENING
44
(1) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
GROUT (1) FULL COURSE SOLID WITH (1) "5 CONT. BELOW NEW
A9a
/
jr,'
Sib
9b
OPENING
CONT. 6", 18 GA. METAL TRACK WITH (2) 012 TEK SCREWS AT 16" O,C.
MAX, (TYP, - METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
CONT. 6", 14 GA. METAL PLATE WITH (2) 012 TEK SCREWS AT 6" O.G.
MAX. (TYP. - METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
CONT. METAL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
STONE VENEER OVER SCRATCH COAT STUCCO OVER PAPER
BACKED METAL LATH OVER "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
i,
-
a
/,
'
6
/
32
/
22
r 31
/
I
/' j
I
' ''
22
KEY PLAN
34
24
3
A9a
23 0'-0" F.F.E.
26
I 24
; f
/f ;
21 0'-0" F.F.E.
0' - "
22
23 I
26
24
�f.
/f/ ;
23
19 r
TOP OF
19
f
/ F
I
19
EXISTING SLAB
/ /
EXISTING SLAB
— — — — — — — — — —
0'-0" F.F.E.
, ;
, %\—
d
r d
a T a
d d
/ —
SLAB
f /
i` e
/
EXISTING
/
�\�'J/fir; f/�,�\//' `/
i j�,.�.\r;�;;/fir/,y/';\%f; ,'f //�!/j,/;;�%ji\;i//\ \,/ �i�/
,/ .r i•'/.\.
I
' '/ i�r r /�'r �
� I
_ _
/ ,
i' ;\ , ✓ . i, �/ \% � r
20
27
20
s
77
O
Slb
14
3 2 1
3
O
WALL SECTION
2
O
WALL SECTION
,
O
WALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
i
co CO
y N
CO
�
Q
G 4;
1� V N ro
Lo au
it E r-
Q rn 0 o
3 r` 3
N
00
i—� E o A
N
I�ti m
Iwo
W
I,
00
N
o
� b �
o 0
o
ow O �
I l
v
�-
O
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J_
M >
O m 1-J
TD
w
oVU�NO
�
=U
0— -0t
v LLJ L O
U
0ONCV)
�QCL
JC)
Q CO
�CD
OJ 0
�..L cW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A6a
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A06abc-WSEC.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:14:30 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
KEYED NOTES
METAL STUD FRAMING
SEE STRUCTURAL
METAL STUD FRAMING
ALUMINUM COPING WITH HEMMED
LEADING EDGE SET IN ADHESIVE
SEE STRUCTURAL
Ol DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER ICE AND WATER SHIELD
ALUMINUM COPING WITH HEMMED
OVER MIN, 3.20" (R-19) ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO
,2
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE
LEADING EDGE SET IN ADHESIVE
MIN, SLOPE -SEE ROOF PLANS
PROVIDE I/
CLIP ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL
VER ICE AND WATER
WATERPROOF MEMBRANEIELD
O EXTEND SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER
PARAPET WALL
ONE LAYER OF 5/S" EXTERIOR
ONE LAYER OF 5/8" EXTERIOR
3O CONT. 4" CANT STRIP - SEE ROOF PLAN
GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
USE SHIM TO SLOPE TOWARDS
SLOPE USE SHIM TO SLOPE TOWARDS
�-
4(, �/8'' SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER PAPER BACKED
ROOF AS REQUIRED
B
A
ROOF AS REQUIRED
v GALV. METAL LATH OVER "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOO D SHEATHING
METAL SELF SEALING
6b
6b
FASTENERS AT 48" O.C.^
_
O -1/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER HIGH RIB GALV.
A.F.F.
METAL LATH
FLASHING �t
X x
I x x
I x x I I ._
I —_. .___ _ _ _ TOP OF
TOP
I MASONRY-
LOCK FLASHING
/ /' ;
O 8" G.M.0 WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR VERTICAL
°
-------
AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT
\\
t , t
,
r/ij✓
O STEEL HSS JOIST - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
a
SEALANT \ \ X
39
/ f SEALANT
O MILLWORK - SEE FLOOR PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
2x P.T, WOOD NAILER \� \\
�:,
�; 42
2x P.T. WOOD NAILER WITH I/4"
!' /
/ f r TAPGON SCREWS AT EACH
9 STEEL ANGLE -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
O
°
\------------------------------
X
/ 6
.' END AND AT 24" O.C. MAX.
"FRY
METAL STUD FRAMING
\\"
f
000NT. SPRINGLOCK FLASHING BY REGLET"
SEE STRUCTURAL
\ti, \\
U;
MASONRY WALL SYSTEM -
SEE STRUCTURAL
II CLIP ANGLE -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
STONE VENEER - SEESTONE
O
f`'
NELEVATIONS
f2 6" METAL STUDS - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
EXTERIOR
METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
"TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
\.
14 FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING
15 ROOF DRAIN -SEE ROOF PLAN
16 EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
O
DETAIL
ODETAIL_______
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
x x — —
.,,. x x
'-r
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
I� EXISTING K.O. BLOCK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
O
fj
18 EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
A
12
r
A
G
A 1
19 EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE
20 CLEAN, COMPACTED, TERMITE TREATED FILL
6 I
49
I 6
6c
1
6 I
21 APPROXIMATE GRADE
10
p
��
f�����
�
11I I _ A I 16'-8" A.F,F.
12
I
I
1
I I
I- - -- I3-8" A.F.F.
22 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL
O
TOP OF
MASONRY
I
I I
I I
T P OF
I 1''�1/�� SONRY
23 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE SITE PLAN
PARAPET
I
r,
r
I
I
I
I I
I P RAPET
f
24 FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL - SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
1
1
STEEL BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
44 I
26 CONTINUOUS BASE - SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
°N4
°
°
3 I
I
;f
44
6 '
2D EXISTING FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
1 ° 6 I
° (+/-) 14'-0 A.F,F
SLOPE x x
I
f I
SLOPE
--,h—
°
6
35 (+/-) 14'-0" A.F,F.
28 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM -SEE REFLECTED CEILING
°
°
°
°
35 TOP OF
�I
x I
,r
r!:
35
TOP OF
PLAN FOR GRID LAYOUTS AND CEILING HEIGHTS
EXISTING
° B PARAPET
Il �` _—
6 (VERIFY)
-------
' i 12
'
I
_ (+/-) 14'-0" A.F.F
�' I TOP OF
!
I
1�
'
°
EXISTING
_ _ B PARAPET
6c (VERIFY)
29 5/8 CD GYPSUM CEILING BOARD - SEE CEILING PLAN AND
O
DETAILS
°
'
i
10 ��
I
r EXISTING
I PARAPET
j
71
10
HSS STEEL JOIST NESTED - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
13'-4" A.F.F,
3 I I I TOP of
/ / �'
'./ '
I / 46
(VERIFY)
,/ I
3
13'-4" A.F.F.
31 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD OVER 3/4" FURRING STRIPS AT 16" O.C.
OVER 1" RIGID INSULATION - EXTEND INSULATION TO UNDERSIDE OF
°
i /
°
_
x x x x I TOP OF
37 I I I FRAMING
/'':/ / r
I
f' '
r 37
FRAMING
x x x x
i j` i ' ' f r / i i
/ % / , /
r% ,' ;' % i i /' / r f
A
H%
I
ROOF DECK.
, i f'� �// . %/ i
'i' f
I __v. _- - 12'-8" A,F,F.
I EXISTING ROOF
\
I I
32 EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL
/jr f/ �f /f/ ,�!' %/ /'
-'
12'-8" A.F.F.
__- _-__ _
i'j j j'/f /f� r i 1S r�" - -- - --
f %/ /// /' / I /
,f f
I -- --- JOIST BEARING
I
j/,//% i I��(
/ ,
/
/
1! u
� �-8 A.F.F.
DRAWINGS
i/
- �
IS I EXISTING ROOF
-- ------ -- ------------------ --- -- --- - JOIST BEARING
7 I
j''',;
r
/ % . i g
.' ,' ` i f !/fi I ' ' !
°
r ` 12-4 A.F.F.
I HSS BEARING
/;
i IS
r s !i i `/ /
,/, /,/,r ij` 'i f
39
EXISTING ROOF
JOIST BEARING
��
33 8 PRECAST LINTEL -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
34 DOOR / WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DOOR / WINDOW SCHEDULE
°
%
°
--- -- ---- ---
r --- ----- ---- --
.
36 40 I
36 /
I
I 36
/
30
g
14
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH
O
,
12
32 - I
9 I
32
/
°
% - 5
I
Fr`/
i
--------
II
36 EXISTING (2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
n
i --- 4 I
ix x
' f l'
r'frj '
/ S2b
32
����� ��
I
-
- -- 48
xx x x I
31 DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO PROVIDE 1/4" MIN.
°
I
.
/r/:
\ 12
> x X I 10' - 0" A.F.F.
!
°
x x x x 0„ A
10' - F.F.
SLOPE - SEE ROOF PLANS
I
< .
°
°
°
�..
44 I UNRDERSCI�DE OF
®
/
%i''
UNDERSIDE OF
FRAMING
38 NEW MASONRY ABOVE LINTEL - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGSAMIN
I`;r
.,
I
28 12
� I
I i
28 ''
°
`����
12
°
(2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM -SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
38 I 5
P.
S2b
38
r
}' 42
r
//
'
����
S
����CEO SIM 3
S2b
6
40 WELDED STEEL ANGLE FRAME - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
O
41 "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD
°
°
i i"
31 / , 35
f ,
f
6 31
.
35
SHEATHING - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
33 i • I I
/;:' ,
/'
f
3b
`
/
%f
r
32
°
35
42 CULTURED STONE VENEER - SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
-
8' 0 A.F.F.AFF
_ TOP OF
MASONRY
/' ,' ,'
' i ;' '
°
<i
j f
r ;
• .
6
- 8'-0" A.F.F.
TOP OF
MASONRY
43 STEEL ANGLE FRAMES - REFER TO STRUCTURAL
'
%/f
,� '
OPENING
OPENING
44 (1) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
��
ftmI
45 (1) FULL COURSE SOLID WITH (1) 05 CONT. BELOW NEW
,';
iJ'
GROUT
OPENING
r / r
/
CONT, 6" IS GA. METAL TRACK WITH (2) "12 TEK SCREWS AT 16" O.C.
MAX. (TYP. -METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
4l CONT. 6", 14 GA. METAL PLATE WITH (2) 012 TEK SCREWS AT 6" O.G.
MAX. (TYP. - METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
CONT. METAL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
STONE VENEER OVER SCRATCH GOAT STUCCO OVER PAPER
ff
"TYVEK" 1/2"
<
BACKED METAL LATH OVER STUCCO WRAPOVER
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
3
' ;17f'
1
/
/
r '
coo�
32
I I
6
45
-7
35
35
/
\
26 ` 22
243 0-0" F.F.E.
, , TOP OF
I 26
21
I
!I
I 26
4
f/,
22
22 I
23
�y PLAN
EX TING SLAB
//
23
„,`
19
`
03
0"OFF.F.E
0TO
— — — — — —
0'-0" FFE.
— — — — — — — ---
—I .
-P
,rF /
/ // / f/ /'i ,/'!` j r'// r�i
% / r'/i.! ' // // / J / ,% /i
—J`�. —.
,24
.~J
TOP OF
��;\�
'fJi'ri
!2' -✓a, —
` ° as
✓19f
/'/
/ �
\!;✓'\
EXISTINL
`-
\22
S.
EXISTLA B
I NG°.a°
'
��—
if%/t
\*.— y
/
/'�i f / r f1
+�,`:
r / \f/ r t/i\'•
�
r f
`\
f\f \/ / ;� j \, � `
\,/�•/f; ,%�,,
I
21,' �'
,,%- 20
27
I / , vi j./ f Irr
r�.•r',!�/,/r`.- I
% 'i /�f !.'
r//,
, i
"' !i �F r/'
,, , J/ j '-,..,r-- • °
\. I
• ,\ r
./ _.''/r./f
� , , f j • - -,•4 °°•, •° ° Jf /
/,A
.//
r,, Ir
`,
° a a
°
a
.44
7-11777
•`'
`
, , SIM 4
,
5
14 516
14 Sib
2 1
3
O
WALL SECTION
2
O
WALL SECTION
�
O
WALL SECTION
SCALE: = 1'-0"
E: 3
1' SCALE: 3/4" = -0"
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
�--� CIO CO
N
o - E
' N O
E y
a. G-
1�� U N
a
Q m °O 3
a� ti
o
�—r E o 2
., �Na
x
.. U
W
a
00
S. cz o
> o 0
a a�
1
U U
— Z
Z_ Ei
U
Jm opt
-
C
cvio
0
U
c O N -1-
of Q
J �N
Q Cp
OO O
W
L.L
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A6b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A06abc-WSEC.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:14:20 PK sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT FINISH STUCCO
MASONRY WALL
METAL STUD FRAMING
SYSTEM - SEE
METAL STUDS (TYPICAL) - SEE
SEE STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL
GONT. SEALANT
ALUMINUM COPING WITH HEMMED LEADING
EDGE OVER ICE AND WATER SHIELD
ALUMINUM COPING WITH HEMMED
CONT. ALUMINUM
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE OVER 1/2"
LEADING EDGE SET IN ADHESIVE
FLASHING
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING
ONE LAYER OF 5/6" EXTERIOR
- -
GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
FLASHING
USE SHIM TO SLOPE TOWARDS SLOPE
SLOPE
ROOF AS REQUIRED
-
-
a
SEALANT
xx
x
x
1/8" STUCCO OVER PAPER
BACKED METAL LATH OVER
METAL SELF SEALING
"TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP
FASTENERS AT 48" O.C.
X x
�/
/\
X OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
2x P.T. WOOD NAILER WITH 1/4"
TAPCON SCREWS AT EACH
i�
DET /�IL
END AND AT 24" O.C. MAX.
O
SCALE: 3/4" =
I'-0"
SEALANT
MASONRY WALL SYSTEM -
SEE STRUCTURAL
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
FINISH STUCCO
J(DI DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
a
A DETAIL
SCALE: 3" a 1'-0"
MST ^ I STUD FRAMING
TRUCTURAL
1IUM COPING WITH HEMMED
NG EDGE SET IN ADHESIVE
.AYER OF 5/8" EXTERIOR
,E PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
HIM TO SLOPE TOWARDS
AS REQUIRED
FLASHING
4NT
. WOOD NAILER WITH 1/4"
ON SCREWS AT EACH END
4T 24" O.G. MAX.
,NRY WALL SYSTEM -
iTRUCTURAL
SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
I STUCCO
A
r
16'-8A.F.F.
"
TOP OF
MASONRY
PARAPET
2
3
i
-
�
S,r
f
f
'-
r,
„
% 42
6d 6c 6c
I a I I I I MASONRY
I I I I I PARAPET
I '
44
i 44 6
14'-0" A.F.F.
35 TOP OF
EXISTING
PARAPET
(VERIFY)
® ® ®
a
4 EQ EQ EQ I4
43
I
6
A10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
01 WALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
(+/-) 13'-4" A.F.F.
TOP OF
EXISTING
MASONRY
( VERIFY)
NOTE:
PRE-ENGINEERED CANOPY
AND CONNECTIONS BY
SPECIALTY ENGINEER -
CONTRACTOR TO FIELD
VERIFY AND INSTALL (2)
FULLY GROUTED / REINF.
MASONRY AS REQUIRED AT
CANOPY CONNECTIONS
TOP OF
MASONRY
OPENING
0'-0" F.F.E.
_ TOP OF 7-1
EXISTING SLAB
(DIWALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
OWALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
13'-4" A.F.F.
TOP OF
FRAMING
12'-8" A.F.F.
EXISTING ROOF Y
JOIST BEARING
I
I
I
I
I
I
AF.F.
UNDERSIDE OF
FRAMING
r�
3
S2b
8'-0" A.F.F.
TOP OF
MASONRY
OPENING
0'-0" F.F.E.
TOP OF
EXISTING SLAB
J
KEYED NOTES
0 DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER MIN. 3.20" (R-1S) ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO
PROVIDE 1/4" MIN. SLOPE - SEE ROOF PLANS
OEXTEND SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER
PARAPET WALL
OCONT. 4" CANT STRIP - SEE ROOF PLAN
O4 7/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER PAPER BACKED
GALV. METAL LATH OVER "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING
0 -1/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH OVER HIGH RIB GALV.
METAL LATH
O8" C.M.0 WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR VERTICAL
AND HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT
OSTEEL HSS JOIST - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
US MILLWORK - SEE FLOOR PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
OSTEEL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
10 CONT. SPRINGLOCK FLASHING BY "FRY REGLET"
II CL IF ANGLE __- SEE STRUCTURAL _DRAWINGS
12 6" METAL STUDS - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
13 METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
14 FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
15 ROOF DRAIN - SEE ROOF PLAN
16 EXISTING STEEL BAR JOIST - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
17 EXISTING K.O. BLOCK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
IS EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
10 EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE
20 CLEAN, COMPACTED, TERMITE TREATED FILL
21 APPROXIMATE GRADE
22 1/2 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL
23 CONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE SITE PLAN
24 FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
25 STEEL BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
26 CONTINUOUS BASE - SEE FINISH SCHEDULES AND SHEET IDI
GEXISTING FOUNDATION SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
28 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - SEE REFLECTED CEILING
PLAN FOR GRID LAYOUTS AND CEILING HEIGHTS
2G 5/8" CD GYPSUM CEILING BOARD - SEE CEILING PLAN AND
DETAILS
30 HSS STEEL JOIST NESTED - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
31 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD OVER 3/4" FURRING STRIPS AT 16" O.G.
OVER I" RIGID INSULATION - EXTEND INSULATION TO UNDERSIDE OF
ROOF DECK.
32 EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL SYSTEM - SEE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
33 8" PRECAST LINTEL - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
34 DOOR / WINDOW SYSTEM - SEE DOOR / WINDOW SCHEDULE
35 5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT STUCCO FINISH
36 EXISTING (2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
37 DURO-LAST THERMOPLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING MEMBRANE
OVER ISO BOARD TAPERED INSULATION TO PROVIDE 1/4" MIN.
SLOPE - SEE ROOF PLANS
38 NEW MASONRY ABOVE LINTEL - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
39 (2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
40 WELDED STEEL ANGLE FRAME - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
41 "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD
SHEATHING - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
42 CULTURED STONE VENEER - SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
43 STEEL- ANGLE FRAMES - REFER TO STRUCTURAL
44 (1) COURSE K.O. BLOCK TIE BEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
45 GROUT (1) FULL COURSE SOLID WITH (1) *5 CONT. BELOW NEW
OPENING
46 CONT. 6", 18 GA. METAL TRACK WITH (2) *12 TEK SCREWS AT 16" O.C.
MAX. (TYP. - METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
4l CONT, 6", 14 GA. METAL PLATE WITH (2) *12 TEK SCREWS AT 6" O.C.
MAX. (TYP. - METAL ROOF DECK) U.N.O.
48 CONT. METAL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
49 STONE VENEER OVER SCRATCH COAT STUCCO OVER PAPER
BACKED METAL LATH OVER "TYVEK" STUCCO WRAP OVER 1/2"
EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
KEY 1-LAN
REVISIONS
BY
�i
u
6 N
�y 4 00
/ N U
t• v
C
c �
'm
U Lo
L . c\j t-
.I
E
3 ti 3
ti
� C
0
N
►� m
rr U
W
I
N
o 0
F O o
a a.)
!O
V V
— Z
Z �
J J
V
O m �L J
+- � Dot
�
oVV�0
=U
a W� v �0
U
CM0 0-'
v
N W N 111_
Of 0 N
Q to
�V_
00
-J w
LL-�
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A6c
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Arcbitectural\A06abc-WSEC.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:14:09 PM, sbarrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
--- i--- I--- II ' _II II 'IL_ 11111 111 1
6
13
IS
13
13
14
O
I(o
14
O
16
-
i
�n
13
13
13
2
r\ '
1 ` /72
VPA
u ASa ASa
BASE AND CROWN FINISH
TO MATCH WOOD WALL PANELS
--U
101 RECEPTIONc�tloN1G)lci=TION
SCALE: 3/S" = I'-0" ROOM *Ai01,8101 O SCALE: 3/6" = 1'-0" ROOM *A101, 5101 SCALE: 3/S" = I'-0"
onnn� nimt Rust
5
r �
Of
101 i GEPTION 101 1;;MCr ION101 R G fi'TIONSCALE: 3/S" = I'-0" ROOM *AI01, BI01SCALE: 3/5" = 1'-0" ROOM "A101, 5101 SCALE: 3/5" = I'-0" ROOM *A101, 5101
0
I
IG)l5FMAKROOM
SCALE: 3/S" = 1'-0"
01 EXAM i F�EDURE
ROOM *A114 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"
=XAM
ROOM *AI04, BI04 101
SCALE: 3/0" = i'-0"
TYPICAL
KEYED NOTES
01 FALSE LAMINATED PANEL.
OBASEBOARD - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE.
0 OPEN SPACE / KNEE SPACE BELOW COUNTER.
0 OPEN BEYOND.
OKEYBOARD DRAWER.
OUNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR BY OWNER. VERIFY SIZE WITH OWNER.
OREFRIGERATOR BY OWNER,
O8 LAMINATED BACKSPLASH - SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
OMICROWAVE BY OWNER
10 LAMINATED END PANEL- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
II LAMINATED SUPPORT LEG- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
12 STAINLESS STEEL SINK - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
13 3/0" WIDE x 3/4" DEEP REVEAL - SEE DETAIL 7/ASa
14 CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM SLIDING WINDOW SYSTEM "CRL
SLIDING SERVICE WINDOW X-OR-X FORMAT" WITH 1/4" TEMPERED
CLEAR GLASS.
IB LAMINATED COUNTERTOP- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
16 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
I7 LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL
IS CROWN MOLDING - SEE CEILING PLAN AND DETAILS
19 SCALE BY OWNER.
20 1-1/2" OUTSIDE DIAMETER SAFETY HANDRAIL WITH CONCEALED
FLANGE. MOUNT SECURELY TO WALL AND FLOOR AS PER
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED,
21 DISHWASHER
(31 WOOD TRIM TO MATCH BUILT-IN UNIT
GENERAL NOTES
I. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ALL CEILING HEIGHTS AND
DECORATIVE CEILING DIMENSIONS.
2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF CABINETRY
FOR APPROVAL.
3. SEE ID SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE AND MATERIALS.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
CO
m N
,,
�
Q
U
c
1—� U N
LO a�
y Q —0 O
a, ti 3
3 ti 3
C.
Q C.
-a
N
U
W
w
N
75 Y
_O O
LL. Q
O #
I QJ N
t
U
O
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
V �
O m •L- _1
M t
L.L
C
w :3
oVV��'0
�
=U
v w� o �o
U
C O rn CL
a) (1)
Q J C)NCL
oa to
�U
00
� w
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
Ala
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\A7ab-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:13:54 PM, sbarrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
0 NUI%= STATION NURSE STATION 3 NURSE STATION
SCALE: 3/8" = P-0" ROOM "AIII, AI20, Blil, 5120 O SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" ROOM MAll-1, A120, BII�, 5I20 O SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" ROOM "Atli, A120, ell1, 5120
ONURSE STATION0 NURSE STATION 11 6 GORRIC)OR
SCALE: 3/S" = P-0" ROOM "AI17, A120, BII-T, BI20 SCALE: 3/5" = V-0" ROOM "A111, AI20, 8117, BI20 SCALE: 3/5" = V-0" ROOM "A123, 8121
KEYED NOTES
01 FALSE LAMINATED PANEL.
BASEBOARD - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE.
OOPEN SPACE / KNEE SPACE BELOW COUNTER.
OOPEN BEYOND.
OKEYBOARD DRAWER.
OUNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR BY OWNER. VERIFY SIZE WITH OWNER.
OREFRIGERATOR BY OWNER,
OLAMINATED 5ACK5PLA5H - SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES,
OMICROWAVE BY OWNER
10 LAMINATED END PANEL- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
11 LAMINATED SUPPORT LEG- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
12 STAINLESS STEEL SINK - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.
13 3/8" WIDE x 3/4" DEEP REVEAL - SEE DETAIL -I/ASa
14 CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM SLIDING WINDOW SYSTEM "CRL
SLIDING SERVICE WINDOW X-OR-X FORMAT" WITH I/4" TEMPERED
CLEAR GLASS,
IB LAMINATED COUNTERTOP- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
16 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP- SEE CABINET DETAILS AND FINISH
SCHEDULES.
0 LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL
IS CROWN MOLDING - SEE CEILING PLAN AND DETAILS
10 SCALE BY OWNER,
20 1-1/2" OUTSIDE DIAMETER SAFETY HANDRAIL WITH CONCEALED
FLANGE. MOUNT SECURELY TO WALL AND FLOOR AS PER
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS
REQUIRED,
21 DISHWASHER
22 WOOD TRIM TO MATCH BUILT-IN UNIT
GENERAL NOTES
I. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ALL CEILING HEIGHTS AND
DECORATIVE CEILING DIMENSIONS,
2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF CABINETRY
FOR APPROVAL.
3. SEE ID SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE AND MATERIALS.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
y
CO
4 N
_ Cn
L CY
�--• Q 0
y ''Cd N U
z E X Y
5 w
Lo L
�I E
o� . o
3� 3
�--, `' x N .
N
►—. co
x
x
m
N
O
Q�
Lc)
O
O
O #
1 U
47)
.. Q)
O
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U�
O m .L J
C
r0W ENS
—U
0 = 0
=p—mot
W >, 0
U
0 0 Q
co a) a
CL
Ckf QJ C:)N
to
Q to
�U
00
JW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
Alb
H:\Prcjects\Projects2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\A7ab-INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:13:46 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
KEYED NOTES
-' •
2'-0 1/4"
f ,., f -
2'-0 1/4"
i"
✓ i
-- ---
2'-0 1/4"
03/4"PLYWOOD WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
� =
if,
-'
f = F"
,�-
2O 1/2" SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL WITH 1 1/2" EASED EDGES - SEE
2 i i31
rr
! 31
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
2 .^ �
a
2 f, _�
3� GRANITEWITH L 1 1/2" L
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MOW [WORMATION
—"
I
_ — --
!
_------------ ,.'
O4 BAGKSPLASH FINISH TO MATCH COUNTERTOP FINISH — 3" HIGH AT
`r
_ry =
'
_� ;i
COUNTERS WITHOUT SINK AND 4" HIGH AT COUNTERS WITH SINK -
-
I 21
4
21 I 21
36
4
21 I
21
SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
-- ----- f -i %
_ - _
------- -
77777717
__._____--.- -�
^---y —
U5 5/8" MELAMINE WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE - SEE FINISH
i
SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
23
23'
23
O 5/6" THICK MELAMINE INTERIORS (BOXES)
1/2" THICK MELAMINE DRAWER STOCK
36 -' / 21
35
36 f i "
13 I�
3F, 'f
o
a
SO 5/8" THICK MELAMINE DRAWER STOCK
8
9O 5/8" THICK ADJUSTABLE MELAMINE SHELVES
LINE BORING FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
"� Nt 29
C1 ,
11 3/4" PLYWOOD SUPPORT LEG WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE AT
LOCATIONS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
30 i/•
5
N 3(d ; r/ ;,'
N
12 $/$ MELAMINE EI O L.V SHELVINGiD $1.1 L ISE AS
W I ON EL
%
f
N
8 13 i, 5 \
' / If !` ,1 /
°
°
13 "ZARGON" 6036 / 602(o SLIDE SYSTEM (OR EQUAL)
/ ; •"`''
r i
; j-^` r _
14 It it 623SLIDE SYSTEM S (OR EQUAL)
f '
;'
!•`f !`` —
15 tt " 6436 SLIDESY8 ()
" FILE ILI YST ( )
32
22 6 1
j� 1 r
32 -•
22
6 1 �
,
0 5/8" x 4" MELAMINE
i
�/
1/2" PLYWOOD
2
2
19 (2) LAYERS OF 1/2" PLYWOOD
I
j,
2'-0"
1
,�
2 -0
20 3/4" PLYWOOD
21 3/4" x 4" PLYWOOD
22 3/4" x 4" OR 3" PLYWOOD BASE
O
t t
A5INE " DEIL AIL
O
L
CA51NET DETAIL
3
O
CA5INET DETAIL
I' SCALE: 1-1/2" = -0"
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 1-1/2" 1'-0"
23 2x BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
1'-2" u
1'-10"
1'-2"
1'-10"
1'-2"
1'-10"
24INSULATION KIT
Ilk
0SINK - SEE PLUMBING
N
I
2
1 \
N
2
N
i
�v
I
2
N
WIRE 04ASE AS REQUIRED
UNDER CA15NET LIGHT FIXTURE ELECTRICAL
1
I
l
5/8" MELAMINE
0/" O WALLBOARD.
33 --
1
C
I
I
30 3 5/6" METAL STUD WALL FRAMING.
21
I 21 � �
-
m
21
I 21 N
mL
33
21
I 21
=
�
3I RECESS TRACK- LEADING EDGE OF TRACK TO BE FLUSH
WITH SURFACE
— — —
—
-- —
—
- --- --
-
32 BASEBOARD, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE.
33 3/4" BLACK REVEAL
-------
34 ALUMINUM SLIDING WINDOW. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.
35
I�
16
13
35 KEYBOARD DRAWER SYSTEM, SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
WOOD VENEER PANELS -SEE FINISH FLOOR PLAN AND INTERIOR
p
°
°
° ..
°
.. ,:
ELEVATIONS,
ch
N�
'... .... .,..
N
o
o
N
N
-
W
N
N
GENERAL NOTES
0
o
N
23
g
N
z
23
N
23
N
3 1/2"
3 1/2"
BEYOND
~
Q
17
o
°
o
°
1. ALL INTERIOR MELAMINE SURFACE TO BE WHITE U.N.O.
3/4"
L3/4"
3/4"
31/2"
31/2"
8
13 5 @
3/4"
31/2"
31/2"
3/4'
o
°
0
2. GROMMET LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN ON CABINET DETAILS - REFER TO
CA
_
GROMMET DETAIL BELOW FOR TYPICAL REQUIREMENTS
3, REFER TO COUNTER PLAN BELOW FOR TYPICAL COUNTER LAYOUT
�
i
I
d-
7A
7771
2 "
L
21-ON
�
NOTE:
— FIELD CUT CABLE HOLES IN
¢
CA5INET DETAIL
C451NET DETAIL
6
C45INET DETAIL
SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0"
SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0"
SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0"
' CABINETS AFTER EQUIPMENT
1 HAS BEEN PLACED IN
DESIRED LOCATION BY
\
OFFICE STAFF
3" OD. GROMMET WITH
RETRACTABLE, SELF STORING
SLOT COVER.
_
- -
i
I �
WOOD VENEER PANEL
L 3
OVER 3/4" PLYWOOD
OTYPICAL
GROMMET DETAIL
SCALE: N.T.S.
ON
BLACK LAMINATE AT
BACKSPLASH -
REVEAL LOCATIONS TYP.
SEE NOTE t12
FOR HEIGHTS.
3/4"
1/2" PLYWOOD
O
VARIES — SEE PLAN
I" RADIUS ON
ALL CORNERS.
OREVEAL
DETAIL
O
TYPICAL COUNTER FLAN
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
SCALE: N.T.S.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
1�
r
u
t—�
�
ono
Cn
N
Q�
cd 1` U
ti
C v
GL.
C v
s-,
I—~
U N Z
QJ
C • r i
Y 3 ti 3
N
1�
Ear
CN
N
h�
m
F-1
v
W
7777
I
N
o
'
> 0 0
I
O
a,
10
V U
— Z
Z �
J J
U �
O m
�L J
t
—I.-0
V—
Ld
0
EO
� O
Q W�
v �o
CM0�'0-0
U
rYQJ0IVCL
Q
LO
CO
E2 U_
OO o
L.L LcW
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A8a
H:\ProjectsTrojects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A8ab-CABINET DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:13:28 PM, sbarrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
I
d'
4 V-011
OC 51NET DETAIL VMITY DETAIL 3 C 51NET DETAIL C45INET DETAIL 1@1 IcAVNET DETAIL
SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0" OSCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0" O SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0" SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0"
1'-10"
m
m
Q
C
VSI
')'_p
cn
S
N
Ff� W
S
CV
m
OCA5INET DETAIL O C MI NET DETAIL O I'-0 C 51NET DETAIL 101 SCALE: I-I/2 - I'-0C 5INET DETAIL
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1-1/2" - " - " -
lb
�r
21-0" L
KEYED NOTES
OI 3/4" PLYWOOD WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
0 1/2" SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL WITH 1 1/2" EASED EDGES - SEE
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
(GRANITE &ARFACE MATERIAL WITH FULL 1 1/2" BULLNOSE WE
-
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MOIRE INFORMATION
OBACKSPLASH FINISH TO MATCH COUNTERTOP FINISH - 3" HIGH AT
COUNTERS WITHOUT SINK AND 4" HIGH AT COUNTERS WITH SINK -
SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
O5/8" MELAMINE WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION
O6 5/8" THICK MELAMINE INTERIORS (BOXES)
O1/2" THICK MELAMINE DRAWER STOCK
SO 5/8" THICK MELAMINE DRAWER STOCK
9O 5/8" THICK ADJUSTABLE MELAMINE SHELVES
Im LINE BORING FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
it 3/4" PLYWOOD SUPPORT LEG WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE AT
LOCATIONS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
12 5/8" MELAMINS FI D SHELVIING - 614ELVIWs DEPTH SHALL 15E AS
SHOIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON FLOOR PLAN
13 "ZARGON" 6036 / 6026 SLIDE SYSTEM (OR EQUAL)
14 " " 6236 SLIDE SYSTEM eOR EQUAL)
15 .Z4 " 6436 SLIDE SYSTEM (OR EQUAL)
16 " FILE RAIL[Wx SYSTEM (OR EGZUAL)
0 5/8" x 4" MELAMINE
IS 1/2" PLYWOOD
19 (2) LAYERS OF 1/2" PLYWOOD
20 3/4" PLYWOOD
21 3/4" x 4" PLYWOOD
22 3/4" x 4" OR 3" PLYWOOD BASE
23 2x BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
24INSUILATICN KIT
25 SINK - SEE PLUMBING
26 WIRE CHASE AS REQUIRED
2i UNDER CA511NET LIGHT FI -SEE ELECTRICAL
28 5/8" MELAMINE
29 5/8" GYfm&LlM WALLBOARD.
30 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL FRAMING.
31 RECESS TRACK- LEADING EDGE OF TRACK TO BE FLUSH
WITH SURFACE
32 BASEBOARD. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE.
33 3/4'' BLACK REVEAL
34 ALUMINUM SLIDING WINDOW. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.
35 KEYBOARD DRAWER SYSTEM. SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
36 WOOD VENEER PANELS - SEE FINISH FLOOR PLAN AND INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS.
GENEi"--L NOTES
1. ALL INTERIOR MELAMINE SURFACE TO BE WHITE U.N.O.
2. GROMMET LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN ON CABINET DETAILS - REFER TO
GROMMET DETAIL BELOW FOR TYPICAL REQUIREMENTS
3. REFER TO COUNTER PLAN BELOW FOR TYPICAL COUNTER LAYOUT
NOTE:
FIELD CUT CABLE HOLES IN
CABINETS AFTER EQUIPMENT
HAS BEEN PLACED IN
DESIRED LOCATION BY
OFFICE STAFF
3" O.D. GROMMET WITH I
RETRACTABLE, SELF STORING
SLOT COVER.
I
I
TYPICAL GROMMET DETAIL
SCALE: N.T.S.
181 CA51NET DETAIL O C 51NET DETAIL ,D C 51NET DETAIL O TYPICAL COUNTER PLAN
SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0" „ SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1-1/2" = I'-0" 8 SCALE: N.T.S.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
u
N
CD
Q�
i
4J 1` U
� x C', Y
U
.
C U
�I
U N
E
rn -0 o
3
N
o t`
N
t;
W
i
oo
N
� � O
-d V'
O
C!
OQ
O #
U C'
— Z
Z �
J J
U �
O
Ld
IS
� 0
=U
W�
p �0
c O
V' a
(D �°
� QJ
�IV
Q
CO
�V
OE
W
J
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A8b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\ASab-CABINET DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:13:19 PM, sbarrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
8" CONC
BLOCK
I" RIGID
INSULATI,
5/8" GYF
WALLBO.
8" PREC
BLOCK
STRUCTU
Ix3FUI
SEALANI
5/8" SMOOTH SAND
FLOAT FINISH STUCCO
EXTERIOR
SEALANT
STOREFRONT
SYSTEM BY "YKK"
I" RIGID
INSULATIC
5/6" GYP
WALLBOA
8" PREC,<
LINTEL -
STRUCTUF
Ix3FURF
ISEALANT
8" CMU
5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
FINISH STUCCO
EXTERIOR
SEALANT
STOREFRONT DOOR
SYSTEM BY "YKK"
111040010
HOLLOW METAL ALUMINUM STORE ALUMINUM STORE FRONT
FRAME IN INTERIOR FRONT DOOR FRAME DOOR FRAME / WINDOW
METAL STUD WALLS IN MASONRY WALL FRAME IN MASONRY
WALL
IG)l EXTERIOR SToR.EFRONT UIINDOUJ HEAD EXTERIOR STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD
SCALE: 3" = I'-0" 101
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DOOR TYPES
STOREFRC
WINDOW S'
BY "YKK"
SEALANT
5/8" GYP°
H SAND
H STUCCO
rE BLOCK
ULAT I ON
STOREFRC
DOOR SYE
BY "YKK"
SEALANT
5/8" GYP°
H SAND
,H STUCCO
TE BLOCK
ULATION
IG)lEXTERIOR STOREFRONT WINDOW JAMS J(DI EXTERIOR STOREFRONT DOOR JAMS DETAIL
SCALE: 3" = I'-0" SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
INTERIOR
WINDOW SYSTEM
BY "YKK"
.040 MIL ALUM SILL PAN
EXTERIOR
—.040 MIL ALUM SILL PAN
�— SL IGHT SLOPE FROM
EDGE OF STOREFRONT/
THRESHOLD TO EDGE
OF SLAB. COORDINATE
WITH CONCRETE
CONTRACTOR
SEALANT
1/4" PER FOOR
SLOPE MIN.
INTERIOR
;ONT
rSTEM
IM INUM
)LD SET IN
= SILICONE
)T
W(DEXTERIOR STOREFRONT WINDOW JAM15 O EXTERIORSTOR��RONT 1�OOR TI W8WLD DETAIL
ALE: 3" = I'-0" SCALE: 3" = I'-0"
DOOR
JAMB
r_'�" GYPSUM
.BOARD
�L STUDS
>" O.C.
.ANT
OW METAL
DOOR FRAME
(DIINTERIOR DOOR - h1I=TAL BEAD / JAMB DETAIL
SCALE: 3" = I'-0"
B
GENERAL DOOR NOTES
C
7irl1
1, ALL DOORS/DOOR OPENINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 2010 EDITION / NFPA 101 LIFE
SAFETY CODE-1.2.1.2 WIDTH-1.2.1.4 SWING AND FORCE TO OPEN 7.2.1.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES AND ALARM DEVICES 1.2.1.6
SPECIAL LOCKING ARRANGEMENTS 1.2.1.1 PANIC HARDWARE AND FIRE EXIT DEVICES 1.2.1.8 SELF CLOSING DEVICES
2. ALL DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE LEVER TYPE MEETING A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS.
3. ALL INTERIOR DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE SCHLAGE "AL" SERIES "SATURN".
4. ALL DOORS WITH AUTO CLOSERS SHALL HAVE BALL BEARING TYPE HINGES
5. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE 32D FINISH HINGES.
6. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE WEATHER STRIPING.
1, ALL INTERIOR SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS SHALL BE ROTARY NATURAL BIRCH VENEER AS MANUFACTURED BY
ALGOMA HARDWOODS, INC. - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULE
8, PROVIDE SEPARATOR OR TRANSITIONAL THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED BETWEEN DIFFERENT FLOOR FINISHES.
S. DOOR CLOSER SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO
THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 10-, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES
(16MM) FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR.
10. THE MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN AN EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5L5F (31.5N).
11. THE MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING AN INTERIOR DOOR SHALL BE 51bf (22.2N).
12. SUBMIT HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND REVIEW WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. (4 COPIES)
13. PROVIDE "ROOM NAME" LABEL ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR AS REQUIRED.
DOOR SCHEDULE
NO.
TYPE
DOOR
FRAME
HARDWARE
REMARKS
NO.
SIZE
MATERIAL
FIN,
F.R.
MAT.
FIN,
TYPE
AI01a
C
PR 3'-0" x 8'-0"
AL / GL
AN
AL
AN
C
5
I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
A101a
A101b
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCUD
546
MTL
FNT
A
I
AI01b
AIDIc
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
5ClUD
845
MTL
PNT
A
I
A101c
AI02
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
646
MTL
FNT
A
2
AI02
AI03
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
I
AI03
A104
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SGWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
A104
A105
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
PNT
A
1
AI05
A106
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
I
AI06
A101
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
3
AI01
AI08
A
Y-O" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
PNT
A
3
AI00
AIO9
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
AI09
AIIO
B
3'-0" x V-0"
AL / GL
AN
AL
AN
B
5
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
A110
AIII
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
548
MTL
FNT
A
I
AIII
A112
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
I
A112
A114a
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
A114a
A114B
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCUUD
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
A1145
A115
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
FNT
A
3
A115
A116
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
9CWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
4
AII6
Alil
NOT USED
Ain
AII6
A
Y-O" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
4
A116
AII9
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
5GWD
646
MTL
PNT
A
2
AII9
A120
NOT USED
A120
AI21
NOT USED
AI21
A122
NOT USED
AI22
A123
NOT USED
AI23
5101a
C
PR 3'-0" x V-0"
AL / GL
AN
AL
AN
C
5
I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
5I01a
5I01b
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
FNT
A
I
5101b
5101C
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
PNT
A
I
5101c
5102
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
2
5102
B103
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
645
MTL
PNT
A
1
5103
5104
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
FNT
A
1
BI04
B105
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
B105
5106
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCUD
545
MTL
PNT
A
1
5106
BIOI
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
FNT
A
3
5101
5105
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
3
5106
8109
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
645
MTL
PNT
A
I
B109
13110
B
3'-0" x V-0"
AL / GL
AN
AL
AN
B
5
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
5110
BIII
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
5CW1)
545
MTL
FNT
A
I
Bill
5112
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
1
5II2
5113
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
FNT
A
4
5113
BII4
A
Y-0" x T-O" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
646
MTL
FNT
A
4
5II4
5115
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
5115
5II6
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
FNT
A
3
5II6
B111
NOT USED
4
Bill
BITS
A
3'-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
545
MTL
PNT
A
5II6
5119
A
Y-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4"
SCWD
546
MTL
F'NT
A
2
Bll9
5120
NOT USED
5120
B121
NOT USED
5121
5I22
NOT USED
5I22
5123
NOT USED
5123
gmwa
1 RE 1A1q*_/
AM
A%5.pm1& Y .
WD
WOOD
I. COLOR TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM TO MATCH WINDOW SYSTEMS
645
STAINED 4 SEALED
MTL
METAL
2. 35DH MEDIUM STILE DOOR BY "YKK" - FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL
PNT NT
PAINTHCWD
HOLLOW CORE WOOD
3. PROVIDE AUTO CLOSER
SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD
GL
GLASS
4, ALL STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEMS TO BE IMPACT RATED
AN
ANODIZED FINISH
5. PROVIDE THRESHOLD AND WEATHER STRIPPING AS REQUIRED,
AL
ALUMINUM
FAC
FACTORY FINISH
(o. ALL HARDWARE BY STOREFRONT DOOR MANUFACTURER
HAFIRV UJARE
WARE SET • 1
NARDWAiRE SET
• 3
HARDWARE SET +� 5
. BUTT HINGES
(1 1/2) PR. BUTT HINGES
STANDARD HARDWARE BY "YKK"
AGE SET
lU OFFICE LOCK SET
(2) PR. STANDARD BUTT HINGES
R STOP AS REQUIRED
lU DOOR STOP AS REQUIRED
- 4 1/2" x 4 1/2"
CLOSER
(1) DIAM. PULL
LWARDIWAFE
(1) CONCEALED OVERHEAD AUTOCL05ER
WAF E SET N 2
HARDWARE SET 0 4
(U DOOR STOP AS REQUIRED
(1) WEATHER-STRIPPING
. BUTT HINGES
(1 1/2) PR BUTT HINGES
(1) DOOR SWEEP
ACY SET
(I) STOREROOM LOCK SET
(1) CYLINDER LOCK (THUMB TURN INSIDE,
R STOP AS REQUIRED
(1) DOOR STOP AS REQUIRED
KEYED OUTSIDE)
WARDU ARM 610EC l I C,4T I ONS -
HINGES
CAL -ROYAL
- U82roD
- 5531xU62(o,T5H31xU52&
CLOSER
LCN
- U526D
- 1460/1441
WALL STOP
GAL -ROYAL
- U626D
- CONW542
FLOOR STOP
GAL -ROYAL
- U626D
- DSHPIS
PASSAGE SET
SCHLAGE
- U626D
- SATURN AL105
PRIVACY SET
SCHLAGE
- U626D
- SATURN AL405
LOCK SET
SCHLAGE
- U526D
- SATURN AL50PD
SINGLE DUMMY TRIM
SCHLAGE
- U526D
- SATURN AL110
STOREROOM LOCK
SCHLAGE
- U52(OD
- SATURN AL80PD
CLASSROOM LOCK
SCHLAGE
- U626D
- SATURN AL10PD
THRESHOLD
PEMKO
- ALUM
- 210A or 110A
DOOR SWEEP
PEMKO
- ALUM
- 315CN
PULL HANDLE
DON-JO
- US26D
- 1114
KICK PLATE
DON-JO
- ALUM
- J102
PANIC DEVICE
MONARCH
- MAL
- lelOLDANE
REVISIONS
BY
�i
u
4 00
U �Q CO
N
CCn
QJ Ili I` U
' �xr Y
.�cz
d
1—� ULO
N
Q -7 00 o
Y 3 ti 3
ti
o
ti A
N
l;
U
W
a
00
r Ncj o
O -o
w
o
�C
.JLJ
O
U U
Z
Z Q
J J
U -) >
O m �� J
C
cUWEvi=3
U =
o =v
°W��0
aY)
C MO V' U
O (0 0 O
Of Q J C)NCL
CD
Q CO
On
W
�
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: AZP
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A9a
H:\Projects\Projects 20l4\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A9a-DOOR SCHEDULE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:13:10 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
111UP1111 11 1! 11 r 1 _111, 11 I _ L' 1 ' _---L— . -1 ----- ---- — D IL ' 11 t 1
u�au��:uuwuwul
WINDOW SCNEnULE O
TYPE
SIZE
MANE. DSGNTN.
REMAR2IC5
A
4'-O"W x 5'-094
YKK - YES 45 FI
FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL = rOIS.1
B)
4'-4"W x 5'-0111-1
YKK - YES 45 FI
FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL = 0101S•I
AV-
8" CONCRETE ° v
BLOCK v'
INTERIOR
1EXTERIOR
v ..
WINDOW SYSTEM
P RIGID ° ° 5/6" SMOOTH SAND
INSULATION FLOAT FINISH STUCCO
/ q (MIN)
SEALANT
5/8" GYPSUM ° a
WALLBOARD
SILL PAN - SEE
v
DETAIL (o/A9b
8" PRECAST LINTEL
SEALANT
4 " CONC.
BLOCK, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GENERAL WINDOW NOTES
SLAB
°
1/4" PER FOOT
SLOPE MIN.
/ �.
I x 3 FURRING //
I. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL OPENING SIZES BEFORE PAPERING SHOP DRAWING FOR APPROVAL.
°• v a
a d °
d °
STRIPS /� %
2. REFER TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
a
° a ° ° °
.°
d
°
v.
EXTERIOR
3. ALL EXTERIOR STOREFRONT WINDOW SYSTEMS ARE TO BE NON -IMPACT RATED INSULATED
v
SOLARSCREEN CRYSTAL CHROME (V6-1-20) REFLECTIVE GLASS BY VIRACON
4. STOREFRONT FINISH TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM
°
d d
SEALANT SEALANT
° a v. °
•d
5. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL
° a
°
INTERIOR
WINDOW
° a ` a
SYSTEM
d
v
O
EXTERIOR WINDOW SILL
SCALE: 3" 1'-0"
O
EXTERIOR WINDOW WEAD
SCALE: 3" = -0"
I'
y S
WINDOW TYPES
=
EXTERIOR
WINDOW SYSTEM 5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT FINISH STUCCO
SEALANT 8" CONCRETE BLOCK - SEE STRUCTURAL
WINDOW SYSTEM
I" RIGID
INSTALL BLACKENING
A. v
INSULATION
FILM ON THE INSIDE
d
a
OF GLAZING.
5/8" GYPSUM9b
9b
WALLBOARD
METAL STUD FRAMING
a a °
41_ 4_4
- SIZE TO BE
d. ° °
VARIFIED IN FIELD.
v v
4. a
EQ. EQ. EQ. 1EQ.
INTERIOR
EXTERIOR
°
2 � 2
9b 9b
I x 3 FURRING
STRIPS G
SMOOTH SAND
FLOAT FINISH STUCCO
(MIN)
d)
S" CONCRETE
BLOCK
P RIGID
SEALANT INSULATION
Ix3 FURRING STRIPS
I x P.T. BUCK
3 3
9b FINISH 9b FINISH
5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD
m FLOOR m FLOOR
VA
INTERIOR
O O
O
WALL IINCq AT WINDOW DETAIL
0
EXTERIOR WINDOW JA 5
-FRA
SCALE: 3"SEALANT
IX P.T. BUCK EXTERIOR
WIDTH OF WINDOW
WINDOW
FRAME PLUS I/8"
G.W.B. SILL SYSTEM
I"
INTERIOR SLOP
° a
°
�
Ix3 FURRING a a
d
,
aX
5/8" GYPSUM v, SEALANT
WALLBOARD v
I"
c
d 8" CMU BLOCK
WALL -SEE
Q
° STRUCTURAL
a °
° 5/8" SMOOTH
d a SAND FLOAT
3/8" HEM EDGE
I" d FINISH STUCCO
RIGID INSULATION
.040 MIL ALUMINUM PAN
v
a °
d v
d
*ALL JOINTS MUST BE WATER TIGHT
O
SILL PAN DETAIL
O
EXTERIOR WINDOW SILL
REVISIONS
BY
�i
00
ZD M
1 N
Cn
o ti E
v a� r o
' 7xti y
C U
1—� U N
it V
Q rn 0 o
y 3r- 3
Cnco
0
N
I
W
a
r
N
� � O
Q O
u
O 0 Q
QJ �
� C
0
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U � �
O m �� J
J o
-*-
C
W :3oVU��'0
�
=U
W v �, 0
U
�O
O
�QJ�ty
Q CD
�U_
OJ 0
We
LL
L
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: AZP
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A9b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\P.9b-WINDOW SCHEDULE.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:12:58 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
16 GA, MIN. FRAME
1 1/4" SQUARE GRAB RAIL
SEAL STRIP
CORRUGATED ALUMINUM
2" WOOD NAILER
GOUNtERFLASHING
— ^� --- ---
FASTENED APPROX,
20 GA. STEEL CHANNEL
IS" O.G.-SUPPLIED
FASTEN TO STRUCTURE
ABOVE
EXTERIOR 5/8" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
z AND INSTALLED BY
FINISH STUCCO
y: SHEET MTL. GONTR,
N
3 5/6" 25 GA.
EXISTING S" CM.U.
BASE FLASHING
GALV. STEEL
STUDS AT 6'-0"
m
D.C.
I" MIN ----
SPACING
W
-.----P ❑ ----
INSULATION SUPPLIEDo�o
-- --
BY CURB MANUF.
TYP OL
SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FASTENERS
I x 3 FURRING
VI"
ANGLES AND FRAMING
APPROX. S" O.C.
FIRE BLOCKING C
AS PER FB717
AT IG" O.G.
RIGID INSULATION.
_
AT UNIT OPENINGS
@
2" NOMINAL
v
°
NOTE:
5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD
INTERIOR
ALL FLASHINGS, FASTENERS WOOD BLOCKING
I I/4" SQUARE RUNG
CORRUGATED ALUMINUM
4 CANTS TO MEET ROOF FASTENED TO DECK
MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.
❑
FIBER CANT STRIP
-----.--.-
SET IN BITUMEN
to
2" X 1/4" ALUMINUM
°
LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL
W WALL BRACKET-TYP
o
3
O
ROOF CURB DETAIL
OR GYPSUM BOARD
CEILING.
O
EXTERIOR MASONRY W1 L
Q
SCALE: N.T.S.
SCALE: 1 1/2" I'-O"
J
°
5/8" x 48" WIDE G.W.B. APPLIED
HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY,
A A
CORNER JOINTS OVER STUDS,
W
Q °
METAL ROOF
STAGGER 16" O.G. OPPOSITE SIDES.
DRAIN DOME
ATTACH TO STUDS AND RUNNERS
W X
WITH I" LONG TYPE "S" SCREWS AT
_
❑ Z
FLASHING CLAMPED BY ADJUSTABLE TOP
DRAIN FLANGES 4 WELL
THE JOINTS 4 RUNNER CHANNELS
1/2" TO 3/4" FROM EDGES OF G.W,B.
_
U @
3" X 1 3/4" X I/8" THK
OF DRAIN BODY
BEDDED IN ROOFING EXTENSION AS
SCREWS SHALL BE SPACED 8" O.C.
EXTERIOR 5/5" SMOOTH SAND FLOAT
SQUARE TUBING Q N
CEMENT REQUIRED BY
ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12"
O.C. IN THE FIELD, COVER JOINTS
FINISH STUCCO
ALUMINUM STRINGER ° W
INSULATION
WITH TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND
~ F Q
Q
ROOFING THICKNESS
PER GA - WP - 1200. INCREASE
8allG.M.U.
0 >
MEMBRANE
METAL STUD THICKNESS AS
W U
ROOF INSULATION
REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING AND
Q ❑
ELECTRICAL.
° e.
-----------------
FIRE BLOCKING AS PER FBC III
°
a
W
3 5/S" OR 6" (SEE FLOOR PLAN)
°
GALV. STEEL STUDS AT 16" O.C, 20
GA. STUDS AT WALL MOUNTED
. 3 El
EQUIPMENT
METAL DECKING
_:. ,....:.: :..., ...
❑
DECK CLAMP
R-11 BLANKET INSULATION AT
SOUND PROOF PARTITIONS ONLY.
I x
IIUORRING
• TO ROOF DRAIN
25 GA. GALV. STEEL CHANNEL
I" RIGID INSULATION.
FILL SOLID GROUT
LEADER
FASTEN TO SLAB At 24" O.C.
AS REQUIRED.
SEE STRUCTURAL. INTERIOR 5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD
FLOOR SLAB
cp 2" X 1/4" ALUMINUM °
W FLOOR BRACKETS
O
ROOF: DRAIN DETAIL
O
NON-'' TM WALL PARTITION
EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL
ff
Q (OPTIONAL)
-- -- -
SCALE: N.T.S.
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-0"
,42
O
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-0"
FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION
CABINET IN NON RATED WALL
INTERIOR
MODEL NO. 102-IF12 AS MANUFACTURED BY J.L.
5/8" GYPSUM
'-0 I/4"
PLUMBING VENT STACK
INDUSTRIES.
WALLBOARD.
11 GA ALUMINUM SHEET
DOOR AND FLANGES
ROLL LEAD FLASHING 1" DOWN
CABINET IN RATED WALL
3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT
CONTINUOUS HINGE
WALL MOUNT FLANGES �t
ST StL OR DIRECT LADDER MOUNT
INTO PIPE
SPECIFIED BASE FLASHING
MODEL NO. 102-IF12 FX AS MANUFACTURED BY J.L.
INDUSTRIES AT 6" WALLS
16" O.G.
_ -
SPECIFIED ROOFING
MODEL NO. 1022F12 FX AS MANUFACTURED BY J.L.
INDUSTRIES AT 4" WALLS
CORRUGATED
SURFACE 4 SIDES
RUNCs DETAIL
SOUND INSULATION -
SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR
SCALE: N.T.S.
LOCATION
N SAFETY HASP
O
5/S" GYPSUM
Q I' - 3/4"
WALLBOARD.
@ >
INTERIOR
m
s
O
ROOF VENT DETAIL
$,
O
INTERIOR QED WALL
I/a"
SCALE: N.T.S.
SCALE: 1 1/2 - I 0
'f 2'-8"
STRINr3ER DETAIL $
6 X 6 X 1/4" SQUARE
CENTER LINE
INTERIOR
SCALE: N.T.S.
METAL PLATE
OF HANDLE GYPSUM
WALLBOARD
5/8" EXPANSION EYE BOLT
PER WALL TYPE
5/8" GYPSUM
LADDER GATE
INTO MASONRY WALL
`4 LL', 5LB FIRE
LL
WALLBOARD.
W-6" AFF,
m Q EXTINGUISHER BY
2" X I/4" ALUMINUM
4" ALUMINUM
3/8" THREADED EPDXY
BADGER, MODEL
51"I5-6H OR EQUAL
6" METAL STUDS AT 16"
O.C.
FLAT
VARIES
ANCHOR WITH 3" EMBED
AT 16" O.G.
/
1 1/2" TUBE WITH CLEVIS
ANCHOR AT EACH END.
_ mvl6" HOLE THRU-TYP
FOR 03/6" HARDWARE B
BE PLATE 6
WELDED TO _
7/1T/U4"
METAL STUDS
AT 16" O.C.
1
E FRAME. — — _
- V-2" AFF
SOUND INSULATION -
— —E)
101
SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR
-
LOCATION
e
I SEE RUNG i
^�---_-------y--�-- _- MILL FINISH
5/8" GYPSUM
DETAIL ABOVE i
----------------�- ------ -_ _ ALUMINUM
INTERIOR WALLBOARD.
;,RUNG ASSEMBLY SPECIFY IS" OR 24"
COMPRESSION I I/2 SQUARE TUBE -_
TAPE. FRAME AT 24 O.C. @
FLOOR SLAB
MAXIMUM WITH 0,050 -�
ALUMINUM COVER.
SECTION DETAIL A
SCALE: N.T.S.
MASONRY
HEAD
OR,
LADDER DETAIL
0
AUJNINC6 DETAIL
(DI
SIRE EXTINGuiewER
B2
INTERIOR FRAMED WALL
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-O"
SCALE: I I/2" = I'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
y Go
CD �
co,
CO
,L) U
v
0
I—� U N Cd
i
E
U x N
N
m
1
U
W
a
�f
co
o
Q
o #
7
U
1
O
U V
— Z
Z 0
J J
UM >
O m-
C
":3
W E
o VU 3 0
=U
Cj LLI j� O
U
�O N aV'
O CD O O
Cl::QJ1-4
Q (O
� V
0 0
J LLJ
Li
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
A10
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\A10-MISC DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 3:12:45 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6030.pc3
1%%,,.,0M SCHEDULE
FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE
NO.
ROOM
BASE
FLOORS
WALLS
REMARKS
NO.
NO.
I
ROOM
BASE
FLOORS
WALLS
REMARKS
NO.
]10
Material
Abb.
Maker, Model, Manufacturer
Doors & Trim
Doors DS Algoma "White Birch"; Color: To Be Deteri-nined
Door Trim, Painted DTP ICVGlidden "Brown Bag" 1 OYY 35/196- Serni Gloss Oil Based Enamel Finish
Cabinetry
Counters PL1 Forr-nica "Mineral Sepia" 3446-58; rvbtte Finish
. .....
- ---
binets PL2 V\Alsonart "Shaker Cherry" 7935-07
--------
Transaction Counters at Check In
Counters Only SS1 Car -nbria "Cherrybrook- 1.5" Bullnose
--- ----
Miscellaneous
Crow n Molding, Stained (See Interior
CM Stain to Match Wilsonart "Shaker Cherry" 7935-07
Elevations for Location)
N
S
E
W
N
S
E
W
Floors
Carpet
Porcelain Tile
Vinyl Composition Tile
Base . .......
Carpet
Porcelain Tile Base
-- V - inyl-B-ase--
. ...... CPT
PTl
V CT
CB
PTB
VB
Provided and Installed by Ow ner
Provided and Installed by Ow ner
. ... . ..... .
Tarkett "Oatmeal" 1356; 12" x 12" x 1/8"thick
Provided and Installed by Ow ner
. ..... -- ----- ---
Provided and Installed by Ow ner
- ---------- - -- - ---------- - -
Jo-hns,onite "S'an-d"alwood"45- 4""Oove-----
Stain to Match Wilsonart "Shaker Cherry" 7935-07
- -----------
]CC 21 "Baked Scone"; Eggshell Finish on Walls - Flat Finish on Ceilings; Epoxy
Finish in Toilets
-------
ICl/Glidden "Brown Bag" 1 OYY 35/196-, Eggshell Finish on Wallis; Epoxy Finish in
Toilets
Sherw in Williams "Nomadic Desert'SW-6107; Eggshell Finish
Sherw - in Wil - lia - ms -"-bivine White" SW-6105; - Rat Finish on Cei - I - i - n - g - s
Stain to Match Wilsonart "Shaker Cherry" 7935-07
A 10 1
WA ITING
PTB/V\IB
PT1
Pi
Pi
I
Pl/WP/CM
Pi
Pl Sof fit Front/P4 on
Soffit Underside
A101
B101
WAITING
PTB/WB
PT1
Pi
Pi
I
Pl/WP1CM
Pi
Pl Soffit Front/P4 on
Soffit Underside
B 1
101
A102
TOILET
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
A102
B102
TOILET
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
Bl 02
A103
EKAM
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
A103
B103
EXAM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
Bi 03
A 104
EXAM / PROCEDURE
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
A104
B104
EXAM / PROCEDURE
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
Bl 04
A105
EXAM
PTB
PT1
P2
Pi
Pi
Pi
A105
B105
EXAM
PTB
P`Tl
Pi
P2
Pi
Pi
Bl 05
A1061EXAM
FTB
PT1
P2
Pi
Pi
Pi
A1061
B106
EXAM
FTB
PTl
Pi
P2
Pi
Pi
Bl 06
A107
OFFICE
CB
CPT
Pi
Pi
Pi
P3
A107
B107
OFFICE
CB
CPT
Pi
Pi
Pi
P3
Bl 07
A 108
OFFICE
CB
CPT
P3
Pi
Pi
P1
A108
B108
OFFICE
CB
CPT
Pi
P3
Pi
Pi
B108
A109
EXAM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
A109
B109
EXAM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
B109
A 110
CORRIDOR
B
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
I-
Pi
Allo
B110
CORRIDOR
PTB I
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
I
B110
All 1
EKAM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
A1111BIll
ED(AM
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
Bill
A 112
EXAM
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
A112
Bl 12
EXAM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
Bl 121
A113
EKAM
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
P2
Pi
A113
Bl 13
ELEC.
VB
V CT
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Bl 13
A114
BREAKROOM
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A114
Bl 14
JANITOR
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P1
Bl 14
Wood Base, Stained (See Interior
Elevations for Location)
WB
Pi
P2
- --- ---
P3
P4
WP
A l 15
OFFICE
CB
CPT
Pi
P3
Pi
Pi
A115
Bl 15
TOILET
PITB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
Bl 15
A1161CLOSEF
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A116
Bl 16
OFFICE
CB
CPT
P3'
Pi
Pi
Pi
Bl 16
Walls and Ceilings
Paint
... ........ ....
Wood Veneer Panels, Sta�he §�e
d-C
Interior Elevations for Loc
Al 171
NURSE STATION
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A117
Bl 17
NURSE STATION
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Bl 17
A 118
CLOSET
PTB
PT1
Pi
P1
Pi
Pi
A118
Bl 18
CLOSET
PTB
PTI
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Bl 18
A l 19
TOILET
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
P2
A119
Bl 19
TOILET
PTB I
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
Bl 19
A120
NURSESTATION
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A120IB120
NURSESTATION
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
B120
* 121
CORRIDOR
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A121
B121
CORRIDOR
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
B121
* 122,
RECEPTION
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
A122
B122
RECEPTION
PTB
PT1
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
B122
* 1231
CORRIDOR
PTB
PT1
Pi
'Pl
Pi
Pi
A123
B123
CORRIDOR
PTB
Fri
Pi
Pi
Pi
Pi
B123
Cie
<:
.0
OFr-ICE'l,,_
r=xAm//
ExAH,,,/
\,EfXAM
�tXAM
4112
A113
F—
'Y
i
J �:l
-TM
F
-Jld-
F
OFFIC:E
A10-1
T
,//EXAM
1�447a\,EXAM
MIRR. 4105
FAIIPO�Wivr_l
NUR,46
STATION
2/4-1b Ali -I
M 11 �Fpl-
I
F-L
F-L
NUIRSE
STATION
A120
ELEC.
CIOSIET CM.El"C!" .11 5113
,445.
I L -1 1 L
J1
C-C"RIDOR &/,47b
A123
U
I ILJ I
L----Jr—EBgF
— — — — — — Eli,
11RErEPTION
A122
5/A
41A-lb look--,
C-CRRIDOR 21A-la
A121
C
A W
X 1
iTi
01,
EXAM
tu
PROCEDWIRE
-EXAM
C0,4104
(a A
t
wilpim
F-----] � F---7 I LEM I I L _J L
AL
JANITOR r-4�- - -
5114 LU
-1
/ /I -,
ED
/ '\ \
E�
/ 1'\ \, .1
>
J EXAll
\.tXAM'-
\EXAM
5112
5111
710- -J
nr--- --i
JL- A
WRRIDOR
5123
C40WIDOR
5110 41A-lb
OmIcE C --75 NuiRsE
STATION
M I
I F.J .11'
IRECEPTION,
0 5122 J�,
SIMIL,41;Z
17A
Ail
---------
I
USE=
NU"E
STATION 21AIb
5/All, - -.W'-
7120
C-0RRIPOR
2/A7a 5121 41A7b
L L
-i
Wi A I 'I
t 14,
L -----
F
F
F
L
p
CX
EXAM,,\" '17T —
F-- f-T
FAMOW1
COPICAE
6FFicE
510-1
—)T
M IRR,
.Oak.,
EXAM,
EXAM
FM05
IN -
L -------------- i I
M
EXAM
pp-OCEDU TREE
5104
IN
.............
J �'o.H.o.H... - o o
o—oo—oo—oc 1111111111111111 L --------------- __J
oo—oo—oo—oo
01 FINISH FLOOR PLAN
5CALE: 311ro" = P-011
0,
0
REVISIONS
BY
00
1�0 Cn
"t C\J
0-0
al r--
C\J
ct
LQ C"t
>
E
C\J
E
(L)
C\J
00
C\l
CJ C)
C11-1 >
C)
2)
J
z
z
—J —J
4)
>
0
Y) < C
c: L) LJ E v�z
0
0-0
> 0
0 0 (n -r
0-
C)
LID
LO
EE 0
00
-J LJ
LL-m
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
I D
HAProjectsTrojects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\ID-FINISIFLdwg, 12/23/2014 3:12:34 PNt sbanison, Xerox 6030.pc3
DIVISION 1 GENERAL NOTES
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
DIVISION I THERMAL AND MOISTURE
DIVISION S DOORS AND WINDOWS (CONT.)
DIVISION S DOORS AND WINDOWS (CONT.)
PROTECTION (CONT.)
SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
SEE STRUCTURAL SPECS
SECTION 01530 SINGLE PLY THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART] GENERAL
PART 1 GENERAL
PART 1 GENERAL
191 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
DIVISION 5 METALS
1.01 GENERAL
IDI GENERAL
A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR AS
A. OBTAIN PRIMARY FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE SECONDARY
A. PROVIDE DOORS AND FRAMES COMPLYING WITH STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS
I
NECESSARY WHERE NOT INDICATED, SO ARCHITECT CAN REVIEW, SELECT, CHECK FOR CONFORMANCE,
MATERIALS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY MATERIALS. DO NOT BEGIN ROOFING
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES" AN5I/51DI-100.
ETC., AS REQUIRED,
SEE STRUCTURAL SPECS IINSTALLATION
UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND ARE DETERMINED TO BE IN SATISFACTORY
B. MANUFACTURER TO BE A MEMBER OF THE STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE. IE: CECO BUILDING PRODUCTS, REPUBLIC
CO Irq
BUILDERS PRODUCTS OR STEEL CRAFT.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
E
B. PROVIDE ROOFING MATERIALS RECOGNIZED TO BE A TYPE INDICATED AND TESTED TO SHOW
G. SUPPLIER TO BE A STOCKING DISTRIBUTOR FOR ONE OF THE LISTED MANUFACTURERS WITH NO LESS THAN
D. SINGLE SOURCE RE5PON5I51LTY : PROVIDE MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM ONE SOURCE FOR EACH TYPE OF
A. DESIGNATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, OR IN A SEPARATE COORDINATE SCHEDULE, THE DATES FOR
`' Q� �y '' �^ p /� Q� /'��;
DIVISION ISION rp WOOD and PLASTICS
COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE IN APPLICATION, OR PROVIDE OTHER SIMILAR MATERIALS
FIVE YEARS OF DISTRIBUTION FOR SAME MANUFACTURER, SUPPLIER TO HAVE A "UL" OR "WARNOCK
GLAZING PRODUCT IDICATED,
UBM16SION AND THE DATES THAT REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES WILL BE NEEDE
CERTIFIED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER TO BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN MATERIALS SPECIFIED
HERSEY" CERTIFIED FABRICATION SHOP.
E. PROVIDE GLASS AND GLAZING THAT HAS BEEN PRODUCED, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED TO WITHSTAND
ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME IN THE SCHEDULE FOR ARCHITECT REVIEW AND POSSIBLE REUBMITTALS IF REQUIRED,
EVERY RESPECT. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT ARE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS TO BE FULLY
NORMAL TEMPERATURE CHANGES, WIND LOADING, IMPACT LOADING, WITHOUT FAILURE INCLUDING LOSS OR
IIN
COMPATIBLE WITH INDICATED SUBSTRATES, OR PROVIDE SEPARATE MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO
1.02 DOORS
BREAKAGE OF GLASS, FAILURE OF SEALMENTS OR GASKETS TO REMAIN WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT,
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CASEWORK
ELIMINATE CONTACT BETWEEN INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS.
A. EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE GRADE 11, MINIMUM 18 GA. A60 GALVANNEALED FACE SHEET WITH 16 GA. STEEL
DETERIORATION OF GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS, AND OTHER DEFECTS IN THE WORK.
A, DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRESENTED IN A CLEAR AND THOROUGH MANNER
C. ROOFING MEMBRANE USED SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 45 MILS (ACTUAL) WITH THE EXPOSED COLOR
HINGE CHANNEL, FLUSH TOP CHANNEL AND INVERTED BOTTOM CHANNEL. CORE 70 BE HONEYCOMB OR
F. FIELD MEASURE ALL OPENIGS OR AREAS 70 RECEIVE GLASS AND GLAZING TO ASCERTAIN CORRECT FIT,
I. [DETAILS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY REFERENCE TO SHEET AND DETAIL, SCHEDULE OR ROOM NUMBERS
PART 1 CABINETS
BEING WHITE.
POLYSTYRENE. DOOR TO HAVE FACTORY APPLIED PRIMED INVERTED TOP, CHANNEL WITH SHOP APPLIED
IMPROPERLY SIZED GLASS OR GLAZING SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER,
SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS.
CAP IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
2. SHEET SHALL BE LABELED WITH CORRECT JOB NAME, LOCATION, ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER, AND
1.01 DOOR FRONTS, DRAWER FRONTS, KICKS AND SPLASHES
1.02 WARRANTY
B. INTERIOR DOORS TO BE GRADE II, MINIMUM 20 GAGE COLD ROLLED STEEL FACE SHEET WITH 16 GAGE
1.03 UBMITALS
UBCONTRACTOR $ COMPANY NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER AND NAME OF RESPONSIBLE
A. KICKS, SPLASHES AND COUNTER TOPS SHALL BE 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD SURFACED WITH HIGH PRESSURE
A. SUBMIT EXECUTED COPY OF SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S "LIMITED SERVICE WARRANTY"
STEEL HINGE CHANNEL. CORE TO BE HONEYCOMB OR POLYSTYRENE.
A. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'5 TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH GLAZING MATERIAL, FABRICATED
REPRESENTATIVE OF COMPANY.
DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON EXTERIOR FACE AND EDGES.
AGREEMENT, INCLUDING FLASHING ENDORSEMENT, SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
GLASS PRODUCT REQUIRED AND SEALANT INCLUDED INSTALLATION AN[) MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS,
3. DRAWINGS, DETAILS, ETC, SHALL CLEARLY ILLUSTRATE ALL COMPONENTS AND ADJACENT COMPONENTS
B. DOOR FRONTS, DRAWER FRONTS AND CABINET BODIES SHALL BE 5/8" BLACK MELAMINE WITH HIGH
MANUFACTURER PROVIDE FORM THAT IS PUBLISHED WITH PRODUCT LITERATURE AS OF DATE OF CONTACT
1.03 FRAMES
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA, ETC. -
OF THE WORK.
PRESSURE DECORATIVE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON EXTERIOR FACES AND EDGES.
DOCUMENTS, FOR A PERIOD OF TEN YEARS AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
A. EXTERIOR DOOR FRAME TO CONFORM TO SDI/ANSI A2503-1998. FABRICATED OF 16 GA. A60 GALVANNEALED
B. SAMPLES: SUBMIT, FOR VERIFICATION PURP05E5,12" SQUARE SAMPLE OF EACH TYPE OF GLASS
C. STYLE SHALL BE FLUSH OVERLAY WITH SQUARE EDGES,
STEEL, CORNERS TO BE FACE WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH. PAINT AREA WITH A RUST INHIBITING PRIMER
INDICATED, INCLUDING MIRRORS, MOUNTING HARDWARE AND MATERIALS.
1.04 PRODUCT DATA
PART 2 PRODUCTS
ANCHORS TO BE CONCEALED.
C. CERTIFICATE: SUBMIT CERTIFICATES FROM RESPECTIVE MANUFACTURERS ATTESTING THAT GLASS AND
A. PREPARATION:
1.02 CABINET BACKS
B. INTERIOR DOOR FRAME TO CONFORM TO SDI/ANSI A250.8-1998. FABRICATED OF 16 GA. COLD ROLLED
GLAZING MATERIALS FURNUSHED FOR PROJECT COMPANY WITH REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED
1. CLEARLY MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY PERTINENT PRODUCTS OR MODELS WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY
A. 5/8" WHITE MELAMINE BOXES ON BASE AND UPPERS. FINISH INTERIOR FACE TO MATCH CABINET INTERIOR,
2.01 MANUFACTURER/PRODUCTS
STEEL. COMERS TO BE FACE WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH. PAINT AREA WITH A RUST INHIBITING PRIMER
WARRANTIES.
COVERED BY THE SUBMITTAL, REFERENCE ALL NUMBERS TO CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN CONTRACT
A, MECHANICALLY FASTENED POLYMER MAMBRANE: APPROVED PRODUCTS: THERMOPLASTIC
ANCHORS TO BE CONCEALED, PREP FRAME FOR THREE SILENCERS.
1. GLASS MANUFACTURER SHALL SUBMIT A CERTIFIED LETTER STATING THAT ALL GLASS SIZE AND
DOCUMENTS,
1.03 DRAWERS
MEMBRANEt SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS
THICKNESS FOR ALL GLAZING OPENINGS MEET OR EXCEED THE WIND LOAD REQUIREMENTS AS
2. SHOW PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AND CAPACITIES.
A. DRAWER FRAMES SHALL BE GRA55 ZARGEN DRAWER SLIDE SYSTEM OR EQUIVALENT. ALL EXPOSED
THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING
1.04 HARDWARE
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08410, ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STORFRONTS, AND SECTION 08521,
3. SHOW DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES REQUIRED,
VIEW PORTIONS SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH INTERIOR OF CABINET BODIES.
I. DURO-LAST ROOFING, SAGINAW, MICHIGAN, WO-248-02W
A. PREPARE DOOR AND FRAME TO RECEIVE HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOOR SCHEDULE AND
ALUMINUM WINDOWS.
4. SHOW WIRING OR PIPING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROLS.
1
2. FIRESTONE ULTRAPLY 18+, CARMEL, INDIANA, 311-515-1000
TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURER,
5. DELETE MODEL NUMBERS, DIAGRAMS, DETAILS, ETC., NOT APPLICABLE TO THE SUBMITTAL.
1.04 SHELVES, DIVIDERS, AND BOTTOMS
3. J.P.S. ELA$TOMETRICS CORP., NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS, 413-533-8100
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
B. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS:
A. SHELVES ON THE INTERIOR OF CABINETS (BEHIND DOORS), BOTTOM IN CABINET, AND VERTICAL DIVIDERS
1.05 FIRE RATING
A. PROTECT GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS DURING DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING TO COMPLY WITH
I. MODIFY I AN DIAGRAMS I
D DRAWINGS D D AGRA S 70 DELETE INFORMATION WHICH IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THE WORK.
SHALL BE 5/8 WHITE MELAMINE. EXPOSED FACES SHALL MATCH CABINET BODY INTERIOR FINISH, ALL
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. ALL DOOR AND FRAMES TO BE FIRE LABELED SHALL HAVE APPROPRIATE LABELS TO MEET NFPA AND
MANUFACTU 'S DIRECTIONS AN A I T 1
RER D RE D S REQUIRED 0 PREVENT EDGE DAMAGE TO GLASS AND GLAZING
2, SUPPLEMENT STANDARD INFORMATION TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFICALLY APPLICABLE
EXPOSED FRONT EDGES, INCLUDING SHELF EDGES, SHALL BE FINISHED WITH ONE (1) TAPED FRONT EDGE.
LOCAL BUILDING CODES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DISTRIBUTOR TO VERIFY ALL
MATERIALS FROM EFFECTS OF MOISTURE INCLUDING CONDENSATION, OF TEMPERATURE CHANGES, OF DIRECT
TO THE WORK
3.01 INSTALLATION
MODIFICATIONS WILL MEET THE NFPA AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES,
EXPOSURE TO SUN, AND FROM OTHER CAUSES.
1.05 PLASTIC LAMINATE
A. INSTALL MEMBRANE BY UNROLLING OVER PREPARED SUBSTRATE, LAPPING ADJOINING SHEETS AS
B. STORE IN LOCATION TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE. REPLACE GLASS OR GLAZING MATERIALS AT ANY POINT
1.05 SAMPLES
A. 1/16" THICK MATERIAL ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES AND 1/32" ON VERTICAL SURFACES.
RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, AND BONDING AND SEALING SEAMS. INSTALL MECHANICAL FAS7NERS
END OF SECTION OVII
DURING THE CONTRACT PERIOD AT NO COST TO OWNER.
A. OFFICE SAMPLES SHALL BE OF SIZE INDICATED, OR OF SUFFICIENT SIZE AND QUANTITY TO CLEARLY
(GENERAL NOTE: ALL EXTERIOR CORNERS OF COUNTER TOPS TO HAVE A RADIUS OF 1 1/2").
AS RECCOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, INSTALL FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING AS SHOWN OR
ILLUSTRATE :
RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER,
SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM
1.05 GUARANTEE
I. FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRODUCT, WITH INTEGRALLY RELATED PARTS AND ATTACHMENT
PART 2 PRODUCTS
B. ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER TO APPLY SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING WHO HAS SPECIALIZED
A. PROVIDE MINIMUM TEN (10) YEAR GUARANTEE FOR ALL GLASS PRODUCTS, INCLUDING GUARANTEE AGAINST
DEVICES AND TECHNIQUES.
IN APPLICATION OF ROOFING SYSTEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT, INSTALLER MUST
PART I GENERAL
SILVER SPOILAGE OF ALL MIRRORS, PERFORMANCE OF GLAZING SEALANTS, TEC.
2. FULL RANGE OF COLOR, TEXTURE AND PATTERN FOR ARCHITECT SELECTION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST.
2.01 HARDWARE I
BE ACCEPTABLE 70 OR LICENSED BY THE MANUFACTURER, "PROOF WILL BE REQUIRED".
SUBMIT ONLY SPECIFIED COLOR RANGE IF DIFFERENT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE.
A. HINGES: "GRASS 120 DEGREE SNAP -ON 3,000 SERIES" FULL OVERLAY SELF CLOSING
C. WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FLASHING
121 SUMMARY
PART 2 PRODUCTS
B. ALL SAMPLES OF A PARTICULAR PRODUCT, ASSEMBLY, UNIT, ETC., SHALL BE SUBMITTED A7 THE SAME
B. PULLS: 3" BRUSHED ALUMINUM FINISH BY STANLEY OR EQUAL FINAL SELECTION TBD
AND COUNTER FLASHING, SCUPPERS AND DOWN SPOUTS, IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLER,
A. PROVIDE ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEMS THAT WILL WITHSTAND WIND PRESSURE LOADS FOR THE
TIME TO ALLOW PROPER REVIEW AND COMPARISON BETWEEN SAMPLES,
C. DRAWER GLIDES : SEE SPECIFICATION ABOVE
LOCATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS PER NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES.
2.01 GLASS
D. LOCK : NATIONAL LOCK "C8123-26D (DOOR), "CS-8138-26D (DRAWER).
END OF SECTION 01530
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. PROVIDE GLASS TYPES AND THICKNESS A$ PER DRAWINGS AND WINDOW 514CEDULE:
1.06 SUBMITTALS
E. KEYBOARD DRAWER ACCURIDE CBERGO - TRAY 200 KEYBOARD SYSTEM BY ACCURIDE
A. SEALANTS
FLOAT (OR "PLATE"): COMPLY WITH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION DD-G-451,
A. " PERMITS, LICENSES, AND CERTIFICATES: FOR THE OWNERS RECORDS, SUBMIT COPIES OF PERMITS,
PART 3 INSTALLATION
SECTION 0�900 JOINT SEALERS
B. GLASS AND GLAZING
CLEAR WIRE GLASS: COMPLY WITH FEDERAL' SPECIFICATION DD-G-451:
LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, RELEASES, JURISDICTIONAL SETTLEMENTS, NOTICES,
1.03 QUALITY A55URANCE
FIGURED AND PATTERN GLASS: COMPLY WITH FEDERAL SPECIFICATION DD-G-451.
RECEIPTS FOR FEE PAYMENTS, JUDGMENTS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCE AND RECORDS
3,01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALLER SHALL BE EXPERIENCED TO PERFORM WORK OF THIS SECTION WHO HAS SPECIALIZED IN THE
ESTABLISHED IN CONJUNCTION WITH COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS BEARING UPON
A. PROVIDE WOOD BACK BLOCKING AT PROPER LOCATION$ IN PARTITIONS. FOR CASEWORK ATTACHMENT.
PART 1 GENERAL
INSTALLATION OF WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT,
B. MAY BE INCORPOATED IN THE WORK:
PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.
B. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATION DURING
I. TINTED GLASS:
END OF SECTION 06410
1.01 GENERAL
CONSTRUCTION, APPROVING ACCEPTABLE INSTALLER AND APPROVING APPLICATION METHOD.
a. AND 1/4-INCH LITER, INTERIOR LITE CLEAR,
1.01 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. PROVIDE JOINT SEALERS, JOINT FILLERS, AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH
C. VERIFY ACTUAL MEASUREMENT/OPENINGS BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION. SHOW
2. WIRE GLASS:
DIVISION 1 THERMAL AND MOISTURE
A. REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION.
ONE ANOTHER AND WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS
SEALANT MANUFACTURER TESTING AND FIELD
RECORED MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE FIELD MEASUREMENTS, FABRICATION
a. FIRELITE.
B. - DETERMINE AND VERIFY:
�p
DEMONSTRATED BY BASED ON EXPERIENCE. PROVIDE
SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS 70 AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS.
3. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS:
1. FIELD MEASUREMENTS.
1- ISO CTION
COLORS TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
a. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.
2. FIELD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA.
B. PROVIDE SEALANT BACKINGS OF MATERIAL AND TYPE WHICH ARE NONSTAINING, ARE COMPATIBLE WITH
A. PREPARE, REVIEW, APPROVE AND SUBMIT SPECIFIED SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDINANCE WITH
_
b. FORD GLASS DIVISION.
3. CATALOG NUMBERS AND SIMILAR DATA,
JOINT SUBSTRATE, SEALANTS, PRIMERS, AND OTHER FILLERS, AND ARE APPROVED FOR APPLICATIONS
"CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" AND DIVISION 1 SUBMITTALS SECTION.
c. LIBBEY-OWENS-FORD CO.
4. CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS.
C. COORDINATE EACH SUBMITTAL WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
SECTION 01210 BUILDMG INSULATION
INDICATED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER,
C. SEALANTS: SEALANTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS OR EQUAL:
B. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LAYOUT, PROFILES, AND PRODUCT COMPONENTS, INCLUDING
C. MAY BE APPROVED WITH COMPLETE DATA SUBMITTAL AND ARCHITECT APPROVAL PRIOR TO BIDDING IN
DO NOT SUBMIT NON -CONFORMING PRODUCTS.
1. ONE -PART POLYURETHANE: 5ONNE50WE SONALA$TIG NP1
ANCHORAGE, ACCESSORIES, FINISH -COLORS AND TEXTURES.
C. SUMIT CURRENT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SHOWING COMPLIACNCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS
ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION I,
D NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING, AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION, OF ANY DEVIATIONS IN THE SUBMITTALS FROM
PART 1 GENERAL
2. TWO-PART POLYURETHANE: SONNEBORNE 50NALA5TIC NPII
1 DATED NO MORE THAN I YEAR PROIR TO SUBMITTAL DATE.
REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
3. DOW CHEMICAL SILICONE RUBBER BATHTUB CAULK
1.05 WARRANTY
D. BY MANUFACTURER FOR WIND LOADING CONDITION. INSULATING GLASS WARRANTY: 10 YEARS.
E. BEGIN NO FABRICATION OR WORK WHICH REQUIRES SUBMITTALS UNTIL RETURN OF SUBMITTALS WITH
1.01 GENERAL
D. COMPLY WITH JOINT SEALER MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION APPLICABLE TO
A. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP FOR A
ARCHITECT'S CONFORMANCE REVIEW.
A. COAT INSULATION EXPOSED TO VIEW IN FINISH WORK WITH GEMENTITIOUS COATING. INSTALL COATING STRICTLY
PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED. CLEAN OUT JOINTS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLING JOINT
PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS / PRODUCTS
F. SUBMITTALS NOT PROPERLY REVIEWED BY CONTRACTOR FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH COATING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. APPLY COATING APPROXIMATELY 3/16"
SES ALER. PREERE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. DOOLLOWGRO
PRIME N ATIOF MI T A N TU MANUFA A Y S N MM WHERE
A. FLOAT GLASS (TYPE FG-A): CLEAR, 1/4 INCH THICK, MINIMUM.
SHALL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S REVIEW OR ACCEPTANCE.
THICK, TEXTURE SURFACE WITH A PAINT ROLLER
PRIMER ONTO ADJACENT SURFACES. MASK WHERE REQUIRED TO PROTECT ADJOINING SURFACES FOR
PART 2 PRODUCTS
SAFTEY GLASS (TYPE FG-B): CLEAR, FULLY TEMPERED 1/4 INCH THICK, MINIMUM.
STAINING OR DAMAGE BY CLEANING METHODS TO REMOVE SMEARS.
I
LOW E GLA65 (TYPE FG-F): FLOAT TYPE, TEMPERED, CLEAR, COATING ON INNER SURFACE.
1.08 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1.02 GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
E. APPLY SEALANTS IN A MANNER SO THAT APPEARANCE IS THAT OF A SMOOTH, UNIFORM, SLIGHTLY
291 MATERIAL
MIRROR GLASS (TYPE FG-H): CLEAR TEMPERED SAFTEY TYPE WITH COPPER AND SILVER COATING, SQUARE
A. MAKE SUBMITTALS PROMPTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SCHEDULE, AND IN SUCH SEQUENCE
A. BLANKET INSULATION TO BE UN -FACED, MINERAL FIBER WITH THERMOSETTING RESINS, TYPE 1. MINERAL FIBER
CONCAVE BEAD. TOOL WITH CAULKING TOOL AS REQUIRED WITHIN 10 MINUTES OF APPLICATION. ALL
A. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM(5) SHALL BE:
EDGES.
AS TO CAUSE NO DELAY IN THE WORK OR IN THE WORK OF ANY OTHER CONTRACTOR
SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GLASS.
SEALED JOINTS ARE TO BE WATER -TIGHT.
YKK OR AN APPROVED EQUIVALENT AS SPECIFIED ON WINDOW SCHEDULE
B. NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED:
B. APPLY INSULATION UNITS COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL BLANKET
F. BACKER ROD: POLYETHYLENE FOAM BACKER ROD, NONSTAINING, CLOSED -CELL, EXPANDED
B, EXTRUDED SECTIONS SHALL BE ALUMINUM AA-606345 ALLOY.
PART 3 EXECUTION
I. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF OPAQUE REPRODUCTIONS WHICH THE CONTRACTOR REQUIRES,
INSULATION IN STUD WALLS, BOND UNITS TO SUBSTRATE WITH ADHESIVE OR USE MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE
POLYETHYLENE FOAM AS MANUFACTURED BY DOW CHEMICAL ETHLFOAM. FURNISH WITH ROUND EDGE IN
C. ALL GLAZING MATERIALS SHALL BE ELASTOMERIC GLAZING GASKETS.
PLUS THREE (3) COPIES WHICH WILL BE RETAINED BY THE ARCHITECT. MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE
70 PROVIDE PERMANENT PLACEMENT.
THICKNESS REQUIRED.
D. ALUMINUM MOLDINGS SHALL BE GIVEN A CAUSTIC ETCH FOLLOWED BY AN ANODIC OXIDE
3.01 PRECON5TRUCTION
SIZE IS 24" x 36" FOR ANY ONE SHEET,
END OF SECTION 01900
TREATMENT TO OBTAIN:
A. CLEAN AND PREPARE GLAZING SUPPORT MATERIALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND
2. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF COPIES WHICH THE CONTRACTOR REQUIRES, PLUS THREE (3)
1.03 LOOSE INSULATION
DARK BRONZE ANODIZED FINISH AA-M12C22A31 CLA55 11, AND SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS DBA
B. STANDARDS OF THE GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA GLAZING MANUAL.
WHICH WILL BE RETAINED BY THE ARCHITECT.
A. SAME AS GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION. FILL CRACKS AND VOIDS AROUND FRAMES AND BLOCKING AND
(0.4 MIL MIN, THICK DARK BRONZE ANODIC COATING.)
INSPECTION AND CLEANING SHALL INCLUDE BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: CLEAN DIRT OR
3. SAMPLES: SUBMIT THE NUMBER STATED IN EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. IF NO NUMBER IS GIVEN,
OTHER VOIDS IN EXTERIOR WALL AND VOIDS AROUND CANTS, CURBS, AND BLOCKING IN AND ABOUT THE
E, WALL THICKNESS OF FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE .016 TO .125,
C, FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM CHANNELS, STOPS, RABBETS, SETTING BLOCKS, SPACERS, EC7.. REMOVE NON -
VERIFY CORRECT NUMBER WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL, MINIMUM OF TWO (2) SAMPLES.
ROOF WITH LOOSE INSULATION. WEDGE IN PLACE CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS BEFORE SHEETING
F. ALL EXPOSED FRAMING SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF SCRATCHES AND OTHER SERIOUS BLEMISHES.
OR GLAZING COMPOUNDS. APPLY PRIMER TO SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS.
4. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY THE INDIVIDUAL SECTION, BUT NO LESS THAN THAT STATED ABOVE.
OF EXTERIOR, COMPLETELY FILLING VOIDS.
C. SUBMITTAL$ SHALL CONTAIN:
3.02 INSTALLATION
I. THE DATE OF SUBMISSION AND THE DATES OF ANY PREVIOUS SUBMISSIONS.
1.04 SOUND ATTENUATING INSULATION
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. INSPECT FRAMING BEFORE INSTALLATION AND PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT OF ANY CONDITIONS THAT MIGHT
2. THE PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER.
A. SOUND INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STUD WALLS AND CEILINGS WHERE INDICATED ON
INTERFERE WITH SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION.
3. CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION.
THE DRAWINGS. FIT INSULATION TIGHTLY BETWEEN STUD MEMBERS.
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS
B. INSPECT ALL GLASS IMMEDIATELY BEFORR INSTALLATION. REJECT ANY UNLABELED, EDGE -DAMAGED,
4. THE NAMES OF:
A. COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING PRODUCT TECHNICAL BULLETINS,
SCRATCHED, OR MIS -SIZED PIECES. LEAVE MANUFACTURER'S LABELS ATTACHED UNTIL THE ARGHITEC
a. CONTRACTOR.
1.05 RELATED WORK
PRODUCT CATALOG INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND PRODUCT CARTON INSTRUCTIONS.
DIRECTS THAT THEY CAN BE REMOVED.
b. SUBCONTRACTOR.
A. RIGID FOAM INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED ON INSIDE FACE OF ALL CM.U. WALLS CONTINUES TO SLAB TO
C. INSTALL AS PER MAUNFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE STANDARDS OF THE FLAT GLASS MARKETING
c. SUPPLIER
4" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING.
3.02 EXAMINATION
ASSOCIATION.
d. MANUFACTURER.
1.06 RELATED WORK
A. SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: VERIFY SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS (WHICH HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY
D. ANY MATERIAL OTHER THAN CUSHIONING STOPS, SPACERS, GASKETS, ETC. INSTALL GLASS TO MAINTAIN
5. IDENTIFICATION OF THE PRODUCT, WITH THE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER
A. SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE, INCLUDES, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FURNISHING AND INSTALLING SUCH ITEMS AS ROOF
INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE
UNIFORM APPEARANCE IN SURFACES, DO NOT VARY GLAZING MATERIALS EXCEPT AS APPROVED OR
6, FIELD DIMENSIONS, CLEARLY IDENTIFIED AS SUCH,
WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
1. RELATION 70 ADJACENT OR CRITICAL FEATURES OF THE WORK OR MATERIALS.
MEMBRANE SYSTEM, NAILER$, MECHANICAL FASTENERS, FLASHING, ETC_
E. INSTALL SEALANTS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE BOND AND TO ASSURE WATER WILL WASH AWAY FROM GLASS.
8. APPLICABLE STANDARDS SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO A5TM OR FEDERAL SPECIFICATION NUMBERS.
303 PREPARATION
JOINTS SO THEY ARE COMPLETELY AIRAND WATER TIGHT.
9. IDENTIFICATION OF DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. ADJACENT SURFACES PROTECTION: PROTECT ADJACENT WORK AREAS AND FINISH SURFACES FROM DAMAGE
10, IDENTIFICATION OF OPTIONS AVAILABLE, BUT NOT INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, SUCH AS
DURING PRODUCT INSTALLATION.
3.03 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
COLOR, FINISH, TEXTURE, ETC. WITH COMPLETE SAMPLES OR LISTING INCLUDED IN THE SUBMITTAL FOR
201 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
A. PARTS FROM DAMAGE AFTER INSTALLATION.
ARCHITECT'S SELECTION.
A. AT CMU WALLS
3.04 INSTALLATION
11. INDICATION OF TERM$ TO BE INCLUDED IN THE WORK AND SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE
I. INSTALL OWENS CORNING PINK FOAMULAR RIDGED FOAM INSULATION I" THICK - R-5
A. GENERAL: INSTALL MANUFACTURER'S SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS, AND WITHIN SPECIFIED
3.04 CLEANING
DIMENSIONED AND COORDINATED FOR PROPER FIT AND TIMELY INCLUSION.
B. AT WALL CAVITIES
TOLERANCES.
A. CLEAN ALL GLASS AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE INTERIOR WORK, OR WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
12. IDENTIFICATION OF REVISIONS ON SUBMITTALS.
I. 4" WALLS: INSTALL OWENS CORNING KRAFT FACED R-11 INSULATION
I. PROTECT ALUMINUM MEMBERS IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY, STEEL, CONCRETE, OR DISSIMILAR MATERIALS
B. CLEAN ALL GLASS COMPLETLY CLEAR OF STREAKS OR SPOT
13. AN 8" x 3" BLANK SPACE FOR CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT STAMPS.
2. 6" WALLS : INSTALL OWENS CORNING KRAFT FACED R-19 INSULATION
USING NYLON PADS OR BITUMINOUS COATING.
C. EXPENSE.
14. CONTRACTOR'S STAMPS, INITIALED OR SIGN, CERTIFYING THE REVIEW OF SUBMITTAL, VERIFICATION OF
C. AT CEILINGS
2. SHIM AND BRACE ALUMINUM SYSTEM BEFORE ANCHORING TO STRUCTURE.
PRODUCTS, FIELD MEA5UREMENT5 AND FIELD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, AND COORDINATION OF
I. INSTALL OWENS COMING KRAFT FACED R-19 OR R-30 INSULATION AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS
3. PROVIDE SILL FLASHING AT EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEMS. EXTEND EXTRUDED FLASHING CONTINUOUS
3.05 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
THE INFORMATION WITHIN THE SUBMITTAL WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK AND OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
D. AT SOUND PARTITIONS
WITH SLICE JOINTS, SET IN CONTINUOUS BEADS OF SEALANT.
A. REMOVE AND REPLACE ANY DAMAGE GLASS AND GLAZING. INSTALL, PROTECT, AND CLEAN REPLACEMENT
I. INSTALL OWENS CORNING QUIET ZONE NOISE CONTROL BATTS
4. VERIFY STOREFRONT SYSTEMS ALLOW WATER ENTERING SYSTEM TO BE COLLECTED IN GUTTERS AND
GLASS AS SPECIFIED ABOVE.
1.09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
WEEPER TO EXTERIOR. VERIFY WEEP HOLES ARE OPEN, AND METAL JOINTS ARE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE
A. MAKE ANY CORRECTIONS OR CHANGES IN THE SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THE ARCHITECT AND RESUBMIT
PART 3 EXECUTIONS
IWITH
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS..
PROVIDE OWNER WITH MANUFACTURER'S IN5TRUCTION5 FOR CLEANING.
UNTIL ACCEPTED.
5. LOCATE EXPANSION MULLION WHERE INDICATED ON REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA:
3.01 INSULATION APPLICATION
6. SEAL METAL TO METAL STOREFRONT SYSTEM JOINTS USING SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM
I. REVISE INITIAL DRAWINGS OR DATA, AND RESUBMIT AS SPECIFIED FOR THE INITIAL SUBMITTAL.
A. INSTALL THE FLAT AND TAPERED INSULATION LOOSELY OVER THE 5U55TRATE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE
MANUFACTURER
END OF SECTION 00000
2. ANY CHANGES WHICH HAVE EEN MADE THER T14AN SE REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
WITH THE
`, MQC� /�*�� WINDOWS
DIVISION ISION S DOORS AND
C. SAMPLES: SUBMIT NEW SAMPLES AS REQUIRTE
ED FOR INITIAL SUBMITTAL.
B START THE BOARDSRFROM THE ROOF DRAINS AND WORK TOWARD THE HIGH POINT. INSTALL TAPERED
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
BOARDS ACCORDING -To LETTERS STENCILED ON THE BOARD. DIRECTION IS ALSO STENCILED ON ALL
-A: MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: UPON OWNER'S REQUEST, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE - --
-- - -
SECTION 08'110 FINISH HARDWARE
1.10 DISTRIBUTION
BOARDS. STAGGER JOINTS OF UNDERLAYMENT BOARDS FROM TAPER BOARDS.
CONSISTING OF PRODUCT USE RECOMMENDATIONS AND PERIODIC SITE VISIT FOR INSPECTION OF PRODUCT
A. DISTRIBUTE REPRODUCTION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND COPIES OF PRODUCT DATA WHICH CARRY THE
INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS.
ARCHITECT'S STAMP OF CONFORMANCE TO:
END OF SECTION 01210
SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
B. FIELD TEST: CONDUCT FIELD TEST TO DETERMINE WATERTIGHTNESS OF STOREFRONT SYSTEM, CONDUCT TEST
PART 1 GENERAL
I. JOB SITE FILE.
IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAAMM FC-1-16 AT LOCATIONS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.
2. RECORD DOCUMENTS FILE.
PART 1 GENERAL
1. PERFORM MINIMUM OF ONE TEST. PERFORM TEST N ARCHITECT'S PRESENCE.
1,01 GENERAL
3. SUBCONTRACTORS.
A. OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF AS SPECIFIED IN THE DOOR/HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE FROM A SINGLE
4. SUPPLIER OR FABRICATOR.
1.01 GENERAL
3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
MANUFACTURER, ALTHOUGH SEVERAL MAY BE INDICATED AS OFFERING PRODUCTS COMPLYING WITH THE
5. OWNER (TO BE DISTRIBUTED BY THE ARCHITECT).
A. p0 NOT DELIVER DOORS OR INSTALL UNTIL CONDITIONS FOR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY HAVE
A. ADJUSTING: ADJUST OPERATING ITEMS A$ RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
REQUIREMENTS.
BEEN STABILIZED AND WILL BE MAINTAINED IN STORAGE AND INSTALLATION AREAS DURING REMAINDER OF
B, CLEANING: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN INSTALLED PRODUCT$ IN ACCORDANCE WITH
B. FURNISH ALL HARDWARE, IN THEIR ORIGINAL PACKAGING, COMPLETE WITH ACCE$0RIE5 OF PROPER SIZE AND
1.11 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR 70 OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE, AND REMOVE CONSTRUCTION [DEBRIS
DESIGN REQUIRED FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH THEY ARE TO BE USED AND WITH ALL SCREWS, SHIELDS, AND
A. REVIEW SUBMITTALS WITH REASONABLE PROMPTNESS AND IN ACCORD WITH SCHEDULE. ALLOW A MINIMUM
FROM SITE. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF DEBRIS.
OTHER ANCHORAGE DEVICES NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHOWN
OF TEN (10) WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW, UNLESS SPECIAL HANDLING I$ ARRANGED IN ADVANCE,
1.02 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD SOLID CORE DOORS
-PROJECT
C. PROTECTION: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCT'S FINISH SURFACES FROM
ON THE DRAWINGS.
B. AFFIX STAMP AND INITIALS OR SIGNATURE, AND INDICATE REQUIREMENTS FOR REUBMITTAL OR
I
A. PROVIDE DOORS 1 3/4", 5 OR 1 PLY, PARTICLE BOARD CORE, CONFORMING TO AWI SECTION 1300
DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION.
C. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL BUILDERS HARDWARE ASSOCIATION AND
CONFORMANCE OF SUBMITTAL. ACCEPTANCE IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN CONCEPT AND
FACE VENEER SHALL BE PREMIUM GRADE, STAIN GRADE BIRCH. EDGE STRIPS SHALL BE HARDWOOD,
THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING IS REQUIRED TO
GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS OF MATERIALS
STILE EDGE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2 316" THICK EDGE BEFORE TRIMMING AND SHALL BE SPECIES
END OF SECTION OL341-1
INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO 6URFAGE5 WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANOTHER
WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. ACCEPTANCE OF A SUBMITTAL DOES NOT WAIVE OR ALTER THE REQUIREMENTS
COMPATIBLE WITH FACE VENEER TOP AND BOTTOM AND BOTTOM EDGE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN I I/8"
WAY, COORDINATED REMOVAL, STORAGE, AND REINSTALLATION OR APPLICATION OF SURFACE PROTECTIONS
OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
BEFORE TRIMMING.
WITH FINISHING WORK.
C. RETURN SUBMITTALS TO CONTRACTOR FOR DISTRIBUTION OR FOR REUBMISSION.
SECTION 08800 GLASS t GLAZING
D. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION, ADJUST AND REINFORCE THE ATTACHMENT
1.03 INTERIOR FIRE RATED WOOD DOORS
SUBSTRATE AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK UNITS NOT
END OF SECTION 01340
A. 20 MINUTE - PROVIDE DOORS 1 3/4", 5 OR 1 PLY, PARTICLE BOARD CORE, CONFORMING TO AWI
PART 1 GENERAL
FACTORY PREPARED FOR ANCHORAGE FASTENERS. SPACE FASTENERS AND ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 1300, FACE VENEER SHALL BE PREMIUM GRADE, BIRCH, EDGE STRIPS SHALL BE
INDUSTRY STANDARDS, SET THRESHOLDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS IN FULL BED OF BUTYL -RUBBER OF
HARDWOOD, STILE EDGE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2 3/6" THICK EDGE BEFORE TRIMMING AND SHALL BE
1.01 SUMMARY
POLY105BUTYLENE MASTIC SEALANT.
SPECIES COMPATIBLE WITH FACE VENEER TOP AND BOTTOM AND BOTTOM EDGE SHALL NOT BE LESS
THAN 11/8" BEFORE TRIMMING. APPROPRIATE FIRE DOOR LABEL TO BE ATTACHED.
A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL GLAZING AND ACCESSORIES WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPEICIFIED
HEREIN. GLAZING TYPES AND SIZES SHALL BE AS PER THE DRAWINGS AND WINDOW SCHEDULE.
E. ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION.
REPLACE UNITS THAT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY AS INTENDED FOR THE
DIVISION Z SITE WORK
p
B. 45 THRJ 90 MINUTE - PROVIDE DOORS 1 3/4", 5 OR 1 PLY, NONCOMBUSTIBLE, NON -ASBESTOS MINERAL
APPLICATION MADE. INSTRUCT OWNERS IN PROPER ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF HARDWARE DURING
CORE, ENGINEERED TO MEET LABELING REQUIREMENTS. CONFORMING TO NFPA 80 AND AWI SECTION 1300
FACE VENEER SHALL BE PREMIUM GRADE, STAIN GRADE RED OAK. EDGE STRIPS SHALL BE 1 1/2" WITH 5/8"
1.02 QUALITY STANDARDS
A. GLAZING STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION (FGMA)
FINAL ADJUSTMENT.
SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS
MATCHING HARDWOOD EDGE AND 1/8" COMPOSITE BACKING. APPROPRIATE FIRE DOOR LABEL TO BE ATTACHED.
"GLAZING MANUAL" AND "SEALANT MANUAL" EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED,
122 KEYING
.
REFER TO TH05E PUBLICATIONS FOR DEFINITIONS OF GLASS AND GLAZING TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED
A. KEYING SHALL BE PER THE OWNERS REQUIREMENTS, TAG KEYS AND PROVIDE TO OWNER AT SUBSTANTIAL
1.04 HARDWARE
A. PREPARE DOOR TO RECEIVE HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOOR SCHEDULE AND
IN THIS SECTION OR OHTER REFERENCED STANDARDS.
B. SAFTEY GLAZING PRODUCT: WHERE SAFTEY GLASS IS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING
COMPLETION,
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURER,
JURISDICTION, PROVIDE TYPE OF PRODUCTS INDICATED WHICH COMPLY WITH ANSI Z91.1 AND TESTING
1.03 GUARANTEE
B. PREPARATION OF FIRE DOORS TO BE PONE AT THE FACTORY OR AN APPROVED "UL" OR
"WARNOCK HERSEY" SHOP,
REQUIREMENTS OF CP5C 16 CFR PART 1201 FOR CATEGORY II MATERIALS.
C. FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED WIRE GLASS: PROVIDE WIRE GLASS PRODUCTS THAT ARE IDENTICAL TO THOSE
A. PROVIDE ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE FOR ALL HARDWARE. PERIOD OF GUARANTEE SHALL BEGIN FROM DATE OF
OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE.
SEE STRUCTURAL SPECS
TESTED PER ASTM E 163 (UL 9) AND ARE LABELED AND LISTED BY UL OR OTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING
END OF SECTION 08211
AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICATION.
END OF SECTION OB-110
REVISIONS
BY
�J
r
u
o � m
N
emu, m
U . J �.D
��
�--,
I�
c - E
r
ad m
N O
ti In
7
In °
a . 0
U N �
E �
`` >
tl
8
Q rn � 3
a) . 3
ti
7e >, - 3
3 ti 3
x c\
./
���
� c
o �
N
C\1
• ..
x
.-I
11
v
W
a
11
II
0
1
t
k
i
e ,
.,- N
S M O
aE
0 0
� _._�
G. Q
O o #
~
a2 v
._J d c
� u
_s " v
�
Q
i ;:I
O
U U
Z
Z 0
J J
U�
>
o
o�
Jm
}
C
000 W
�
:3-
O
= 0 -
0
= _E
6 W�
Q �O
C �O
N aU
N
-W
to N
IL
0� QJ
ON
in Q
(D
E U
0 0
Li-W
L
Date: 12.
23. 14
Scale: AS
NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: AZP
Job: 14-137
Sheet
N1
MTrojects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\N-SPECS.dwg, 12/23/2014 4:03:18 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
DIVISION S FINISHES
DIVISION S FINISHES (CONT.)
DIVISION S FINISHES (CONT.)
DIVISION lO SPECIALTIES
SECTION 09110 METAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 09511 ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILINGS
SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
METAL STUDS
PART I GENERAL
SECTION OSS60 STUCCO FINISH
PARti GENERAL
A. AT INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE
1,01 GENERAL
PART i GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
STANDARD PUNCH STEEL STUDS OF THE SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, EITHER HOT -DIP
q, COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF AGOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. PRODUCT DATA: REQUIRED
GALVANIZED OR FACTORY PRE -PAINT: 25 GA. UNLE55 SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, 20
COMPPONENTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM,
1.01 SUMMARY
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: NOT REQUIRED
GA. AT ALL DOOR OPENINGS.
INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND HVAC EQUIPMENT.
A. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF CEMENT STUCCO ON HOLLOW MASONRY, EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD AND
C. SAMPLES: NOT REQUIRED
B. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED T0,
METAL LATH ALSO FURNI5W AND INSTALL METAL, LATH, STUCCO WRAP AND ACCESSORIES.
TRACKS, CLIPS, ANCHORS, FASTENING DEVICES, SOUND ATTENUATION PENCIL RODS AND
122 MINERAL -FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
RESILIENT CLIPS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER
A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANELS AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG CIRRUS ANGLED TEGULAR
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
INSTALLATION, AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE STEEL 5TUD5 USED,
24 INCHES BY 24 INCHES 3/4 INCHES THICK WHITE, REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR- LIMITS OF TILE
A. DELIVER ALL CEMENT MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
2.01 MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS
C. MEET OR EXCEED MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL SPEC. QQ-S-698 AND FEDERAL SPEC.
INSTALLATION.
IDENTIFICATION.
A. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL MUNICIPALITIES AND PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.
QQ-S 115D, CLASS D.
B, INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. ARRANGE
B. DELIVER NEW, FLAT STRUCTURAL METAL LATH IN ORGINAL PACKAGING.
B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS.
METAL TRIM
ACOUSTICAL UNITS AND ORIENT DIRECTIONAL PATTERN OF TILES FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. REST
C. PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM MOISTURE AND HUMIDITY. STORE UNDER COVER OFF GROUND IN A DRY
A. FORM FROM GALVANIZED STEEL NOT LIGHTER THAN 26 GAUGE, COMPLYING WITH FEDERAL SPEC
PANELS ON FLANGES OR INVERTED TEES WITH TILE UNITS FITTING NEATLY AGAINST BUTTING SURFACE
LOCATION.
PART 3 EXECUTION
00-6-115, CLASS D.
AND SUPPORT BY WALL ANGLES.
B, CASING BEADS: U.S.G. "200-5.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
3.01 SCHEDULES
1.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATION AND PRODUCT DATA FOR STUCCO APPLICATIONS.
A. INSTALL AS REQUIRED.
END OF SECTION 09110
A, PROVIDE SYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE EXPOSED
B. STUCCO WRAP STRUCTURAL METAL LATH AND ACCESSORIES, SUCH AS CORNER BEAD, CONTROL JOINTS, ETC.
TEE -GRID, DOUBLE -WEB, INTERMEDIATE DUTY (ASTM C635), ELECTROGALVANIZED, COLD -ROLLED STEEL,
END OF SECTION 10522
15/16 INCHES WIDE, CAPPED BOTTOM FLANGE. WHITE IN COLOR SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ALL CRO55 TEES,
SECTION OB250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD
BRIDGING TREES, INTERSECTION CLIPS, SPLICES, COMPLETE EXPOSED GRID SYSTEM.
SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES
B, LAY OUT PATTERN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, LEVEL, TRUE TO PLANE, AND AT THE REQUIRED
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PART I GENERAL
ELEVATION, FRAME AROUND ALL OPENINGS IN CEILING LIGHTS AND GRILLES WITH MAIN RUNNERS. HANGERS
PARt 1 GENERAL
ARE TO BE SPACED AT 4'-0" ON CENTER MAXIMUM. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS AS REQUIRED TO
2.01 JOB MIXED INGREDIENTS
1.01 GENERAL
SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES AND HVAC REGISTERS AND GRILLES AND INTERFERENCES OF DUCT WORK.
A. PORTLAND CEMENT, ASTMC 150 TYPE I, MIXED IN ACCORD WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD WOW SHALL CONFORM TO THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION "RECOMMENDED
B. WATER: CLEAN AND POTABLE.
A. PRODUCT DATA: NON -REQUIRED
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD."
C. SECURES WIRES BY LOOPING AND WIRE -TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE
C. METAL LATH
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: NON -REQUIRED
B. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES TO WHICH DRY WALL CONSTRUCTION ATTACHES OR ABUTTS, PRESET HOLLOW METAL
SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. SCREW ATTACH EDGE MOLDINGS TO
1, STRUCTURAL METAL LATH SHALL BE 3.4 POUND EXPANDED METAL SHEET WITH SOLID PARALLEL RIBS.
C. SAMPLES: NON -REQUIRED
FRAMES, CAST-IN-ANCORS, AND STRUCTURAL FRAMING FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR
SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS NOT OVER 16 INCHES ON CENTER AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES FROM ENDS.
2,. METAL LATH SHALL BE 3.4 POUND DIAMOND MESH METAL LATH.
INSTALLATION TOLERANCE AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF DRY WALL
LEVEL GRID TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 12 FEET.
3. ACCESSORIES FURNISHED BY SAME MANUFACTURER FOR STUCCO APPLICATION.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN
D. MECHANICAL FASTENERS
CORRECTED.
END OF SECTION 095ll
I. NAILS, 8d RING SHANK, HOT DIP GALVANIZED OF SUFFICIENT LENGHTH TO PENETRATE PLYWOOD BACKING
2.01 MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS
C. DO NOT TAPE AND FINISH GYPSUM BOARD WHEN THE TEMPERATURE 15 BELOW 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT,
I INCH,
A. ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY "BRADLEY" OR EQUAL BY "BOBRICK." SEE DRAWINGS
THE TEMPERATURE OF THE ROOMS SHALL BE HELD AT 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT FOR 48 HOURS BEFORE
SECTION 0%50 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
2, WHERE LIGHT METAL FRAMING OCCURS: MINIMUM NOlo SELF DRILLING CORROSION RESISTANT SCREWS OF
FOR SPECIFICATIONS.
TAPING AND FINISHING IS TO BEGIN, MAINTAIN 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION,
SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENTRATE METAL 3/8 INCH,
VENTILATES AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE EXCESS HUMIDITY.
PART I GENERAL
E. STUCCO WRAP
PART 3 EXECUTION
1. BY "TYVEK" FOR USE OVER PLYWOOD AND/OR DENSGLASS FACINGS/SHEATHINGS.
122 GYPSUM WALLBOARD
1.01 SUMMARY
F. STUCCO ACCESSORY TRIM, BEADS, AND CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE VINYL.
3.01 SCHEDULES
A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY U.S. GYPSUM. WALLBOARD fS TO MEET. ASTM C36-84A
A. PROVIDE TYPE AND STYLE AS SCHEDULED IN THE FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE.
A. COORDINATE WITH DRAWINGS.
AND 55-L-30d 1/2 INCHES THICK, 48 INCHES WIDE WITH TAPERED EDGES.
B. ADHESIVES,
PART 3 EXECUTION
B. AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS INSTALL WALLBOARD TO MEET SEPARATE REQUIREMENTS, USE TYPE III, GRADE
I. PROVIDE WHITE LATEX CARPET ADHESIVE SUCH AS W.W. HENRY COMPANY NO 356, ROBERTS
END OF SECTION 10000
X CLASS I, 5/8 INCHES THICK FIRE RETARDANT WALLBOARD.
COMPANY NO, 41-0504, OR AN EQUAL APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND RECOMMENDED
3,01 INSTALLATION
SECTION IOWO MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
C. INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD WITH TRUE, EVEN SURFACES AND STRAIGHT, SHARP CORNERS, USE !FULL LENGTH
FOR THE PURPOSE BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SELECTED CARPET,
A. INSTALL MECHANICAL FASTENERS ON 6 INCH CENTERS ALONG SEAMS AND 12 INCH CENTERS ALONG
BOARDS WHERE POSSIBLE. END JOINTS ON THE SAME SIDE OF A WALL SHALL BE STAGGERED AND JOINTS
2. PROVIDE SEAM ADHESIVE SUCH AS W.W. HENRY COMPANY NO, 246, ROBERTS COMPANY NO.
INTERIORS.
PART I GENERAL
ON OPPOSITE SIDE SHALL NOT OCCUR OVER THE SAME SUPPORT. DO NOT LOCATE NORMAL END JOINTS AT
41-0502, OR AN EQUAL APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND RECOMMENDED FOR THE PURPOSE
B. STUCCO INSTALLATION SHALL BE TWO COAT APPLfCATION. APPLY BASE COAT WITH FIRM PRESSURE TO
EDGE OF OPENINGS. FORM JOINTS NEATLY. BUTT BOARDS TOGETHER BUT DO NOT FORCE INTO PLACE. DO
BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SELECTED CARPET.
FORM GOOD BOND THEN DOUBLE BACK TO PROVIDE THICKNESS. LEAVE ROUGH ENOUGH TO PROVIDE BOND
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
NOT BUTT EDGES AGAINST TAPERED EDGES. NO JOINT SHALL HAVE A GAP GREATER THAN 1/4 INCH.
C. AT INTERSECTION OF CARPET AND FLOOR TILE, PROVIDE ROPPE COMPANY, INC. VINYL TILE CARPET JOINER
FOR FINISH COAT. FINISH COAT SHALL BE OF TEXTURE AS CALLED FOR ON THE BUILDING ELEVATION
A. REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION I APPLY TO ALL WORK HEREUNDER.
D. IN GENERAL, INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD ON CEILING BEFORE WALLS. CONSTRUCT CEILINGS WITH LONG
"I88 OR EQUIVALENT.
DRAWINGS,
DIMENSION OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO SUPPORT.
D. PROVIDE OTHER MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND
C. CURING: CURE STUCCO BY USE OF POLYETHYLENE FILM, OR BY USE OF FINE SPRAY.
1.02 SCOPE
E. SCREW GYPSUM BOARD TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS NOT OVER 6 INCHES ON CENTER FASTEN GYPSUM
PROPER INSTALLATION, AS SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE
A. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES AND RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK
BOARD BEGINNING AT THE CENTER AND WORK TOWARDS OUTER EDGES. HOLD BOARD FIRMLY AGAINST
ARCHITECT.
3,02 PROTECTION
INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN.
WOOD FRAMING WHILE FASTENING. FASTENERS AT EDGES OF BOARDS SHALL BE 1/2 INCH FROM THE EDGE,
E. ALLOW THE OWNER TO INSPECT AND SELECT FROM SCRAP CARPET REMAINING AFTER THE INSTALLATION.
A. PROTECT STUCCO DURING AND UPON COMPLETION FROM WATER INFILTRATION, DUST, [DIRT, PRECIPITATION,
F. OPENINGS FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES, PIPING, GRILLS, AND REGISTERS SHALL BE ACCURATELY LOCATED
BUNDLE, WRAP IN BURLAP, AND DELIVER TO THE OWNER THE CARPET SCRAPS 50 SELECTED.
EXCESSIVE DRYING UNTIL STUCCO HAS SET.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
AND NEATLY MADE TO CLOSELY FIT THE DEVICES AND BE COMPLETELY COVERED BY PLATES AND
A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS
ESCUTCHEONS.
END OF SECTION 09960
AND FABRICATION WHERE NECESSARY TO ENSURE PROPER FITTING OF WORK,
SECTION 09680 CARPETING
B. B. INSERTS AND ANCHORAGE'S: FURNISH INSERTS AND ANCHORING DEVICES WHICH MUST BE SET IN
123 TRIM PIECES
CONCRETE OR MASONRY FOR INSTALLATION OF UNIT. PROVIDE SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES,
A. PROVIDE TRIM ACCESSORIES OF THE SIZES REQUIRED FOR THE WALLBOARD APPLICATION AS
PART i GENERAL
INSTRUCTIONS AND DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGE DEVICES. COORDINATE
MANUFACTURED BY U.S. GYPSUM. PROVIDE DUR-A-BEAD CORNER BEAD AT EXTERNAL CORNERS AND NO,
DELIVERY WITH OTHER WORK TO AVOID DELAY.
200-A METAL CASING BEAD WHERE WALLBOARD ABUTTS OTHER MATERIALS.
IDI CARPETING
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. PROVIDE TYPE AND STYLE AS SCHEDULE[) IN THE FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE,
124 FASTENERS
B. ADHESIVES.
2.01 MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS
A. PROVIDE SCREWS, NAILS, CLIPS, TIES, AND OTHER FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE GYPSUM
1. PROVIDE WHITE LATEX CARPET ADHESIVE SUCH AS W.W. HENRY COMPANY NO 356, ROBERTS
A. MFRS' NAMES AND PRODUCT NUMBERS LISTED IN SPECIALTIES SCHEDULE ARE FOR DESCRIPTIVE
MANUFACTURER
COMPANY NO.41-0504, OR AN EQUAL APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND RECOMMENDED
PURP05E AND ALL, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROHIBITED THEREIN, SHALL BE SUBJECT
FOR THE PURPOSE BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SELECTED CARPET.
TO REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL FOR EQUAL PRODUCTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 01600.
1.05 JOINT TREATMENT SYSTEMS
2. PROVIDE SEAM ADHESIVE SUCH AS W.W. HENRY COMPANY NO. 246, ROBERTS COMPANY NO,
A. SYSTEM SHALL BE PERFORATED TAPE AND CEMENT RECOMMENDED THE GYPSUM MANUFACTURER
41-0502, OR AN EQUAL APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND RECOMMENDED FOR THE PURPOSE
PART 3 EXECUTION
B. APPLY MATERIALS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FILL JOINTS WITH
BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SELECTED CARPET.
JOINT COMPOUND, EMBED PERFORATED TAPE AND APPLY A SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OVER TAPE.
C. AT INTERSECTION OF CARPET AND FLOOR TILE, PROVIDE ROPPE COMPANY, INC. VINYL TILE CARPET JOINER
3.01 INSTALLATION
APPLY TWO ADDITIONAL COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND ALLOWING AT LEAST 24 HOURS BETWEEN EACH COAT.
188 OR EQUIVALENT.
A. INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH MFR'S CURRENT PRINTED
SAND EACH COAT. FINISH SURFACES SHALL BE UNIFORMLY SMOOTH, TRUE AND IN SATISFACTORY CONDITION
D. PROVIDE OTHER MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND
RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS MAY BE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER.
TO RECEIVE PAINT,
PROPER INSTALLATION, A$ SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE
END OF SECTION 09250
ARCHITECT.
PART 4 SPECIALTIES
E. ALLOW THE OWNER TO INSPECT AND SELECT FROM SCRAP CARPET REMAINING AFTER THE INSTALLATION,
BUNDLE, WRAP IN BURLAP, AND DELIVER TO THE OWNER THE CARPET SCRAPS SO SELECTED.
4.01 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES SCHEDULE
SECTION OWOO CERAMIC TILE
A. PROVIDE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
I. RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
PART I GENERAL
END OF SECTION 09560
a. REFRIGERATOR
(UKENMORE MODEL NO. 46-19842, 18 CU. FT. REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER WITH AUTOMATIC ICE MAKER -
COLOR - WHITE ON WHITE,
1.01 GENERAL
SECTION 09900 PAINTING
B. MICROWAVE
A. CERAMIC AND TYPES ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND ARE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. OTHER
I. KENMORE MODEL NO. 20-69301.
MANUFACTURERS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED.
PART I GENERAL
C. COUNTERTOP ICEMAKER
B. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS WITH SEALS UNBROKEN AND LABELS INTACT UNTIL TIME OF
I. DCM - 210 BAN, 16 9/16" x 24 3/16" x 31 1/8" BY HOSHIZAKI AMERICA INC. (800) 345-1325
USES. ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS SUCCE56FULLY COMPLETED TILE INSTALLATIONS
I.01 GENERAL
SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THE PROJECT.
A. IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS SPECIFICATION TO PRODUCE A PREMIUM JOB, WHICH WILL PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM
END OF SECTION 10950
C. COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI 108 SERIES OF FINE INSTALLATION STANDARDS INCLUDED UNDER "AMERICAN
DURABILITY, WHICH CAN REASONABLY BE EXPECTED FROM A PAINTED SURFACE,
NATIONAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSTALLER OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT APPLY TO TYPE OF
B, "PAINT" INCLUDES COATING SYSTEMS MATERIALS, PRIMERS, EMULSIONS, ENAMELS, STAINS, SEALERS, AND
SETTING AND GROUT MATERIALS AND METHODS INDICATED. TILE MAY BE THIN -SET.
FILLERS, AND OTHER APPLIED MATERIALS WHETHER USED AS PRIME, INTERMEDIATE, OR FINISH COAT.
1.02 MORTAR AND GROUT
C. SPECIFIED PRODUCTS BELOW ARE MANUFACTURED BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHER
A. MORTAR SHALL BE PORTLAND CEMENT ASTM C150, TYPE I. GROUT SHALL BE ACID RESISTANT UPCO
MANUFACTURERS ARE INDICATED, AND ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF QUALITY. EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS OF
HYDROMENT, TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC TYPE OF TILE AND
OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS MAY NOT BE USED UNLESS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
METHOD OF INSTALLATION, COLR FOR FLOOR TILE IS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS.
D. PROVIDE BEST GRADE AND QUALITY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY SHERWIN WILLIAMS.
B. DO NOT GROUT TILE UNTIL TILE IS FIRMLY SET, SOAK OR DAMPEN JOINTS OF THE TILE TO BE GROUTED WITH
MATCH COLORS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. USE PREMIXED PAINTS INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE. THIN ONLY
PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT. SOAK OR DAMPEN OTHER JOINTS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE GROUT
AS PERMITTED ANY MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INSTRUCTIONS, AND AVOID UNNECESSARY THINNING,
MANUFACTURER FORCE GROAT INTO JOINT LINES COMPLETELY IDILING JOINTS WITH COMPACTED GROUT AND
E. PROTECT FINISHED SURFACES, WORK OF OTHER TRADES, AND PROPERTY OF THE OWNER FROM DAMAGE AND
COVERING MORTAR FINISH JOINTS OF SQUARE EDGED TILE FLUSH WITH SURFACE, STRIKE OFF TOOL JOINTS
DEFACEMENT, COVER FLOORS AND FIXED EQUIPMENT WITH DROP CLOTHS.
OF CUSHION EDGED TILE TO DEPTH OF CUSHION. FILL GAPS AND SKIPS, AND RETOOL.
F. PREPARE SURFACES ACCORDING TO PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, EXAMINE FACTORY FINISHED
AND PRIMED SURFACES TO BE PAINTED, AND VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF EXISTING MATERIAL WITH PAINT TO
BE APPLIED, APPLY PAINT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS
1.03 CLEANING
ONLY TO SURFACES WHICH ARE THOROUGHLY DRY, SMOOTH, EVEN, GLEAN, FREE OF DUST AND PROPERLY
A. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PLACEMENT AND GROUTING, GLEAN TILE SURFACE SD THAT THEY ARE FREE OF
PREPARED 70 RECEIVE THE INTENDED FINISH,
FOREIGN MATTER. REMOVE LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT RESIDUE FROM TILE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
UNGLAZED TILE MAY BE CLEANED WITH ACID SOLUTIONS ONLY WHEN PERMITTED BY TILE AND GROUT
MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS, BUT SOONER THAN 14 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION. FLUSH SURFACE
1.02 PAINTING
WITH CLEAN WATER BEFORE AND AFTER CLEANING.
A. ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS
I. ALL PAINTING TO BE SCHEDULED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE.
END OF SECTION 09300
2. EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS OF THE FOLLOWING ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE:
PRATT 4 LANBERTT
GLIDDEN
PORTER
BENJAMINE MOORE
B. UNDERCOATS AND THINNERS
I. PROVIDE UNDERCOAT PAINT PRODUCED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER
OF FINISH COAT,
2. USE ONLY THINNERS RECOMMENDED BY THE PAINT MANUFACTURER AND USE ONLY
THE RECOMMENDED LIMITS.
C. COLOR SCHEDULES
1. PROVIDE PAINTING AS SCHEDULED IN THE FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE,
`, Q t
DIVISION �1 �/y SIN 1
VIA �.f U
a. ON GYPSUM DRYWALL, USE:
I. FIRST COAT - PIGMENTED PRIMER/SEALER
NONE SPECIFIED
2. SECOND COAT - ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL
3. THIRD COAT - ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL
b. ON FERROUS METAL, USE:
I. FIRST COAT - RUST INHIBITIVE ALKYD METAL PRIMER
Q
1� Vl�t I2 FURNISHINGS
DIVISION
2. SECOND COAT -SEMI-GLOSS ALKYD ENAMEL
3. THIRD COAT - SEMI -GLOSS ALKYD ENAMEL
NONE SPECIFIED
c. ON WOOD DOORS, USE:
I. FIRST COAT - STAIN (SEE FINISH SCHEDULE)
2. SECOND COAT - STAIN (SEE FINISH SCHEDULE)
3. THIRD COAT - VARNISH LOW SHEEN "RUBBED EFFECT"
I
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
SPECIAL
END OF SECTION 09900
NONE SPECIFIED
DIVISION 14 CONVEI'INC SYSTEMS
NONE SPECIFIED
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
SEE MECHANICAL
DIVISION I& ELECTRICAL
SEE ELECTRICAL
REVISIONS
BY
fl
u
<r
4 00
M
v m N
.-a co
Q�
o
mot` U
U
C (i,
1
/ c U
1�� U N
. LO
t- > .
�I E
Q o - o
00 3
75 " >.� 3
3ti 3
.n G
N
�w co
Wrl
C0
N
� � O
o #
`a
U U
Z
Z 0
J
U � �
O m �L J
t
} Q Lt_
C
W :3o V0 0
�
=U
>j W i3 O
c U
C `0 N d 0
0 (0 (D
Q J �IZ N
0 Q CO
FX U_
0 0
L" cW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: AZP
Job: 14-137
Sheet
N2
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectura]\N-SPECS.dwg, 12/23/2014 4:03:09 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
YY;
0 rOUNDATION PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-O"
KEYED NOTES
OI EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB (VERIFY)
OEXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM (VERIFY)
OEXISTING STEEL COLUMN (VERIFY)
OEXISTING CONCRETE FOOTING (VERIFY)
O5 INFILL EXISTING SLAB DEPRESSION AS REQUIRED - SEE
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
OCONCRETE SIDEWALK - SEE SfTE PLAN
OS" MASONRY STEM WALL AND BEARING WALL / COLUMN WITH *5
VERT. IN GROUT FILLED CELLS AT 24" O.C. MAX. - TYP. U.N.O.
OINFILL EXISTING MASONRY OPENING AS REQUIRED - REFER TO
DETAIL 3/51b
O(2) 05 VERT. IN SOLID GROUT FILLED CELLS AT BEAM / GIRDER
BEARING TYP.
10 PLUMBING FIXTURES - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS
II ROOF DRAIN AND OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN INSIDE MASONRY
COLUMN - SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
12 NEW MASONRY OPENING - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
AND DETAIL 1/5Ib
ROUNDATION FLAN NOTES
1. CENTER ALL FOOTINGS BELOW WALL OR COLUMN U.N.O.
2. TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION TO BE (-) 1'-4" B.F.F. TYP. U.N.O. (MATCH
EXISTING) - PROVIDE 12" MIN, SOIL COVER OVERALL EXTERIOR
FOOTINGS - CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE TOP / BOTTOM OF FOOTING
ELEVATIONS WITH EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD
VERIFY FOOTING ELEVATIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES
3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLANS FOR EXTERIOR SLAB AND
SIDEWALK INFORMATION
4. REBAR REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY WALLS ARE TO INCLUDE (3) *5
REBAR IN CONCRETE FILLED CELLS AT EACH CORNER (U.N.O.) - (1) *5
REBAR IN CONCRETE FILLED CELL ON EITHER SIDE OF MASONRY
OPENINGS AND AT 24" O.C. MAX. (U.N.O.) - HOOK REINFORCING INTO
FOOTING AND LAP SPLICE WITH CONT, REINFORCING - REFER TO PLAN
FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFIC REINFORCING
5. REBAR REQUIREMENTS FOR INFILL MASONRY WALLS ARE TO INCLUDE
*5 REBAR AT 48" O.C. MAX. (U.N.O.) - REFER TO PLAN FOR
ADDITIONAL SPECIFIC REINFORCING
FOOTH SCHEDULE
MAR I SIZE I DEPTH I REINFORCING, I REMARKS
12" MIN.
(6) 05 EACH WAY
FI
4'-8" x 4'-8"
_ _ .- _
(MATCH
_EXISTING)
- TOP AND BOTTOM--
I
12" MIN.
(8) $5 SHORT WAY T 4 5
F2
T-4" x 5'4"
(MATCH
lb) S I" WAY T 4 5
EXISTING)
12" MIN,
(5) 05 EACH WAY
F3
4 -0 x 4'-0
(MATCH
TOP AND BOTTOM
1
EXISTING)
12" MIN.
(3) 05 CONT. T 4 5
F4
T-0 x CONT.
(MATCH
05 TRANSV. AT 16" O.C. T 4 5
1
EXISTING)
12" MIN.
(5) 05 EACH WAY
F5
4'-0" x 4'-0"
(MATCH
TOP AND BOTTOM
EXISTING)
12" MIN.
(6) 45 EACH WAY
F6
5'-4" x 5'-4"
(MATCH
TOP AND BOTTOM
1
EXISTING)
REMARKS:
I. TOP OF FOOTING (-) 1'-4" B.F.F. (MATCH EXISTING)
REVISIONS
BY
f -7-
00
00
1�� U (D 7
N U
t`
U
CC11
I�� U N
• LQ L
N
Y Q rn 0 o
3 � 3
3
�—� o x
� c
0
N
Cl)
W
a
U CO
N 00
CD Z a, LO
M
Zw rnz
�[ 0 W
E
W �
W O
~00
Z uzL
• x
VE
LL
:z
W o
" 00
CD-)U
Z -w
1n 0)
_
g
> I
_ tv
r-
0 N
�^
U
��2
J 00
L
0
d
U V
- Z
Z �
J _l
U M
O m J
c
oVW v'0
VE
=U
a W >. 0
U
CL
Q J C)
oaCD
O 0
Li-LcW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S 1 a
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\SOla-FND.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:44:23 PK sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
NOTE: FOR 10'-0'' OPENINGS, INSTALL (1) COURSE REMOVE AND
K.O. BLOCK WITH (1) 05 CONT. ABOVE LINTEL AND RECONSTRUCT MASONRY
GROUT SOLID WITH LINTEL ABOVE LINTEL ONLY AS
REQUIRED
REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN
KNOCK OUT HOLE TO POUR
SOLID WITH CONCRETE NEW &" P.G. CONCRETE
LINTEL WITH (l) "5 BAR -
8" MIN, BEARING EACH
/'.
SIDE - POUR SOLID
EXISTING MASONRY WALL SYSTEM WITH 05 VERT. AT 24" O.G.
WITH CONCRETE
MASONRY / ' HORIZ. JOINT REINF, AT I!o" O.G. MAX. AT BUMP OUT -
SYSTEM '
DRILL AND EPDXY (1)
WALL '' -' MAX.- REFER TO PLANS REFER TO PLAN
, i ! V' MIN BEARI G ;
- REFER TO ;'' i'/ FOR ADDITIONAL
{ I EACH ND t 3�" LONG✓ BAR l "
PLANS / SPECIFIC
i r ! i 1 INTO EXISTING TIE BEAM
' GROUT ALL CELLS SOLID
' REINFORCING
! t.
' BELOW GRADE
i � LINTEL BRG.
EXISTING / .
; SEE PLAN
SLAB SIDEWALK - SEE
(VERIFY) ,/ ` APPROX. GRADE ARCHITECTURAL
a ! I
*5 x 2'-0'1 x 2' '0" HOOK EACH END i � r
w DRAWINGS
1 I 1
_._ _ __ � ..___ GUT EXISTING C.M.U. AS
t _
,CUT EXISTING C-MUI ASi REQUIRED FOR
\\„:/ \ ..r\ ;% ;, /, z
%�j!;
REQUIRED FOR
{ i 4NS1 ALLATION-OF (1)✓ BAR CONTINUOUS- INSTALLATION OF (I) 05 BAR
EXISTING i '' ;;%\'\ j; ';, ;/'\�i\' j �;.. /// ;jr\%'" // '/i.' U ?
% /,
\j,� \; `\ SSE
# I. i FROM SLAB TO NEW LINTEL LAP !AND CONTINUOUS FROM SLAB TO
�.
FOUNDATION i \ j \,\% ,\ j f `\\ \ `� \\, = Q c�
/ / \ -
/, '/r,! j �'. ` 1:1/ \(��.4N
_ _TAIfiACN-1 NEiW-DOWEL ATLA AND- -1 r I TIE BEAM
i ` f
SYSTEM .\ . . // r\ / , \. !.'; r\i , \ j //
/ ,, r , :, \ / / r/\ / X
U
(VERIFY) \` ```
! HOOK BAR_ AT L IN_TEL! - POUR SOLID TO NEW DOWDELS
_ ._. -
\ \ ` \\; `. \/\ ., \ . \
/;, ' \;\ . \\ \, \.y
\ /,\ \;//\f
bNC.._ETE = COGAT AT 1=ACH AS REQUIRED -POUR
,r
{ !` i SIDS Or- OR SOLID WITH CONCRETE
E
/,; a v _
/ • •° % z
° •° • • • a
_ .__ - - - f
i i r 7 REFER TO PLAN FOR
° °
U ?
e '; —.L
-- - i---- -- � - --, - - - _ _ _.. i _. _ _. _ , i I : QUANTITY OF ADDITIONAL
/ / --' \
CELLS REQUIRED
j % / / ,/ i •° a - ° 4 • ° • • - • + d •' / / X
— _. __ _ T_ NG U T 1a
7M O
ul
f 1 t
BED REMOVED AS:
i
\ \,-,
1 -- DRILL AND EPDXY (ll 6"
I .! LONG BAR 6" INTO
�{
v-
-
! EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
CONCRETE FOOTING CLEAN, COMPACTED,
! !' -+ .-. _' '
- - -- - _.__.. _ ._....
- REFER TO TERMITE TREATED FILL
r
;�1 �:� r
FOUNDATION PLAN
� � TOP OF
REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN
SLAB
SEE FLOOR PLAN
O
DETAIL
O
DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0"
SCALE: 3/8" I'-0"
REFER TO 2'-0"
FOUNDATION
PLAN
VERTICAL REINF. ADJACENT TO
OPENING PER PLAN - REFER TO 1/6Ib
(SIM.) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MASONRY
` WALL SYSTEM
,'
k 4 DOWELS I'-6 LONG AT 16 O.G.
WITH HORIZ. 05 VERT, AT 24 O.C.
EXISTING % / JOINT REINF. "
DRILL AND EPDXY INTO EXISTING
MASONRY //
AT 16" O.G. MAX. AT BUMP OUT -
MASONRY(6 EMBED)
WAL- SYSTEM / ` MAX.- REFER j REFER TO PLAN
RE
- REFER TO TO PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL
PLANS / '
EXISTING FULLY GROUTED / REINF,
I SPECIFIC
MASONRY CELL - CONTRACTOR TO
74 r ,' APPROX. ` REINFORCING
FIELD VERIFY AND INSTALL AS
,, GRADE
REQUIRED - REFER TO 1/SIb
EXISTING
SLAB ' / ' SIDEWALK - SIDEWALK -SEE
EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
(VERIFY) ! ' SEE ARCH. ARCHITECTURAL
DRAWINGS DRAWINGS
\\
% z
;
EXISTING / /GROUT LL' / /\, / / /,; : ;
v/v', ��
�\/i`1 /
\%v�
FOUNDATION ASEE
\CEL\�S-•SOLID\, \ - Qc0
' \' i `' ! ' @
DOWELS TO MATCH FOOTING REINF. x
SYSTEM ' 'BELW GRADE ;:: \L.AN U X
// �'/� 2'-8" LONG DRILL AND EPDXY INTO
.A�.
(VERIFY)
' / /, N
EXISTING FOOTING, 8 EMBED ITYPJ
//, /'�%\\
/,!/' ' � / �/•; r ,:-/, r;• /i\,
U.N.O.
/ / /,:
° °
\
/ p
°
/ ` % i l / ° • / E jX/F/OOT
EXISTING CONCRETE
ING SYSTEM
/; ; �° °
i.
\/\CLEAN EXISTING
/' ` % / /' i i %
/�\//•\//` '
„
g U
NEW CONCRETE FOOTING - SURFACE AND APPLY
EMBED
SEE FOOTING SCHEDULE A CHEMICAL
CONCRETE FOOTING
BONDING AGENT
- REFER TO GLEAN, COMPACTED,
FOUNDATION PLAN TERMITE TREATED FILL
REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN
ODETAIL
O
DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" 1'-0"
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
GROUT (2) CELLS SOLID
el
N I"
��'%r i'4 GROUT (2) CELLS SOLID AT
/ ,/ ' !' EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
a , S x 1'-6" AT 16" O.C. DRILL
14.1 I n I
pi.,,
f` 4 EPDXY INTO EXISTING
/I { Ii4 CONSTR. (6" EMBED)
I' I
--------- --
9 I '
r
o a
a
HORIZ. JOINT REINF.
AT 16" O.G.
NEW MASONRY IN -FILL
EXISTING MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
ODETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
N
Cn
�---• o
—' s E
v ct il—
co
c
1—� U N
4
N
� rn 0-0 3
3r- 3
N
O
i_ tin
CV
m
W
�I
U L (6
N 00
Z a (0
MLo
I
pl
V 00 O
J Lo
U- r-
ZW �Z
Wnw
v
i
W da
Z v zU-
x
v Q
O LL
o
µn' 00
t�
Z �w
� I
_ Q)
a r-
cn rn
O `o
o..
J 00
3 N
o O
�a_
U U
- Z
Z_ 0
J J
U� >
O m *L J
4 0 t
"�
W E 0
0 m
3 =U
l.`
W o ;, 0
�=-
Q
C �O 0 Q.0
a) CO O 0
0:f
_J
Q C0
00
WW
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S 1 b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\SOlb-FND DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:44:10 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
-50
JOIST DIAGONAL / VERT. JOIST DIAGONAL / VERTji--
AND SEAT ANGLE REPAIRS AND SEAT ANGLE REPA
NOT REQUIRED THIS END NOT REQUIRED THIS END
OROOI= FRAMINC- PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = I'-0"
KEYED NOTES
OI EXISTING STEEL BAR JOISTS AT 48" O.C. (FIELD VERIFY)
OEXISTING STEEL BEAM (FIELD VERIFY)
OEXISTING STEEL COLUMN BELOW (FIELD VERIFY)
OEXISTING MASONRY BEARING WALL BELOW (FIELD VERIFY) WITH
NEW MASONRY PARAPET - SEE DETAIL 6/62b
OHSS 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/4" (NESTED) AT EACH END AND 24" O. C. MAX, -
WELD TO STEEL ANGLE AND STEEL BEAM
OHSS 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/4" (NESTED) AT EACH END AND 12" O. C. MAX. -
WELD TO STEEL ANGLE AT EACH END
OCONT. / 3" x 3" x 1/4" WITH 3/4" 0 HILT[ HIT-HY'10 ADHESIVE
ANCHORS AT 4" FROM END AND 24" O.C. MAX. - 6 3/4" EMBED
OCONT. L 3" x 3" x 1/4" WELD TO EACH FRAME / HSS
OL 3" x 3" x 1/4'' WELDED (ALL AROUND) STEEL ANGLE FRAME AT
(+/-) 6" FROM EACH END AND 45" O.G. MAX WITH (3) 3/4"0 HILT[
HIT-HY-10 ADHESIVE ANCHORS - 6 3/4" EMBED - SEE DETAIL 2/82b
10 BOLT FRAME (TOP / DIAGONAL MEMBERS) TO MASONRY COLUMN
WITH (4) 3/4"0 HILT[ HIT-HY710 ADHESIVE ANCHORS, 4" EDGE
DISTANCE / 6 3/4" EMBEDMENT
II EXISTING MASONRY BEARING WALL BELOW (FIELD VERIFY)
12 NEW RTU - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY JOIST LOCATIONS AND
COORDINATE RTU LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL - REFER TO
DETAILS 4/62c AND 5/82c
13 NEW EXHAUST FAN - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY JOIST
LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE FAN LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL -
REFER TO DETAILS 4/52c AND 5/62c
14 EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK WITH (3) 5/&"9 PUDDLE WELDS EACH
SUPPORT (MIN.) AND (3) 010 TEK SCREW SIDE LAP FASTENERS (MIN.)
EQUALLY SPACED - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AND INSTALL
AS REQUIRED
IS EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK WITH (3) 5/8"0 PUDDLE WELDS EACH
SUPPORT (MIN.) AND (1) #10 TEK SCREW SIDE LAP FASTENERS (MIN.)
EQUALLY SPACED - CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AND INSTALL
AS REQUIRED
16 REFER TO 6/62c FOR STEEL BEAM TO MASONRY CONNECTION
17 EXISTING ROOF JOISTS REQUIRING REPAIR - REFER TO DETAILS
1/52c, 2/52c, AND 3/52c
IS L 6" x 4" x 5/16" (L.L.H.) WELDED STEEL ANGLE FRAME
(3-LOCATION6: (+/-) 6" FROM TOP, (+/-) 2" ABOVE EXISTING
PARAPET AND (1) EQUALLY SPACED) - FASTEN TO NEW MASONRY
WALL WITH (4) 3/4"0 HILTI H[T-HY'10 ADHESIVE ANCHORS - 6 3/4"
EMBED - FASTEN EACH METAL STUD TO STEEL ANGLE WITH 14 GA.
CLIP ANGLE - REFER TO 2/A6c FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ROOF FRAMINC-6 PLAN NOTES
I. CONTRACTOR / ERECTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY
BRACING.
2. INDICATES 6" x 8" PRECAST CONCRETE U-LINTEL WITH (1) #5
AND 8" END BEARING - SEE DETAIL 1/51b
3. HATCH INDICATES 6", IS GA. (600 8162-43) METAL STUD
BEARING WALL WITH STUDS AT 16" O.C. MAX. WITH CONT. 6", IS GA.
(600 T125-43) METAL TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM
4. NEW METAL ROOF DECK TO BE 1 1/2" DEEP, 22 GA., GALVANIZED, TYPE
"B" - FASTEN ROOF DECK WITH (4) 5/8"0 PUDDLE WELDS AT EACH
SUPPORT, (4) 010 TEK SCREW SIDE LAP FASTENERS (EQUALLY
SPACED BETWEEN SUPPORTS), AND 5/8"4 PUDDLE WELDS AT b" O.C.
MAX. EDGES
S. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS - REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR MASONRY OPENINGS AND ALL DIMENSIONS
NOT SHOWN
6. REFER TO -1/62c FOR WIND DESIGN CRITERIA
REVISIONS
BY
r--r
i Gr
GO
U CO CO
� M N
'
/ N N O
Cd
S G-
�
./ C • U
F�� U N '
a�
it E
3 ti 3
O = N
r`
.�
r—� ± o
N
l;
I
W
U cfl
(0Lo
c4 00
Z a)to
co am
M 11
C:'t
I
Vc0oo
J if)
r-
22 � w
i
W L O0-
W �
F2
Z U z lJi
X
o �
Z cn o .0
W 0
00
(7)
Z
In 0)
U-w
� I
r-
O `o
0
o�
C�2
c�
J`�
3 N
o�
��
U U
- Z
Z 0
J J
U >
O m �� J
JQ
�
;�
w N
o O
0U �v
v - O
U
CM0 0'
a) W a)
ce- Q_I 0N0-
to
Q to
O 0
ww
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S2a
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\S02a-FRM.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:43:59 PK shatrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
-- - - -
-
6", 18 GA. (600 5162-43)
METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G.
MAX. (TYP.) UN.O.
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
WITH 012 TEK SCREWS AT 4" CONT. 6", IS GA (600
O.C. MAX. PANEL EDGES T125-43) METAL TRACK
AND 6" OZ. MAX. FIELD (EACH SIDE TYP.) WITH 1/4"ro
x 1 3/4" TAPCON SCREWS
AT 4" FROM EACH END AND
16" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED
(2) COURSE K.O.
90' STD AGI BLOCK WITH (1) S
HOOK a %. CONT. EACH
COURSE
05 VERT. AT 24"
% O.C. MAX. AT
BUMP OUT -
REFER TO PLAN
FOR ADDITIONAL
SPECIFIC REINF.
a % j
1
I
I
'
;
I 6
I 5210
I ONi/2" x 3 I/2" /
T, 3L a 3 HILTI HIT x I� 4"
CONT.
WITH
ADHESIVE ANCHORS AT 4"
FROM EACH END AND 24" CONT. 6", 18 GA (600
O.C. MAX - 6 3/4" EMBED T125-43) METAL TRACK
I METAL ROOF DECK -
REFER TO PLANS
x I I/2" x I/4" SEE ARCH
(NESTED) AT EACH END TOP / FRAMING
AND 24" O.C. MAX. WELD I/2" EXTERIOR GRADE
TO STEEL ANGLE AND
STEEL BEAM PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
REFER TO PLANS
L 3" x 1 1/2" x 14 GA. x 0'-3"
CLIP ANGLE WITH (4) 010
--------------------------------------- --------------------------- " TEK SCREWS AND (2) 0.145O
---------------------------------- -- ---- - ------------- - PDF LOCATE AT EACH
STUD (TYP.) U.N.O.
FASTEN TRACK TO STUD WITH
(1) #10 TEK SCREW EACH LEG CONT. L 3 I/2" x 3 1/2" x 1/4"
AT EACH STUD (TYP.) U.N.O. WELDED TO EACH H.S.S:
6", IS GA. (600 5162-43) METAL
- ----- STUDS AT EACH END AND AT
X 24" O.C. MAX. (TYP.) U.N.O.
X x
(4) 010 TEK SCREWS (TYP..)
6" IS GA. (600 5162-43) U.N.O.
METAL STUDS AT EACH END CONT, L 2" x 2" x 16 GA.
AND AT 24" O.C. MAX. WITH (2) 010 TEK SCREWS
(TYPJ U.N.O. EACH LEG AT EACH STUD
CONT. 6", IS GA (600 TI25-43) (TYP.) U.N.O.
METAL TRACK WITH 1/4"0 x 1 3/4" STEAL BEAM - REFER TO
TAPCON SCREWS AT 4" FROM EACH PLAN
END AND 16" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED
1°
1L
°
J
°
�
�
�'
- -
�' �''-'"`
ODETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
0
DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
EXISTING (1)
COURSE K.O.
BLOCK WITH
(1) 05 CONT.
EXISTING /
MASONRY WALL SEE PLAN
SYSTEM (VERIFY) / j`
EXISTING METAL
DECK (VERIFY) =
' H.S.S. 11/2" x I I/2" x I/4"
(NESTED) AT EACH
' END AND 12" O.G. MAX.
WELD TO STEEL
' ANGLE EACH END
�' /
EXISTING STEEL i'-_ - ---- ---- ---- ----
BAR JOIST (VERIFY) ' /i" // / -----------------------------------------
/
/ CONT. L 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" x
EXISTING (2) ' ; ' 1/4" WITH 3/4"0 HILTI
COURSE K.O. BLOCK HIT-HY10 ADHESIVE
WITH (1) 05 CONT, = ;' ANCHORS AT 4 FROM
EACH COURSE - �' EACH END AND 24" C.
FIELD VETORRIFY AN ! MAX - 6 3/4'' EMBED
FIELD VERIFY AND '` j' i'
NOTIFY ARCHITECT � '
OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES '
-
'!%
j/ VERTICAL
REINFORCING -
REFER TO PLAN
A
r
i;�; lu
i,'; �,.4
r�'%
%%'
'
!i% 8" MASONRY
ii; WALL SYSTEM
; WITH HORIZ.
" JOINT REINF. AT
'' 16" O.C. MAX.
',;�
!/;i
=
'i% l2) COURSE K.O.
BLOCK WITH (1)
+'S GONT. EACH
COURSE
,(i
'' %
I
I
!
I
I
'
EXISTING (
COURSE K.O.
BLOCK WITH
ll) "5 CONT.Z-VI
_
(3
UI
_O.C.
6
I S2b
4'-0" (MAX.) UN.O.
SEE ARCH
74
i CONT. L 3 1/2" x 1/2" 1/4"
WITH 3/4"m HILT[ HIT-H l0
I ADHESIVE ANC ORS T 4"
I FROM EACH EN AND 24"
O.C. MAX - 6 3/4" EMBED
METAL ROOF DECK - CONT. 6", IS GA C600
° I REFER TO PLAN TI25-43) METAL TRACK
_ SEE ARCH
' I TOP/FRAMING
ROOFING -
I REFER TO 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE
ARCH PLYWOOD SHEATHING -
REFER TO PLANS
, L3"x 11/2"x 14GA. x0'-3"
, CLIP ANGLE WITH C4J 010
------------------------------------- ---- TEK SCREWS AND (2) 0.145m
_ - PDF, LOCATE AT EACH
-- STUD
CONT. L 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 1/4"
- WELDED TO EACH FRAME
6" 18 GA. (600 SI62-43) METAL
-' -- STUDS AT EACH END AND AT 24"
X
MAX. (TYP.) U.N,O,
e- X X
(4) "ID TEK SCREWS (T ..
YP )
6", IS GA, (600 5162-43) U.N.O.
METAL STUDS AT EACHCONTGONT. L 2" x 2" x 16 GA.
END AND AT 24" O.C_ WITH (2) 010 TEK SCREWS
MAX. (TYP.) U.N.O. EACH -LEG AT EACH STUD
(TYPJ U.N.O.
GROUT l2)
VERTICAL CELLS L 3" x 3" x 1/4" WELDED (ALL AROUND) STEEL ANGLE FRAME
SOLID AT EACH AT (+/-) 6" FROM EACH END AND 48" O.C. MAX. WITH (3) 3/4"0
FRAME LOCATION HILTI HIT -HYPO ADHESIVE ANCHORS - 6 3/4" EMBED
(TYP.)
a�
a
_
a
�
a
0
DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
2
O
DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
EXI
BA
EXI
DE
f
j
/
(1) COURSE K.O. BLOCK WITH (1) 05 CONT.
AT TOP OF PARAPET
-
DRILL AND EPDXY 05 DOWELS AT EACH
END, EAGI-I SIDE OF HEIGHT CHANGE,
AND AT 32" O.C. MAX, - 6" EMBED
8" MASONRY WALL SYSTEM WITH
HORIZ. JOINT REINF. AT 16" O.G. MAX.
EXISTING (I) COURSE K.O.
BLOCK WITH (1) 05 CONT. -
CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY
AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY
DISCREPANCIES
EXISTING MASONRY WALL
SYSTEM (VERIFY)
I
I
I
6
S2b
I
I
SEE PLAN
(1) COURSE K.O. BLOCK
WITH (U 05 CONT. (TYP. TOP
OF WALL) U.N.O.
VERTICAL REINFORCING -
REFER TO PLAN
MASONRY WALL SYSTEM
WITH COR�JOINT REINF. AT
161,
CONT. 6", IS GA (600
T125-43) METAL TRACK
SEE ARCH
X X - - - TOP / FRAMING
L3 x 11/2 x14GA. x0-5
CLIP ANGLE WITH (4) 010
TEK SCREWS AND (2) I/4"0 x
3/4" TAPGON SCREWS -
LOCATE AT EACH STUD
(2) COURSE K.O. BLOCK WITH
(1) 05 CONT, EACH COURSE
(2-LOCATIONS)
1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE
REFER TO PLANSPLYWOOD -
ro", IS GA. (ro00 5162-43)
------- METAL STUDS AT EACH END
X x x AND AT 24" O.G. MAX. (TYP.)
X X U.N.D.
(4) *ID TEK SCREWS (TYP..)
U.N.O.
CONT, L 2" x 2" x 16 GA. WITH
r
WITH l2J 10 TEK SCREWS EACH LEG
LEG AT EACH STUD (TYP.) UN.O.
U.N.O.� L 3" x l I/2" x 14 GA. x 0'-5"
TI25-43) METAL CLIP ANGLE WITH (4) 010
TAPCON TEK SCREWS AND (2) 1/4"0 x
END AND 1 3/4" TAPCON SCREWS -
(TYP.) U.N.O. LOCATE AT EACH STUD
a
I AAA_
I1
I
TRACK TO
TEK SCREW EACH
STUD (TYP.)
6", IS GA (600
WITH 1/4"4> x
AT 4" FROM
MAX. STAGGERED
a
a
a
°
a
I
I
I SIM 5
I S2b
°
""
i .'
'
/"
°
°
°
°
---- ---- ----- ----
- 1
—
a
__/
`_----------
/
' : "
FASTEN
(1)
AT
CONT,
TRACK
SCREWS
16"
'
010
EACH
O.C.
STUD
1 3/4"
EACH
' '
j /
'
'
ODETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'-0"
DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = V-0"
REVISIONS
BY
i � r
00
CO
�ti FU
m
r�
C �` E
c o
x ti Y
U
2
c
>
o0 3
ti
-_
y
�—� o ti
C
.n a
O
C"]
N
co
-
� U
W
VU' (0No
Z CD co
to
cfl m
tf)
� �
I
��to
Zw rnz
W 0 �Li.l
d
EM
W =3 60-
�0-00
Z Z�
U
' x
V Q c
Z cn o
W o
r�
ao
�U
Z �w
v) `rn
a I
Q�
_ U) a�
cn rn
t d-
C) = p
=+
CC0
GU U
c�
�00
3 N
oj-
�cL
U
Z
_Z
U�
O m 2: I.- J
C
0
oV�..IJ
n U=U
O 0
a
cW
0 (/1 Q to
O (D N
�
Q J ON
Q CD
FX U
OO 0
W
l.L.
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S2b
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\S02b-FRM DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:43:47 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS-pc3
Building Data,
Wind Velocity. 1 0 Mph (Ultimate) Interr'I. I Pressure Coefficient +1- .18
Basic Wind Spd_ (3 sec.) 109 mph (ASD) (Enclosed Building Per ASC E 7-10)
Width of Edge Strip_ 6-0
Risk Category: 11 Height & Exp- F ctor_ 1
Reef Angle,A (degrees) : 0_ir < 0 < 7.00 Roof Dead Load Resisiting_ 18 psf (Ultimate)
mate)
Exposure Category: 81 12 psf (ASD)
Wind Design Loads - Roof, Walls, Windows, Doors, Components & Cladding
ROOF
WALLS,
DOORS, WINDOWS
ZONE
AREA (ff �
DESIGN PRESSURE
(psf)
ZONE
AREA (fl?)
DESIGN PRESSURE
(psi.
Pas_
Neg.
N UplAft (ULT.)
Net Uplift(l�SD)
Pos.
Neg.
1
10 ft[2]
14.3 psf
-35-3 psf,
-17 3 psf
-_2 psf
4
10 ft[2]
35-3 psf
-38.2 psf
1
20 ft[2]
13.4 psf
-34-4 psf
-1 _4 psf
-8_6 psf
4
20 ft[2]
33-7 psf
-36-7 psf
1
50 ft[2]
12.3 psf
-33-2 psf
-15-2 psf
-7-9 psf
4
50 ft[2]
31.6 psf
-34_6 psf
1
100 fill
11.4 psf
-32-3 psf
-14.3 psf
-7.4 psf
4
100 ft[2]
8-0 psf
-33.0 psf
2
10 ft[2]
14-3 psf
-5 -2 psf
-41.2 psf
-23-5 psf
4
500 ft[2]
2 -3 psf
-29.3 psf
2
20 ft 21
13.4 psf
-:52-psf
-34.0 psf
-19-7 psf
5
10 ft2l
35.3 psf
-47.2 psf
2
50 ft[2]
12.3 psf
-44.5 psf
-26.5 psf
-14.7 psf
5
20 ft[2]
33.7 psf
-44.0 psf
2
100 ft[2]'
11.4 psf
-38.2 psf
-28.2 psf
-10.9 psf
5
50 ftl21
31.6 psf
-3 .8 psf
3
10 ft[2]
14.3 psf
-8 -0 psf
-711 ,0 psf
-41.4 psf
5
100 ft[2]
30-0 psf
-36-7 psf
3
20 ft[21
13.4 psf
-73-8 psf
_55.8 psf
-32-3 psf
5
500 ft[2]
2-3 psf
-29_3 psf
3
50 ft[2]
12.3 ;psf
-53-5 psf
-35.5 psf
-20-1 psf
3
100 ft[2]
11.4 psf
-38-2 pSf
-20.2 psf
-10-9 psf
Notes..
1) For effective areas between those given above the 'load may be interpolated, othenntise use the lead associated
with the lower effective area
2) Plus and, iminus signs signify pres'sureS acting toIward and away from the building srllrla.ces, respectively_
3) See pressure zone diagrams above for correspondingzones-
4) Roof coverings, finishes, etc... Shall be designed for the full negative design pressure-
5) Roof framing members shall be designed' to resist the net Liplift dresign pressure:_
G) Net Uplift (ULT) = Ci_D DL + 1.0 VVL
Net Upftift (ASD) = 0_6 DL + 0_6 WL
4>_
)e Strip
WALL PRESSURE ZONES
(ISOMETRIC VIEW)
a
a = Width of Edge Strip
ROOF PRESSURE ZONES
(PLAN VIEW)
NEAREST PANEL POINT
ON TOP CHORD
WELD L 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x
3/16" AT OPPOSITE FACE
FROM VERT. STRUT
LOCATION TO NEAREST
PANEL POINT ON TOP
CHORD
NEW
RTU
POINT
LOAD
3 OUTSIDE
(MIND PANEL
POIN�/
CURB FRAME EXISTING STEEL
REFER TO 5/52c JOIST (FIELD
VERIFY)
F< TYP. - ANGLE TO JOIST
WELD L 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x
3/16" VERTICAL STRUT AT 3/16„
RTU CURB FRAME ANGLES
LOCATION TYP. - ANGLE TO ANGLE
fE 1/4" WELDED
ON EACH FACE
AT JOIST SEAT
IG)l DETAIL 101 DETAIL
SCALE: N.T.S, SCALE: N.T.S.
I/8"
TYP. - ANGLE
TO JOIST
(FIELD VERIFY)
WELD L 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 3/16" VERTICAL
III
STRUT AT RTU CURB FRAME ANGLES III
III
II
LOCATION - REFER TO 4/62c
II
III
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
III
-
III
III
III
III
I
I
I
I
I
OPENING SIZE
I
I
I
I
III
III
III
III
I
AND LOCATION
TO BE VERIFIED
III
W/ TRADES
III
III
III
III
I
I
I
I
I
I
INVOLVED
I
I
I
I
III
III
III
I
I
III
III
III
L 4" x 4" x 1/4" (TYP,) U.N.O.
III
L 4" x 4" x 3/5'' RTU-I, RTU-2,
RTU-3
3/16
P. -
WELD L 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 3/16" AT
OPPOSITE FACE FROM VERT.
STRUT LOCATION TO NEAREST
PANEL POINT ON TOP CHORD -
REFER TO 4/82c
EXISTING STEEL
JOIST TOP CHORD
(TYP,)
NEW ROOF TOP UNIT
(SEE MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS FOR SIZE
AND%LOCATION)
ALL WEB MEMBER
WITHIN (+/-) 20'-0"
TO BE REPAIRED
NOTE:
JOIST REPAIRS NOT
REQUIRED AT JOIST
END OPPOSITE OF RTU
EXISTING STEEL
WELD NEW L 2" x 2" x 3/16" JOIST PROFILE
(FIELD VERIFY)
WEB REINFORCEMENT TO
EXISTING WEB MEMBERS NEW C NT. (2) x 20'-0" LONG
ON ONE SIDE (CENT RED ON JOISTS) A36 STEEL
RODS TOP AND BOTTOM (OPPOSITE
FACE). DO NOT SPLICE.
(V-) 20'-0" WEB
REINFORCING REPAIR
TYf
EX
WEI
fE Y4" WELDED ON
EACH FACE AT
JOIST SEAT
EXISTING JOIST
SEAT (FIELD
VERIFY)
101 DETAIL J(DI DETAIL I
SCALE: N.T,S. SCALE: N.T.S.
BEAM SIZE
BOLTS
B LENGTH "H"
NO, OF STUDS "Q"
W14
3 ROWS
13"1
6
6"
NOTE:
SLOT BEAM WEB OR REFER TO
STRUCT. NOTES/SPECS FOR a
COVER PLATE AT LONG -SLOTTED
HOLES.
WALL AND TIE BEAM SHOWN
FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER
TO PLANS FOR SPECIFIC
CONDITIONS.
CONNECTION SHOWN FOR
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
ONLY, REFER TO STRUCTURAL
STEEL SECTION OF STRUCT.
NOTES/SPEC. FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
-EMBED R 1/2" w/ 3/4"0 THREADED
HEADED STUDS AND 1/8"xl" STEEL
BARS (WELDED)
-WHERE STEEL BEAM DOES NOT
FRAME INTO CONCRETE COLUMN
OR BEAM, PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF
24" LENGTH OF CONCRETE TIE
BEAM w/ (2) "5 TOP 4 BOTT. w/
*3 TIES AT a" O.G.
-DOUBLE ANGLE BEAM CONNECTION w/
LONG SLOTTED HOLES. SHIP LOOSE
AND TACK WELD NUT TO BOLT AFTER
ERECTION.
TYP. - ANGLE TO JOIST ,/8„
EXISTING JOIST
(FIELD VERIFY) -
WELD NEW L 2" x
2" x 3/16" WEB
REINFORCEMENT
TO EXISTING WEB
MEMBERS ON ONE
SIDE
IIoG �I umo CRITERIA O DETAIL O DETAIL
OrmSCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 3/4" = I'-0" SCALE: N.T.S.
NEW CONT. (2) 5/S" 0 A36
STEEL RODS TOP AND
BOTTOM. DO NOT SPLICE.
1/8" 2" AT 12" TYP. - ROD TO JOIST
REVISIONS
BY
f�
�00
00
cp CO
t- -ItN
ti00
�- E
U «S N U
L
U N d
E
3 ti 3
�D
El
N
70
fo
a
V CIO LO
� Co
z CU to
�0
� �
I
Z W a) Z
It
DC r` Li
W
W � 6 �
� �
Z v z�
X
�
v�a�
o
��
_
Zcn o�
(Un
W 0
00
�U:2
z
In0)
w
�I
Cn Ql
t
8�2
1n,00
3 N
1
o
�2 C1.
U C'
- Z
Z Q
J
U >
O m �L J
In "
3
oV�..d
U�v'0
=U
Li..
o �O
U
C �O N as
(D (p N
CL
� Q J C:)
ID Q CO
0
O
� cW
L
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S2c
H:\Projects\Projects 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CD.A\04-Architectural\S02b-FRM DETAILS.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:43:36 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
MISCELLANEOUS
CAST
IN PLACE CONCRETE
MASONRY
SEE ARCHITECT FOR PREFERRED COLOR.
PREFABRICATED PANELS IN A MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE OR
I, THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM IS UNSTABLE UNTIL ALL CONNECTIONS
1.
CONCRETE TO BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM
I,
HOLLOW LOAD BEARING UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C90, NORMAL
MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION
DISTORTION.
HAVE BEEN MADE AND ALL CONCRETE HAS REACHED ITS MINIMUM
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS:
WEIGHT, TYPE 11. MINIMUM NET COMPRESSIVE UNIT STRENGTH = 1900
PORTER NO. 298
15, INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
DESIGN STRENGTH, AS SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS.
a) FOOTINGS, SLAB-ON-GRADE...................3000 PSI
PSI. (NET AREA COMPRESSIVE MASONRY STRENGTH F'm = 1500 PSI).
MOBILE NO, 13F812
MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED OR WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDA-
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS
2,
CONCRETE SHALL BE READYMIX PER ASTM C94:
2.
MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE M OR S ANp CONFORM TO ASTM C210
TINEMEC NO, 1009
AMERON NO. 5102 AMERCOAT
TIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THE SAFETY THE BUILDING UNTIL
UNTIL
a) PORTLAND CEMENT - ASTM C 150
(PROPORTION OR PROPERTY 5PECIFIGATION).
16. INSTALL CONTINUOUS TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUD DEPTH. ALIGN
15 NOT
STRUCTURAL SYSTEM IS COMPLETED. THIS INCLUDES, BUT
b) AGGREGATES - ASTM C-33 (1" MAX.NOMINAL)
SHOP PAINT ALL SURFACES OF STEEL EXCEPT ANCHOR BOLTS AND
TRACKS ACCURATELY t0 LAYOUT AT BASE AND TOPS OF STUDS. SECURE
A
LIMITED TO, THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING,
c) NO CALCIUM CHLORIDE
3.
COARSE GROUT 5HALL CONFORM TO ASTM C416:
SURFACES TO BE FIELD WELDED. APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
TRACKS AS RECOMMENDED BY STUD MANUFACTURER FOR TYPE OF
SHORING, GUYS TIE -DOWNS THAT MAY NECESSARY. SUCH
d) AIR ENTRAINING - ASTM C260
a) 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS.
65PC-PAI, SHOP FIELD AND MAINTENANCE PAINTING, APPLY PAINT IN
CONSTRUCTION INVOLVED, EXCEPT DO NOT EXCEED 24" O.G. SPACING
MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND SHALLL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE
e) WATER REDUCING - ASTM C494
b) 3/5" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE,
SUFFICIENT VOLUME OR COATS TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM DRY FILM
FOR NAIL OR POWDER -DRIVEN FASTENERS, OR 16" O.C., FOR OTHER
CONTRACTOR AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT,
0 FLYASH - ASTM C616 GLASS F (2051. MAXIMUM BY WEIGHT)
c) 8" - 11" SLUMP.
THICKNESS OF AT LEAST 3 MILS BUT NOT MORE THAN 5 MILS.
TYPES OF ATTACHMENT, PROVIDE FASTENERS AT CORNERS AND ENDS OF
3. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPORT, BRACE AND SECURE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS
-
9 WATER CLEAN AND POTABLE
4.
CODES AND STANDARDS:
8.
SURFACE PREPARATION -PREPARE STEEL SURFACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
TRACKS,
REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF
3
REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A615 GRADE 60.
ACI 530/ASGE 5 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY
SSPC-SP3 POUTER TOOL CLEANING. ANY METHOD IN CONFORMANCE WITH
11. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS, AS SHOWN FOR
THE BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION.
.
STRUCTURES"
AN SSPC SPECIFICATION OF HIGHER QUALITY THAN LISTED WILL BE
THE WALL SYSTEM, WITH SEPARATE STUDS AND DO NOT BRIDGE THE
4. APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE: 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE.
4.
REQUIRED SLUMP RANGE = 3" TO 5"
ACI 530.1/ASGE 6 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES"
ACCEPTABLE. AT OPTION OF CONTRACTOR, WHEELABRATOR MAY BE USED
JOINT WITH COMPONENTS OF THE STUD SYSTEM.
FOR PREPARATION OF STEEL SURFACES, PROVIDING RESULTANT SURFACE
5. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
5,
WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A-185. FURNISH IN SHEETS, NOT ROLLS.
5.
A REINFORCED MASONRY TIE BEAM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL WALLS
15 EQUAL IN ALL RESPECTS TO THOSE REQUIRED.
I8. WHERE REQUIRED, TEMPORARY BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED UNTIL
SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AT EACH FLOOR, THE ROOF, AND
ERECTION IS COMPLETED.
2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE.
6.
MOISTURE BARRIER: 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE. LAP (o" AND TAPE ALL
AT TOP OF ANY PARAPET WALL. USE GALVANIZED MESH -TYPE CELL
9.
A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM
JOINTS,
CAPS. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL BEAM CORNERS TO MATCH
THE FOLLOWING TESTS.
19. RESISTANCE TO BENDING AND ROTATION ABOUT THE MINOR AXIS SHALL
6. DESIGN LOADS:
HORIZONTAL BARS.
a) VISUALLY INSPECT ALL STEEL MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS. WELD
BE PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL LATERAL BRACING WHERE REQUIRED.
AREA SUPERIMPOSED LIVE LOAD
1.
CODES AND STANDARDS: (CURRENT EDITION)
SHALL BE INSPECTED BY CERTIFIED WELD INSPECTOR.
ROOF 20 PSF
ACI 301 "SPEC FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS."
/v.
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, TIE BEAMS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
b) TEST 50 PERCENT OF FULL PENETRATION WELDS.
20, ATTACHMENTS OF SIMILAR COMPONENTS SHALL BE DONE BY WELDING,
ACI 305 "RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR HOT WEATHER CONCRETING."
A) ROOF LEVEL: 8" X 16" MINIMUM WITH (1) "5 TOP AND BOTTOM,
SCREW ATTACHMENT, OR BOLTING, WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS
AREA DEAD LOAD
ACI 318 "BLDG. CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINF. CONCRETE."
IN GROUTED KNOCK -OUT BLOCKS.
10,
ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY TO OWNER,
SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
ROOF 20 PSF
ACI 315 "DETAILS AND DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT."
B) TOP OF PARAPET: (1) S BAR IN GROUTED KNOCK -OUT BLOCKS.
ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
21. WELDING OF MEMBERS LIGHTER THAN 18 GAUGE SHALL NOT BE
1. DESIGN WIND VELOCITY 140 MPH (ULTIMATE)
8.
MINIMUM LAP SPLICE = 30 BAR DIAMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
1.
VERTICAL BARS SHALL BE HELD IN POSITION AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM
11,
STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES, TEES - ASTM A9g2.
PERMITTED,
=
OF BAR AND AT 8'-0" O.G. MAXIMUM WITH A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF
109 MPH (ASP)
S.
PROVIDE PROPERLY TIED SPACERS, CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, ETC, AS
1/2" FROM MASONRY. THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN BARS SHALL NOT
12.
STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLES, CHANNELS, PLATES, BARS - ASTM A36.
22. SPLICES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
8. COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE
REQUIRED AND NECESSARY TO ASSEMBLE, PLACE AND SUPPORT ALL
REINFORCING IN PLACE. USE WIRE BAR TYPE SUPPORTS COMPLYING
BE LESS THAN ONE BAR DIAMETER, NOR LESS THAN 1". CENTER BARS
IN WALLS U.N.O.
13.
STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING - ASTM A500 GRADE B.
23. MINIMUM NUMBERS OF EQUALLY SPACED JOIST BRIDGING FOR THE SPANS
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.
WITH CRSI RECOMMENDATIONS. USE PLASTIC TIP LEGS ON ALL EXPOSED
SHOWN:
SURFACES.
8.
VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE AS SHOLLN ON THE DRAWINGS. FILL
14.
NO SPLICES SHALL BE PERMITTED IN ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER,
UP TO 14' - I ROW
S. CONTACT ENGINEER WITH ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON
CELLS WITH COARSE GROUT AS SPECIFIED. PROVIDE AGI SO DEGREE
DRAWINGS.
10,
ALL SLABS SHALL BE POURED MONOLITHICALLY,
STANDARD HOOKS INTO FOOTING AND ROOF TIE BEAM, LAP SPLICE
15.
SUBMITTALS: CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS
24. MINIMUM NUMBER OF EQUALLY SPACED HORIZONTAL WALL BRIDGING FOR
10. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED HEREIN. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS REVIEW
EXCEPT FOR REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT ABOVE FOOTING AND ABOVE EACH FLOOR
SHOWING ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL LAYOUTS AND DETAILS, SIZES OF
THE HEIGHTS SHOWN:
TIME AFTER RECEIPT OF SUBMITTALS BY THIS FIRM. ALL SUBMITTALS
JOINT LOCATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.
LEVEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAINTAIN VERTICAL REINFORCING
MEMBERS, TYPE OF STEEL, CONNECTION DETAILS, WELDS, BOLTS,
UP TO 10' - I ROW
SHOWN ON PLANS ABOVE AND BELOW MASONRY OPENINGS EXCEEDING V-0"
ETC., AS REQUIRED TO FABRICATE AND ERECT ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL
10' TO 14' - 2 ROWS
SHALL BE CHECKED AND SIGNED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND
11.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, SLEEVES,
CLEAR. CONTINUE FOUNDATION DOWELS BELOW ALL MASONRY OPENINGS.
FRAMING, ALL CONNECTIONS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
ABOVE 14' - AT 4' CENTERS
SIGNED/SEALED BY THE SPECIALTY ENGINEER, WHERE SPECIFIED HEREIN.
AND SLAB RECESSES AS REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES BEFORE CONCRETE
SHALL BE BY THE DETAILER AND SUBMITTED ON SHOP DRAWINGS,
IS PLACED.
9,
ALL REINFORCED FILL CELLS ARE TO BE CLEAN AND FREE OF ANY
SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED FLORIDA ENGINEER, STEEL
25. FULLY INSTALL ALL BRIDGING BEFORE APPLYING LOADS.
II. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR
FOREIGN MATERIAL OR DEBRIS. REMOVE ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL
STAIRS SHALL ALSO BE SUBMITTED ON SEALED DRAWINGS.
ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN SHOP DRAWINGS OR MIX DESIGNS BY THE
12.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EMBEDDED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT
FROM FILL CELLS, INCLUDING POLYSTYRENE INSULATING INSERTS,
26. JOIST SHALL BEAR DIRECTLY ON STUDS UNLESS HEADERS ARE USED.
ENGINEER'S REVIEW THEREOF.
LIMITED TO ANCHOR BOLTS, BOLT CLUSTERS, WELD PLATES, ETC...,
PRIOR TO GROUT POUR,
16,
NON -SHRINK GROUT SHALL BE: NONMETALLIC SHRINKAGE -RESISTANT
BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH
GROUT, PREMIXED, NONMETALLIC, NONCORROSIVE, NONSTAINING
21. PROVIDE JOIST WEB STIFFENERS WHERE JOIST BEARING IS LESS THAN
REPAR.
10.
REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE STRAIGHT EXCEPT FOR BENDS AROUND
PRODUCT CONTAINING SELECTED SILICA SANDS, PORTLAND CEMENT,
3-1/2".
EXISTING BUILDINGS
CORNERS AND WHERE BENDS OR HOOKS ARE DETAILED ON THE PLANS.
SHRINKAGE COMPENSATING AGENTS, PLASTICIZING AND WATER -REDUCING
I. EXISTING INFORMATION DOES NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT AS -BUILT
13.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED CONCRETE FINISHES:
11,
REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE LAPPED 48 BAR DIAMETERS WHERE SPLICED
AGENTS, COMPLYING WITH CE-GRD-C621.
28. FOR WELDED CONNECTIONS, FUSION WELDING IS RECOMMENDED WITH A
DIRECT CURRENT WELDER OF 200 OR MORE AMPERE CAPACITY. USE A
CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INFORMATION SHOWN ON
14
ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINISHING
AND SHALL BE WIRED TOGETHER.
11.
NO FIELD WELDING OF GALVANIZED MEMBERS IS PERMITTED.
HEAT OF 60 TO 90 AMPERES (DEPENDING ON THE GAUGE OF METAL)
THESE PLANS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY VARIATION.
.
OPERATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS:
ALONG WITH ASTM E60 ELECTRODES.
a) APPLY A LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING CHEMICAL CURING COMPOUND IN
12,
WHEN A FOUNDATION DOWEL DOES NOT LINE UP WITH A VERTICAL GORE,
I8.
ERECTION
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-309.
IT SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN ONE HORIZONTAL IN SIX
a) BEFORE ERECTION, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE ALL MUD,
29. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING:
SITE WORK
b) PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MOISTURE TO CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
VERTICALS. DOWELS SHALL BE GROUTED INTO A CORE IN VERTICAL
DIRT OR OTHER FOREIGN MATTER, WHICH ACCUMULATES DURING
a) SUBMIT COMPLETE STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR THE STEEL
ACI 301.
ALIGNMENT, EVEN THOUGH IT IS IN AN ADJACENT CELL TO THE
HANDLING AND STORAGE,
FRAMING SYSTEM. CALCULATIONS SHALL COVER ALL STUDS,
I. ASSUMED SOIL BEARING PRESSURE = 2,000 PSF.
VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT.
b) DRIFTING TO ENLARGE UNFAIR HOLES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
JAMB STUDS, RUNNER TRACK, BRACING, ATTACHMENT OF LIGHT
TESTING IN
TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM
2, A QUALIFIED T
15.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER DESIGN AND
DRILL SUCH HOLES TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEXT LARGER SIZE
GAUGE FRAMING TO LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING, AND ATTACHMENT OF
WHATEVER SU TESTING THAT IS NECESSARY CONFIRM THE
CONSTRUCTION OF ALL FORMWORK,5HORING, AND RE -SHORING.
13.
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING 9 GA. GALVANIZED
FASTENER, WHERE POSSIBLE_
LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING TO CONCRETE OR STRUCTURAL STEEL.
LADDER TYPE DUR-O-WALL (OR EQUIVALENT) AT 16" O.C.
c) AFTER ERECTION, CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS,
b) SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR STEEL FRAMING SHOWING
ASSUMED BEARING WITHOUT EXCESSIVE SETTLEMENT,
16.
A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM
AND ABRADED AREAS WHERE SHOP COAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED. SPOT
THE TYPE AND SPACING OF ALL MEMBERS. ALL ATTACHMENTS
THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE TESTS ON SITE.
14,
PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT DOORS AND WINDOWS
AND PRIME AREAS USING SAME MATERIAL AS SHOP COAT,
SHALL BE CLEARLY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. INDICATED
3. TESTING MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, DENSITY TESTS, AUGER
a) CYLINDER STRENGTH TESTS - ASTM C39± ONE SET OF FOUR
FOR FIRST AND SECOND BLOCK COURSE ABOVE AND BELOW APERTURES,
d) SET ALL MEMBERS SO THAT, IN THEIR FINAL LOCATION, LEVEL,
SUPPLEMENTAL STRAPPING, BRACING, CLIPS, AND OTHER
BORINGS, OR STANDARD PENETRATION BORINGS.
CYLINDERS FOR EACH 50 CU51C YARDS OR FRACTION THEREOF.
RUN REINFORCING CONTINUOUS OR EXTEND TWO FEET FROM APERTURE
PLUM5NE55 AND ALIGNMENT ARE WITHIN THE TOLERANCES
ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION.
4. A COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY TO OWNER,
TEST ONE CYLINDER AT 1 DAYS AND TWO AT 28 DAYS. HOLD THE
EDGE.
PRESCRIBED BY AISC CODE.
c) SUBMIT CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS FROM THE MANUFACTURER
ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
FINAL CYLINDER IN RESERVE,
15,
WIRE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED AT LEAST 6" AT SPLICES AND
TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED
DRAWINGS.
b) SLUMP TESTS - ASTM G143
SHALL CONTAIN AT LEAST ONE GROSS WIRE OF EACH PIECE OF
METAL
DECKIW3
5. THE TESTING LABORATORY SHALL SPECIFY SOIL PREPARATION PROCEDURES
11
ONE COPY OF ALL TEST REPORTS SHALL BE SENT DIRECTLY TO OWNER,
REINFORCEMENT IN THE LAPPED DISTANCE.
30, ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE SEAL OF A LICENSED FLORIDA
AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN THE DESIGN
ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
I.
ALL METAL DECK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STEEL
ENGINEER.
SOIL BEARING PRESSURE.
16.
CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE BOTTOM COURSE OF MASONRY IN
DECK INSTITUTE.
18,
RESTRICT THE ADDITION OF MIX WATER AT THE JOB SITE. DO NOT
EACH GROUT POUR WHEN THE POUR HEIGHT EXCEEDS 5'. CLEANOUTS TO
31. SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE CHECKED AND SIGNED BY THE
6. THE SIDES OF FOOTINGS MAY BE EARTH -FORMED IF THE EXCAVATION
ADD WATER WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND
BE SAW -GUT 4" X 4",
2.
METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE 1 1/2" DEEP, 22 GA., WIDE RIB TYPE B
GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
CAN BE KEPT VERTICAL, CLEAN, AND STABLE+-- OTHERWISE, PLYWOOD
DO NOT EXCEED SLUMP LIMITATIONS OR TOTAL ALLOWABLE WATER TO
AND GALVANIZED.
FORMS MUST BE USED.
CEMENT RATIO. USE COLD WATER FROM THE TRUCK TANK AND REMIX TO
11.
GROUT POUR HEIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED 24'. PLACE GROUT IN 5' MAX.
ACHIEVE CONSISTENCY. TEST REPORTS SHALL INDICATE QUANTITY'OF
LIFTS HEIGHTS.
3.
MINIMUM FASTENING OF ROOF DECK WITH (4) 5/8" DIA, PUDDLE WELDS
WATER ADDED AT THE JOB SITE. ALL TESTS SHALL BE PREPARED
AT EACH SUPPORT AND (4) 010 TEK SCREW 5IDELAP FASTENERS EQUALLY
AFTER THE ADDITION OF WATER TO THE MIX.
I8.
CONSOLIDATE GROUT LIFTS AT THE TIME OF PLACEMENT BY MECHANICAL
SPACED SEE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL FASTENING.
MEANS AND RECONSOLIDATE AFTER INITIAL WATER LOSS AND
19.
MAXIMUM WATER TO CEMENT RATIO WHEN NO BACK-UP DATA IS
SETTLEMENT,
4.
MINIMUM FASTENING AT BUILDING PERIMETER OF DECK SHALL BE 5/8"
AVAILABLE:
DIAMETER PUDDLE WELDS AT 6" O.C.
a) 3000 PSI, 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH± WIG RATIO, 0.58
19.
STORE BLOCKS ON PALLETS AND COVER WITH VISQUEEN.
MAXIMUM (NON -AIR -ENTRAINED), 0.41 MAXIMUM (AIR -ENTRAINED).
1.
INSTALL ALL DECKING 3 SPAN CONTINUOUS.
20.
PLACE ALL MASONRY IN RUNNING BOND WITH 3/8" MORTAR JOINTS.
20.
REINFORCING BAR COVER (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE):
PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE FACE SHELL MORTAR BEDDING,
(0.
USE WELD WASHERS FOR ALL DECKING 24 GA. AND THINNER.
a) FOOTINGS 3"
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL. FULLY MORTAR WEBS IN ALL COURSES OF
b) 5LA55 3/4" (INTERIOR) 1-1/2" (EXTERIOR)
PIERS, COLUMNS, AND PILASTERS AND ADJACENT TO GROUTED CELLS.
1,
DO NOT HANG OR ATTACH DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, PIPING, EQUIPMENT,
CEILINGS, ETC. FROM METAL DECKING.
21.
CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 90 MINUTES OF BATCH TIME.
21,
SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC MASONRY CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS. SPACE AT
32'-0" O.G. MAXIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
8,
ALL ROOF DECK OPENING 12" DIAMETER OR LARGER ARE TO HAVE
22.
WHERE BAR LENGTHS ARE GIVEN ON DRAWINGS, LENGTH OF HOOK, IF
SUPPORT ANGLES PER TYPICAL DECK OPENING DETAIL, INCLUDING
REQUIRED, IS NOT INCLUDED.
22.
MASONRY INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED AGENT IN
OPENINGS FOR ROOF SUMP PANS.
ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 530-1.6. INSPECTION SERVICES SHALL
23.
PROVIDE COMMERCIAL FORM COATING COMPOUNDS THAT WILL NOT BOND,
INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE WORK IN PROGRESS AS WELL
9,
SUBMITTALS: CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS
STAIN, OR ADVERSELY AFFECT CONCRETE SURFACES. WET FORMS BEFORE
AS MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND PROCEDURES.
SHOWING LAYOUT OF DECK, TYPE OF DECK, ALL CONNECTIONS
PLACING CONCRETE.
INCLUDING END WELDS, SEAM WELDS, INTERMEDIATE WELDS, AND ALL
23,
SUBMITTALS:
ACCESSORY MATERIAL SUCH AS CLOSURES, SUMPS FOR DRAINS, ETC.
24.
ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED IN PLACE USING INTERNAL
a) SUBMIT PROPOSED GROUT MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
VIBRATORS.
b) SUBMIT PROPOSED MORTAR MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
10.
A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED TO VISUALLY
c) SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF REINFORCING 5AR5 SHOWING
INSPECT ALL DECK WELDS AND FASTENERS.
25,
REPAIR AND PATCH DEFECTIVE AREAS WITH CEMENT MORTAR
NUMBER, SIZE, AND LOCATION, INCLUDE BAR LISTS AND BEND
IMMEDIATELY AFTER REMOVAL OF FORMS, EXCEPT WHERE REINFORCING
DIAGRAMS.
I
IS VISIBLE. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR EVALUATION OF
d) SUBMIT COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS OF PROPOSED MASONRY
EXPOSED REINFORCING.
UNITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, MA50NRY UNITS ARE TO BE
COLD
-FORM STEEL FRAMING
TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C140.
2(o.
PROVIDE COMER BARS AT ALL BEAM AND WALL FOOTING CORNERS TO
1.
ALL STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO "THE SPECIFICATION FOR THE
MATCH HORIZONTAL BARS,
24.
A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED TO PERFORM
DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS", LATEST
THE FOLLOWING TESTS:
EDITION, BY THE AISI.
21.
SUBMITTALS:
a) SAMPLE AND TEST GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1011B FOR
a) SUBMIT PROPOSED CONCRETE MIX DESIGN PRIOR TO
EACH 5000 SQ. FT. OF MASONRY,
2.
WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO "CODE FOR WELDING IN
CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BACKUP DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH
b) SLUMP TESTS - ASTM C143.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, D1.0" BY THE AWS.
ACI 301-CURRENT EDITION CHAPTER 4, SECTION 4.2.3, EXCLUDING SECTION
4.•
25.
PROVIDE 8" DEEP PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE LINTELS OVER ALL
3.
ASTM A-568 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
b) SUUBMIBMI T DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS OF REINFORCING BARS SHOWING
MASONRY OPENINGS NOT SHOWN TO HAVE A STRUCTURAL BEAM. MINIMUM
FOR STEEL, CARBON AND HIGH STRENGTH LOW -ALLOY HOT ROLLED SHEET
NUMBER, SIZE, AND LOCATION, INCLUDE BAR LISTS AND BEND
END BEARING = 8". LINTEL WIDTH TO MATCH MASONRY WIDTH.
AND COLD ROLLED SHEET.
DIAGRAMS.
26,
THE TOP OF PARTIALLY CONSTRUCTED WALLS SHALL BE COVERED WITH
4.
ALL STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE INSTALLED BY PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED
28.
ALL BUILDING AND SITE SLABS -ON -GRADE SHALL BE AT LEAST 4"
VISQUEEN AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY AND WHENEVER RAIN OCCURS.
IN LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION.
THICK, REINFORCED WITH 6X6-WIA X WIA W.W.F., ON C6 MIL VAPOR
BARRIER, WITH SAW -GUT CONTROL JOINTS 15'-0" O.G. EACH WAY
5.
WHERE STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS ARE COMPONENTS OF ASSEMBLIES
INCLUDING HOUSEKEEPING PADS AS REQUIRED. SEE PLANS FOR OTHER
STRUCTURAL
STEEL
INDICATED FOR A FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING, INCLUDING THOSE
CONDITIONS.
REQUIRED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, PROVIDE
I.
STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR
MEMBERS WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES
-
29.
STEP AND SLOPE ALL WALKWAYS AWAY FROM THE BUILDING.
-
THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR
HAVING JURISDICTION.
BUILDINGS", LATEST EDITION, EXCEPT CHAPTER 4.2.1, CODE OF
STANDARD PRACTICE.
Co.
PROTECT LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS FROM RUSTING AND
DAMAGE, DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE IN BUNDLES, FULLY IDENTIFIED
2.
WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST REVISED CODE OF
WITH NAME, BRAND, TYPE AND GRADE. STORE OFF GROUND IN A DRY
THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY, AWS DI.I• ALL WELDING SHALL BE
VENTILATED SPACE OR PROTECT WITH SUITABLE WATERPROOF
PERFORMED USING E10XX, LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES, U.N.O.
COVERINGS.
ELECTRODES ARE TO BE PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE,
1.
WITH EACH TYPE OF STEEL FRAMING REQUIRED, PROVIDE
3.
ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE DOUBLE ANGLE FRAMED BEAM. CONNECTION PER
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL RUNNERS (TRACKS), BLOCKING,
AISC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL BOLTS TO BE 3/4" DIAMETER
LINTELS, CLIP ANGLES, BRACING, REINFORCEMENTS, FASTENERS, AND
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SHOP CONNECTIONS MAY BE WELDED OR
ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS
BOLTED, WELDS ARE TO BE EQUAL IN STRENGTH TO BOLTS. ALL
INDICATED, AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE STEEL FRAMING
FIELD CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE BOLTED WITH ASTM A325N OR A4130
SYSTEM,
BOLTS (BEARING TYPE BOLTS WITH THREADS IN THE SHEAR PLANE)
INCLUDING SUITABLE NUTS AND PLAIN HARDENED WASHERS. ALL BOLTS
8.
FABRICATE METAL FRAMING COMPONENTS OF STRUCTURAL QUALITY
SHALL BE TIGHTENED SNUG TIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DESIGN
SHEET STEEL WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 50,000 PSI FOR
CONNECTIONS FOR 55`o OF THE MAXIMUM SHEAR (V IN KIPS) LISTED IN THE
STUDS, AND 33,000 PSI FOR RUNNERS± ASTM A653.
TABLES FOR "ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOADS IN KIPS FOR BEAMS LATERALLY
SUPPORTED" AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH PAGE IN THE "PROPERTIES AND
9,
SCREWS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
REACTION VALUES", PART 2 OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AISC
"MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION".
10,
PROVIDE GALVANIZED FINISH TO METAL FRAMING COMPONENTS
COMPLYING WITH ASTM A525 WITH A G60 COATING.
4.
SIZE AND USE OF HOLES: SEE AISC TABLE J3.1 U.N.O.
a) OVERSIZED OR LONG -SLOTTED HOLES ARE NOT PERMITTED
11.
PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STRUCTURAL "C" SHAPED STEEL
U.N.O. MAXIMUM HOLE DIAMETER = BOLT DIAMETER + 1/16".
STUDS OF SIZE, SHAPE, AND GAUGE INDICATED, WITH A NOMINAL
b) SLOTTED HOLES: A PLATE WASHER OR A CONTINUOUS BAR WITH
1-5/8" FLANGE AND MINIMUM 1/2" FLANGE RETURN LIP BY UNIMA5T,
STANDARD HOLES, HAVING A SIZE SUFFICIENT TO COMPLETELY
INC. OR PRIOR APPROVED EQUAL
COVER THE SLOT AFTER INSTALLATION, AND A MIN. OF 5/16"
THICK SHALL BE PROVIDED. TACK WELD NUT TO BOLT AFTER
12.
ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO
ERECTION,
SUPPORT ALL LIVE, DEAD, AND WIND LOADS, PLUS ANY CONCENTRATED
LOADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
5.
ALL STEEL BEAMS SHALL BE FABRICATED WITH THE NATURAL CAMBER
(WITHIN THE MILL TOLERANCE) LOCATED ABOVE THE HORIZONTAL
13,
THE EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND BOTH
CENTERLINE BETWEEN THE END CONNECTIONS.
POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND PRESSURE WITH A MAXIMUM DEFLECTION
BASED UPON THE APPLICABLE CODE AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF
6.
VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL FLOOR AND ROOF
THE VENEER, BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED L/360 U.N.O.
OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH THE MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF MATERIALS.
14.
FRAMING COMPONENTS MAY BE PREFABRICATED INTO PANELS PRIOR TO
ERECTION. FABRICATE PANELS PLUMB, SQUARE, TRUE TO LINE AND
1.
SHOP PAINT - METAL ALKYD -OIL PRIMER, ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:
BRACED AGAINST RACKING WITH JOINTS WELDED. PERFORM LIFTING OF
REVISIONS
BY
m
CO
CV
0-0
=xti ui
G `,l fi
Ct.
c U
I�� U N
4
Q)
rn G o
°O 3
3 ti 3
N
E o
N
ICI �
r-r
r
- 1
VcO
c-4 CO
Z to
W
cfl m
M�
I
_
�l
V 00 O
J �%
�` Lo
Zw rnz
o
GC w
CD
E
W �
W 6
0 00
F-v
Z U Z�
• x
V �Qc
ot�
Z cn 0
0
00
W �U�
cn0
Z Li-w
_ � a�
¢ r
Cf)
O `o
a'
0 a)
U
M
c�
3 �
ka_
U�
ZQ
Z
J J
U5 4)
O m �L J
M LL. t
W D
0 VU 5 rn
O
� =U
-C
v WL v L_O
U
C O
O N
CL
EK QJ �IV
Q (O
Oa
J W
LL �
Date: 12. 23. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: DSH
Drawn: SEH
Job: 14-137
Sheet
S3
H:\Projects\Projeds 2014\14137 - FMC Z Hills Diagnostics\04-CD\01-CDA\04-Architectural\S03-SPECIFICATIONS.dwg, 12/23/2014 2:43:22 PM, sharrison, Xerox 6604 PS.pc3
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FIXTURE
FITTINGS
SYMBOL
FLOOR MOUNTED CARRIER
REMARKS
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
TYPE
SIZE
MANUFACTURER
TYPE
SUPPLY
TRAP
FAUCET
FLUSH VALVE
#111-1.6 ES-S
SEAT- OLSONITE #95SS
P 1
AMERICAN STANDARD
3461.128
FLOOR MOUNTED
SLOAN
SENSOR OPERATED
N/A
INTEGRAL
N/A
N/A
PROVIDE 120V/24V TRANSFORMER
WATER CLOSET-ADA
1.6 GALLONS/FLUSH
VITREOUS CHINA
ELONGATED BOWL
ROYAL OPTIMA
HARD WIRED
ONE TRANSFORMER/TOILETROOM
SIPHON JET
EVERCLEAN SURFACE
AMERICAN STANDARD
9482.000
UNDERCOUNTER MOUNT
DELTA/
#33TO1
CHICAGO #116.706.AB.1
SENSOR OPERATED
PROVIDE TRUEBRO LAV-GUARD2
P 2
LAVATORY-ADA
UNGLAZED RIM
VITREOUS CHINA
SINGLE HOLE
BRASS CRAFT
#33T290 GRID DRAIN
OR1712AZC
FOR WHEEL CHAIR
PLUG-IN TRANSFORMER (#240.630)
N/A
INSULATION. SET OUTLET
REAR OVERFLOW
SUPPLIED W/ MOUNTING KIT
USE
BELOW DECK TMV (#131-ABNF)
TEMPERATURE AT 100°F.
CH I CAG 0 116.428.AB.1
ELKAY
LUSTERTONE LR1716
SELF
COUNTER MOUNTED
#152 PERFORATED
5-1/4" RIGID GOOSENECK
PROVIDE WITH PLUG-IN
P-3
SINK EXAM
-RIMMING
STAINLESS STEEL
8" FAUCET CENTERS
McGUIRE
FLAT STRAINER
#H-2165
#8912
LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL
N/A
TRANSFORMER (#240.630). SET
FULLY UNDERCOATED
INTERNAL TEMPERATURE MIXER
OUTLET TEMPERATURE AT 100°F.
SENSOR OPERATED
LUSTERTONE LR2219
AMERICAN STANDARD #4205.000
PROVIDE W/ 1/3 HP, 120 V GARBAGE
P 4
ELKAY
SELF -RIMMING
COUNTER MOUNTED
SINGLE HOLE
McGUIRE
#151 BASKET STRAINER
#H 2165
#8912
9-1/4" SWIVEL SPOUT
N/A
DISPOSAL SINK BADGER 1)
SINK -PANTRY
FULLY UNDERCOATED
STAINLESS STEEL
2.2 GPM MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
GROUNDED
RECEPTACLE GROUNDED POWER CORD.
LE P
MANUALLY OPERATED
.
CHI CAG 0 116.428.AB.1
ELKAY
LUSTERTONE LR2219
SELF
COUNTER MOUNTED
#152 PERFORATED
5-1/4" RIGID GOOSENECK
PROVIDE WITH PLUG-IN
P 5
SINK-NURSE/TREATMENT
-RIMMING
STAINLESS STEEL
SINGLE HOLE
McGUIRE
FLAT STRAINER
#H-2165
#8912
LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL
N/A
TRANSFORMER (#240.630). SET
FULLY UNDERCOATED
INTERNAL TEMPERATURE MIXER
OUTLET TEMPERATURE AT 100°F.
SENSOR OPERATED
TSB-100
DELTA 28C9LH
PROVIDE WITH HOSE, WALL HOOK,
P-6
FIAT
STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN
FLOOR MOUNTED
24"x24"X10"
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
INTEGRAL STOPS
N/A
& MOP HANGER.
MOP BASIN
STAINLESS STEEL CAPS
P R ECAST TE R RAZZO
VACUUM BREAKER
PROVIDE WALL GUARDS WHEN
MANUALLY OPERATED
WALLS ARE NOT TILE
#24
P-7
WOODFORD
ANIT-MODEL
SIPHON
WALL MOUNTED
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
COLD WATER ONLY
HOSE BIBB
METAL HANDLE
MET
ROUGH BRASS FINISH
MODEL#696-1010MF
1/4 TU R N BALL VALVE
P-8
SIOUX CHIEF
WALL BOX
WHITE
W/ INTEGRAL WATER
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROVIDE FRAME EXTENSIONS AS NEEDED
WITH FRAME
HAMMER ARRESTOR
MODEL#HTV8BL-WF-Q
WALL MOUNTED
P9
HALSEYTAYLOR
WATER COOLER
BI-LEVEL
EXPOSED COMPRESSOR
STAI NLESS STEEL TOP
N/A
McGUIRE
N/A
#HST 2
#8872
N/A
JAY R. SMITH SERIES
N/A
WATER FILTER
POLYMER CABINET
0830 AS REQUIRED
PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONS
CM
COFFEE MAKER
HWR
HOT WATER RETURN
CW
COLD WATER
RD
ROOF DRAIN
DW
DISH WASHER
REF
REFRIGERATOR
(E)
EXISTING
SAN
SANITARY
(ETR)
EXISTING TO REMAIN
ST
STORM
(ETBR)
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
US
UNDER SLAB
FCO
FLOOR CLEANOUT
V
VENT
GD
GARBAGE DISPOSAL
VTR
VENT THRU ROOF
HW
HOT WATER
WCO
WALL CLEANOUT
PLUMBING LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
-
COLD WATER
>1--
SHUTOFF VALVE
- - - -
HOT WATER
4��
CHECK VALVE
- - - - -
HOT WATER CIRCULATION
\T
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
-SAN -
SANITARY
-� I
UNION IN PIPE
-- SAN --
SANITARY UNDER SLAB
0
FLOOR CLEANOUT
---- V----
VENT
HOSE BIBB
- ST -
STORM
P-X
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
OD
OVERFLOW DRAIN
®
CIRCULATING PUMP
-- ST --
STORM UNDER SLAB
FLOW DIRECTION ARROW
PIPE TURNED UP
®
FLOOR DRAIN
0
PIPE TURNED DOWN
O
ROOF DRAIN
WALL CLEANOUT
�I
ELECTRIC
WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
SYMBOL
MANUFACTURER/
MODEL#
STORAGE
(GALS)
RECOVERY
# HEATING
ELEMENTS
SIMULTANEOUS
OPERATION
ELECTRICAL
TEMP
SETPOINT (°F)
EXPANSION
TANK
REMARKS
GPH
°F RISE
KW EACH
KW TOTAL
V
PH
EWH-1
A.O. SMITH #DEN-52
50
41
60
2
NO
6.0
6.0
208
1
110
AMTROL #ST-5
MOUNTED ON STAND W/ DRAIN PAN
NOTES:
1. MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE SHALL BE 150 PSI
2. PROVIDE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE & TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
CIRCULATING PUMP SCHEDULE
SYMBOL
MANUFACTURER/
TYPE
FLOW
HEAD
ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORIES/REMARKS
HP
WATTS
V
PH
MODEL#
(GPM)
(FT)
CP-1
ARMSTRONG
INLINE
2.0
11.0
75
120
1
1 2 3 4
#ASTRO 225BS
OPOWER CORD WITH
SET SPEED SETTING AT 2,
GROUNDED PLUG
FIELD ADJUST AS NEEDED
CIRCULATING SHAFT
2OMUST BE INSTALLED IN
PROVIDE 24-HOUR TIMER SET TO TURN
4OON AT 7 AM AND TURN OFF AT 6 PM,
A HORIZONTAL POSITION
CONFIRM OPERATING HOURS W/ OWNER
PLUMBING DRAIN/CLEANOUT SCHEDULE
SYMBOL
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
STRAINER
REMARKS
POLISHED NICKEL
FCO
ZURN
ZN1400-BP K
BRONZE
BRONZE PLUG, ANCHOR FLANGE,
WCO
ZURN
Z1446-BP
CAST IRON W/
BRONZE PLUG, ROUND WALL
SS COVER
ACCESS COVER
RD-1
ZURN
ZC100-CR
CAST IRON
UNDERDECK CLAMP, SUMP RECEIVER
UNDERDECK CLAMP, SUMP RECEIVER,
RD-2
ZURN
ZC100-CR-W4
CAST IRON
INTERNAL 4" WATER DAM
NICKEL
DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE, NICKEL BRONZE
DIN
ZURN
Z199
BRONZE
BODY
PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES
1. SPECIFIC DEMOLITION NOTES ARE NOTTO BE CONSIDERED ALL INCLUSIVE OR COMPLETE IN THEMSELVES.
THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION INCIDENTALTO OR REQUIRED FOR NEW
AND RENOVATED CONSTRUCTION WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AND INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: REMOVAL OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, SUPPLIES, TRAPS, CLEANOUTS,
DRAINS, WATER HEATERS, VALVES, AND RELATED PIPING THAT MIGHT REASONABLY BE REQUIRED TO BE
REMOVED IN PREPARATION -FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, SPECIFIED FIXTURES OR OTHER
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PLOMBING.
2. WHERE DEMOLITION WOULD AFFECT THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH DEMOLITION.
3. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THE EXISTING FIXTURES AS NOTED ON THE FOLLOWING
DRAWINGS AND REMOVE ALL PIPING NOT REQUIRED FOR RENOVATION,
PLUMBING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
ALL BE SCHEDULE 40 CPVC PIPING COMPLIANT WITH ASTM F441. FITTINGS SHALL BE SOCKET TYPE
COMPLIANT WITH ASTM F438. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND SOLVENT CEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM F493.
2. DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING
SHALL BE SCHEDULED 40 PVt PI TIC PIPE COMPLIANT WITH ASTM D2665. FITTINGS SHALL BE DWV TYPE
COMPLIANT WITH ASTM D2665. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND SOLVENT CEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM F656 AND D2564.
3. STORM PIPING
LRRA7_BE H�DULED 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE COMPLIANT WITH ASTM D2665. FITTINGS SHALL BE DWV TYPE
COMPLIANT WITH ASTM D2665, ALL JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND SOLVENT CEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM F565 AND D2564. HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1" THICK FIBERGLASS
INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET.
4. DOMESTIC WATER INSULATION
ALL T WATER AND HOT WATER RETURN PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE INSULATED. PIPE INSULATION
SHALL BE FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC, SIMILAR TO ARMAFLEX. INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE 1/2 " ON
PIPING UP TO 4", AND 3/4" ON PIPING LARGER.
5. BALL, CHECK, GATE AND PLUG VALVES
A. ALL VALVES 2" AND A L R ALL BE 600 PSI CWP, 150 PSI SWP, TWO PIECE CONSTRUCTION, FULL
PORT, BLOWOUT PROOF STEM, 1/4" TURN, BRONZE BALL, THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS. SIMILAR TO
NIBCO #585.
B. CHECK VALVES 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE BRONZE CONSTRUCTION, 300# CWP, SWING TYPE, BRONZE
DISC,HRE D OR SOLDERENDS. SIMILAR TO NIBCO #433.
C. DOMESTIC WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGES SHALL BE DIRECT MOUNTED, METAL CASE, DIAL TYPE,
0-200 F RANGE, 20 °F MAJOR GRADUATION, 2-1/2" DIAL SIZE.
6. VENT THROUGH ROOFS
SHALL BE H TH 4 LB. LEAD SHEET EXTENDING AROUND PIPE 8" IN ALL DIRECTIONS. TURN LEAD
SHEET DOWN 2" INTO PIPE.
7. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR
PROVIDE ON ALL COLD AND HOT WATER LINES SERVING FIXTURES USING FLUSH VALVES, SOLENOID VALVES
OR QUICK CLOSING DEVICES, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH P.D.I. STANDARD WH-201 FOR THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF FIXTURES SERVED. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED.
8. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
SUBMIT SIX COPIESF SHOP DRAWINGS OR LITERATURE ON THE FOLLOWING ITEMS- PLUMBING FIXTURES,
WATER HEATERS, EXPANSION TANKS, VALVES, INSULATION, PUMPS, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, PIPING,
AND FITTINGS.
FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE
IDENTITY
FIXTURE
CW
HW
WASTE
P-1
WATER CLOSET (FLOOR MOUNTED -FLUSH VALVE-SENOR-ADA)
1"
4"
P-2
LAVATORY (UNDERCOUNTER MOUNTED -SENSOR FAUCET-ADA)
1/2"
1/2"
1-1/4"
P-3
EXAM SINK (COUNTER MOUNTED -SENSOR FAUCET -STAFF)
1/2"
1/2"
1-1/2"
P-4
PANTRY SINK (COUNTER MOUNTED -MANUAL FAUCET -STAFF)
1/2"
1/2"
1-1/2"
P-5
NURSE/TREATMENT SINK (COUNTER MOUNTED -SENSOR FAUCET -STAFF)
1/2"
1/2"
1-1/2"
P-6
MOP BASIN (FLOOR MOUNTED)
3/4"
3/4"
3"
P-7
HOSE BIBB (CW ONLY)
3/4"
--
P-9
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
1/2"
TEN
GAL
CIRCULATING PUMP
I
I
TANK TYPE WATER HEATER
WITH CIRCULATING PUMP
PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES
1. SPECIFICATIONS, SYMBOLS LIST, ABBREVIATIONS AND DETAILS ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL DRAWINGS MARKED
P.
2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO DEPICT THE GENERAL LOCATION OF
PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPONENTS. DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. CONSULT ARCHITECTURAL PLANS
FOR PROPER DIMENSIONS AND EXACT LOCATION OF PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
3. BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID CAREFULLY STUDY THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE
PREMISES AND ANY EXISTING WORK. DETERMINE, IN ADVANCE, THE METHODS OF INSTALLING AND
CONNECTING THE APPARATUS, THE MEANS TO BE PROVIDED FOR GETTING THE EQUIPMENT INTO PLACE,
AND BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT.
4. ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2010 EDITION OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE
INCLUDING ALL SUPPLEMENTS, THE 2010 EDITION OF THE GUIDELINES FOR DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF
HOSPITAL AND HEALTH CARE FACILITIES, AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES, RULES AND
REGULATIONS. IN CASE OF DIFFERENCES THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN.
5. NO WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN VIOLATION OF ANY GOVERNING CODES. ANY WORK SHOWN ON THE
DRAWINGS WHICH IS IN VIOLATION OF SUCH CODES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL BE RESOLVED PRIOR TO THE
INSTALLATION OF THE WORK INVOLVED.
6. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE TAKEN FROM FIELD SURVEYS. NEITHER ACCURACY NOR
COMPLETION OF LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IS GUARANTEED. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF
EXISTING SYSTEMS/UTILITIES IN FIELD, WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MAKE ALL NECESSARY
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONDITIONS TO PERFORM WORK OF THIS SECTION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE,
BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, OFFSETTING EXISTING PIPING AND MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR
COORDINATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES.
7. VERIFY SIZES, LOCATIONS, INVERTS AND ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO RUNNING ANY PIPING.
8. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT AND ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED
INSPECTIONS BY THE APPROPRIATE LOCAL AUTHORITIES.
9. FURNISH ANY MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NORMALLY USED, SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR NOT, TO RENDER A
COMPLETE INSTALLATION.
10. MANUFACTURER'S MODEL NUMBERS ARE SPECIFIED SOLELY TO ESTABLISH STANDARDS OF QUALITY FOR
PERFORMANCE AND MATERIALS. SUBMIT LITERATURE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS TO THE
ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL.
11. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, VALVES, PIPING, INSULATION, ETC SHALL BE FIRST
QUALITY. THE REUSE OF EXISTING FIXTURES, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS
AND ACCESSORIES IS PROHIBITED.
12. A DIELECTRIC UNION SHALL BE USED TO JOIN ANY DISSIMILAR MATERIALS.
13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND REQUIREMENTS OF ALL PLUMBING
EQUIPMENT WITH THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SHALL FURNISH EQUIPMENT WIRED FOR THE
VOLTAGES SHOWN HEREIN.
14. ALL PIPING VALVES AND ACCESSORIES SERVING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER AS TO
ALLOW SERVICING AND/OR REMOVAL WITHOUT DISCONNECTING ALL PIPING AND ACCESSORIES.
15. GUARANTEE ALL PARTS AND LABOR FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
16. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO VALVES IN CEILINGS AND
WALLS.
17. FOR ALL SIZES OF WASTE, VENT, HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, SEE
SANITARY WASTE AND WATER RISER DIAGRAMS.
18. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH THAT OF ALL
OTHER TRADES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ELECTRICAL, HVAC, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, AND GENERAL
ARCHITECTURE. THIS SHALL INCLUDE PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SPACE TO MEET ALL OTHER TRADE
CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT
19. OFFSET ALL VTR'S A MINIMUM OF 3'-0" FROM PARAPET WALLS AND A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM OUTSIDE
AIR INTAKES, DOORS, AND OPERABLE WINDOWS.
20. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL ALL HOSE BIBBS 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.
21. CAPPED SANITARY PIPING EXTENSIONS GREATER THAN 2' IN LENGTH (DEAD ENDS) SHALL NOT BE
ALLOWED.
22. STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE CUT, DRILLED OR MODIFIED IN ANY MANNER WITHOUT THE
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
23. SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION WORK. BACKFILL
AND PATCH CONCRETE SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING OR AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
24. PROVIDE CLAMPS, OFFSETS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT STRESS
ON PIPING.
25. PRODUCT INSTALLATION SHALL ADHERE TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
26. ALL PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED BY THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SHALL NOT
REST ON CEILING TILES OR CEILING STRUCTURE.
27. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS AND WITH FLASHING
REQUIREMENTS.
28. PROVIDE VENTS AT HIGH POINTS IN PIPING SYSTEMS AND DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINTS.
29. SLOPE ALL SANITARY PIPING 3" AND LARGER AT A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1%. ALL SANITARY PIPING 2-1/2"
AND SMALLER SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM OF 2%e.
30. WATER HEATERS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH DRAIN PANS UNDER HEATERS. ROUTE PAN DRAINS TO
NEAREST OPEN SITE DRAIN, FLOOR DRAIN OR JANITOR'S CLOSET.
31. PIPING SHALL NOT RUN OVER ELECTRIC PANELS.
32. ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE
PROHIBITED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
33. RUN PIPING CONCEALED AND CLEAR OF CEILING INSERTS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.
34. ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED INSIDE OF THE BUILDING INSULATION ENVELOPE. ALL HOT WATER AND
HOT WATER CIRCULATION PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED.
35. MAKE PROPER WASTE, VENT, HOT AND COLD WATER CONNECTIONS TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT,
EVEN THOUGH ALL BRANCH MAINS, ELBOWS AND CONNECTIONS ARE NOT SHOWN.
36. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS BELOW SINKS SHALL BE SEALED.
37. ALL EXPOSED PIPING UNDER HANDICAP LAVATORY TO BE INSULATED.
38. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WATER LINE DROPS IN WALL WHEN HORIZONTAL RUN IN WALL
CONFLICTS WITH VENT PIPE IN WALL.
39. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL DISINFECT POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PER THE LOCALLY ADOPTED
PLUMBING CODE.
40. ALL PIPING PENETRATING EXTERIOR WALLS AND ROOFS SHALL BE FLASHED IN AN APPROVED MANNER AND
SHALL BE SEALED WEATHER TIGHT.
41. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ON ALL COLD AND HOT WATER LINES SERVING FIXTURES USING
FLUSH VALVES, SOLENOID VALVES, OR QUICK CLOSING DEVICES. ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH P.D.I. STANDARDS FOR THE TOTAL NUMBER OF FIXTURES SERVED.
42. ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND VALVES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN A MANNER THAT ALLOWS FOR EASY
IDENTIFICATION. PIPING SHALL BE LABELED TO IDENTIFY CONTENTS AND DIRECTION OF FLOW.
PLUMBING INDEX
SHEET #
SHEET TITLE
PO
PLUMBING COVERSHEET
P1
PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- DEMOLITION
P2
PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- GRAVITY PIPING
P3
PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- PRESSURE PIPING
P4
PLUMBING ROOF PLAN- GRAVITY PIPING
P5
PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM
P6
PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM
REVISIONS
BY
J i
i
i
d-
00
u cD cv7
i-� J o
El
x
I�ti U • N ,cJ
ti >
a� Tti 3
ti
. � , C
►---� E ti o
5 M
l;
U
OUQ',
O
U W
W
ZO U
0 C)
o t/] O
0
/R
v
r- Lr) S��
v � m
o
Z
O O Q1 N
oo 1�Lnm
0
0 t U w
m m
�
u a
M Vl N
rr
W
Cq r4 v
N N n t
W
-
x 6
Z
p 3:
r 3
v
Z
W
Y
41 N
N
L�
N m
� N
O
p n
z m
m
I
j m w
C > p N
a u
i v
C)v N Lf)
v m
a 0N0 v v L.,a
av�Dw�a
U C'
- Z
Z�
J J
C-) >
0 Jm of >.
LL_}
cUWEvi:3
0-Uv=v
AID-=vt
0 W p 0
U
00 O V) ai'
n-
Q ON
J
Q (0
U_
OO 0
L�
L.
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P 0
I U I Ht btu I UI- I Ht LNUINLLKS KNOW LtUbt, I HI: FLANS ANU 5FLL,IFK,A I IUN5 L.UMFLY WI IN IN LAFFLIL;ARL MINIMUM bUILUINU L.UUt�) AN I Ht AFFLIL.AbLt FIKt-JAFt I Y J I ANUAKUJ AJ Ut I tKMINtU V I Ht LUL.AL AU I HUKI I YIN AL.L.UKUAN.t W I I H UHAN I tli �Si. /y ANU L.HAY I tK bii, FLUKI UA �, I A I U I tJ.
.. ---- - --- - -
O II I I 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 �
13 14
i
I ��� I I
17
I I I
1 1
I
I I ,
II
II
2 12 - , -- - ----� v
J
I
r
4 (ETBR) 1-1/2' — — --
�
I
a:h '
I � I
r '
17 1 %
r
I
❑®
I
iJ
I '
I
O
r
_' 16 16 16 16 16 16
$ -- - -- —
II ; I
I
I
I,--,
rs lI IkMI 8 � a
t —
I
i
17— -
�� 7 —
1
V L
4'
/ I
t
I II
I! I 5
II
I I
— -- -- :_-� 1^ — L
L�
l'-umpig Ell
L
iI
_l
a, I
I (il
I'Il
li
I
I
I
Ili
I
I
-.
- - - �
Nx�
ry
I
(ETBR) 3/4"
DRAWING NOTES: I
1. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE EXISTING
DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE ENTRANCES, SANITARY BUILDING DRAIN AND MAIN BRANCH PIPING. THE
ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IF FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM THOSE INDICATED ON
THIS DRAWING.
OPLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- DEMOLITION
SCALE: 3/16" = V-0"
I
I
II I I
II
x
6
�
-
II
Ll
1—
I
KEYNOTES
OEXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES
TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE WATER PIPING BACK TO POINT OF ENTRY INTO BUILDING.
REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE VENT PIPING IN
IT'S ENTIRETY.
(D EXISTING 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY TO REMAIN.
O EXISTING 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND
ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED TO BELOW GRADE. PREPARE PIPE END FOR
RECONNECTION.
O EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY TO REMAIN.
OEXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND
ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED TO BELOW GRADE. PREPARE PIPE END FOR
RECONNECTION.
O EXISTING GRADE CLEANOUTTO REMAIN.
O EXISTING 4" SANITARY DRAIN TO REMAIN.
EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS D ACCESSORIES
$ AN
O
TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE WATER PIPING BACK TO POINT OF ENTRY INTO BU
ILDING.
REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO 4" BRANCH AND PREPARE PIPE END FOR
RECONNECTION. REMOVE VENT PIPING IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
OEXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE
MAIN AND PREPARE FOR RECONNECTION BY REPLACEMENT FIXTURES. REMOVE
ASSOCIATED VENT PIPING IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
10 EXISTING FLOOR SINK TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE
MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE ASSOCIATED VENT PIPING IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
11 EXISTING HUB DRAIN TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE
MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE ASSOCIATED VENT PIPING IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
12 EXISTING HOSE BIB TO BE REMOVED.
13 ALL EXISTING WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT, VALVES, PIPING, ETC IN ROOM ARE TO
BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY.
14 EXISTING ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND
ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED.
15 EXISTING WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND
ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED.
16 EXISTING LAB TREATMENT CONSOLE AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND
ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED. LAB CONSOLE CONTAINS SANITARY, WATER, AND
TREATED WATER SYSTEMS. SANITARY SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO ACTIVE MAIN AND
CAPPED. WATER PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO POINT OF ENTRY INTO BUILDING.
TREATED WATER PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
17 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE SANITARY PIPING BACK TO ACTIVE
MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE ASSOCIATED VENT PIPING IN IT'S ENTIRETY.
NLDEPr
�G�•'•��GENSF• �1�d
e
cr -
STAT/C? F�
FLORIDP
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
i
d-
00
0 E
I—, o
~ X V
[c7j
u
p.��
U • N .cJ
ti
¢�00QJ 3
3
N
o — ti
0
N
A
U A
E_
)
0 m yO. W
U U E+ O
o as
IN aa
ODU] Wa
0 0
,R
v
�Lr) Cry
v v m
Z
O O N
0
O O Q
V �
0
0 U w
m m
v a
W
v
N N CA
n � Q
W
m
3:
C
t 3
Z
a
v
Z
W
Y
� N
3 N
N oo
M
Y N
O n
Z m
m
� m w
V N
C N
QO
w c
V Q)
u O Ln
V N
.I
+�
w O v
v
0000
U nU.
Q w Q
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
C)
o
_J opt
c
w
�
0 =s 0
0—=U
v wL- o �U
U
c MO Enau'
a) Lo0v
W Q J C)NIIL
oa
00
� w
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
p 1
--------------------------
I U 1 HE BESI OF 1 HL ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, I HE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
KEYNOTES
OEXTEND 4" SANITARY AND CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY PREVIOUSLY SERVING
DEMOLISHED TOILET ROOM.
OROUTE WASTE FROM DISHWASHER TO PANTRY SINK GARBAGE DISPOSAL. PROVIDE
DECK MOUNTED AIR GAP OR SECURE WASTE LINE TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER.
O EXTEND 4" SANITARY AND CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" BUILDING DRAIN.
O EXISTING GRADE CLEANOUT TO REMAIN.
O CONNECT 2" SANITARY TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY BUILDING DRAIN.
OEXTEND 2" SANITARY UNDER SLAB TO EXISTING SANITARY LATERAL PREVIOUSLY
SERVING MECHANICAL ROOM.
OEXTEND 2" SANITARY UNDER SLAB TO EXISTING SANITARY LATERAL PREVIOUSLY
SERVING SINKS IN LAB AREA.
OEXTEND 2-1/2" SANITARY UNDER SLAB TO EXISTING SANITARY LATERAL PREVIOUSLY
SERVING SINKS IN LAB AREA.
--- - - -- --- - - -- -- - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - --- _. -, . - - -
I -I
- - ---- - - - -
9
3" STORM OVERFLOW DOWN FROM ROOF ABOVE.
- =�- --- ------ ��T I �-
P 3 ) P-3 P 3) I. _ u P-31 it nl - 2" 2" DW 11 � P_3 � P-3 I �i�� I � P-3 �L� � L.I i 10 3" STORM DOWN FROM ROOF ABOVE.
—V— _V—
�4 II FCO 11 SPILL 3" STORM OVERFLOW DRAIN ONTO GRADE. TERMINATE TO DAYLIGHT WITH
6 6 7 7 II SAN , IWCO DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE (DN).
s 7-v US - : � „ j j �I; EXTEND 3" STORM BELOW GRADE AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SITE STORM PIPING.
E,._. - F.,. _:.� �_ CBI ---- ��I 12
- - - - - 2' 2' US - -- - -
T
O EXISTING 4" SANITARY DRAIN TO REMAIN.
_ 13
�V IF — D
1"
I i i �II
3" VTR
i
I i I `
I I I I I
I I
i
: I
I iLuI
I i i
�2"1 2-1/2" US -L-
�ILiIJh'
T 74
:
P-1�
P-5 �
�i P 5 i
3 US' --'F RNDOR
4" US
V
I :
P-21 i
-- 4" US
2"
I
I
I
I
- -
v— ,
2" US
OPLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- GRAVITY PIPING
SCALE: 3/16" = V-0"
REVISIONS
BY
I
i
I � �
I L v
00
► N
Cn QD
I Y ti
1—~ U • Lo cd
E ti >
d - O
- 00 3
ILI Tti 3
ti
r
E ti O
N
C'7
I
A
w�A
0 E-
L)
U U F fWl�
ow�a
�Aaa�x
o��
o14
ono
O�
n v m
0
pO UNQI
Z
Q LD
m O U
Lnro w
Ln d
W
r n N
N N °°
�vQ
W
3:
C
t 3
Z
a
v
� /
V
~
Z
W
Y
� N
aJ N
7
W Ln m
r N
O
Z m
m
v m L6
3
c > O N
Q c
y � Y i O 00
Ln Ln
w L 3 0
UU
—Z
Z�
JJ
UM>
O m J
{— Q �l�t
cUW E c� z
U
O _0
v W� v >1O
U
°c O N av)
�Nn-
0 Q c0
�U
Op
Jw
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P 2
I U I HE BES I OF I HE LN61NELKS KNUW LLUGL, I HE PLANS AND SPLLIFICAI TUNS CUMPLY WI I H I HE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILUING CUULS AND I HE APPLICABLL FIKt-SAFL I Y S I ANUAKDS AS Ut I LKMINED BY I HE LUCAL AU I HUKI I Y IN ACCUKUANCL WI I H CHAP I LK S53./9 AND CHAP I LK b33, FLUKIUA S I A I U I LS.
P-7
III I I
2" CW, 1-1/2" HW
AV / Q-
8 1 1/2" CW 4, — — — — — — — — —
2" CW, 3/4" HW
1/2 HWR C
I
II
EWH-1 P-6
i
_ -...
1 I 10� i-
" _ --
I -
P1 -
I, I
I�
.� f. l� 'i
II„ i I I
F=,-/,,w,,w 1 1
— -
;
I
DWi! Iqt
iL P-3
3 P-4
2 I
CM
-'I P-8
REF r
C/ ui i!
1" CW, 1/2" HW
- I P-
P-1
3/4" CW/HW
C? RD' R
p T1 ---
�l1" CW/HW
_.\1/2" CW/HW
— — — —� -�RF, R —
;! I
I III
I
A Tlfi 11I/`�" CW, 1" HW,
cvra��nun�n
P-5
2" CW, 11-1/2' JHW'
1-1/4" CW,
3/4" HW
E `' A fvi
='R0 C E II,!RE
OPLUMBING FLOOR PLAN- PRESSURE PIPING
SCALE: 3/16" = V-O"
KEYNOTES
O EXTEND 1" COLD WATER TO WATER CLOSET.
OEXTEND 1/2" COLD WATER AND HOT WATER TO SINK IN WALL.
OEXTEND 1/2" HOT WATER FROM PANTRY SINK TO DISHWASHER.
O EXTEND 1/4" COLD WATER LINE TO REFRIGERATOR. PROVIDE WALL BOX BEHIND
REFRIGERATOR. PROVIDE INLINE DUAL CHECK VALVE SIMILAR TO WATTS SERIES N9.
O EXTEND 3/8" COLD WATER FROM PANTRY SINK TO COFFEE MAKER. PROVIDE INLINE
DUAL CHECK VALVE SIMILAR TO WATTS SERIES N9.
O EXTEND 1" COLD WATER TO WATER CLOSET IN WALL.
OEXTEND 1/2" COLD WATER AND HOT WATER TO SINK IN WALL.
O OFFSET EXISTING 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY BELOW SLAB AND EXTEND UP IN
WALL TO CEILING SPACE.
OOFFSET EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY BELOW SLAB AND EXTEND UP IN
WALL TO CEILING SPACE.
\\���IIIIIiitrf/
ALDEA/
G� _\GEN S�
a s.
Ly
�Q STATE OF
��s'•• FLORIOP••'��-
NA
REVISIONS
BY
�i
I
r
I � �
I Q•
n
co
M�ti V � CO
Q
4
�z� n
ti >
- o
�—� E ti
� O
. N
vi
F
U A
81
O
U W
U r i an
O W U a
a��
�aaa�a
O U M a
�C>
o
CQ
'R
v
r`Ln �r
�v vm
O
z
O O Q1 N
p O VU-) m
O
O
O V
m M uJ
� d
W
t\ Q
N N pp
Q
W
=°3
Z
o" 3
L 3
Q
v
~
V
Z
W
Y
� N
N
N 00
m
L N
o�
Z M
m
a m LJ
72
V � LL
v
c > `o a
Q LL
V Q1
u O t N
'v'' -i
w 3 0 urq
U N v O _U L7
�vui ¢,�Q
U 0
— Z
Z E
J J
U D >
o o ff }
_J
cUWErn�
o U_ -v
a
v -I-- To
U
c �O N aN
N �0 N 0
r QJ 0NCL
Q CD
U_
00
Iw
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P 3
1 U I HE fit51 OF I HE LNGINEEKS KNOWLEDGE, [HE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCALAUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
3" VTR
3" RD-2
(210 SO. FT)
3" RD-1
(210 SQ FT)
QPLUMBING ROOF PLAN - GRAVITY PIPING
SCALE: 3/16" =1'-0"
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE. THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY ST
KEYNOTES
O 3" STORM PIPING DOWN IN COLUMN TO BELOW GRADE.
O 3" OVERFLOW STORM PIPING DOWN IN COLUMN AND SPILL ONTO GRADE.
`���III111�(fi�
p,LDE/V
p
0 1
Iz
'/C0F/K*.-.--
STA��
%C��°•• FLORIDP.•°���.`�
REVISIONS
BY
J i
i
�r
��
d-
00
QD
�U CO N
U �
��
00
o 0 E
O
N J f\ U
C � ti
/
co
U
�
U N
GO O
p CV
ti
. �
u
o
N
co
I
�1
A
CjzyO.UW
U rh
o��a
IN aa
oou)r��a
ulo
,R v
ng, a v m
cc O 01 N
Z
O O
06 U Q
U w
m m �
('u a
W
v
N N M
V n
W
m
m
`M3
3
Z_I-_
a
V
~
Z
W
Y
� N
N
� m
N
O
z `•`m
m
m ui
C :
c � o ai
>
LL C
Q00
U
+ O� VY
0
Lt)3
N v CD C7
Q V C5 W Q
U 0
— Z
Z �
J J
U
o Jm o_}
cUWEvi:3
o—U�=v
v w� o L.
U
cONa�'
a� a)
Q J �NCL
Q CD
�U
00
� w
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P4
AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER SS3-79 AND CHAPTER 633. FI ORIDA STATUTES
2"
J
/1
�� 1
z'
2"
// 1
2"
2/ I
„ / 1 P-2 I
�/ 2"
/ 2" I /
\ 1 / / I ITOILET
/\2„ /
/ I \ / P-5 P-1
/ 3" VTR I '
2 P 3I \ `I NURSE STATION
I V ` WCO
I I EXAM \
V\
P-3 \ 2„
I �
I 1 2" �/
EXAM /
I / ,/4„
/ SPN T
EXAM/PROCEDURE �� 1
/
/
2 / I
P-5 / 2"
2" 1WCO /
ri
3"
3"
2"
P-2
TOILET
PLUMBING NORTH TOILET & EXAM ROOMS SANITARY RISER
NTS
P-5
NURSE STATION
2"
4"
FCO
WAIT
2"
1�1_ 12„ \
2" \ 1 \
I \ P-5 \
2" I P-2 \ \
I >
\ \ \ \ NURSE STATION \ \ �/
I \ \ 2" _�
FCO \
P-5 P-1 / L\ 2"
1 \ / 2" 411 \
I\V\ NURSE STATION
I \ T/ I
\ /JSPtJ
\ \ / 2 4"
Icy \\
2
3" VTR P-3
I
P-2 \
[EXAM]
M1 \
\� v
I TOILET 2 / J
2
/ C
/ /
P-1 P-3 2" SPA
EXAM \
2"
4" �1
2"
(E) 4' 2111 I P-3
2 P-5 2"
-- I �/
1 � \ EXAM
11�1� SPA
I \ 2"
2 1 \ EXAM/PROCEDURE C�
P-3 /
1 \� 2" Y
EXAM I \ \
\ v
2" 1
P-3 \
P-3 2I \ \
"
EXAM I \ PLUMBING SOUTH TOILET & EXAM ROOMS SANITARY RISER
I '),. I \ AITC
\2"
2 P-3
\
\
V EXAM / \
/ \ 2"
/ \
3" VTR
2 2 /
\ 2"
V I/ 'I A \
z / ( \
2„ 2" /
/ 211 \
BREAKROOM
DISHWASHER
/ DRAIN 1 \(r
P-4 I \
P-3
1
1 1 EXAM
2 1
21 21 2 V
EXAM
( P-2 1 2" P-3
V
IJANITOR
I FCO V EXAM
I TOILET
P-6
V
P-1
4'
3"
4"
t 4" S�tJ
T
WCO
PLUMBING EAST TOILET & EXAM ROOMS SANITARY RISER
NTS
SqN
WCO
stir
1`�itllilt1/
10 ALDEN 5�
GEN q • , `�
Lit-
STAT OF
'•..LORIDP,• � ti
REVISIONS
BY
�i
tl'
n 00
tt CI-) N
►�� U � cD
o�� E
o
x
ti
E x
r ,
Ca- �' U
~—• V • N ,cd
�I ti >
°O 3
- 3 3
►—. N
o x ti
o
Cn
W
U
HH�EA
U
a
U
O m
U W
oWUa
oo�r a
M0C)
o
CQ
0
R V
I - Lf,v E v m
O O E. Ol N
U
Z
O O Ln Q,
O O 'v U
m uI
m +�
� �n v LL
W"
r; v
" CL
W
a)
Zs
3
V
~
Z
W
Y
� N
i- N
�
W
� M
t N
�k.0
o^
z m
m
('J � w
a�
v
Qo Q)
LL �
v
U ) .0 N Ln
.l
1
N
w`n 3CD m
\`
r, CDd v UL d
Q V U ui Q
U U
— Z
Z_ E
J J
U � �
o o�}
,Jm
�UW Ec4=
o —U =v
p--vim
v >'o
U
c O N C
N cD �
Q J ON
Q CO
Op
LJCW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P 5
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
/ I
I 1
I
1/2"
\ \ I
\� 1
I I \ \
I \
P-3
1/2" \ EXAM
2"
1"
V, \ P-3 \ 2/ / 1-1/2\ \
N. EXAM A/
I 211
/ I/
EXAM
2
<<3/4" P-3 2"
\ \ I 1/2\ / 1/2" NURSE STATION
/ " /
BREAKROOM
1 \ \ \ P-4 2"1/2"
\/\° \" P-5
P l000
-3 \ /
1/2„ \ \ \
I EXAM 3 /4
\ I
\ \ \ / CP-1
2" /
\ 1/2 \ \ P-3 / 1-1/2" 1-1/2 TOILE
\ \ EXAM /
\ 1/2 2" P-2
1/\ \ /
v
\ / 3/4 P-1
1 \
2"
EXAM / EWH-1L ANITOR
/ 1��
/ P-6
P-3
2" / /
EXAM
P-3 1-1/2" \ /
2"
/ NURSE STATION
N. \ 1-1/4" 1/2"
P-5
2" \
TOILET \
I \
1-1/4"
1-1/2" \ P-2
1/2"
1-1/4" /
/ 2
1/2" / \ \ 1-1/4" /
/ / \ P-1 1-1/4" 3/4
/ 1/2" 2„ N U RS E STATION] /
\
\ \ / \ \ / 2"
/ P-5 I
> >
1 1 00
1/2„ /
/ /1/2"
EXAM /
P-3 \
I
I I
EXAM
P-3
NURSE STATION
+I \
I
/
/I
211
1/2" 1
/
\
\ 1/2"
\ / N.
\ P-3
2
\ " EXAM 1/2" /
/ /
\
1-1/2" \
3/4" 1
\ \ I
I
1-1/2" /I
2„
EXAM 1 /
1-1/2" P-3
100,
/ 100,
2" \/2 P-7 /
<2 1/2"
/ /
/ 3/4
2"��
/ /
P-5
\ / 1 \
1-1/4" I \
1/2" I
2\
\ I 11/2„
\
1 I
I P-2 1/2" 1
/ I -,TOILET / 1 1-1/4"
/ 100,
P-1
3/4" 00000l /
1/2" 1"
/ / .00
/ EXAM
P-3
I
I
EXAM/PROCEDURE
I
loe
P-5
P-7
PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM
NTS
I
P-9
WAITING
1/2"
11/2"
I
P-2
TOILET
EXAM/PROCEDURE
NLDEN
\,AGE N S�
STA OF
FCORIOP. '
i�. 11 1 I i l fit;
REVISIONS
BY
r—�
► rr
QO
Q0
I� o ti Ei
� x ti A
x
ad
. 1 r"
U N ,cJ
ti
tl >
Q � o
co 3
ti
o x ti
./ Z
l�
A
U 'E-A
d
O
z
a
O 0 W a
O O
CQ
0
� v c,
�
Z
O O 6l N
99Q
0
0 L u w
m m
LML
r' n
F 'v
W
N N o0
W
o 3:
Z
r 3
Q
_
alu
v
Z
W
Y
� N
N
7
po
� m
t N
Dr,
a^
Z m
m
� � w
N
u O +� 00 N Ln
.l
w� 30 °ate
W v U U d
< -;t Lu Q
U U
— Z
Z Q
_J J
U � �
o Jm off}
C
c U LJ E u;
O
0L" LU
> O
OW� N
CC U
C`0 Q0
CD co a) v
IN
Q
J 0
0 Q co
OJ 0
CW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: ARK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
P 6
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
FAN SCHEDULE
ABBREVIATIONS
GENERAL NOTES
STARTER ACCESSORIES
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
PWE = POWER WALL EXHAUSTER
(1) PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTOR, SEE SPECS
A = OMBINATION MAG-X-LINE
1 = BELT GUARD
14 = ACCESS DOOR
20 = HI -PRO POLY COATING
30 = ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING
PREU = POWER ROOF EXHAUSTER UPBLAST
(2) INCLUDES WEIGHT OF INERTIA BASE,
B = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
2 = 2-SPEED, 2-WINDING MOTOR
15 =THREE-PHASE DISCONNECT SWITCH
21= FAN CAGE WITH WALL SLEEVE
BRACKETS
PRIED = POWER ROOF EXHAUSTER DOWN BLAST
IF APPLICABLE
C = HAND -OFF -AUTO SWITCH, PILOT LIGHT,
3 = INERTIA BASE
IN FAN HOUSING
22 = SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROLLER
31 = DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR
PRS = POWER ROOF SUPPLY FAN
(3) EXISTING TO REMAIN
AND CONTROL TRANSFORMER IN
4 = LINED HOUSING
16 = PREWIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH
23 = OUTLET CONE
32 = REVERSIBLE MOTOR
SWSI = SINGLE WIDTH, SINGLE INLET
STARTER
5 = INLET SCREEN
IN FAN HOUSING
24 = COPLANAR SILENCER
33 = INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR,
DWDI = DOUBLE WIDTH, DOUBLE INLET
D = VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD)
6 = OUTLET BIRD SCREEN
17 = WALL CURB
25 = INLET AIRFLOW STRAIGHTENER
SENSOR SHALL ONLY ACTIVATE FAN
CC = CEILING CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST
E = LINE REACTOR, MAIN DISCONNECT,
7 = WEATHERPROOF HOUSING
18 = EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR WITH NON -SPARKING 26 = UL LISTED FOR SMOKE CONTROL
WHEN BATHROOM IS OCCUPIED
BVS = BELTED VENT SET
AND CONTROL RELAY FOR COMMUNICATION
8 = MOTORIZED INLET DAMPERS
WHEEL AND DRIVE ASSEMBLY
SYSTEM
34 = AMCA LISTED
CT = CONTROL TRANSFORMER
WITH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
9 = MOTORIZED OUTLET DAMPERS
19 = UL 762 LISTING WITH GREASE TROUGH,
27 = PROVIDE ONE (1) SPARE VFD
35 = WHITE PLASTIC GRILLE
SP = STANDBY POWER
F = FULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSING CONUCTOR
10 = MOTORIZED INLET VANES
HINGED FAN ACCESS, DUCT ADAPTOR PLATE,
FOR EACH HP SIZE SCHEDULED
36 = AUTOMATIC BELT TENSIONER
EXP = EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR & NON -SPARKING WHEEL
11 = INLET GRAVITY DAMPERS
AND CURB EXTENSION TO MAINTAIN A
28 = HIGH TEMPERATURE
37 = TIE DOWN POINTS/LIFTING LUGS
PROP =WALL PROPELLER FAN
12 = OUTLET BACKDR AFT DAMPER
MINIMUM 40" ABOVE ROOF
29 = UL 793 BUTTERFLY DISCHARGE
38 = MOTOR WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD
EP = EMERGENCY POWER
13 = 12" HIGH ROOF CURB
DAMPER
39 = SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY
IDENTIFICATION
SYSTEM
QUANTITY
DESIGN BASIS
MODEL NO.
TYPE
CFM
EXT. STATIC
PRESSURE
MAX. SONES
/
MOTOR 1
STARTER
ISOLATORS
WALL/ ROOF
OPERATING
ACCESSORIES
REMARKS / DUPLICATES
(IN)
O.V. (FPM)
WATTS
AMPS
RPM
ELEC.
TYPE
LOCATION
ACCESSORIES
OPENING (IN)
WEIGHT (LBS)
EF 1,2,3,4,5
TOILET EXHAUST
1
GREENHECK
SP B90
CEILING
75
0.25
2.5 /
65
0.65
115/1/80
11
12, 16, 22, 30, 35, 38
PLUG TYPE DISCONNECT, LIGHT
CENTRIFUGAL
SWITCH CONTROL W DELAY
EF 6
JANITOR CLOSET
1
GREENHECK
SP B70
CEILING
50
0.25
1.4 / -
45
0.53
115/1/60
10
12, 16, 22, 30, 35, 38
PLUG TYPE DISCONNECT, LIGHT
CENTRIFUGAL
SWITCH CONTROL W DELAY
ROOFTOP A/C UNIT SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES
STARTER ACCESSORIES
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
(1) PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTOR, SEE SPECS
A = COMBINATION MAG-X-LINE
1 = 1. WIND LOAD RATED ROOF CURB
11
= FANS ON EMERGENCY POWER
* CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ROOFTOP
(2) INCLUDES WEIGHT OF INERTIA BASE,
B = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
2 = ECONOMIZER OPTION
12
= INLET SCREEN
EQUIPMENT IS SECURED AND TIED DOWN TO
IF APPLICABLE
C = HAND -OFF -AUTO SWIf,CH, PILOT LIGHT,
3 = BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER
13
= ROOF CURB ADAPTOR
MEET WIND LOAD REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN
(3) EXISTING TO REMAIN
AND CONTROL TRANSFORMER IN
4 = 2" PLEATED MERV 7 FILTERS
14
= MOTORIZED OUTSIDE AIR AND RETURN AIR DAMPERS
THE 2010 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. REFER TO
(4) 95°F DB AMBIENT AIR DESIGN CONDITION
STARTER
5 =TIME DELAY RELAY W/ANTI-SHORT CYCLE 15
= COIL GUARD
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
D = VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD)
6 = WEATHERPROOF HOUSING
16
= FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH
REQUIREMENTS.
E = LINE REACTOR, MAIN DISCONNECT,
7 =ALTERNATE INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR
17
= FACTORY SUPPLY AND RETURN SMOKE DETECTORS
AND CONTROL RELAY FOR COMMUNICATION
8 = FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY
WITH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
9 = 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT
F = FULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSING CONTACTOR
10 = 90% EFF. FINAL FILTERS
SUPPLY FAN
OUTSIDE AIR CFM
HEATING COIL
COOLING COIL
COMPRESSOR 4
SUPPLY
FAN MOTOR 1
UNIT
STARTER
IDENTIFICATION
AREA SERVED
TYPE
DESIGN
MODEL NO.
UNIT
OPERATING
ACCESSORIES
REMARKS / DUPLICATES
EXT. S.P.
TOTAL
DEHUM.
ENT.
LVG.
MIN. GTH
DISC.
BASIS
CFM
(IN)
S.P.
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
TYPE
INPUT
CFM
DB / WB
DB / WB
BTU/HR
QUANTITY / RLA
ELEC.
HP
ELEC.
MCA
MOCP
ELEC.
TYPE
LOCATION
TYPE
ACCESSORIES
WEIGHT (LBS)
RTU-1
NORTH SIDE EXAM ROOMS,
PACKAGE
JCI
J06ZJE18D2LZZ7
2,660
0.6"
250
300
ELECTRIC
13.5 KW
2,660
76.9°F/64.5°F
56.8°F/55.0°F
76,100
2 / 9.3 EA.
208/3/60
1.5
208/3/60
53.3
60
208/3/60
F
UNIT
SEE DIV. 26
1,067
1, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17
PROCEDURE RM
DX
@ 208V
MOUNTED
RTU-2
WAITING ROOMS, BREAK RM
PACKAGE
JCI
J10ZJE18R2LZZ7
3,900
0.7"
400
475
ELECTRIC
13.5 KW
3,900
77.1°F/64.6°F
54.2°F/53.9°F
124,100
2 / 16.0 EA.
208/3/60
3
208/3/60
58.8
60
208/3/60
F
UNIT
SEE DIV. 26
1,107
1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17
DX
@ 208V
MOUNTED
RTU-3
SOUTH SIDE EXAM 1100 S,
PACKAGE
JCI
J06ZJE18D2LZZ7
2,545
0.6"
250
300
ELECTRIC
13.5 KW
2,545
77.0°F/64.5°F
56.3°F/54.6°F
75,500
2 /9.3 EA.
208/3/60
1.5
208/3/60
53.3
60
208/3/60
F
UNIT
SEE DIV. 26
1,067
1, 4, 5, 6„ 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17
PROCEDURE RM
DX
@ 208V
MOUNTED
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES
1. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, EXACT SIZES OF EXISTING
DUCT, ETC. BEFORE DEMOLITION WORK IS BEGUN. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN PLANS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS
TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK.
2. REMOVE THE INDICATED HVAC ITEMS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. THIS INCLUDES ALL HANGERS, STRAPS AND RELATED MATERIAL.
3. PATCH OPENINGS IN WALLS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL WHERE AIR DEVICES HAVE BEEN REMOVED; COORDINATE
WITH ARCHITECT.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AND INDICATE ROUTING OF NEW DUCTWORK BEFORE FABRICATION
BEGINS AS RISES AND DROPS MAY BE NECESSARY DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS.
5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE PRESENTED TO THE OWNER IN USEABLE
CONDITION. IF THE OWNER WISHES TO UTILIZE THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL MOVE THE EQUIPMENT TO AN ON
SITE LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER. ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN A MANNER
ACCEPTABLE BY LOCAL JURISDICTION.
MECHANICAL DUCTWORK NOTES
1. ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE RECTANGULAR OR FLEXIBLE AS INDICATED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS.
2. ALL DUCTWORK IS SHOWN AS FREE AREA INSIDE DIMENSIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. DO
NOT INSULATE EXHAUST DUCTWORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. FOR LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK USE SPIN -IN AND VOLUME DAMPER FOR ROUND TAKE OFFS FROM SQUARE DUCT.
4. FOR LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK USE 45 DEGREE TAPS FOR ROUND TO ROUND TAKE OFF'S. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AT EACH
TAKE OFF.
5. DO NOT CONSTRUCT OR INSTALL TAPS OUT OF REDUCERS, TEES AND OR ELBOWS.
6. ALLOW FOR FIELD MEASURED OFFSETS OR TRANSITIONS, ELBOWS, ETC.
7. DOVETAIL AND/OR SEAL TIGHT FACE MOUNTED TAP -INS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
8. SUPPORT ALL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK AS INDICATED IN SMACNA FIGURE 3-9, 2010 BUT NOT LESS THAN 5-0" O.C.
9. USE STAINLESS STEEL BANDS FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS.
10. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS CONNECTED BY FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE FLEXIBLE DUCT.
11. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF ALL REGISTERS, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS ETC. WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
12. DO NOT USE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK IN EXPOSED AREAS OR IN AREAS ABOVE HARD CEILINGS.
13, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIFFUSER AND
GRILLE SCHEDULE. SIZING OF BRANCH DUCTWORK TO SINGLE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
14. PROVIDE MANUAL BALANCING/VOLUME DAMPERS AT ALL LOW PRESSURE BRANCH TAKE -OFFS TO DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES FROM
SUPPLY AND RETURN MAINS AND SUB -MAINS, AND AT ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCT SPLITS OR SUB -MAIN TAKE -OFFS.
15. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN AREAS WITH DRYWALL CEILINGS FOR ACCESS TO VOLUME DAMPERS. COORDINATE LOCATION OF
ACCESS PANELS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.
16. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CLEARANCE FOR ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING
MAINTENANCE ACCESS.
17. SPACES WITH DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL HAVE FLANGE TYPE AIR DEVICES.
18. ALL LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK SERVING TWO OR MORE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES SHALL BE
SIZED NOT TO EXCEED 1500 FEET PER MINUTE VELOCITY AND 0.07 INCH OF FRICTION LOSS PER 100 FEET OF DUCT.
19. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A, AIR DUCT ACCESS AND INSPECTION, AND PROVIDED WITH
SERVICE OPENINGS TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF DUCT AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.
20. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES
1. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW ALL POSSIBLE CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR
IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE EXACT ROUTING OF ALL SERVICES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH ALL OTHER
TRADES. IT IS INTENDED THAT A COMPLETE SYSTEM BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, APPURTENANCES, AND
CONTROLS, COMPLETELY COORDINATED WITH ALL DISCIPLINES. ALL PARAMETERS GIVEN IN THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE STRICTLY
CONFORMED WITH. ANY ITEMS AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES,
STANDARDS, AND THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT INCURRING ANY ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE
OWNER. CAREFULLY REVIEW ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN OF OTHER TRADES BEFORE PREPARING SHOP DRAWINGS.
2. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND TRADES. MAKE ALL OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS TO
COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.
3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OWNER TO MAINTAIN OPERATIONS AS REQUIRED, AND SCHEDULED WITH OWNER.
4. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL ROOF, WALL, AND SLAB PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
5. MOUNT THERMOSTATS WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, 5-0" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
6. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCT, CABLE, ETC, SHALL BE INSTALLED NO LESS THAN 12" ABOVE CEILING GRID.
7. ANY FAILURE OF EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM, OR UTILITY THAT MAY AFFECT OTHER AREAS OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA SHALL REQUIRE
IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS, WITHIN ONE HOUR DURING DAY SHIFT
MONDAY-FRIDAY, AND WITHIN FOUR HOURS ON NIGHTS AND WEEKENDS.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ANY BALANCING DEVICE NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE PROPER ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE PROJECT SCOPE, UTILITY CONNECTIONS, AND ALL BUILDING
SERVICES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETCETERA PRIOR TO STARTING WORK.
REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL CONDITIONS TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK.
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW FILTERS AT EXISTING AHU BEFORE OWNER OCCUPIES NEW RENOVATED AREAS.
11. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR DETAILS REGARDING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR
THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS. WHERE A NEW OR UNFORESEEN CONDITION EXISTS THAT IS NOT COVERED IN
DOCUMENTS SUCH AS TYPE OF CONDUIT, SIZE OR DIAMETER, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE "ON -SITE FOR INSPECTION" A LISTED
UL-RATED SYSTEM FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS TO MEET FIRE RATING OF CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION REFERENCED IN ARCHITECT'S
LIFE SAFETY PLANS.
12. STANDARD DETAILS ILLUSTRATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE APPLIED IN ALL CASES WHERE THE FEATURE OCCURS IN THE SYSTEM
DESIGN.
13. SUPPORTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND HANGERS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL BRACING SUPPORTS AND REINFORCING STEEL NEEDED TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23
SHALL BE FURNISHED AS PART OF SCOPE OF WORK OF DIVISION 23.
14. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HANGING REQUIREMENTS FROM ROOF TRUSSES OR FLOOR JOISTS.
15. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE LOCATED AS INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND
LOCAL CODES.
16. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WITH CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A COMPLETE OPERABLE
SYSTEM.
17. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.
18. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS.
19. PATCH ALL CUTTING OR DRILLING OF EXISTING FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, OR FLOORS.
20. INSTALL AN ACCESS PANEL IN HARD CEILINGS WHEREVER ACCESS IS REQUIRED FOR DAMPERS OR ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING
ACCESS. COORDINATE WALL ACCESS PANELS WITH ARCHITECT.
21. WHERE WORK IN RENOVATED AREAS AFFECTS SYSTEMS IN OTHER AREAS OF THE PROJECT SCOPE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE OWNER. THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE TO FIT THE SITE OPERATIONAL SCHEDULE AND MINIMIZE
DISRUPTION/DISCOMFORT TO OCCUPIED AREAS. PROVIDE 48 HOURS WRITTEN NOTICE WITH ANTICIPATED DURATION OF OUTAGE.
22. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS MUST BE INSTALLED AND FIRESAFED TO MEET UL FIRE
RESISTANCE LISTING DETAILS FOR THE PENETRATION. REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
23. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES FOR REQUIRED CEILING REMOVAL IN EXISTING BUILDING. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR
TO COMMENCING REMOVAL. REMOVE ONLY THAT PORTION OF CEILING NECESSARY TO ACCESS AND COMPLETE THE NEW WORK.
UPON COMPLETION OF THE ABOVE CEILING WORK, CEILING IS TO BE REINSTALLED. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED CEILING TILES WITH NEW
TILES TO MATCH EXISTING.
24. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET FROM EXHAUST FAN DISCHARGE AND PLUMBING VENT LOCATIONS.
25. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CUTTING ANY OPENING IN THE STRUCTURE.
26. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL PHASING PLAN.
27. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, AN INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED TEST & BALANCE ENGINEER SHALL BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS, AND SUBMIT A
WRITTEN TEST & BALANCE AND OPERATION OF CONTROLS REPORT TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ALONG WITH OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION CHART PER ASHRAE 62.1
RTU -1
DESIGN CONDITION: COOLING OPERATION
SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY: 1.00
REQUIRED SYSTEM OUTDOOR AIR (CFM): 212
SPACE VENTILATION ANALYSIS TABLE
ZONE NAME /SPACE NAME
SUPPLY AIR
FLOOR AREA
REQUIRED
OUTDOOR AIR
OUTDOOR
TIME AVERAGED
REQUIRED
OUTDOOR AIR
AIR DISTRIBUTION
REQUIRED
OUTDOOR AIR
UNCORRECTED
OUTDOOR AIR
ZONE
VENTILATION
(CFM)
Z
(FT)
OCCUPANCY
(CFM/PERSON)
EFFECTIVENESS
(CFM)
(CFM)
EFFICIENCY
NORTH ZONE
1 2660
1 2091
1 0.06
1 18
1 5
1 1.0
1 210
1 215.5
1 1.01
TOTALS
2660
2091
210
215.5
RTU-2
DESIGN CONDITION: COOLING OPERATION
SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY: 1.00
REQUIRED SYSTEM OUTDOOR AIR (CFM): 234
SPACE VENTILATION ANALYSIS TABLE
SUPPLY AIR
FLOOR AREA
REQUIRED
TIME AVERAGED
REQUIRED
AIR DISTRIBUTION
REQUIRED
UNCORRECTED
ZONE
ZONE NAME /SPACE NAME
(CFM)
Z
(�)
OUTDOOR AIR
OCCUPANCY
OUTDOOR AIR
EFFECTIVENESS
OUTDOOR AIR
OUTDOOR AIR
VENTILATION
(CFM/FTZ)
(CFM/PERSON)
(CFM)
(CFM)
EFFICIENCY
CENTER ZONE
3900
2283
1 0.06
20
5
1.0
235
237
1.01
TOTALS
3900
2283
1
235
237
RTU-3
DESIGN CONDITION: COOLING OPERATION
SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY: 1.00
REQUIRED SYSTEM OUTDOOR AIR (CFM): 201
SPACE VENTILATION ANALYSIS TABLE
SUPPLY AIR
FLOOR AREA
REQUIRED
TIME AVERAGED
REQUIRED
AIR DISTRIBUTION
REQUIRED
UNCORRECTED
ZONE
ZONE NAME /SPACE NAME
(CFM)
(FTz)
OUTDOOR AIR
OCCUPANCY
OUTDOOR AIR
EFFECTIVENESS
OUTDOOR AIR
OUTDOOR AIR
VENTILATION
(CFM/FT)
(CFM/PERSON)
(CFM)
(CFM)
EFFICIENCY
SOUTH ZONE
2545
1978
0.06
17
5
1.0
202
204
1.01
TOTALS
2545
1978
1
1
1
1
1 202
204
HVAC ABBREVIATIONS
AB = AIR BLENDER
AHU = AIR HANDLING UNIT
AD = ACCESS DOOR
MVD = MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
T = THERMOSTAT
IC = INSIDE CLEAR
EF = EXHAUST FAN
HVAC LEGEND
® 150 SUPPLY AIR QUANTITY DIFFUSER & R, �' RISE IN DUCTWORK
15OR RETURN GRILLE & AIR D. _ DROP IN DUCTWORK
QUANTITY
® 75E QUANTITY RILLE &AIR
UAN B SUPPLY DUCTWORK
SMOKE DETECTOR RETURN OR EXHAUST
DUCTWORK
QT THERMOSTAT
MVD
MECHANICAL INDEX
SHEET
DESCRIPTION
MO.1
MECHANICAL LEGEND, NOTES, AND SCHEDULES
MO.2.
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M0.3
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MO.4
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M1.1
MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION
M1.2
MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION
M2.1
MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION
M2.2
MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION
M3.1
MECHANICAL DETAILS
\`\``�\llllltldAl��
aLDEN
N I
_
0 �E O!
NA '-
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
C N
Q0
o�00 o
i - u
E x �
ro
u
ro s,
E ti
o ti
� o
ti a
CN
M
l;
A
E- W
A
E+
z'
Zwoa
0
oov2r��a
O., ..0
o� ..�0.
0
,R v
r-� E
v m
O
Z
O O
CD
u) N
ao�d�
0 m - v w
m ui v a
r4r4v
W
" N °°
��a`
�
W
x
=LL3
Qi
t 3
Z
Q
v
_
�
V
Z
W
Y
N
i-' N
3
00
N ry�
L N
o F,
Z m
cn
D w
c > o ai
Q LL
v
i� 00 N �
U T
3 (5" w m
L!1 O C
a 0 v u a
d V V wQ
U O
- Z
Z E
J J
C)
o Jm
o_}
c0W Ernes
o U =0
vWL�o�o
�-
U
°c :2 O N C
� C:)NCL
QJ
Q �
U_
0 Q
L.L cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
moo 1
TO THE RFST OF THE FNGINFFRS KNOW[ FDGF. THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633. FLORIDA STATUTES
SECTION 23 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY APPLICABLE TO DIVISION 23.
B. REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS APPLY TO THIS DIVISION.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI: AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE.
B. ARI: AMERICAN REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
C. ASHRAE: AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS.
D. ASME: AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
E. ASTM: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS.
F. AWWA: AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION.
G. FM: FACTORY MUTUAL.
H. IRI: INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURERS.
1. MISS: MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY.
J. NEMA: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION.
K. NFPA: NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION.
L. SMACNA: SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
M. UL: UNDERWRITERS'LABORATORIES, INC.
N. UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY
0. ASTM E814-13A: STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR FIRE TESTS OF PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS.
1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 01 1 000 - SUMMARY: CONTRACT DESCRIPTIONS, DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK, WORK BY OTHERS, FUTURE WORK,
OCCUPANCY CONDITIONS, USE OF SITE AND PREMISES, WORK SEQUENCE.
B. SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES: APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, SCHEDULE OF VALUES, MODIFICATIONS
PROCEDURES, CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.
C. SECTION 01 3000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, PROJECT MEETINGS, PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND
DOCUMENTATION, REPORTS, COORDINATION.
D. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: FUNDAMENTAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS,
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING.
E. SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS: EXAMINATION, PREPARATION, AND GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES;
I
PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS; CUTTING AND PATCHING; CLEANING AND PROTECTION; STARTING OF SYSTEMS; DEMONSTRATION AND
INSTRUCTION; CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES EXCEPT PAYMENT PROCEDURES; REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS WORK.
F. SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (o&m) bATA, WARRANTIES
AND BONDS.
G. SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING: DETAILED REQUIREMENTS.
H. SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION: SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, SITE DEMOLITION, STRUCTURE REMOVAL.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. PERFORM WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23 IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS LISTED BELOW OF THE LATEST APPLICABLE EDITION
ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. WHERE THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE MORE STRINGENT, THEY SHALL TAKE
PRECEDENCE. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, OBTAIN A DECISION FROM THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
1 . ICC/ANSI Al 117.11: ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.
2. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 2010 WITH 2012 SUPPLEMENTS.
3. IBC: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, WITH MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CODES.
4. NFPA 30: FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS CODE (2008)
5. NFPA 70: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (2008)
6. NFPA 72: NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE (2007)
7. NFPA 9OA: STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS (2009)
8. NFPA 9OB: STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS (2009)
9. NFPA 101: LIFE SAFETY CODE (2012)
1 0. NFPA 241: STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS (2004)
1 1. SPECIAL REGULATIONS, SUPPLEMENT, AND AMENDMENTS OF THE STATE AND/OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B. COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE EDITION DATE OF EACH REGULATION AS ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. LAYOUTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW RELATIVE POSITIONS AND ARRANGEMENT OF
EQUIPMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND MEASUREMENTS OBTAINED AT
THE JOB SITE, AS APPLICABLE, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERALLY, INSTALL WORK IN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, USING AS
NECESSARY, RISES, DROPS, OFFSETS, TRANSITIONS, AND ALTERNATE ROUTINGS TO FIT IN THE AVAILABLE SPACE UNLESS PREVENTED BY
PROJECT CONDITIONS.
B. IF PREVENTED BY PROJECT CONDITIONS, PREPARE DRAWINGS SHOWING PROPOSED REARRANGEMENT OF WORK, INCLUDING CHANGES
TO WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. OBTAIN PERMISSION OF ENGINEER OF RECORD BEFORE PROCEEDING.
C. CAUSE AS LITTLE INTERFERENCE OR INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND SERVICES AS POSSIBLE. SCHEDULE WORK WHICH WILL
CAUSE INTERFERENCE OR INTERRUPTION IN ADVANCE WITH OWNER, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND ALL AFFECTED TRADES.
D. DETERMINE SIZES AND VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES ON OR NEAR SITE.
E. KEEP ROADS CLEAR OF MATERIALS AND DEBRIS.
F. VISIT SITE AND BE INFORMED OF CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK MUST BE PERFORMED.
G. LOCATE EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PERIODIC SERVING SO THAT IT IS READILY ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE MEANS OF SERVICE ACCESS,
FOLLOWING APPROPRIATE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCE SPACE OR, AS APPLICABLE, MEANS OF ACCESS USING
DUCT, WALL, OR CEILING ACCESS DOORS,
H. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO LEAVE SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR AHJ INSPECTION OF WALL CONSTRUCTION.
1.06 FEES AND PERMITS
A. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND INSPECTION FEES REQUIRED TO PERFORM DIVISION 23 WORK.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. SEE SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES,
B. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS CONTAINING UNMARKED CUTSHEETS OR NOT PROVIDING SPECIFIC DETAIL OF WHAT IS BEING PROPOSED WILL
BE REJECTED AND WILL NOT BE REVIEWED.
C. INCLUDE PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 23.
D. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING AND PRODUCT DATA GROUPED TO INCLUDE COMPLETE SUBMITTALS OF RELATED SYSTEMS, PRODUCTS, AND
ACCESSORIES IN A SINGLE SUBMITTAL.
E. PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD'S CADD FILES. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR OR
VENDOR WISH TO USE THE ENGINEER OF RECORD'S CADD FILES AS THE BASIS FOR DEVELOPING THEIR SHOP DRAWINGS, A RELEASE
FORM, OBTAINABLE FROM THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT, MUST BE SIGNED AND A NOMINAL CHARGE PER SHEET AS DETERMINED ON A PER
PROJECT BASIS MUST BE MADE PAYABLE TO APG ENGINEERING TO COVER THE COST OF PREPARING THE DRAWINGS FOR USE BY OTHERS.
F. BROCHURES: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND BROCHURES INCLUDING:
1 . COMPLETE DESCRIPTIONS.
2. ILLUSTRATIONS.
3. RATING DATA, ACCESSORIES, DIMENSIONAL DATA, AND APPLICABLE OPTIONS AND FEATURES MARKED FOR THE SPECIFIC ITEMS
SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN.
4. CAPACITIES STATED IN THE TERMS SPECIFIED.
5. PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS, FANS, AND PUMPS.
6. PERFORMANCE DATA FOR ALL AIR TERMINAL DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS.
1.08 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION, PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AS SPECIFIED IN
DIVISION 01, IN FULL COOPERATION WITH PERSONS PERFORMING WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, TELECOMMUNICATIONS, AUDIONISUAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL.
B. DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE FORMALLY SUBMITTED BUT SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE FOR REFERENCE. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD AND
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF CONFLICTS THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED.
C. COORDINATION DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1 . DRAWN TO SCALE OF 1/4" = V-011.
2. ROOM DIMENSIONS.
3. SHEET SIZE MATCHING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
4. DUCT SIZES WITH BOTTOM ELEVATION FROM FINISHED FLOOR.
5. SHOW EQUIPMENT, COLUMNS, AND BEAMS.
6. DUCT FITTING DETAILS.
7. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS OF PLENUMS AND CASINGS.
8. CONCRETE PAD AND FOUNDATION LAYOUTS INCLUDING ANCHOR BOLT AND SLEEVE LOCATIONS.
9. DIMENSIONED FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS.
10. WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
1 1. PIPING THREE INCHES AND LARGER, WITH ELEVATIONS FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF PIPE.
12. SPACE ALLOCATION FOR CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAYS.
13. CEILING HEIGHT.
14. DUCTWORK, AIR TERMINAL UNITS, AND PIPING THREE INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE SHOWN IN PROPER GRAPHIC SCALE.
1.09 COMPLETENESS OF WORK
A. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DEPICT HVAC SYSTEMS WHICH ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING SYSTEMS. ALL
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND LABOR NECESSARY TO RENDER A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM TO FULFILL THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN ON
THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
B. CATALOG NUMBERS REFERENCED THROUGHOUT THE DIVISION 23 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO CONVEY A GENERAL
UNDERSTANDING OF THE TYPE AND QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT REQUIRED. WHERE WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS DIFFER FROM INFORMATION
CONVEYED BY A CATALOG NUMBER, THE WRITTEN DESCRIPTION SHALL GOVERN. NO EXTRA SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE A CATALOG
NUMBER IS FOUND TO BE INCOMPLETE OR OBSOLETE.
1.10 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS.
A. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 01.
1.11 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 01.
1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS THAT ILLUSTRATE THE WORK OF DIVISION 23 AS FINALLY CONSTRUCTED. DELIVER RECORD DRAWINGS TO
THE ENGINEER OF RECORD IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT AND ALSO THREE (3) HARD COPIES MARKED IN RED INK TO REFLECT WORK AS
CONSTRUCTED.
B. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL REFLECT ALL CHANGES MADE TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHETHER GENERATED BY ADDENDA, CHANGE
ORDERS, OR FIELD CONDITIONS. MAINTAIN A DAILY RECORD OF THESE CHANGES AND KEEP CURRENT SET OF DRAWINGS SHOWING THESE
CHANGES.
C. DELIVER RECORD DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER OF RECORD WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
D. COORDINATION DRAWINGS ARE TO INDICATE AIR TERMINAL UNITS, FAN COIL UNITS, AIR HANDLING UNITS, FANS, CONTROL PANELS, AND
ALL OTHER DEVICES AND MATERIALS TO PROPER SCALE.
1.13 OWNING AND OPERATING MANUALS
A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 01, BUT PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE HARD COPY SETS AND ELECTRONIC COPY.
B. MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE CLEAR AND COMPREHENSIVE INSTRUCTIONS WITH APPROPRIATE GRAPHICS AND PROJECT SPECIFIC MARKED
DATA TO ENABLE OWNER TO OPERATE AND MAINTAIN ALL SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS DIVISION.
C. COPIES OF FINAL REVIEWED SUBMITTALS INDICATING ALL MODEL NUMBERS, SERIAL NUMBERS, CUT SHEETS, AND ALL PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA ON FURNISHED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED.
1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH NOT LESS
THAN THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
B. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: INDEPENDENT FIRM SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING TESTING AND INSPECTIONS OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED
IN THIS SECTION.
C. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS AT PROJECT SITE: MAINTAIN AT THE PROJECT SITE A COPY OF EACH REFERENCED DOCUMENT THAT PRESCRIBES
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS.
1.15 WARRANTY
A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ESCUTCHEON PLATES
A. PROVIDE B & C NO. 10 OR EQUAL CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEON PLATES WHERE PIPES PENETRATE PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS IN FINISHED
AREAS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING I
A. WHERE IT BECOMES NECESSARY TO CUT THROUGH ANY WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK OF
DIVISION 23, OR TO REPAIR ANY DEFECTS THAT MAY APPEAR, THE CUTTING SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE
GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INFORM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE ANY WORK COMMENCES. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE
ALTERED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
B. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGE CAUSED BY CUTTING OR INSTALLATION OF WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 23.
1
C. PERFORM REPAIRS WITH MATERIALS WHICH MATCH EXISTING AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS.
3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, DELIVER ITEMS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL UNOPENED PACKAGING. WHERE DELIVERY IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING
IS NOT PRACTICAL, PROVIDE COVER AND SHIELDING FOR ALL ITEMS WITH PROTECTIVE MATERIALS TO KEEP THEM FROM BEING DAMAGED.
USE CARE IN LOADING, TRANSPORTING, UNLOADING, AND STORING TO KEEP ITEMS FROM BEING DAMAGED.
B. STORE ITEMS IN A CLEAN, bRY PLACE, AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MAY NOT BE STAGED OR STORED
OUTDOORS UNLESS INTENDED FOR OUTDOOR USE. IF INDOOR STORAGE IS NOT AVAILABLE AT THE JOBSITE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE WAREHOUSE STORAGE UNTIL EQUIPMENT CAN BE STORED WITHIN THE BUILDING. PRE -FABRICATED DUCTWORK AND AIRSIDE
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SEALED AT FABRICATION FACILITY WITH SHEET PLASTIC TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION WITH DIRT/DEBRIS.
PROTECTION TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL ASSEMBLY.
C. PROTECT VALVES AND PIPING FROM DAMAGE. COVER EQUIPMENT DURING WORK OF FINISHING TRADES.
D. KEEP DIRT AND DEBRIS OUT OF PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND AIRSIDE EQUIPMENT.
E. REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE DAMAGED ITEMS.
F. COVER FACTORY FINISHED EQUIPMENT DURING WORK OF FINISHING'TRADES, SUCH AS FAN COIL UNITS, FIN TUBES, ETC.
G. DUCTWORK DELIVERED Td JOBSITE SHALL BE SEALED WITH SHRINKWRAP OR TAPED SHEET PLASTIC AND SHALL REMAIN SEALED UNTIL
INSTALLATION. OPEN ENDS OF INSTALLED DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED AND PROTECTED DURING ALL STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION.
3.03 ESCUTCHEON PLATES
A. PROVIDE CHROMIUM PLATED ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR EXPOSED UNINSULATED PIPES PROJECTING THROUGH FLOORS OR WALLS IN
"FINISHED" SPACES. MECHANICAL ROOMS, STORE ROOMS, ELECTRIC CLOSETS, AND JANITOR CLOSETS ARE NOT CONSIDERED "FINISHED"
SPACES.
B. CLEARANCE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPE: MINIMUM OF 1/2 INCH FOR HOT PIPING AND 1 INCH FOR COLD PIPING OR AS OTHERWISE
DICTATED BY U.L. FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY.
3.04 CLEANING HVAC SYSTEMS
A. GENERAL CLEANUP:
1. UPON COMPLETION OF CONTRACT AND PROGRESSIVELY AS WORK PROCEEDS, CLEANUP DIRT, DEBRIS, OIL MATERIALS, ETC., AND
REMOVE FROM SITE, KEEPING PREMISES IN NEAT AND CLEAN CONDITION TO SATISFACTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SEE
DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
2. SEEPAGE, DISCOLORATION OR OTHER DAMAGE TO PARTS OF THE BUILDING, ITS FINISH, OR FURNISHINGS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S
FAILURE TO PROPERLY CLEAN PIPING SYSTEMS OR DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE REPAIRED WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER.
B. FACTORY FINISHES:
1. CLEAN ITEMS WITH FACTORY FINISHES. TOUCH UP BARE PLACES, SCRATCHES AND OTHER MINOR DAMAGE TO FINISHES. USE ONLY
FACTORY SUPPLIED PAINT OF MATCHING COLOR AND FORMULA. IF FINISHES ARE BADLY DAMAGED OR IF THERE ARE MANY DAMAGED,
SCRATCHED OR BARE PLACES, REFINISH THE ENTIRE ITEM.
C. DUCTS AND APPARATUS:
1. THOROUGHLY CLEAN DUCTS AND APPARATUS CASINGS BEFORE FANS AND FILTERS ARE OPERATED.
2. KEEP DUCTWORK SEALED AFTER CLEANING AND INSTALLATION, PRIOR TO START-UP. ALL DUCT OPENINGS SHALL BE SEALED AT THE
END OF THE WORK SESSION.
3.05 OPERATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. INSTALL SPECIFIED FILTERS PRIOR TO SYSTEM OPERATION. IN ADDITION TO SPECIFIED FILTERS, INSTALL A ROUGHING FILTER UPSTREAM
OF MIXED AIR FILTER. ROUGHING FILTER SHALL CONSIST OF TWO LAYERS OF ROLL FILTER MEDIA CLIPPED AND SEALED TO ENTERING SIDE
OF FILTER FRAME. CHANGE ROUGHING FILTER AS NECESSARY TO MINIMIZE DUCT COLLECTION ON SPECIFIED FILTERS.
B. COVER RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR GRILLES WITH TEMPORARY FILTER MEDIA. ATTACH MEDIA TO AVOID DAMAGE TO GRILLE OR CEILING.
CHANGE TEMPORARY MEDIA AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT AGAINST DUST BUILDUP ON DUCTWORK. REMOVE TEMPORARY MEDIA FROM
GRILLES AFTER FLOORING IS INSTALLED, WALLS ARE SANDED AND PAINTED AND OTHER DUST GENERATING CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN
COMPLETED.
C. DURING PERIODS OF EXCESSIVE DUST GENERATION SUCH AS DRYWALL SANDING, SEAL OFF RETURN AND EXHAUST OPENINGS AND
GRILLES TO PREVENT DUST FROM ACCUMULATING IN DUCTWORK.
D. IF OUTSIDE AIR SOURCE CONTAINS LESS DUST THAN BUILDING AIR, ADJUST A/C UNIT DAMPERS TO OPERATE WITH AS MUCH OUTSIDE AIR
AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT CAUSING A FREEZING CONDITION FOR COIL OR EXCEEDING CAPACITY OF COIL TO ADEQUATELY CONDITION SUPPLY
AIR.
E. FURNISH AND INSTALL A NEW SET OF SPECIFIED FILTER MEDIA PRIOR TO START OF SYSTEM TEST AND BALANCE. FURNISH A NEW, CLEAN
SET OF THE SPECIFIED MEDIA AND TURN OVER TO THE OWNER.
F. DO NOT OPERATE ANY AIR HANDLING UNIT WITHOUT ALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FILTERS, AND SCHEDULED FILTERS, PRE AND FINAL,
INSTALLED.
3.06 TESTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
A. TEST ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED TO DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION.
B. ADVISE ENGINEER OF RECORD OF SCHEDULED SYSTEMS TESTING AND COMPLETED SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION/OPERATION SCHEDULES SO
THAT HE MAY WITNESS, IF DESIRED.
C. CORRECT AND RETEST WORK FOUND DEFECTIVE WHEN TESTED.
D. MAKE REPAIRS TO PIPING SYSTEMS WITH NEW MATERIALS. PEENING, DOPING, OR CAULKING OF JOINTS OR HOLES WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTABLE.
E. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: TEST HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SYSTEMS UPON COMPLETION OF ROUGH -IN, BEFORE FIXTURES ARE
CONNECTED, AT A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE OF 125 PSIG PRESSURE OR AT 1-1/2 TIMES DESIGN WORKING PRESSURE, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER. FOR A PERIOD OF TWO HOURS WITHOUT EVIDENCE OF LEAKING.
F. DUCTWORK PRESSURE TESTING: REFER TO SECTION 23 3100 FOR REQUIRED PRESSURE TESTING OF DUCTWORK.
G. SYSTEM BALANCE AND TESTING: PREPARE TO ASSIST TEST AND BALANCE FIRM BY ASSURING SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND
OPERATIONAL.
H. RECORDS OF TESTING: MAINTAIN RECORDS OF SYSTEM TESTING AND RESULTS THEREOF. DELIVER RESULTS AS PART OF PROJECT
CLOSING FILE AND ON AN INTERMEDIATE BASIS AS REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER OF RECORD.
3.07 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURIER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
3.08 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE TO PERFORM SYSTEMS STARTUP.
B. PREPARE AND START EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
C. ADJUST FOR PROPER OPERATION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TOLERANCES.
3.09 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS.
B. SEE SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING, FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
C. DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE.
D. DEMONSTRATION: DEMONSTRATE OPERATION OF SYSTEM TO OWNER'S PERSONNEL.
1. USE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AS REFERENCE DURING DEMONSTRATION.
2. CONDUCT WALKING TOUR OF PROJECT.
3. BRIEFLY DESCRIBE FUNCTION, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE OF EACH COMPONENT.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER UNPROTECTED FLOOR SURFACE.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 0513
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIVAC EQUIPMENT
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Single phase electric motors.
B. Three phase electric motors.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 26 - Electrical
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Each motor, controller and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the following latest applicable standards:
I . ABMA STID 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings; American Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 1990 (Reapproved 2008).
2. IEEE 112 - IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators; Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers; 2004.
3. IEEE Standard 519-1992
4. IEEE STID 444 (ANSI C34.3)
5. National Electric Manufacturers Association Standards (NEMA)
6. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 201 1.
7. NEMA - ICS-3-303
8. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EP Act)
9. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All
Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
B. All equipment and material to be furnished and installed on this project shall be UL or ETL listed, in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having
jurisdiction, and suitable for its intended use on this project.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit motor information with submittals and shop drawings for Division 23 equipment.
B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to NFPA 70.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage,
remove motors from equipment and store separately.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for motors larger than 20 horsepower.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Baldor: www.baldor.com/
B. Century: www.centuryelectricmotor.com/
C. General Electric: hftp://www.gepowerconversion.com/
D. Lincoln Motors: www.lincoInmotors.com.
E. Marathon: www.marathonelectric.com/
F. Reliance Electric/Rockwell Automation: www.reliance.com.
G. Toshiba: https://www.toshiba.com/tic/industrial/motors
H. Westinghouse: http://tecowestinghouse.com
2.02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Service:
1. Motors 1/2 HIP and Smaller: 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz.
2. Motors Larger than 1/2 Horsepower: 208 volts, three phase, 60 Hz.
B. All motors shall be started across the line, unless specified otherwise. All motors 100 horsepower and larger shall be suitable for wye-delta starting
unless specified otherwise. Motors shall be selected with low starting current and shall be designed for continuous duty to provide the running torque and
pull in torque required to suit the load. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, all motol's shall be single speed (11 750 rpm). All motors
shall have standard open drip -proof enclosures unless otherwise specified. All motors installed outside and exposed to the weather shall be of the totally
enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) or totally enclosed air over (TEAO) types. All motors not utilized with variable speed drives shall have a minimum service
factor of 1.15 and shall be selected to operate at design conditions without exceeding their nameplate rating (without exploiting the service factor rating).
Motors used in conjunction with variable speed drives shall have a 1.00 service factor unless otherwise indicated and be compatible with the drive and
rated for inverter output duty. Two (2) speed motors shall be two (2) speed, two (2) winding or two (2) sl�eed, single winding type as specified herein and
as indicated on the Contract Documents.
C. Construction:
1 . Open drip -proof type except where specifically noted otherwise.
2. Standard open drip proof three (3) phase motors ten (11 0) horsepower and smaller shall have cast aluminum end bells with steel frames. Three (3)
phase motors fifteen (11 5) horsepower and larger shall have cast iron end bells and housings.
3. Standard open drip proof single phase motors shall have cast aluminum end bells with steel frames.
4. Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment.
5. Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG I limits for insulation class, service factof, and motor enclosure type.
6. Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) and totally enclosed air over (TEAO) three (3) phase motors shall have cast iron housings. TEFC motors shall
have corrosion resistant fans.
D. Windings and Insulation:
1. All motors shall have copper windings.
2. Motors shall be equipped with Class B, 801C rise or Class F, 1051C rise insulation suitable for use in a 401C ambient temperature. All motors used
for cooling tower applications shall be equipped with Class F, 105*C rise insulation suitable for use In a 401C ambient temperature. Windings shall be
treated with an epoxy varnish to inhibit the absorption of moisture.
E. Bearings:
1. Single phase, fractional horsepower motors shall be equipped with quiet operating, all angle, babbitt lined sleeve bearings.
2. Polyphase motors shall be equipped with deep groove type ball bearings, generously sized for the loads to which applied and for severe duty
application. Provide the necessary seals on the shaft to keep the bearing system free of contamination and moisture. Lubricant shall be high
temperature, nonbleeding grease.
a. Provide inlet and outlet plugs on poly -phase motors so that grease fittings can be easily inserted for bearing relubrication except as otherwise
specified. The end shields shall be carefully machined to add extra grease capacity. Lower outlet plugs shall be equipped with combination
breather/drains on TEFC and TEAO motors.
F. Motors shall be specifically designed for quiet operation and for severe duty. Standard open drip proof motors shall be equipped with aluminum or
stainless steel stamped nameplates. Totally enclosed fan cooled and air over motors shall be equipped with stainless steel stamped nameplates with
either zinc or cadmium plated hardware. Visible motor nameplates shall clearly indicate frame size, horsepower, frequency, voltage, phase, cycles,
RPM/speed, full load amps, locked rotor amps, starting torque class, insulation class, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power
factor, efficiency and winding material.
G. Motors on belt driven equipment shall have slide rails with adjusting screws for belt tension adjustment. Motors exposed to the weather shall be weather
protected.
H. Motors specified with variable frequency drive controllers shall be inverter duty rated and shall be insulated against eddy currents.
1. Wiring Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to
NFPA 70, threaded for conduit.
2. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame.
J. Sound power levels not greater than recommended in NEMA M61-12.49. VFD duty rated motors shall not increase by more than 3 dB when operating
on VFD.
K. Provide motors with drive shafts long enough to extend completely through belt sheaves when sheaves are properly aligned or balanced.
2.03 APPLICATIONS
A. Exception: Motors less than 250 watts, for intermittent service may be the equipment manufacturer's standard and need not conform to these
specifications.
B. Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans, oil burners, and centrifugal pumps: Split phase type.
I
C. Single phase motors for shaft mounted fans or blowers: Permanent split capacitor type.
D. Single phase motors for fans, pumps, blowers, and air compressors: Capacitor start type.
.
E. Single phase motors for fans, blowers, and pumps: Capacitor start, capacitor run type.
F. Motors located in exterior locations, wet air streams downstream of sprayed coil dehumidifiers, draw through cooling towers, air cooled condensers,
humidifiers, direct drive axial fans, roll filters, explosion proof environments, and dust collection systems: Totally enclosed type.
G. Motors located in outdoors, in wet air streams downstream of sprayed coil dehumidifiers, in draw through cooling towers, and in humidifiers: Totally
enclosed weatherproof epoxy -treated type.
H. Motors located outdoors and in draw through cooling towers: Totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy -sealed type.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position.
C. Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate.
D. Arrange and set motors.
E. Line up motors on direct drive equipment using dial type gauges.
F. Make connections and test motor for proper rotation/phasing under Division 26.
G. Install premium efficiency electric motors for motors I horsepower and above. Premium efficiency motors shall have efficiency and losses determined in
accordance with the latest revisions of IEEE Standard 1 12. Polyphase squirrel -cage motors rated 1 through 125 horsepower shall be tested by
dynamometer method B. The efficiency will be determined using segregated losses in which stray load loss is obtained from a linear regression analysis
to reduce the effect of random errors in the test measurements. Guaranteed minimum load efficiency shall be per schedule below.
3.02 SCHEDULE
A. Three Phase - Energy Efficient, Open Drip -Proof Performance:
1 . 1200 rpm, 1800 rpm, and 3600 rpm.
a. 3/4 hp
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 80.0.
b. 1 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 85.5.
c. 1-1/2 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 86.5.
d. 2 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 86.5.
e. 3 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 89.5.
f. 5 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 89.5.
B. Three Phase - Energy Efficient, Totally Enclosed, Fan Cooled Performance:
1. 1200 rpm, 1800 rpm, and 3600 rpm.
a. 3/4 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 80.0.
b. 1 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 85.5.
c. 1-1/2 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 86.5.
d. 2 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 86.5.
e. 3 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 89.5.
f. 5 hp:
1) Minimum Percent Efficiency: 89.5.
3.03 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Motors, together with driven equipment, shall be dynamically and statically balanced. Imbalance shall be reduced to minimum specified by equipment
manufacturers.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 0553
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. NAMEPLATES.
B. TAGS.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D709 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR LAMINATED THERMOSETTING MATERIALS; 2001 (REAPPROVED 2007).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. LIST: SUBMIT LIST OF WORDING, SYMBOLS, LETTER SIZE, AND COLOR CODING FOR MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION.
B. CHART AND SCHEDULE: SUBMIT VALVE CHART AND SCHEDULE, INCLUDING VALVE TAG NUMBER, LOCATION, FUNCTION, AND VALVE
MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER.
C. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS CATALOG LITERATURE FOR EACH PRODUCT REQUIRED.
D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE SPECIAL PROCEDURES, AND INSTALLATION.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS
A. AIR HANDLING UNITS: NAMEPLATES,
B. CONTROL PANELS: NAMEPLATES.
C. DAMPERS: CEILING TACKS, WHERE LOCATED ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING.
D. DUCTWORK: NAMEPLATES.
E. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS: CEILING TACKS, WHERE LOCATED ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING.
F. FANS: NAMEPLATES.
G. RELAYS:TAGS.
H. THERMOSTATS: NAMEPLATES.
2.02 NAMEPLATES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
4 AMX/AK1(1E:n elOADUIrl C:K1r_10AX11K1f1 1AAAAA1 Ar)%/AKlf'C:nf'-DADUlf'r-KIr-10AX/lKlrI rin?,A
2.03 TAGS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. ADVANCED GRAPHIC ENGRAVING: WWW.ADVANCEDGRAPHICENGRAVING.COM.
2. KOLBI PIPE MARKER CO.: WWW.KOLBIPIPEMARKERS.COM.
3. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: WWW.SETON.COM.
2. PLASTIC TAGS: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS ON LIGHT CONTRASTING BACKGROUND COLOR. TAG SIZE
MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH DIAMETER.
B. METAL TAGS: BRASS WITH STAMPED LETTERS; TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH DIAMETER WITH SMOOTH EDGES.
C. VALVE TAG CHART: TYPEWRITTEN LETTER SIZE LIST IN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FRAME.
2.04 CEILING TACKS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. CRAFTIMARK: WVWV.CRAFTMARKID.COM.
B. DESCRIPTION: STEEL WITH 3/4 INCH DIAMETEIR COLOR CODED HEAD.
I
C. COLOR CODE AS FOLLOWS:
1. HVAC EQUIPMENT: YELLOW.
2. HEATING/COOLING VALVES: BLUE.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. DEGREASE AND CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADHESIVE FOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL NAMEPLATES WITH CORROSIVE-RESIISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS, OR ADHESIVE. APPLY WITH SUFFICIENT ADHESIVE TO ENSURE
PERMANENT ADHESION AND SEAL WITH CLEAR LACQUER.
B. INSTALL TAGS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT CHAIN.
C. LOCATE CEILING TACKS TO LOCATE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS ABOVE LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS. LOCATE IN CORNER OF PANEL CLOSEST TO
EQUIPMENT.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 0593
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS.
B. MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AABC MN-11 - AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE; ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL; 2002,
B. ASHRAE STID I 1 1 - PRACTICES FOR MEASUREMENT, TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF BUILDING HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR-CONDITIONING,
AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.; 2008.
C. NEBB (TAB) - PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING ADJUSTING BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS; NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL
BALANCING BUREAU; 2005, SEVENTH EDITION.
D. SMACNA 1780 - HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION; 2002.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. SEE SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. QUALIFICATIONS: SUBMIT NAME OF ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AGENCY AND TAB SUPERVISOR FOR APPROVAL WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF
C. TAB PLAN: SUBMIT A WRITTEN PLAN INDICATING THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STANDARD TO BE FOLLOWED AND THE SPECIFIC
APPROACH FOR EACH SYSTEM AND COMPONENT.
1 . SUBMIT TO ENGINEER.
2� INCLUDE AT LEAST THE FOLLOWING IN THE PLAN:
a. PREFACE: AN EXPLANATION OF THE INTENDED USE OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM.
b. LIST OF ALL AIR FLOW, SYSTEM CAPACITY AND EFFICIENCY MEASUREMENTS TO BE PERFORMED AND A DESCRIPTION OF SPECIFIC TEST
PROCEDURES, PARAMETERS, FORMULAS TO BE USED.
c. COPY OF FIELD CHECKOUT SHEETS AND LOGS TO BE USED, LISTING EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED AND BALANCED
WITH THE DATA CELLS TO BE GATHERED FOR EACH.
d. IDENTIFICATION AND TYPES OF MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED AND THEIR MOST RECENT CALIBRATION DATE.
e. DISCUSSION OF WHAT NOTATIONS AND MARKINGS WILL BE MADE ON THE DUCT AND PIPING DRAWINGS DURING THE PROCESS.
f. FINAL TEST REPORT FORMS TO BE USED.
g. DETAILED STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES FOR TAB WORK FOR EACH SYSTEM AND ISSUE, INCLUDING:
1) TERMINAL FLOW CALIBRATION (FOR EACH TERMINAL TYPE).
2) DIFFUSER PROPORTIONING.
3) BRANCH/SUBMAIN PROPORTIONING.
4) TOTAL FLOW CALCULATIONS.
5) RECHECKING.
6) DIVERSITY ISSUES.
h. EXPECTED PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS, ETC.
i. CRITERIA FOR USING AIR FLOW STRAIGHTENERS OR RELOCATING FLOW STATIONS AND SENSORS; ANALOGOUS EXPLANATIONS FOR THE
WATER SIDE.
j. DETAILS OF HOW TOTAL FLOW WILL BE DETERMINED; FOR EXAMPLE:
1) AIR: SUM OF TERMINAL FLOWS VIA CONTROL SYSTEM CALIBRATED READINGS OR VIA HOOD READINGS OF ALL TERMINALS, SUPPLY (SA)
AND RETURN AIR (RA) PITOT TRAVERSE, SA OR RA FLOW STATIONS.
k. SPECIFIC PROCEDURES THAT WILL ENSURE THAT BOTH AIR AND WATER SIDE ARE OPERATING AT THE LOWEST POSSIBLE PRESSURES AND
METHODS TO VERIFY THIS.
1. CONFIRMATION OF UNDERSTANDING OF THE OUTSIDE AIR VENTILATION CRITERIA UNDER ALL CONDITIONS.
m. METHOD OF VERIFYING AND SETTING MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR FLOW RATE WILL BE VERIFIED AND SET AND FOR WHAT LEVEL (TOTAL BUILDING,
ZONE, ETC.).
n. METHOD OF CHECKING BUILDING STATIC AND EXHAUST FAN AND/OR RELIEF DAMPER CAPACITY.
o. PROPOSED SELECTION POINTS FOR SOUND MEASUREMENTS AND SOUND MEASUREMENT METHODS.
p. METHODS FOR MAKING COIL OR OTHER SYSTEM PLANT CAPACITY MEASUREMENTS, IF SPECIFIED.
q. TIME SCHEDULE FOR TAB WORK TO BE DONE IN PHASES (BY FLOOR, ETC.).
r. DESCRIPTION OF TAB WORK FOR AREAS TO BE BUILT OUT LATER, IF ANY.
s. TIME SCHEDULE FOR DEFERRED OR SEASONAL TAB WORK, IF SPECIFIED.
t. FALSE LOADING OF SYSTEMS TO COMPLETE TAB WORK, IF SPECIFIED.
u. EXHAUST FAN BALANCING AND CAPACITY VERIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ANY REQUIRED ROOM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIALS.
v. INTERSTITIAL CAVITY DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS, IF SPECIFIED.
w. PROCEDURES FOR FIELD TECHNICIAN LOGS OF DISCREPANCIES, DEFICIENT OR UNCOMPLETED WORK BY OTHERS, CONTRACT
INTERPRETATION REQUESTS AND LISTS OF COMPLETED TESTS (SCOPE AND FREQUENCY).
x. PROCEDURES FOR FORMAL PROGRESS REPORTS, INCLUDING SCOPE AND FREQUENCY.
y. PROCEDURES FOR FORMAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS, INCLUDING SCOPE, FREQUENCY AND DISTRIBUTION.
D. CONTROL SYSTEM COORDINATION REPORTS: COMMUNICATE IN WRITING TO THE CONTROLS INSTALLER ALL SETPOINT AND PARAMETER CHANGES
MADE OR PROBLEMS AND DISCREPANCIES IDENTIFIED DURING TAB THAT AFFECT, OR COULD AFFECT, THE CONTROL SYSTEM SETUP AND
OPERATION.
E. FINAL REPORT: INDICATE DEFICIENCIES IN SYSTEMS THAT WOULD PREVENT PROPER TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE.
1 . SUBMIT TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING.
2. REVISE TAB PLAN TO REFLECT ACTUAL PROCEDURES AND SUBMIT AS PART OF FINAL REPORT.
3. SUBMIT DRAFT COPIES OF REPORT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF PROJECT. PROVIDE FINAL COPIES FOR ENGINEER AND FOR
INCLUSION IN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
4. PROVIDE REPORTS IN SOFT COVER, LETTER SIZE, 3-RING BINDER MANUALS, COMPLETE WITH INDEX PAGE AND INDEXING TABS, WITH COVER
IDENTIFICATION AT FRONT AND SIDE. INCLUDE SET OF REDUCED DRAWINGS WITH AIR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED TO CORRESPOND
WITH DATA SHEETS, AND INDICATING THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS.
5. INCLUDE ACTUAL INSTRUMENT LIST, WITH MANUFACTURER NAME, SERIAL NUMBER, AND DATE OF CALIBRATION.
6. FORM OF TEST REPORTS: WHERE THE TAB STANDARD BEING FOLLOWED RECOMMENDS A REPORT FORMAT USE THAT; OTHERWISE, FOLLOW
ASHRAE STID 1 1 1.
7. UNITS OF MEASURE: REPORT DATA IN I-P (INCH -POUND) UNITS ONLY.
8. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING ON THE TITLE PAGE OF EACH REPORT:
a. NAME OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY.
b. ADDRESS OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY.
c. TELEPHONE NUMBER OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY.
d. PROJECT NAME.
e. PROJECT LOCATION.
f. PROJECT ENGINEER.
g. PROJECT CONTRACTOR.
h. REPORT DATE.
F. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF FLOW MEASURING STATIONS AND BALANCING VALVES AND ROUGH SETTING.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. PERFORM TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1. AABC MN-11, AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE.
2. NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING ADJUSTING BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS.
3. MAINTAIN AT LEAST ONE COPY OF THE STANDARD TO BE USED AT PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES.
B. BEGIN WORK AFTER COMPLETION OF SYSTEMS TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, OR BALANCED AND COMPLETE WORK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
C. WHERE HVAC SYSTEMS AND/OR COMPONENTS INTERFACE WITH LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS, INCLUDING FIRE AND SMOKE DETECTION, ALARM, AND
ATE SCHEDULING AND TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
D. IF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SET FORTH MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS THAN THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS, THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL
PREVAIL.
E. TAB AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS:
1 . COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION.
2. THE FIRM SHALL HAVE COMPLETED SIX PROJECTS OF LIKE SIZE AND SCOPE.
3. THE FIRM SHALL MAINTAIN CURRENT INSURANCE COVERAGES IN THE MINIMUM AMOUNTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS. THE INSURANCE COVERAGE SHALL BE CARRIED WITH COMPANIES SATISFACTORY TO THE OWNER. CERTIFICATES OF EACH OF
THE ABOVE POLICIES, TOGETHER WITH A STATEMENT BY THE ISSUING COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SAID POLICY WILL NOT BE CANCELLED
WITHOUT TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR NOTICE BEING GIVEN THE OWNER, SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER BEFORE ANY WORK IS STARTED.
4. THE FIRM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PERFORMING THE SERVICES SPECIFIED AT THE LOCATION OF THE FACILITY
. : . . .
2. KOLB] PIPE MARKER CO.: WWW.KOLBIPIPEMARKERS.COM.
DESCRIBED WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED, OF PREPARING AND SUBMITTING THE DETAILED REPORT OF THE
��\\�Hlll// /
/ /
"//,,
3. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: WWW.SETON.COM.
ACTUAL FIELD WORK PERFORMED, AND FOLLOWING UP THE BASIC WORK AS MAY BE REQUIRED.
YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
\\\
\ �� NL.DE./V �
"\ O...., .. ..'Sl�,� I ",
"' "'
B.
LETTER COLOR: WHITE.
5. HAVING MINIMUM OF THREE
6. CERTIFIED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
,�, ,C �,
11 ,,j ..' ,_\GEN,34�1 .' �
I . I �
C.
LETTER HEIGHT: 1/2 INCH MINIMUM.
\%,� -
� .
' -*-I'-
Z
D.
FILL ENGRAVED LETTERING WITH A PERMANENT COLORING MATERIAL WHICH CONTRASTS WITH COLOR OF TAG MATERIAL TO ALLOW
a. AABC, ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL: WWW.AABCHQ.COM; UPON COMPLETION SUBMIT AABC
:� 31 I.. --'
� �.
FOR EASY READING.
NATIONAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTY.
-
-0 : * : X 1:
E.
USE NAMES, NUMBERS AND ABBREVIATIONS APPEARING IN SCHEDULES ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS.
b. NEBB, NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU: WWW.NEBB.ORG.
- , ,.,,
--
F.
PLASTIC: CONFORM TO ASTM D709.
F. TAB SUPERVISOR AND TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED BY SAME ORGANIZATION AS TAB AGENCY.
..,
� .
�0 -. /--70 30)LI ..." 4LL) -,
1� U *. STAT OF .* . 'L�__
�
, 11�% I. I _`:�,._
-_ 0 �-
,,��S*'-.IPLOW9�%"' ,�
/ , ,�N ,
�3/6 " - * ,c,- ,
//;//,, NA ,,,`
REVISIONS
BY
I
I
I
I
I
, *1"
- 00
(i Q0 O-)
.E -,I- C'Q
CO QD
�E
ri -3 �.D
� Ll- ,
< ", 00 .
� 0 t--
,, _p . E
I
,U `6 rl-C
.5 = C\1 y
r-- 4
� -
�= 6� �- Z
. U
= "
cl� U_�
L, . C,J .5
"
_�
I- Lf a.)
U r,- 2:
F=
< (3, - q
00 t-3:
U __
_= �:, I . �:
�� I- �:
I
,��
, = - .
" U) ,
U =) C�
-0
t-- 2
E (,
U a.
I-
2 C"I
M
I
I
I
I
I
. 9�
E-4
U, I � �, - 'Ci
U
5 ZE-Ca O'EM-�
� um
50 va
r
� 0 0 t., M
V4 PA
OUR
1 14 0 114 "
I 9 g A 0 � rp
� A 1=1 IT., �
I i�
09 I 0
M
0 N �!
-.t N � 0
4 M 0
0
I I
N � 4 �
@
0
0
r' Ln E r' "
r, ,t It M
cc 0 M r1i
Z
99 Y Ln M
0 CD , U < �D
C: U ,J
rX
M ro
Ln Ln t a-
- Q)
-
_�)
LU
r:_�,
r,
" rq tX0
r', �:� CL
LU
ro
a) X �
'0
0 - 3:
1 �:
Z
0-
�
0
_T
W
�_
Z
LU
-
(11 11
.- "
:3
I
00
V) M
2 r�
�0
8 F,
Z M
rn
(3) , Ld
=3 -0
i C: - .= L
= (1)
- > -2 e
, < � C:
U
.7 = ,.� �D W ,-�
- _�d
- i5 QJ 00 Ln Lr)
U - `t
(1) It r, - -I
0 W N
I!! -, � 0 (a U
ilio!t�\
�
WOM
0 =
(D Lrn4 fu C) U 0
a ,
_ 00 U C1.
,
��
< 'i T3 LU <
-
0 0
Z
Z -
0
_J -1
L) - (1)
M
.>
M " _J
0 _J
-4- a >1
LA_ -I.-
0 < . C
c: OW E Cn =3
- U =) - 0
0 . = 0
. 0 - a -C
LJ_.
a a L_
> W L.L. 4- >. 0
0 :2 V) -C 0
C 0 Q. (n
0) W 0 a
W CL
< C:) N
_J
(O
0 < (O
HE L)
00
J LJ
LL- m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M092
L______________J
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE. THE PLANSAND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLYWITH THEAPPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BYTHE LOCALAUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER633, FLORIDASTATUTES
G. PRE -QUALIFIED TAB AGENCIES:
1. BAY TO BAY BALANCING, INC..
2. PROFESSIONAL AIR BALANCING, INC..
'
3. SOUTHERN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY, INC..
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. ENSURE THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
I . TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED COMPLETE AND OPERABLE.
2. FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE. IF REQUIRED, INSTALL TEMPORARY MEDIA IN ADDITION TO FILTERS.
3. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS.
4. FANS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY.
5. AIR COIL FINS ARE CLEANED AND COMBED.
6. ACCESS DOORS ARE CLOSED AND DUCT END CAPS ARE IN PLACE.
7. AIR OUTLETS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED.
8. DUCT SYSTEM LEAKAGE IS MINIMIZED.
B. SUBMIT FIELD REPORTS. REPORT DEFECTS AND DEFICIENCIES THAT WILL OR COULD PREVENT PROPER SYSTEM BALANCE.
C. BEGINNING OF WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. HOLD A PRE -BALANCING MEETING AT LEAST ONE WEEK PRIOR TO STARTING TAB WORK.
1. REQUIRE ATTEN DANCE BY ALL INSTALLERS WHOSE WORK WILL BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, OR BALANCED.
B. PROVIDE INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OPERATIONS. MAKE INSTRUMENTS AVAILABLE TO
ENGINEER TO FACILITATE SPOT CHECKS DURING TESTING.
C. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BALANCING DEVICES AS REQUIRED.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES
A. AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS: ADJUST TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR SUPPLY SYSTEMS AND PLUS OR MINUS 1 0
PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS.
B. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS: ADJUST TOTAL TO WITHIN PLUS 10 PERCENT AND MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN TO SPACE. ADJUST OUTLETS
AND INLETS IN SPACE TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN.
3.05 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING
A. FIELD LOGS: MAINTAIN WRITTEN LOGS INCLUDING:
1. RUNNING LOG OF EVENTS AND ISSUES.
2. DISCREPANCIES, DEFICIENT OR UNCOMPLETED WORK BY OTHERS.
3. CONTRACT INTERPRETATION REQUESTS.
4. LISTS OF COMPLETED TESTS.
B. ON COMPLETION OF WORK, SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF THE COMPLETE REPORT TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. DATES, TIME, PERSONNEL, STATUS OF OPERATING OF COOLING OR HEATING.
2. A DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCEDURE USED FOR AIR AND WATER BALANCE.
C. ENSURE RECORDED DATA REPRESENTS ACTUAL MEASURED OR OBSERVED CONDITIONS.
D. PERMANENTLY MARK SETTINGS OF VALVES, DAMPERS, AND OTHER ADJUSTMENT DEVICES ALLOWING SETTINGS TO BE RESTORED. SET
AND LOCK MEMORY STOPS.
E. MARK ON THE DRAWINGS THE LOCATIONS WHERE TRAVERSE AND OTHER CRITICAL MEASUREMENTS WERE TAKEN AND CROSS
REFERENCE THE LOCATION IN THE FINAL REPORT.
F. MAKE CHANGES TO PULLEYS, BELTS, DAMPERS, IMPELLERS, AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT TO OBTAIN DESIGN CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED BY
TAB PROCEDURES.
G. AFTER ADJUSTMENT, TAKE MEASUREMENTS TO VERIFY BALANCE HAS NOT BEEN DISRUPTED OR THAT SUCH DISRUPTION HAS BEEN
RECTIFIED.
H. LEAVE SYSTEMS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, REPLACING BELT GUARDS, CLOSING ACCESS DOORS, CLOSING DOCKS TO ELECTRICAL
SWITCH BOXES, AND RESTORING THERMOSTATS TO SPECIFIED SETTINGS.
1. AT FINAL INSPECTION, RECHECK RANDOM SELECTIONS OF DATA RECORDED IN REPORT. RECHECK POINTS OR AREAS AS SELECTED AND
WITNESSED BY THE OWNER.
J. CHECK AND ADJUST SYSTEMS APPROXIMATELY SIX MONTHS AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND SUBMIT REPORT.
3.06 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST AIR QUANTITIES
B. MAKE AIR QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS IN DUCTS BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF ENTIRE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT.
C. MEASURE AIR QUANTITIES AT AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS.
D. ADJUST DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO OBTAIN UNIFORM SPACE TEMPERATURES FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE DRAFTS AND NOISE.
E. USE VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO REGULATE AIR QUANTITIES ONLY TO EXTEND THAT ADJUSTMENTS DO NOT CREATE OBJECTIONABLE
AIR MOTION OR SOUND LEVELS. EFFECT VOLUME CONTROL BY DUCT INTERNAL DEVICES SUCH AS DAMPERS AND SPUTTERS.
F. VARY TOTAL SYSTEM AIR QUANTITIES BY ADJUSTMENT OF FAN SPEEDS, PROVIDE DRIVE CHANGES REQUIRED. VARY BRANCH AIR
QUANTITIES BY DAMPER REGULATION.
G. PROVIDE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC WITH REQUIRED AND ACTUAL AIR QUANTITIES RECORDED AT EACH OUTLET OR INLET.
H. MEASURE STATIC AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS ON AIR SUPPLY UNITS, INCLUDING FILTER AND COIL PRESSURE DROPS, AND TOTAL
PRESSURE ACROSS THE FAN. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR 50 PERCENT LOADING OF FILTERS.
1. ADJUST OUTSIDE AIR AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, OUTSIDE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND EXHAUST DAMPERS FOR DESIGN CONDITIONS.
3.07 SCOPE
A. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE THE FOLLOWING:
1. PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING/COOLING UNITS
2. FANS
3. AIR FILTERS
4. AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
3.08 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED
A. COOLING COILS:
1. IDENTIFICATION/NUMBER
2. LOCATION
3. SERVICE
4. MANUFACTURER
5. AIR FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL
6. ENTERING AIR DB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL
7. ENTERING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL
8. LEAVING AIR DB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL
9. LEAVING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL
B. ELECTRIC HEATERS:
1. MANUFACTURER
2. IDENTIFICATION/NUMBER
3. LOCATION
4. MODELNUMBER
5. DESIGN KW
6. NUMBER OF STAGES
7. PHASE, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE
8. TEST VOLTAGE (EACH PHASE)
9. TEST AMPERAGE (EACH PHASE)
10. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL
1 1. TEMPERATURE RISE, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL
C. RETURN AIR/OUTSIDE AIR:
1. IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION
2. ACTUAL AIR FLOW
3. ACTUAL RETURN AIR FLOW
4. ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR FLOW
5. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE
6. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
7. ACTUAL MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE
8. ACTUAL OUTSIDE/RETURN AIR RATIO
D. EXHAUSTFANS:
1. LOCATION
2. MANUFACTURER
3. MODELNUMBER
4. SERIAL NUMBER
5. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL
6. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL
7. INLET PRESSURE
8. DISCHARGE PRESSURE
9. FAN RPM
E. DUCT TRAVERSES:
1 . SYSTEM ZONE/BRANCH
2. DUCT SIZE
3. AREA
4. TEST VELOCITY
5. TEST AIR FLOW
6. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE
7. AIR TEMPERATURE
8. AIR CORRECTION FACTOR
F. DUCT LEAK TESTS:
1 . DESCRIPTION OF DUCTWORK UNDER TEST
2. DUCT DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURE
3. DUCT DESIGN TEST STATIC PRESSURE
4. DUCT CAPACITY, AIR FLOW
5. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE DUCT CAPACITY TIMES LEAK FACTOR
6. TEST APPARATUS
a. BLOWER
b. ORIFICE, TUBE SIZE
c. ORIFICE SIZE
d. CALIBRATED
7. TEST STATIC PRESSURE
8. TEST ORIFICE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
9. LEAKAGE
G. AIR DISTRIBUTION TESTS:
1 . AIR TERMINAL NUMBER
2. ROOM NUMBER/LOCATION
3. TERMINAL TYPE
4. TERMINAL SIZE
5. AREAFACTOR
6. DESIGN VELOCITY
7. DESIGN AIR FLOW
8. TEST (FINAL) VELOCITY
9. TEST (FINAL) AIR FLOW
10. PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 0713
DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DUCT INSULATION.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 01 6116 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS.
B. SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR FIVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
C. SECTION 23 31 00 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS: GLASS FIBER DUCTS.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C553 - SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL FIBER BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS; 2013.
B. ASTM C1290 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE FIBROUS GLASS BLANKET INSULATION USED TO EXTERNALLY INSULATE HVAC
DUCTS; 201 1.
C. ASTM E84 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; 2014.
D. ASTM E96/E96M - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION OF MATERIALS; 2013.
E. ASTM G21 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETERMINING RESISTANCE OF SYNTHETIC POLYMERIC MATERIALS TO FUNGI; 2013.
F. NFPA 255 - STANDARD METHOD OF TEST OF SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2006.
G. SMACNA 1966 - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION;
2005.
H. UL 723 - STANDARD FOR TEST FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.;
CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. SEE SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS, LIST OF MATERIALS AND THICKNESS FOR EACH SERVICE,
AND LOCATIONS.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH
NOT LESS THAN THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
.
A. ACCEPT MATERIALS ON SITE IN ORIGINAL FACTORY PACKAGING, LABELLED WITH MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION, INCLUDING PRODUCT
DENSITY AND THICKNESS.
B. PROTECT INSULATION FROM WEATHER AND CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC, DIRT, WATER, CHEMICAL, AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE, BY STORING IN
ORIGINAL WRAPPING.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURERS OF ADHESIVES, MASTICS, AND INSULATION
CEMENTS.
B. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION FOR MINIMUM PERIOD OF 24 HOURS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION
A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREADISMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25150, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASTM E84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723.
2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE
A. MANUFACTURER:
1. KNAUF INSULATION: WWW.KNAUFUSA.COM.
2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION: WWW.JM.COM.
3. OWENS CORNING CORPORATION;_: WWW.00BUILDINGSPEC.COM.
4. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION;_: WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM.
B. INSULATION: ASTM C553; FLEXIBLE, NONCOMBUSTIBLE BLANKET.
C. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET:
1. KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM.
2. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.02 PERM INCH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E96/E96M.
3. APPLY JACKETED BLANKET TYPE GLASS FIBER COVERING TO DUCTS PULLED SNUG BUT NOT SO TIGHT AS TO COMPRESS CORNERS
MORE THAN 1/4". USE INSULATION HAVING 2" TAB, OR CUT INSULATION LONG ENOUGH TO ALLOW FOR "PEEL -OFF" OF INSULATION FROM
JACKET TO EFFECT A MINIMUM OVERLAP OF 2". STAPLE LAP WITH FLARE TYPE STAPLES ON 1 " CENTERS. COVER STANDING SEAMS,
STIFFENERS, AND BRACES WITH SAME INSULATION BLANKET, USING 2" JACKET LAP AND STAPLE LAP AS HEREIN BEFORE OUTLINED.
COVER AND SEAL ALL STAPLES WITH FOSTER 30-80 REINFORCED WITH GLASS CLOTH. DO NOT USE PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE.
4. SECURE JACKET TO COVERING USING EQUIVALENT OF FOSTER NO. 85-20 SPARK-FAS OR CHILDERS CP-82 CHIL-STIX FRN ADHESIVE.
2.03 MATERIALS FOR SPECIAL COVERINGS
A. FOR EXTERNALLY INSULATED SHEET METAL DUCTS WHEN ABOVE GRADE EXPOSED -TO -THE -WEATHER OUTSIDE BUILDING SLOPE
DUCTWORK AND INSULATION TO ALLOW DRAINAGE AND PREVENT PONDING OF WATER ON TOP OF DUCTWORK. COVER DUCT INSULATION
WITH GLASS MESH EMBEDDED AND ADHERED TO INSULATION USING AIR DRYING WEATHERPROOF PLASTIC FABRICATED CUTBACK
ASPHALT ADHESIVE AND FINISH WITH TWO COATS OF GRAY COLOR FLEXIBLE FIRE RETARDANT PROTECTIVE COATING HAVING PROVEN
ABILITY TO WITHSTAND WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE WITHOUT CRACKING OR CRAZING AND BE HIGHLY RESISTANT TO DAMAGE BY BUMPING
AND ABRASING, EQUIVALENT TO JOHNS MANVILLE INSULKOTE.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY THAT DUCTS HAVE BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERIALS.
B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN, FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED, AND DRY.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR BELOWAMBIENT TEMPERATURE:
1. PROVIDE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS.
2. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, HANGERS, AND OTHER DUCT PENETRATIONS.
3. INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS, JOINTS, FLANGES, FIRE DAMPERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS.
C. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:
1. INSULATE FITTINGS AND JOINTS. WHERE SERVICE ACCESS IS REQUIRED, BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION.
D. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION:
1 . SECURE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER WITH WIRES AND SEAL JACKET JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR TAPE TO MATCH
JACKET.
2. INSTALL WITHOUT SAG ON UNDERSIDE OF DUCT. USE ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT
SAGGING. LIFT DUCT OFF TRAPEZE HANGERS AND INSERT SPACERS.
3. SEAL VAPOR BARRIER PENETRATIONS BY MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE.
4. STOP AND POINT INSULATION AROUND ACCESS DOORS AND DAMPER OPERATORS TO ALLOWOPERATION WITHOUT DISTURBING
WRAPPING.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 3100
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. NONMETAL DUCTWORK,
B. DUCT CLEANING.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC.
B. SECTION 23 3300 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES.
C. SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS.
D. SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASHRAE (FUND) - ASHRAE HANDBOOK - FUNDAMENTALS; 2013.
B. ASTM A36/A36M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL; 2012.
C. ASTM A653/A653M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SHEET, ZINC -COATED (GALVANIZED) OR ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED
(GALVANNEALED) BY THE HOT -DIP PROCESS; 2013.
D. ICC-ES AC106 - ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PREDRILLED FASTENERS (SCREWANCHORS) IN MASONRY ELEMENTS; 2012.
E. ICC-ES AC193 - ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR MECHANICAL ANCHORS IN CONCRETE ELEMENTS; 2013.
F. NFPA 90A - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2012.
G. NFPA 90B - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2012.
H. SMACNA 1972 - HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS'NATIONAL ASSOCIATION;
2012,2ND EDITION.
1. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE, THIRD EDITION; 2005.
J. SMACNA 1884 - FIBROUS GLASS DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS'NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION; 2003.
K. UL 181 - STANDARD FOR FACTORY -MADE AIR DUCTS AND AIR CONNECTORS; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION,
INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. SUBMIT MATERIALIPRODUCT DATA AS DESCRIBED IN DIVISION 01.
B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR DUCT MATERIALS.
C. COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS: PROVIDE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR SHEET METAL WORK IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS
AND OTHER CONGESTED AREAS LISTED.
1 . DRAW TO A SCALE OF 1/2 INCH TO ONE FOOT
2. PROVIDE SHEET SIZES TO MATCH CONTRACT DRAWINGS
3. SHOW DUCT SIZES
4, SHOW BOTTOM DUCT ELEVATIONS FROM FINISHED FLOOR
5� SHOW LIGHTING, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, COLUMNS AND BEAMS, WITH MOUNTING HEIGHTS
6. SHOW CONSTRUCTION DETAILS OF ALL FITTINGS
7. SHOW CONSTRUCTION DETAILS OF PLENUMS AND CASING
D. TEST REPORTS: INDICATE PRESSURE TESTS PERFORMED. INCLUDE DATE, SECTION TESTED, TEST PRESSURE, AND LEAKAGE RATE,
FOLLOWING SMACNA (LEAK) - HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL, SECOND EDITION; 2012.
E. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTS AND DUCT FITTINGS. RECORD CHANGES IN FITTING LOCATION
AND TYPE. SHOW ADDITIONAL FITTINGS USED.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION,
WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE TYPE OF WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH MINIMUM
THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK TO NFPA 90A STANDARDS.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS .
A. DO NOT INSTALL DUCT SEALANTS WHEN TEMPERATURES ARE LESS THAN THOSE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURERS.
B. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES WITHIN ACCEPTABLE RANGE DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF DUCT SEALANTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTASSEMBLIES
A. ALL DUCTS: RIGID GLASS FIBER TO MATCH EXISTING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. HANGER ROD: ASTM A36/A36M; STEEL, GALVANIZED; THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUSLY THREADED.
B. HANGER FASTENERS: ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURE USING APPROPRIATE FASTENERS, AS FOLLOWS:
1. CONCRETE SCREW TYPE ANCHORS: COMPLYING WITH [CC -ES AC1 93.
2. MASONRY SCREW TYPE ANCHORS: COMPLYING WITH ICC-ES AC1 06.
3. OTHER TYPES: AS REQUIRED.
4. MANUFACTURERS:
a. POWERS FASTENERS, INC: WWW.POWERS.COM.
2.03 DUCTWORK FABRICATION
A. INSIDE SURFACES SHALL BE SMOOTH WITH NO PROJECTIONS INTO THE AIRSTREAM, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRES8URES INDICATED.
C. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES DIVERGENCE WHEREVER POSSIBLE; MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES
DIVERGENCE UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT AND 45 DEGREES CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM.
D. CHANGES IN SHAPE AND DIMENSION SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA FIGURE 2-9.
2.04 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS
;
A. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: MULTIPLE LAYERS OF ALUMINUM LAMINATE SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND SPRING STEEL WIRE.
1 . MANUFACTURERS: I
a. FLEXMASTER U.S.A., MODEL NO. TYPE 5M INSULATED: WWW.FLEXMASTERUSA.COM.
2. CHARACTERISTICS OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO AIR TERMINALS:
a. APPROVED AS UL CLASS 1 AIR DUCT.
b. FLAME SPREAD LESS THAN 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING LESS THAN 50.
c. FACTORY INSULATED WITH MINIMUM'R'VALUE 6 FIBERGLASS INSULATION.
d. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE FEET OF FLEXIBLE DUCT UPSTREAM OF DIFFUSERS. DO NOT EXCEED SIX FEET OF LENGTH.
e. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL MEET STANDARDS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
3. PRESSURE RATING: 10 INCHES WG POSITIVE AND 1.0 INCHES WG NEGATIVE.
4. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 4000 FPM.
5. TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 20 DEGREES F TO 210 DEGREES F.
6. SEAL OFF THE INSULATION JACKETAT ITS ENDS AND AT JOINTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. REPLACE FLEX IF JACKET IS
PUNCTURED. .
7. SECURE THE CORE OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO RIGID DUCT AND EQUIPMENT COLLARS WITH METALLIC ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING BANDS.
SUPPLEMENTARLY SECURE THE INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER JACKET WITH AN ADDITIONAL CLAMPING BAND.
8. FLEXIBLE DUCTS LESS THAN 2'-O" LONG SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) HANGER. FLEXIBLE DUCTS 2'-O" TO 6,-O,, LONG
SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) HANGERS.
2.05 FIBROUS GLASS DUCTS
A. FIBROUS GLASS DUCTS: 1-1/2 INCH THICK RIGID GLASS FIBER WITH ALUMINUM FOIL, GLASS SCRIM AND KRAFT OR PLASTIC JACKET VAPOR
BARRIER;'R'VALUE 6.5 MINIMUM.
1. ULLABELEDTO UL 181; CLASS 1.
2. MANUFACTURERS:
a. KNAUF: WWW.KNAUFINSULATION.US.
B. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1884, EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
C. MACHINE FABRICATE FIBROUS GLASS DUCTS AND FITTINGS. MAKE ONLY MINOR ON SITE MANUAL ADJUSTMENTS.
D. DUCT SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA'S "FIBROUS GLASS DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARD,"
"RESIDENTIAL STANDARD," "11/2" FABRICATION MANUAL" OR KNAUF INSULATION "AIR DUCT FABRICATION MANUAL" IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE CONDITIONS OF UL 181 LISTING.
E. DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND DUCT WALL PENETRATIONS SEALED USING 3" (16 MM)
WIDE GLASS FABRIC AND MASTIC, 2" (51 MM) MINIMUM WIDTH HEAT SEALABLE TAPE OR 2" (51 MM) MINIMUM WIDTH PRESSURE SENSITIVE
TAPE WITH ACRYLIC ADHESIVE.
F. RUBBER -BASED ADHESIVES ARE NOT APPROVED.
G. ONLY UL 181 -A LISTED AND LABELED PRODUCTS SHALL BE USED FOR CLOSURE SYSTEMS.
H. DO NOT USE FIBROUS GLASS DUCTS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ELECTRIC OR FUEL FIRED HEATERS.
1. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE: 250 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT.
J. CONFORM TO SAFETY STANDARDS NFPA 90A AND 90B.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL, SUPPORT, AND SEAL DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1966.
B. DUCTS, CASINGS AND HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED STRAIGHT AND LEVEL AND SHALL BE FREE OF VIBRATION AND NOISE WHEN FANS
ARE OPERATING AT RATED CAPACITY.
C. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
D. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED POLYETHYLENE ON OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT
CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING DUCTWORK SYSTEM.
E. FIBROUS GLASS DUCTS: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1884. OBTAIN MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION AT BEGINNING OF INSTALLATION.
F. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. FOR LINED DUCTS, MAINTAIN SIZES INSIDE LINING.
G. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES.
H. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS.
3.02 CLEANING
A. CLEAN MECHANICAL SYSTEM THOROUGHLY TO ASSURE ALL FOREIGN MATTER, AND DIRT IS REMOVED.
3.03 LEAKAGE TESTING OF INSTALLED SYSTEMS
A. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE LEAK TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE SMACNA HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE
TEST MANUAL, SECOND EDITION- 2012.
B. DUCT SYSTEMS MAY BE TESTED IN SECTIONS. PROVIDE BLANK OFFS, TEMPORARY CAPS, ETC. AS REQUIRED.
C. PRESSURIZE INSTALLED DUCT SYSTEM TO MAXIMUM PRESSURE FOR FABRICATION CLASSIFICATION. TOTAL ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE SHALL
NOT EXCEED ONE PERCENT OF AIR HANDLING CAPACITY OF SYSTEM. IF SYSTEM IS TESTED IN SECTIONS, ADD LEAKAGE RATES FOR
INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS TO DETERMINE LEAKAGE FOR THE WHOLE SYSTEM.
D. PERFORM ALL TESTS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION.
E. CORRECT LEAKS FOUND IN EXCESS OF ALLOWABLE LIMITS. RETEST.
F. SUBMIT AIR DUCT LEAK TEST REPORTS TO THE ARCHITECT ANDIOR ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL.
G. HAVE TEST RESULTS AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW ON A PROGRESSIVE AND FINAL BASIS. INCLUDE TEST RESULTS IN PROJECT CLOSING FILE.
H. TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PRINTED PROCEDURE.
i
1. DURING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PROCEDURES, IF THE DUCTWORK IS FOUND TO LEAK IN EXCESS OF THE ALLOWABLE
QUANTITIES, THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE RE -TESTED AND REPAIRED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR.
3.04 AIR TEST AND BALANCE
A. PREPARE THE SYSTEM FOR TESTS AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 23 05 93 AND CORRECT DEFICIENCIES FOUND BY THE TEST AND BALANCE
FIRM.
B. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS INDICATE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR DUCT REQUIRING INTERNAL
SOUND LINING, OR INSULATION TO PROVIDE "INSIDE CLEAR" (IC) DIMENSIONS.
C. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE, ADD SUPPLEMENTAL BRACING AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT SAGGING AND DRUMMING,
AND/OR VIBRATION.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 3300
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
�
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS.
B. DUCT ACCESS DOORS.
C. DUCT TEST HOLES.
D. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK.
E. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS.
F. VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 22 0548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
B. SECTION 23 3100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 90A - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2012.
B. NFPA 90B - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2012.
C. SMACNA 1966 - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS; 2005.
D. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE, THIRD EDITION; 2005.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE FOR SHOP FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES INCLUDING VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. INCLUDE ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE FOR SHOP FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES INCLUDING VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.
C. PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF ACCESS DOORS AND TEST HOLES.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION,
WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
B. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE
PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. PROTECT DAMPERS FROM DAMAGE TO OPERATING LINKAGES AND BLADES.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICESIEXTRACTORS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. RUSKIN COMPANY: WWW.RUSKIN.COM.
2. TITUS: WWW.TITUS-HVAC.COM.
3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL INCLUDE INDEPENDENT
PERFORMANCE TEST DATA FOR PRESSURE LOSS AND GENERATED SOUND POWER LEVELS.
B. MULTI -BLADE DEVICE WITH BLADES ALIGNED IN SHORT DIMENSION; STEEL CONSTRUCTION; WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE BLADES,
MOUNTING STRAPS.
2.02 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. KEES INCORPORATED: VWvW.KEES.COM.
2. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC: WWW.NAILOR.COM.
3. RUSKIN COMPANY: WWW.RUSKIN.COM.
B. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1966 AND AS INDICATED.
C. PROVIDE INSULATED DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR ACCESS TO SERVICE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS, DUCT
MOUNTED AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS (EACH SIDE) AND ELSEWHERE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS.
D. SIZE ACCESS DOORS AS FOLLOWS:
1. DUCT SIZES UNDER 12": DOOR SIZED SUFFICIENT TO SERVICE EQUIPMENT OR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
2. DUCT SIZES 12" TO 20": 12"X12" DOOR
3. DUCT SIZES 20" TO 36": 18"X18" DOOR
4. DUCT SIZES 36" AND ABOVE: 24"X24" DOOR
E. APPARATUS CASING ACCESS DOORS: PREHUNG DOOR FRAME ASSEMBLIES, SIZE 24" X 60" RUSKIN GPAD.
F. PROVIDE REINFORCED WIRE GLASS VIEWWINDOWS, 12"X12", IN ACCESS DOORS AT HUMIDIFIERS.
G. USE DOUBLE PANEL CONSTRUCTION, TWO SHEETS OF AT LEAST 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 1" THICK INSULATION BETWEEN PANELS.
H. MOUNT DOORS IN A RIGID FRAME OF AT LEAST 22 GAUGE FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM.
1. USE ANGLE IRON BRACING AS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE DOOR FRAME A RIGID ASSEMBLY.
J. PROVIDE LATCHES THAT PERMIT EASY REMOVAL OF ACCESS DOOR WHILE MAINTAINING POSITIVE CLOSING AND MINIMUM LEAKAGE.
K. PROVIDE SPONGE RUBBER GASKETS FOR ALL DOORS.
L. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A, IDENTIFY EACH ACCESS DOOR WITH 1/2" HIGH STENCILED LETTERS AS'SMOKE DETECTOR,.
2.03 DUCT TEST HOLES
A. TEMPORARY TEST HOLES: CUT OR DRILL IN DUCTS AS REQUIRED. CAP WITH NEAT PATCHES, NEOPRENE PLUGS, THREADED PLUGS, OR THREADED
OR TWIST -ON METAL CAPS.
B. PERMANENT TEST HOLES: FACTORY FABRICATED, AIR TIGHT FLANGED FITTINGS WITH SCREW CAP. PROVIDE EXTENDED NECK FITTINGS TO CLEAR
INSULATION.
1. PRODUCTS:
a. CARLISLE HVAC PRODUCTS; DYNAIR TEST PORT WITH RED CAP WITH O-RING SEAL: WWW.CARLISLEHVAC.COM.
2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. FLEXMASTER U.S.A., MODEL NO. TYPE 1M INSULATED: WWW.FLEXMASTERUSA.COM.
2. THERMAFLEX, MODEL MK-E INSULATED: WWW.THERMAFLEX.NET.
B. CHARACTERISTICS OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO AIR TERMINALS:
I . APPROVED AS UL CLASS I AIR DUCT.
2. FLAME SPREAD LESS THAN 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING LESS THAN 50.
3. FACTORY INSULATED WITH 1/2" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION.
4. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE FEET OF FLEXIBLE DUCT UPSTREAM OF DIFFUSERS. DO NOT EXCEED SIX FEET OF LENGTH.
5. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL MEET STANDARDS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE.
6. FOR HOSPITAL CRITICAL AREAS, INCLUDING SURGERY, RECOVERY, LABOR, DELIVERY, NURSERY, LDRP, ICU, CCU AND TRAUMA, USE METAL
LINED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK, EQUIVALENT TO OMNI 1800.
C. SEAL OFF THE INSULATION JACKET AT ITS ENDS AND AT JOINTS WITH MASTIC, HARDCAST, OR SIMILAR MATERIAL. REPLACE FLEX IF JACKET IS
PUNCTURED.
D. SECURE THE CORE OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO RIGID DUCT AND EQUIPMENT COLLARS WITH METALLIC ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING BANDS.
SUPPLEMENTARLY SECURE THE INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER JACKET WITH AN ADDITIONAL CLAMPING BAND.
E. FLEXIBLE DUCTS LESS THAN 2'-O" LONG SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) HANGER. FLEXIBLE DUCTS 2--O" TO 6.4, LONG SHALL BE
SUPPORTED WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) HANGERS.
F. COMPLETE INSULATION COVERAGE UP TO THE BOXES.
G. DO NOT ROUTE FLEXIBLE DUCT THROUGH CORRIDOR WALLS, FIRE OR SMOKE PARTITIONS.
H. NO BENDS SHALL BE MADE IN FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH THE CENTER LINE RADIUS LESS THAN ONE AND ONE-HALF DUCT DIAMETER AND ONLY ONE
BEND MAY OCCUR PER FOUR FOOT LENGTH OF DUCT MATERIAL.
1. FLEXIBLE DUCT IS NOT FOR USE IN EXHAUST DUCTWORK SYSTEMS.
2.05 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. CARLISLE HVAC PRODUCTS; DYNAIR CONNECTOR PLUS G90 STEEL OFFSET SEAM NEOPRENE FABRIC: WVWV.CARLISLEHVAC.COM.
B. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS FURNISHED WITH MOTOR DRIVEN FANS, WHETHER OR NOT THE FANS ARE
INTERNALLY ISOLATED OR FLEXIBLE COUPLED.
C. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS IN THE DUCTWORK WHERE THE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS.
D. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1966 AND AS INDICATED.
E. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS: FABRIC CRIMPED INTO METAL EDGING STRIP.
1. FABRIC: UL LISTED FIRE -RETARDANT NEOPRENE DOUBLE COATED WOVEN GLASS FIBER FABRIC TO NFPA 90A, MINIMUM DENSITY 30 OZ PER SQ
YD.
a. NET FABRIC WIDTH: APPROXIMATELY 2 INCHES WIDE.
F. MAXIMUM INSTALLED LENGTH: 14 INCH.
.
2.06 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC: WWW.NAILOR.COM.
2. RUSKIN COMPANY: WWW. RUSK] N. COM.
B. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 1966 AND AS INDICATED.
C. SPUTTER DAMPERS:
1. MATERIAL: SAME GAGE AS DUCT TO 24 INCHES SIZE IN EITHER DIRECTION, AND TWO GAGES HEAVIER FOR SIZES OVER 24 INCHES.
2. BLADE: FABRICATE OF SINGLE THICKNESS SHEET METAL TO STREAMLINE SHAPE, SECURED WITH CONTINUOUS HINGE OR ROD.
3. OPERATOR: MINIMUM 1/4 INCH DIAMETER ROD IN SELF ALIGNING, UNIVERSAL JOINT ACTION, FLANGED BUSHING WITH SETSCREW.
D. SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS: FABRICATE FOR DUCT SIZES UP TO 6 X 30 INCH.
1. FABRICATE FOR DUCTSIZES UPTO 6X30 INCH.
2. BLADE: 24 GAGE, 0.0239 INCH, MINIMUM.
E. MULTI -BLADE DAMPER: FABRICATE OF OPPOSED BLADE PATTERN WITH MAXIMUM BLADE SIZES 8 X 72 INCH. ASSEMBLE CENTER AND EDGE CRIMPED
3V TYPE BLADES IN PRIME COATED OR GALVANIZED CHANNEL FRAME WITH SUITABLE HARDWARE.
1. BLADE: 18 GAGE, 0.0478 INCH, MINIMUM.
F. SHAFT: 1/2" SQUARE ROD OPERATOR WITH END BEARINGS AND GASKET SEAL AT DUCT PENETRATIONS. TERMINATE SHAFT IN DAMPER FRAME WITH
BUSHINGS.
G. END BEARINGS: EXCEPT IN ROUND DUCTS 12 INCHES AND SMALLER, PROVIDE END BEARINGS. ON MULTIPLE BLADE DAMPERS, PROVIDE
OIL -IMPREGNATED NYLON, THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER, OR SINTERED BRONZE BEARINGS.
1. PRODUCTS:
a. CARLISLE HVAC PRODUCTS; DYNAIR END BEARING LEAK RESISTANT SETS: WV,AN.CARLISLEHVAC.COM.
H. QUADRANTS:
1. PROVIDE LOCKING, INDICATING QUADRANT REGULATORS ON SINGLE AND MULTI -BLADE DAMPERS.
2. ON INSULATED DUCTS MOUNT QUADRANT REGULATORS ON STAND-OFF MOUNTING BRACKETS, BASES, OR ADAPTERS.
3. WHERE ROD LENGTHS EXCEED 30 INCHES PROVIDE REGULATOR AT BOTH ENDS.
4. PRODUCTS:
a. CARLISLE HVAC PRODUCTS; DYNAIR DOUBLE SHEAR RATTLE FREE QUADRANTS 1/2 INCH: WWW.CARLISLEHVAC.COM.
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. DUCT OPENING CLOSURE FILM: MOLD -RESISTANT, SELF-ADHESIVE FILM TO KEEP DEBRIS OUT OF DUCTS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
I . THICKNESS: 2 MILS.
2. HIGH TACK WATER BASED ADHESIVE.
3. UV STABLE LIGHT BLUE COLOR.
4. ELONGATION BEFORE BREAK: 325 PERCENT, MINIMUM.
5. PRODUCTS:
a. CARLISLE HVAC PRODUCTS; DYNAIR DUCT PROTECTION FILM: WVWV.CARLISLEHVAC.COM.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. VERIFY THAT ELECTRIC POWER IS AVAILABLE AND OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, NFPA 90A, AND
FOLLOW SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. REFER TO SECTION 23 3100 FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND PRESSURE CLASS.
B. PROVIDE ALL SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, INSERTS, AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR ATTACHING SHEET METAL TO DUCT, WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.
C. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR INSPECTION AND CLEANING BEFORE AND AFTER FILTERS, COILS, FANS, AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AT FIRE
DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. PROVIDE MINIMUM 8 X 8 INCH SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, SIZE
FOR SHOULDER ACCESS, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE 4 X 4 INCH FOR BALANCING DAMPERS ONLY. REVIEW LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
D. PROVIDE DUCT TEST HOLES WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING PURPOSES.
E. AT FANS AND MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH DUCTS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
F. AT EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED BY VIBRATION ISOLATORS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE EQUIPMENT; SEE
SECTION 22 0548.
G. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT POINTS ON SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS WHERE BRANCHES ARE TAKEN FROM LARGER DUCTS As
REQUIRED FOR AIR BALANCING. INSTALL MINIMUM 2 DUCT WIDTHS FROM DUCT TAKE -OFF.
H. WHERE DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES AND REGISTERS ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH VOLUME DAMPERS, INSTALL SPIN -IN FITTING WITH BALANCING DAMPER
IN DUCT RUNOUT.
1. USE SPLFFTER DAMPERS ONLY WHERE INDICATED.
J. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE -OFF TO DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER DAMPERS ARE
SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, GRILLE, OR REGISTER ASSEMBLY.
3.03 TESTING
A. CHECK WORK FOR SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE.
B. INSURE THAT ADEQUATE ACCESS DOES IN FACT EXIST FOR FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS AND THAT DAMPER OPERATOR MOTORS ARE NOT
HINDERED IN OPERATION BY PROXIMITY TO WALLS OR OTHER OBJECTS.
C. CHECK DUCT CONNECTIONS AT ACCESS DOORS FOR AIR LEAKAGE OR CONDENSATION. CORRECT CONDITIONS FOUND.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 3416
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
FORWARD CURVED CENTRIFUGAL FANS.
B.
FAN ACCESSORIES.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL,
1.03
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
AMCA (DIR) - [DIRECTORY OF] PRODUCTS LICENSED UNDER AMCA INTERNATIONAL CERTIFIED RATINGS PROGRAM; AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL
ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL, INC.; HTTP://WVVVV.AMCA.ORG/CERTIFIED/SEARCH/COMPANY.ASPX.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
SEE SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B.
PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA ON CENTRIFUGAL FANS AND ACCESSORIES INCLUDING FAN CURVES WITH SPECIFIED OPERATING POINT CLEARLY
PLOTTED, POWER, RPM, SOUND POWER LEVELS FOR BOTH FAN INLET AND OUTLET AT RATED CAPACITY, AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS.
C.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: INCLUDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
D.
MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FOR LUBRICATION, MOTOR AND DRIVE REPLACEMENT, SPARE PARTS LIST, AND WIRING DIAGRAMS.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH
MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
B.
PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES
INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE
PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED.
1.06
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
\\\\WII1/1/ / ,/
A.
PROTECT MOTORS, SHAFTS, AND BEARINGS FROM WEATHER AND CONSTRUCTION DUST.
\\\ �,LDE/V ///
\\\ � ....... 8�,, /
. .
"'. I I
' 1�1 I
1.07
FIELD CONDITIONS
, ..
�,� -,,Q� -' ��
.. ,8
\,\C,EN
" 6'
1� \"' . " \'\'-"- "
1� .'VI. -
�
A.
PERMANENT FANS MAY NOT BE USED FOR VENTILATION DURING CONSTRUCTION.
� * . �
- : 11
-
- . , : Cr -
---u : * - -
- . Lu zz
I:_ -A I , /Z/� �,// � ...., W
0,.�'-.. ,:�
- .. 1,
'\' . STATEOF. .. N�,-
" 0"'� �
", I �� ... .P.LOR�0.�% - " 1�1
*
,
I/ 0 0/" * - . , * *' ��
///////0N,�M-
\\\
00\
lilt 110
REVISIONS
BY
I
i
-
I
I'll
4 00
1i uo cy')
,u '1' C\J
- Cl) C,o
�E � �D
u
� 4-
-,
.< I-- 00 .
, 0 ` E
0 -p - 0
I
a) �g t-- u
t� = C\1 u�
� I- -
t� E x u
� - ,'� 9�
� c, L"
� a� �E
= . u
"
11� U-� .5
�_J . - Z
" LrD v
�u �- >
t-- . -
< H� - 0
00 ��
v
�� >:, , �:
�: I- ��
I
-
, = C"I .
I-
, CO
Q) :D $�
-0 0
El I- -a
I �� �
rl-
�F CN
m
I
I
I
I
I
. Cz
E-1 I M
U 1:�
,
,
8- � EM� �
5 � rn u
P4
u 0 � W
I � u 0 � M
9 5 W
z 0 pa
. 14 0, 114 " W.
� 1:4 "- .Cd 0 � m
� - 1:4 ,a"
A �
C:J .
C4 � W4 0
0 0 m N �!
�
,It � 0
� mc 1
0
62 �i
0 I
0
0
r, Ln E r- 1-1
r, IZT -zl- m
0
z
C�' ,:) C') r,
9 5 y ul 0)
, U < W
(:) 0 .C: U ,
m ro -
m
a-
- - d)
r, � "
W
", r-"J, to
r- r- a
- ;� ,�
W
(1) m ?:
C ,
0 3:
z
=
CL 3:
a
(1)
Q,
�-
z
W
�:e
W rq
:L- r,
=
00
V) T
2 N
� �0
0 r,
z rr)
m
1
(ii , .
:3 - u�
i , .2 CL
�� ("
> -8 e
- < � C:
-�2 _C 1: �D (1) 1-i
':;
. - (1) 00 ,
0 Ln Lr)
u - ,Y
-T 't m 6 -@ ,-,
Lu -1 �: 5 m ��,
0 Lf) � c -r-
r1i I 0 u 0
a-
< 'ZT 6 ILLJ f '<
C) 0
z
z -
0
-J -J
L) - (1)
:D.>
0 L. _J
M >,
-�- _J 0 U - -....
V) < . C
r (J LJ E =s
12
0 - 0 =s 0
. =0
=0 -
a -C
a Li- a &-
> Ld >1 0
L.L. -f--
0 V) -r- 0
CMO CLCO
a) CD 0) a
CL
W < 0 IN
-J
in < (0
to
E2 0
0 m
J LJ
L.L.m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M093
L---.-.-.-----------J
rO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BU I LDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. GREENHECK FAN CORPORATION: WWW.GREENHECK.COM.
B. LOREN COOK COMPANY: WWW.LOREN000K.COM.
2.02 WHEEL AND INLET
A. FORWARD CURVED: POLYPROPYLENE OR STEEL CONSTRUCTION.
2.03 HOUSING
A. EMBOSSED GALVANIZED STEEL, LOW PROFILE, FACTORY INSULATED FOR SOUND.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. ROUND OUTLET DUCT COLLAR WITH INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER.
B. SPEED CONTROL: FACTORY INTERNALLY MOUNTED.
C. FOR HANGING INSTALLATION ONLY: PROVIDE OPTIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATOR KIT.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSTALL FAN SUCH THAT DISCHARGE DUCTWORK TURNS IN THE SAME DIRECTION AS THE FAN WHEEL.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 3700
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DIFFUSERS.
B. REGISTERS/GRILLES.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 09 9000 - PAINTING AND COATING: PAINTING OF DUCTS VISIBLE BEHIND OUTLETS AND INLETS.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASHRAE STD 70 - METHOD OF TESTING THE PERFORMANCE OF AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING
AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.; 2006 (R2011).
B. SMACNA 1966 - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS; 2005.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. REVIEW OUTLETS AND INLETS AS TO SIZE, FINISH, AND
TYPE OF MOUNTING PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. SUBMIT SCHEDULE OF OUTLETS AND INLETS SHOWING TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, APPLICATION,
AND NOISE LEVEL.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS: RATINGS CERTIFIED BY AIR DIFFUSION COUNCIL.
B. ROOF CEILING ASSEMBLY: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF UL FIRE RESISTANCE INDEX.
C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION,
WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. METAL-AIRE: WWW.METALINDUSTRIESINC.COM.
B. PRICE INDUSTRIES: WWW.PRICE-HVAC.COM.
C. TITUS: WWW.TITUS-HVAC.COM.
2.02 GENERAL
A. CEILING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE OF STEEL OR ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY AS DETAILED IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE INDEX.
2.03 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. SQUARE LOUVERED FACE DIRECTIONAL CEILING DIFFUSER: METAL-AIRE MODEL SERIES 5200 OR PRICE MODEL AMD OR TITUS MODEL
TDC-AA. DIFFUSER SHALL BE FOUR WAY DIRECTIONAL. FOR DIFFUSERS NOTED ON DRAWINGS TO BE 1, 2 OR 3 WAY BLOW, PROVIDE
APPROPRIATE CORE IN DIFFUSER.
B. COORDINATE CEILING DEVICE FRAME TYPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING TYPE.
C. CEILING DIFFUSERS MAY BE SUITABLE FOR LAY -IN TILE INSTALLATION BY MOUNTING IT IN A FACTORY FABRICATED, 24"X24" PANEL, ONLY IF
DIFFUSER FACE IS A MINIMUM OF 15"X15". PROVIDE FRAME STYLE 3.
D. FABRICATION: ALUMINUM WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH.
E. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.
F. PROVIDE CEILING DIFFUSERS COMPLETE WITH OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME DAMPERS WHERE DIFFUSER IS INSTALLED IN INACCESSIBLE
CEILINGS. DO NOT FURNISH VOLUME DAMPER FOR DIFFUSERS INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS OR EXPOSED DIFFUSERS.
2.04 CEILING EGG CRATE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES
A. METAL-AIRE MODEL CC5 OR PRICE MODEL 80-F OR TITUS MODEL 50-F.
B. TYPE: EGG CRATE STYLE FACE CONSISTING OF 1/2 X 1/2 X 1/2 INCH GRID CORE.
C. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT
D. COORDINATE CEILING DEVICE FRAME TYPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING TYPE.
E. PROVIDE GRILLE COMPLETE WITH OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME DAMPERS WHERE INSTALLED IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. DO NOT FURNISH
VOLUME DAMPER FOR GRILLES INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS OR EXPOSED REGISTERS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. CHECK LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS AND MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN POSITION TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL
FEATURES, SYMMETRY, AND LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT.
C. INSTALL DIFFUSERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTION.
D. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE -OFF TO DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES AND REGISTERS, DESPITE WHETHER DAMPERS ARE
SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, OR GRILLE AND REGISTER ASSEMBLY.
E. WHERE DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES AND REGISTERS ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH VOLUME DAMPERS, INSTALL SPIN -IN FITTING WITH BALANCING
DAMPER IN DUCT RUNOUT.
F. PROVIDE ALL SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, INSERTS, AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR ATTACHING SHEET METAL TO DUCT, WALLS, FLOORS, AND
CEILINGS.
G. PAINT DUCTWORK VISIBLE BEHIND AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS MATTE BLACK. REFER TO SECTION 09 9000.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 4000
HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AHRI 850 - PERFORMANCE RATING OF COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AIR FILTER EQUIPMENT; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND
REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE; 2004.
B. ASHRAE STD 52.2 - METHOD OF TESTING GENERAL VENTILATION AIR -CLEANING DEVICES FOR REMOVAL EFFICIENCY BY PARTICLE SIZE;
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.; 2012.
C. UL 900 - STANDARD FOR AIR FILTER UNITS; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. CONFORM TO AHRI 850 SECTION 7.4.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. SEE SECTION 01 300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA ON FILTER MEDIA, FILTER PERFORMANCE DATA, FILTER ASSEMBLY AND FILTER FRAMES, DIMENSIONS,
MOTOR LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS.
C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATION, CHANGING, AND PERIODIC CLEANING.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE
PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILTER MANUFACTURERS
A. AMERICAN FILTRATION INC: WWW.AMERICANFILTRATION.COM.
B. AAF INTERNATIONAL/AMERICAN AIR FILTER: WWW.AAFINTL.COM.
C. CAMFIL FARR COMPANY: WWW.CAMFILFARR.COM.
2.02 DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS
A. MEDIA: UL 900 CLASS 2, FIBER BLANKET, FACTORY SPRAYED WITH FLAMEPROOF, NON -DRIP, NON-VOLATILE ADHESIVE.
1. NOMINAL SIZE: 24X16 OR 24X20.
2. THICKNESS: 2 INCH.
B. PERFORMANCE RATING:
1. FACE VELOCITY: 500 FPM.
2. INITIAL RESISTANCE: 0.15 INCH WG.
3. RECOMMENDED FINAL RESISTANCE: 0.50 INCHES WG.
C. HOLDING FRAMES: 20 GAGE, 0.0359 INCH MINIMUM GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME WITH EXPANDED METAL GRID ON OUTLET SIDE AND STEEL
ROD GRID ON INLET SIDE, HINGED WITH PULL AND RETAINING HANDLES.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL AIR CLEANING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. PREVENT PASSAGE OF UNFILTERED AIR AROUND FILTERS WITH FELT, RUBBER, OR NEOPRENE GASKETS.
C. DO NOT OPERATE FAN SYSTEM UNTIL FILTERS (TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT) ARE IN PLACE. REPLACE TEMPORARY FILTERS USED DURING
CONSTRUCTION AND TESTING, WITH CLEAN SET.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 23 7413
PACKAGED OUTDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS
PART 1GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNIT.
B. UNIT CONTROLS.
C. ROOF MOUNTING CURB AND BASE.
D. MAINTENANCE SERVICE.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.
B. SECTION 06 105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY.
C. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AHRI 210/240 - STANDARD FOR PERFORMANCE RATING OF UNITARY AIR CONDITIONING AND AIR -SOURCE HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT;
AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE; 2008.
B. AHRI 270 - SOUND RATING OF OUTDOOR UNITARY EQUIPMENT; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE; 2008.
C. NFPA 90A - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; 2012.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. SEE SECTION 01 300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE CAPACITY AND DIMENSIONS OF MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS AND ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.
INDICATE ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND DUCT CONNECTIONS.
C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE CAPACITY AND DIMENSIONS OF MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS AND ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.
INDICATE ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND DUCT CONNECTIONS.
D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE ASSEMBLY, SUPPORT DETAILS, CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND INCLUDE START-UP
INSTRUCTIONS.
E. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR DATA, AND PARTS LISTING.
F. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY AND ENSURE FORMS HAVE BEEN FILLED OUT IN OWNER'S NAME AND REGISTERED WITH
MANUFACTURER.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE
PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. PROTECT UNITS FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE BY STORING OFF SITE UNTIL ROOF MOUNTING CURBS ARE IN PLACE, READY FOR IMMEDIATE
INSTALLATION OF UNITS.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. SEE SECTION 01 740 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.
B. PROVIDE A FIVE YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. TRANE INC: WWW.TRANE.COM.
B. YORK BY JOHNSON CONTROLS INC: WWW.JOHNSONCONTROLS.COM.
2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. SCHEDULED PERFORMANCE:
1. COOLING CAPACITY: AHRI 210/240 TEST CONDITIONS.
2. SOUND RATING NUMBERS: AHRI 270.
2.03 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. GENERAL: ROOF MOUNTED UNITS HAVING ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENTS AND ELECTRIC REFRIGERATION.
B. DESCRIPTION: SELF-CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND PREWIRED, CONSISTING OF CABINET AND FRAME, SUPPLY FAN,
ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENTS, CONTROLS, AIR FILTERS, REFRIGERANT COOLING COIL AND COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER COIL AND
CONDENSER FAN.
C. DISCONNECT SWITCH: FACTORY MOUNT DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONTROL PANEL.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. CABINET: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, INCLUDING ACCESS PANELS WITH SCREWDRIVER OPERATED FLUSH CAM TYPE FASTENERS.
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE MINIMUM 18 GAGE, 0.0478 INCH, WITH ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS OF MINIMUM 20 GAGE, 0.0359 INCH.
B. SUPPLY FAN: FORWARD CURVED CENTRIFUGAL TYPE, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED WITH V-BELT DRIVE, ADJUSTABLE VARIABLE PITCH MOTOR
PULLEY, AND RUBBER ISOLATED HINGE MOUNTED HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTOR OR DIRECT DRIVE AS INDICATED. ISOLATE COMPLETE FAN
ASSEMBLY. REFER TO SECTION 23 0548.
C. AIR FILTERS: 1 INCH THICK GLASS FIBER DISPOSABLE MEDIA IN METAL FRAMES. REFER TO SECTION 23 4000.
D. ROOF MOUNTING CURB: MINIMUM 18 INCHES HIGH GALVANIZED STEEL, CHANNEL FRAME WITH GASKETS, NAILER STRIPS.
1. CURB SHALL BE WIND RATED FOR PROJECT.
2.05 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL
A. FINNED TUBE HEATING ELEMENTS EASILY ACCESSIBLE WITH AUTOMATIC RESET THERMAL CUT-OUT, BUILT-IN MAGNETIC CONTACTORS,
GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME, CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMER AND FUSE, MANUAL RESET THERMAL CUT-OUT, AIRFLOW PROVING DEVICE,
TOGGLE SWITCH (PILOT DUTY), LOAD FUSES.
B. CONTROLS: START SUPPLY FAN BEFORE ELECTRIC ELEMENTS ARE ENERGIZED AND CONTINUE OPERATING UNTIL AIR TEMPERATURE
REACHES MINIMUM SETTING, WITH SWITCH FOR CONTINUOUS FAN OPERATION.
2.06 EVAPORATOR COIL
A. PROVIDE COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN COIL ASSEMBLY WITH GALVANIZED DRAIN PAN AND CONNECTION.
B. PROVIDE CAPILLARY TUBES OR THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES FOR UNITS OF 6 TONS CAPACITY AND LESS, AND THERMOSTATIC
EXPANSION VALVES AND ALTERNATE ROW CIRCUITING FOR UNITS 7.5 TONS COOLING CAPACITY AND LARGER.
2.07 COMPRESSOR
A. PROVIDE HERMETIC COMPRESSORS, 3600 RPM MAXIMUM, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED WITH POSITIVE LUBRICATION, CRANKCASE HEATER, HIGH
AND LOW PRESSURE SAFETY CONTROLS, MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SERVICE VALVES AND GAGE PORTS,
AND FILTER DRIER.
B. FOR HEAT PUMP UNITS, PROVIDE REVERSING VALVE, SUCTION LINE ACCUMULATOR, DISCHARGE MUFFLER, FLOW CONTROL CHECK VALVE,
AND SOLID-STATE DEFROST CONTROL UTILIZING THERMISTORS.
2.08 CONDENSER COIL
A. PROVIDE COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN COIL ASSEMBLY WITH SUBCOOLING ROWS AND COIL GUARD.
B. PROVIDE DIRECT DRIVE PROPELLER FANS, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED WITH FAN GUARD, MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, WIRED TO OPERATE
WITH COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE HIGH EFFICIENCY FAN MOTORS.
2.09 MIXED AIR CASING
A. DAMPERS: PROVIDE MOTORIZED OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR DAMPERS FOR FIXED OUTSIDE AIR QUANTITY. DAMPERS SHALL FAIL IN CLOSED
POSITION.
B. GASKETS: PROVIDE TIGHT FITTING DAMPERS WITH EDGE GASKETS.
2.10 OPERATING CONTROLS - SINGLE ZONE UNITS
A. ELECTRIC SOLID STATE MICROCOMPUTER BASED ROOM THERMOSTAT, LOCATED AS INDICATED IN SERVICE AREA WITH REMOTE SENSOR
LOCATED AS INDICATED.
B. ROOM THERMOSTAT SHALL INCORPORATE:
1. AUTOMATIC SWITCHING FROM HEATING TO COOLING.
2. PREFERENTIAL RATE CONTROL TO MINIMIZE OVERSHOOT AND DEVIATION FROM SET POINT.
3. SET-UP FOR FOUR SEPARATE TEMPERATURES PER DAY.
4. INSTANT OVERRIDE OF SET POINT FOR CONTINUOUS OR TIMED PERIOD FROM ONE HOUR TO 31 DAYS.
5. SHORT CYCLE PROTECTION.
6. PROGRAMMING BASED ON WEEKDAYS, SATURDAY AND SUNDAY.
7. SWITCH SELECTION FEATURES INCLUDING IMPERIAL OR METRIC DISPLAY, 12 OR 24 HOUR CLOCK, KEYBOARD DISABLE, REMOTE
SENSOR, FAN ON -AUTO.
C. ROOM THERMOSTAT DISPLAY SHALL INCLUDE:
1. TIME OF DAY.
2. ACTUAL ROOM TEMPERATURE.
3. PROGRAMMED TEMPERATURE.
4. PROGRAMMED TIME.
5. DURATION OF TIMED OVERRIDE.
6. DAY OF WEEK.
7. SYSTEM MODEL INDICATION: HEATING, COOLING, AUTO, OFF, FAN AUTO, FAN ON.
8. STAGE (HEATING OR COOLING) OPERATION.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY THAT ROOF IS READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND OPENING DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
B. VERIFY THAT PROPER POWER SUPPLY IS AVAILABLE.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. MOUNT UNITS ON FACTORY BUILT ROOF MOUNTING CURB PROVIDING WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURE TO PROTECT DUCTWORK AND UTILITY
SERVICES. INSTALL ROOF MOUNTING CURB LEVEL.
3.03 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. PREPARE AND START EQUIPMENT. ADJUST FOR PROPER OPERATION.
3.04 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. DEMONSTRATE OPERATION TO OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
3.05 MAINTENANCE
A. SEE SECTION 01 700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO MAINTENANCE SERVICE.
B. PROVIDE SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNITS FOR ONE YEAR YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
C. PROVIDE ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SERVICE WITH A TWO MONTH INTERVAL AS MAXIMUM TIME PERIOD BETWEEN CALLS.
D. INCLUDE MAINTENANCE ITEMS AS OUTLINED IN MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA, INCLUDING MINIMUM OF SIX
FILTER REPLACEMENTS, MINIMUM OF ONE FAN BELT REPLACEMENT, AND CONTROLS CHECK-OUT, ADJUSTMENTS, AND RECALIBRATION.
E. AFTER EACH SERVICE CALL, SUBMIT COPY OF SERVICE CALL WORK ORDER OR REPORT THAT INCLUDES DESCRIPTION OF WORK
PERFORMED.
END OF SECTION
�LDD'/v
,� �G� • ° `��GEN�SF F�
1
STAT OF
�,RIDP. Cam:
s ,
REVISIONS
BY
i
i
i
n 0'
ao
r---.
co
� co
00
7 x � N
E x ao
L
U . CV
a ti
o Z ti
Cn
0
C-,t
`o
l;
A
U t5 E•+ v]
�z Wa
a 0
24,
O 0
0 0
Q�
0
,R V
r, h a � v m
O O (3)N
U
Z
OO Ln a)
O O 'v U w
v a
W
v
N N GA
�^ Q
W
3:
o
� 3
Z
Q
v
Z
W
Y
N
5 N
N W
m
L N
o �
z m
m
(1)LLi
C > O
Q LL
o a r vLnv
wr 30
-)(D
d��UL,
Q 4 V w 2i Q
UU
-Z
ZQ
JJ
O m •L -.I
C
LIJ :3
0-0 0
� =U
Li
oLJ v o
LL
°c �0 NsU
ao
0) LID N
W QJ ONCL
0 Q CO
�U
00
JW
LL m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
MOo4
TU THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING LUDES AND [HE APPLICABLE FIRE-SAFt I Y 51 ANUAKU5 AS UL I EKMINLD BY I HE LUCAL AU I HUKI 1 Y IN ACCUKUANLL WI I H CHAP I tK bbJ./9 ANU CHAP I tK b33, FLUKIUA S 1 A I U I ES.
T�—TT—
ff/f/fff/� f / /
V'/'/'/'/1 / I
'c / / / / / / / r I S A
__---- - F___----_ -
/
� I
=_ - - -- - - ----- -/ r�
- -- ----- - — _ -- ---- - ---- _ _-__ F- --- - -- - -- --- ----------- -- ----- - - - --
�- - --- ---� r --- - -----------.r1- - - - - r---------- ---
j I 1 1 I I 1 I? I I I � lilj
I - II I! I I I I II I iIII
a- -- -- --- -- -- - - - - -----�
! f --- - _------- .,\ T--- }------------------7 J 4 +
I-,- --� -- ` L-
1 F r / r
L----------------
�f/ I -----J L==-------------I L L
��
I ♦�' I
L----------- -.
r----------
-
I! j
----------------- ----/ l I I I ILL
I I I I I- t _- I �
11,-__.
j ---- -- I ---- J
I--------I----t
Ijl /. qi I I I 1 I I !( I �--�-- I I I I I
MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTE
'V•'/r,/lam' i i J f/ i=-J-
DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT i r7'�
\ AND EXHAUST FANS SERVING BUILDING INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED
1 1-' ------ DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, RETURN GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, ROOF
EXHAUST VENTS SUPPORTS THERMOSTATS AND APPURTENANCES IN ! f
1 u THEIR ENTIRETY. REFER TO MECHANICAL ROOF DEMOLITION DRAWING r I
I'--_-J--- 1
? --- -- "I ��! I
L)JI ! AND ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL s�
REQUIREMENTS. ------------- - I I
--- r r------------- 7
- I .i V O O O
---- -- -Li" 1
L.__._. J
L------------!----'
f L----------- ---�,
71
II II I
I----------- - - -- - - - ----- -- -- -------------------------------------- --- ? !
r/ / / / / / i L� I I . r ,-- -T1 I
1 --- ----------- ---- - - ------------- ------------------------------_- I III
---------------- - - -- - I ------ ---- I -- , h.l J �- --- I -----I � f I--------- � II I I ;IIII
i�r--------------
I
I ------------
LT
i ---1
p I
✓� / //; // / / /f/r/- .// /1ra II iII II II II�II" !.II[I IIiIII " II �II III IjI /� II II II II Q4 (- �in �it -- -� � _________--�1�! 1I -----------
L '1I
----- --- [ _L ?
I Ff-T I k 11 (- - X
I I L-k- 1 1L 17--
III
[
�J
G f I C
J'_ f f 1I I
J _� _ -_ I'l r !
L-----� --- ,; L------ L- _J F
F_ 1 L-------- ----
L- -i t J
1
1 f / / / / f----------------------------------J j L_-- L---------- L------ ---- --� j / =-_� \ //' r I
I. ---- ?-------- ---- / --- L ---- ----------- - ✓ \ lam._ i O t l--- ------ ---
I r'/ /'/ / /j �----------------------------------------�------ ----j_-------- r---------- ��LL
j I I-i-t-I--------� ! f
—'------ ------------- %� —
- �� \ I I
•i/ ! C �\ I �fhP \u 1
/ f / / / r / I I i I I I II11 f r / / f r i g / /'• / / / / i�
-.J
I f- / f// •, =/� I :--.['_ ? '_'_I r.. i l I I \ f/i 'I I \ 'f I I I I I I I � / /},/ / i /',,:/J//'/r✓ / / ILI
IIF'l
I I 4rl
/ A L
L�- ---rL J ------L-_------- ---J-- - --- --------_- --- -_--
L -�� 11 L J �T -T r �T--- _—
---------------------------L--_---------------J ------------------------------------------------- r—:�/— --------------
/--- r -�—— ----------------
--
-
'
'f i
�'�' r / / r r/ ✓ ! r ./ / / / ✓ / / / / f f / / / / f f / / r / / ✓ / / / / / / / / / / / f / / / / // / / / I I/ , ; / / I 3
i � f ✓ r /rr/ / / > / f f / / / r J /�/f // / r/ f f / �/f/ / ✓ r / / / / / / / / ✓ r r / r / / / / / / /! I / / �}
�.- / J f r ' /_/Yf / / / / / / / r! / / // / ryr > /ff'�-_--_ _- -���/ / / / / / / r / / / / /�� /////////ffl/i//r/f///:// /�f/ffiff`f'f'f///ffff• f/r//.jl I f f f f/•,I `��� v �� �� �
L1_�1L-----------------1�'.1—�1---------------------------------------------- M�
I
I
1
f
i
I
I I I
I ! I I I
I
! I
I I ,
I I i
!
Oa MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN — DEMOLITION
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
KEYNOTES
ODEMOLISH EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT INCLUDING PAD, REFRIGERANT
LINES, AND APPURTENANCES IN THEIR ENTIRETY. PATCH HOLES IN EXTERIOR WALL TO
MATCH EXISTING. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS.
ODEMOLISH EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM AIR HANDLING UNIT INCLUDING ALL DUCTWORK,
DIFFUSERS, RETURN GRILLES, REFRIGERANT LINES, PIPING, SUPPORTS, THERMOSTAT
AND APPURTENANCES IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
ODEMOLISH EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE. PATCH HOLE IN EXTERIOR WALL TO
MATCH EXISTING.
ODEMOLISH EXISTING TOILET EXHAUST FAN INCLUDING ALL DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND
APPURTENANCES IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS
FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
DEMOLITION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
-
EXISTING TO REMAIN
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
---�
DEMO TO THIS POINT
NL
e Ly
STATE OF
REVISIONS
BY
i
00
n 00
�.r co
U
Q I0—
O �
E x
n m
u
ti
E
d 0170 o
o =
.� Q,
� o
E ti _
M
�y
A
U ,E-A
dd
z O
U a
O
(UYY � W
6 z W U a
a�rn
Aaa
a
�0 a
o��
/R
V
r ur
r (D v m
Z
O (D � 0) N
o o Ln m
o
0 i v w
m m
�nLnF a
W
rzz -a
N N bD
r-, � Q
W
=� 3
o 3
� 3
Z
Q
v
v
~
V
Z
W
Y
N
[V
00
m
N
o r
z m
m
� � w
N
QO Q
LL >_
U N Lr)
.I
w `n 3 0 �
`�
l7 N (.0O U -1
1QD
Q00 v w
U U
— Z
Z
J J
U >
O m �L_ J
0
-�
Q C
UW E
:
0-0 =v
vW�-To
U
c �O N a0
U c0 N O
a-
0 N
Q
J
p Q co
U_
Op
O
LL LcW
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
m 1 1
0
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
1
I
I
I
(
i
i
I i
KEYNOTES
ODEMOLISH EXISTING PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT,
ASSOCIATED CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING, AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURB.
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOFING WORK REQUIREMENTS.
REFER TO ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS.
ODEMOLISH EXISTING ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AND ASSOCIATED ROOF
CURB. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOFING WORK
REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
(D DEMOLISH ROOF EXHAUST VENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR
ROOFING WORK REQUIREMENTS. TYPICAL FOR ALL.
DEMOLITION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
---------- -
EXISTING TO REMAIN
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
DEMO TO THIS POINT
ALDEh
No 6 31
STATE OF
OMECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION
SCALE: 3/16" = V-0"
REVISIONS
BY
i
i
n 00
00
O Ccon
d
O
�El � O O O
OJ J U
\� X u
•/ U
"I Lp A
U • - %.
QE ti >
O
- � 3
ti
E ti O
M
1 ;
A
U A
E-1
o1-a
0
o �aa
a�m
Awa
oornN
ono
C
r- v E v M
Z
O O Q) N
OO �am
0 0 u w
N C LL
LMV
W
N N 00
t
�� Q
W
x
3
'Z
t 3
Q
V
_�
�
Z
W
Y
� N
7
00
'^ m
L N
O n
z m
m
� @ w
u LL
v
Q LL
v
*- - N 00 N L!1
`1
`--I
w � 3 o u
a v a
00 �
Q a U LL, Q
U U
— Z
Z �
J J
U � �
O m �� J
'*- Q ��
C
c U W E Cn
— L) :3
o *--as
p—
v WL o �O
U
°c MO N ao
QJ NIL
Op
L.L CW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M 1.2
1 U I Fit tits 1 OF I Fit MANtM) KNOW LtU(7t, I Fit YLAM ANU SYtLNLA 1 IUNS LUMF'LT W I I N 1 Fit A1'NLILAt$Lt MININIUM t3UILUINU LUUU, ANU I rit ArrLILAbLt rML-ZIAtt I T Z I ANUAKU�l AZ1Ut 1 tK1VIIIVtU CT I rlt LULAL AU I NUM11 T IN ALLUKUANLt W I I rl LMAY I tK 7J3./7 ANU LMAY I ttt 033, tLUIMIUA 31 A I U I t3.
I
III
I �
i
I I
'II
IIII
I
I
i
II
L
� i
li
i
I
--
- --
=-- - -
--
----�
�I
�I
I=
it
III
IIII
I,I�
I
I II
I
IIII
KEYNOTES
O 20x18 RETURN DUCT UP TO RTU-1
O 20x2O SUPPLY DUCT DOWN FROM RTU-1
O 26x18 RETURN DUCT UP TO RTU-2
O24x20 SUPPLY DUCT DOWN FROM RTU-2
O 20x18 RETURN DUCT UP TO RTU-3
O 20x20 SUPPLY DUCT DOWN FROM RTU-3
Oj 8" 0 EXHAUST DUCT UP TO ROOF VENT (TYP. OF 3 )
O DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS
O THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-1
10 THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-2
11 THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-3
NEW CONSTRUCTION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
-
EXISTING TO REMAIN
NEW
CONNECTTO THIS POINT
NLDEN
No 692 1 ..
0;, '. STATE OF
REVISIONS
BY
0-
00
u cV o1
� N
�r U
I� O .
O
U
� "Try � �n
E X
U
¢)
Eti >
a� Tti 3
o x ti
0
N
I
A
C���LTrU�A
zdddz O V a
O
U � fs7
U
0 04 U
x
00�[
O
o
�Ln
� v m
O O O Q1 N
Z0
o v w
m m
W
"N rl v
" °°
��Q
W
=°3
oLL3
Z
Q
v
/R
V
�
Z
W
Y
N N
.- N
,n
'n OO
m
L N
O n
Z m
m
v LJ
C > O
Q LL C
- Y ^ 80 80 Y ,
O o
.l
V - 1H
w Lr)C4 3 O
ONO L) V a
U U
Z
Z 0
J J
U �
0 Jm o�}
c
W
0 0
� =U
p— vs
v W� v �,0
U
0 O N a�
QJ CND
0 Q co
Q 0
L.L LcW
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M 2el
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
KEYNOTES
OINSTALL NEW ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNIT AND ASSOCIATED CURB. CONNECTTO
NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS, REFER
TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 23 3300 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE
DUCTWORK TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO
EQUIPMENT.
OCONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT TO STRUCTURE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH WIND LOADING REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE
(FBC). REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
OROUTE %" PVC COOLING CONDENSATE DRAIN TO GUTTER SYSTEM ON EAST SIDE OF
BUILDING. PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED DOWNWARD TOWARD THE GUTTER. EXPOSED
PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING ON THE ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED WITH A LIGHT
COLORED ACRYLIC OR LATEX PAINT THAT IS CHEMICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH PVC PER
PAINT MANUFACTURER TO PROTECT THE PVC PIPING AGAINST DEGRADATION DUE TO
EXPOSURE TO UV RADIATION. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE SUPPORTS. PIPING
SUPPORTS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE ROOF USING AN ADHESIVE
COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING SYSTEM.
OEXHAUST VENT, GREENHECK MODEL GRSR SIZE 8 OR EQUAL WITH INTEGRAL
BIRDSCREEN. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE FLASHING WITH ROOFING
CONTRACTOR.
NEW CONSTRUCTION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
- -- --- ---
EXISTING TO REMAIN
NEW
CONNECTTO THIS POINT
NLDEPd
0 1
STAT C)
O1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION
I SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
J i
i
i
r—�
v'
00
v Cn
► y CO N
Cfl
U �
O GO
U
U • N .�
ti
a >
Q -• O
►—� E - o
l;
F
U A
zo
mua
o
U W
Uo pq
oa�a
p�
oo1N a
o 0
CQ
O�
r, v
O O O Ql N
Z�
� Lr)a�
�w
oou a
W
iz-:,^ v
N N b0
n v Q
W
�m3
0 11 3
L 3
Z
a
V
�
Z
W
Y
� N
N
N OC)
m
C N
O
Z m
m
Q ui
u d
v
Q LL
U
Y00Ln
w L 3 00 u
L
a v ) `- a
Q V U w Q
U C'
— Z
Z �
J J
U
o Mo�}
-i
UW
c E v;
o—Uv=v
�— a-C
v W� v L.o
°c O N CL
CD ILO (1)v
Q J0
0 Q co
00
J
I..i cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M2.2
r0 THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BYTHE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
"TAP -OUT" EITHER SIDE OR BOTTOM OF DUCT.
TOP "TAP -OUT" IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
"TAP -OUT" EITHER SIDE OR BOTTOM OF DUCT.
TOP "TAP -OUT" IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
FLEXIBLE DUCT. MIN.
R-6 INSULATED. MAX.
MAIN SUPPLY
1-90°, 1-1/2 DIAMETER
RETURN OR
RADIUS BEND v
6'-0" MAX. LENGTH
TYPICAL MANUAL EXHA ST DUCT
p SUPPLY
C DUCT
FLEXIBLE DUCT. MIN.
VOLUME SPIN -IN FITTING
DAMPER WITH MANUAL
R-6 IN SU LATE D. MAX.
VOLUME
1-90°, 1-1/2 DIAMETER
45 DAMPER
-=^ SPIN -IN FITTING WITH
RADIUS BEND,
/I
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
6'-0" MAX. LENGTH v
(NO EXTRACTOR USED)
I _
RETURN
** W I I L
SECURING STRAP
24 GA. GALVANIZED [ DUCT
I I
PAN DU IT (OR EQUAL)
SHEET METAL BOX
6" MIN. SHEET METAL-=^
SPIN -IN FITTING WITH MANUAL
SCREW (TYPICAL)
VOLUME DAMPER (NO
—T
USE THIS WITH RECTANGULAR
EXTRACTOR USED)
DUCT TAKEOFF -SMACNA 45° USE THIS WITH
ENTRY FITTING: L= 1/4 W, (4" ROUND DUCT
SECURING STRAP
6" MIN.
ALSO BE PARALLEL TAKEOFFS
MIINFLO.)(F
PANDUIT (OR EQUAL)
AY
CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER
* = BRANCH TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSER OR GRILLE
WITH INSULATED
BACK PANEL
VQLUME DAMPER REQUIRED
WH-ER•E DAMPER AT DUCT
** _
- SUBMAIN, BRANCHMAIN , OR BRANCH.
BRANCH IS INACCESSIBLE
NOTE:
FOLLOW MFR'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CEILING RETURN GRILLE
INSTALLATION OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER
IN CEILING
DUCTWORK CONNECTION TO
DUCTWORK CONNECTION TO
LOW PRESSURE DUCT VOLUME
SUPPLY DIFFUSER FLEX DUCT
BETURN GRILLE FLEX bUCT
DAMPER REQUIREMENTS
1
2
3
NTS
NTS
NTS
INSULATEO DUCT
SUSPEND EXHAUSTER FROM EXHAUST
STRUCTURE WITH BAND IRON
STRIPS AT EACH CORNER DUCTWORK
# 8 SHEETMETAL
SELF -TAPPING SCREWS ON
NOTE:
FLUSHING EXTENDS UP AND 12" CENTERS
CUT INLET AND INLET TUBE HOLES
UNDER EQUIPMENT
EXHAUST TUBES TO FACE UPSTREAM OF
LENGTH SPECIFIED AIR FLOW
BY MANUFACTURER
ROOF MOUNTED
�
FLOW EXHAUST TUBE
EQUIPMENT
/AIR
'
DIRECTION
INTSULATION
NOTE 2
SEE CURB
FLASHING DETAIL SEAL ROOF CURB
ROOF LINE
BACKDRAFT
3/16" WELD
.' DAMPER
3/16" WELD
12x12 MINIMUM
SIZE DUCT ACCESS SMOKE DETECTOR HOUSING
'
T ^
DOOR MOUNTED TO SIDE OF DUCT
0
METAL DECK
BEAM, PURLIN, OR CROSS # 8 SHEETMETAL
BRACING FOR ROOF SELF -TAPPING SCREWS ON
N 0 T E S:
OPENING 12" CENTERS
1. THIS DETAIL DOES NOT APPLY IF SMOKE DETECTOR IS FACTORY
' = , • - ', CEILING ASSEMBLY
MOUNTED IN AIR HANDLING UNIT.
(SEE ARCH. DWG'S)
2. DETAIL SHOWS GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. REFER TO
INDIVIDUAL MANUFACTURER FOR THEIR SPECIFIC
INSTALLATION AND LOCATION INSTRUCTIONS.
3. STANDOFF BRACKET NOT REQUIRED ON NON -INSULATED
CEILING EXHAUSTER WITH REMOVABLE
DUCT.
EXHAUST GRILLE FOR ACCESS TO AND
SERVICE OF BLOWER ASSEMBLY
CEILING MOUNTED
DUCT MOUNTED
ROOF CURB ATTACHMENT TO
EXHAUST FAN
DTECTOR
STEEL OOF CONSTUCTIONNTS
4
5
��OK�E
NTS
NOTE:
SLOPE TO DRAIN
ELEVATE A/C UNIT SUFFICIENT DISTANCE
PROPERLY
ABOVE FLOOR OR ROOF TO ALLOW FOR
INSTALLATION OF TRAP WITH ADEQUATE
--' _
DIMENSIONS TO WITHSTAND SYSTEM
INSULATED
OPERATING PRESSURE. COORDINATE WITH
U N DERNEATH
ACOUSTICAL LINING
DETAIL FOR A UNIT MOUNTING.
\
ROOFING SHALL EXTEND UP
OPEN VENT SEE SPECIFI
RAINHOOD 1 2" MESH GALV.
THERMAL INSULATION AND OVER TOP OF CURB AS
MATERIAL.
FOR PIPING MATERIAL.
HARDWARE CLOTH
SHOWN IN DETAIL
I
WOODEN NAILER
CLEAN -OUT DRAIN PAN
— — — — — —
GASKET MATERIAL ,c;::: •'•='=' ,..
PLUG CONNECTION
3, TEE UNION
HOOD ACTS AS
COUNTER FLASHING
••
TEE FULL CONN.
• .� p, i % ROOF
= SIZE PIPE
•�
MIN.11/4"
p ELBOW
MIN. FLASHING &
1211
CANT
.� o
n o ��
FLOOR SLAB
ROOF
BOTTOM
SECURE CURB TO ROOF WITH STAINLESS SCREWS,
FLOOR DRAIN
LAG BOLTS, OR OTHER METHODS CONSISTENT WITH
ROOF CONSTRUCTION
TURN PIPE DOWN AT PIPE SUPPORT
NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN,
PREFABRICATED
UNLESS SHOWN
ROOF CURB
OTHERWISE ON PLANS.
TOTAL HEIGHT OF TRAP= X+H+ ( 1 1/2 x PIPE DIAMETER)
FOR DRAW THRU UNITS FOR BLOW THRU UNITS
NOTE:
N 0 T E:
X= MIN. 1/2 H (PREFERRED X=H) X= FAN STATIC PRESSURE +1"
AREA OF SCREENED OPENING
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR FLASHING INTO ROOF.
H= NEGATIVE STATIC PRESSURE +1 H= MIN. 1'
EQUALS INSIDE OF CLEAR AREA OF
ROOF OPENING.
THERMAL/ACOUSTICAL ROOF CURB
COOLINGC OIL CONDENSATE DRAIN
RAINHOOD
$
9
NTS
NTS
NTS
PL•DE/V
GENSF'
No 692 1
STATE OF
0 /IIII\�\\
REVISIONS
BY
i
\
�--. 00
\ Y M N
i--■ Q0
� s ti ri
E x
u
U . N
L a
r-- >
dE �_, o
3 ti 3
ti
)
N
M
A
U
E�lFOEM�A
z� Ua
U O W
Ui (/]
zWUa
Aaa
OOC/1�
M O
0
� E v m
O CT)N
0 U
Z
p O ul m
O O •v Q
U w
�
m m
�n :n � a
W
� v
N N tiO
Q
W
ro
o
r 3
Z
a
V
�
z
w
Y
� N
N
N �
m
L N
O r
Z m
m
°1 @ LJ
C > O Q)
¢LL
SL v
N
m O m O1 N
w`n 3p
`\
U` N v O v C.7
Q �t ll 00 w Q
U U
— Z
Z Q
U >
O
_J ��}
� Uw E0;:3
0—Uv-0
LL-
0
> L.L.
U
N s
cmO 2
0 CD CL
Q J C)
0 Q co
0 Q
L.L cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: .
Job: 14-137
Sheet
M391
FO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
CATALOG NO.
VOLTAGE
LAMPS
WATTAGE
MOUNTING
DESCRIPTION
NOTES
F1
METALUX
2GR8-232A125-
120
2-F32T8
61
CEILING RECESSED
2' X 4' FLUORESCENT STATIC
UNV-EB81-U
GRID TROFFER WITH ACRYLIC
LENS
F1A
METALUX
2GR8-232A125-
120
2-F32T8
61
CEILING RECESSED
2' X 4' FLUORESCENT STATIC
UNV-EB81-
GRID TROFFER WITH ACRYLIC
BAL140OLPACTD
LENS AND A SELF-CONTAINED
EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK
F2
METALUX
2RDI-217RP-
12d
2-F17T8
34
CEILING RECESSED
2' X 2' FLUORESCENT DIRECT/
UNV-EB81-U
INDIRECT LUMINAIRE WITH
CENTER -MOUNT LAMPS
F2A
METALUX
2RDI-217RP-
120
2-F17T8
34
CEILING RECESSED
2' X 2' FLUORESCENT DIRECT/
UNV-EB81-
INDIRECT LUMINAIRE WITH
BAL140OLPACTD
CENTER -MOUNT LAMPS AND A
SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY
BATTERY PACK
F3
HALO
PD6H132E-62HWB
120
1-32W TTT
36
CEILING RECESSED
6" FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT
WITH A SPECULAR CLEAR
REFLECTOR
F4
SHAPER
658-15-W-L1/827-
120
LED FURNISHED
11
WALL MOUNTED AT
DECORATIVE LED WALL SCONCE
UNV-COLOR BY AIA
WITH FIXTURE
6'-0" AFF TO C/L
WITH LUMINOUS SHIELD
F5
ALL -PRO
ET40OLVAT-ERT403LV
120
50W 12V MR16
50
CEILING RECESSED
4" LOW VOLTAGE DOWNLIGHT
WITH A SPECULAR CLEAR
REFLECTOR
F6
TERON LIGHTING
TLNW-F226Q-
120
2-26W QE
56
WALL MOUNTED
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL
FLUORECENT LUMINAIRE
F7
TERON LIGHTING
TLNW-F142X-
120
1-42W TBX
48
WALL MOUNTED
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL
DL
FLUORECENT LUMINAIRE,
DOWNLIGHT ONLY
F8
MCGRAW-EDISON
TLM-400-MP-MT-
120
1-40OW PULSE
452
POLE MOUNTED
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL
5S-FG-DP-FF-DM
START METAL
SITE LIGHTING LUMINAIRE WITH
HALIDE
TYPE V SEGMENTED DISTRIBUTION
AND FLAT GLASS LENS
®�
ALL -PRO
APX7R
120
LED
1
CEILING SURFACE
LED EXIT SIGN. NUMBER OF FACES
AND CHEVRONS AS INDICATED
ON DRAWINGS.
DESIGN GENERAL NOTES
1. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED AND COMPLY WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 13-413. FEEDER
CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 2 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD AND BRANCH
CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 3 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD. DURING
CONSTRUCTION ALL 208/120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS THAT EXCEED 120 FEET IN LENGTH FROM THE ELECTRIC PANEL
TO THE DEVICE SHALL REQUIRE THE CONDUCTORS TO BE UPSIZED TO THE NEXT NOMINAL SIZE SO AS NOT TO EXCEED
THE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP.
2. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS IN EFFECT APPLYING TO ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, THE FOLLOWING
CODES ARE APPLICABLE:
1. NFPA 70: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (2008)
2. NFPA 72: NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE (2007)
3. NFPA 101: LIFE SAFETY CODE (2009)
4. NFPA 241: STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION ALTERATION AND DEMOLITION
OPERATIONS (2004)
5. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010
GENERAL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1. PROVIDE TYPED DIRECTORY CARDS UNDER PLASTIC DOORS OF BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL -
BOARDS NEW AND EXISTING AFFECTED UNDER THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT. DIRECTORIES
SHALL INDICATE DEVICES BEING SERVED INCLUDING SPACE NUMBERS IN WHICH DEVICES OR
FIXTURES ARE LOCATED. SPACE NAMES AND NUMBERS SHALL MATCH THE GRAPHICS
INSTALLED IF DIFFERENT FROM THE SPACE NAMES AND NUMBERS ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL DESIGN STANDARDS. THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE A BINDING PART
OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. WHENEVER A CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL
THE ENGINEER TO CLARIFY.
3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CODE COMPLIANT PENETRATIONS FOR ALL
NEW CONDUITS ENTERING/EXITING FIRE RATED WALLS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. ALL EXISTING NON -CODE COMPLIANT ELECTRICAL
PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE PROJECT SCOPE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO EXISTING
ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND CORRIDORS) SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
TO CORRECT.
4. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND RE -INSTALL
ANY LIGHT FIXTURES OR CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES THAT NEED TO BE TEMPORARILY REMOVED,
DUE TO THE RENOVATION OF ANY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL VERIFY ALL AREAS OF POTENTIAL CEILING RE -WORK PRIOR TO BID.
5. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (E.C.) SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND ALLOW FOR
EXISTING CONDITIONS IN HIS BID. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO MATCH THE EXISTING COLOR SCHEME
OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES ALREADY ESTABLISHED ON SITE AND CONFIRM WITH OWNER.
6. COORDINATE WITH OWNER OR OWNER'S SELECTED VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN FOR EXACT
LOCATIONS OF SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLETS DEDICATED TO SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT. VERIFY
REQUIRED NEMA CONFIGURATION OF ALL SUCH OUTLETS.
7. INCLUDE A GREEN -INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER N.E.C. TABLE 250.122
WITH ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS CONNECTEDTO LIGHTING FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES
AND MECHANICAL OR OTHER DEVICES.
GENERAL NOTES
1. AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL ELECTRICAL
RACEWAYS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. ARTICLE 250-122.
2. DISREGARD SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS WHICH ARE NOT USED ON CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
3. LEGEND SYMBOLS SHOWN WITH AN "E" NEXT TO THE SYMBOL INDICATES EXISTING
DEVICE TO REMAIN.
AFF
AHU
BFG
C
CLG
C/L
CU
CW
DN
EDH
EF
ENCL
EWC
EWH
EX
FCU
FHP
FLA
G
GFI
GWH
HID
HOA
ABBREVIATIONS
- ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
- AIR HANDLING UNIT
- BELOW FINISHED GRADE
- CONDUIT
- CEILING MOUNTED
- CENTERLINE
- CONDENSING UNIT
- COOL WHITE
- DOWN
- ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER
- EXHAUST FAN
- ENCLOSURE
- ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
- ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
- EXPLOSION PROOF
- FAN COIL UNIT
- FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER
- FULL LOAD AMPERES
- GROUND
- GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER
- GAS WATER HEATER
- HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
- HANDS OFF AUTOMATIC
HORIZ - HORIZONTAL
LW - LOW WHITE
HP - HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP
HVAC - HEATING, VENTING
AIR CONDITIONING
1B
- JUNCTION BOX
LRA
- LOCKED ROTOR AMPERES
MCB
- MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MLO
- MAIN LUGS ONLY
N
- NEUTRAL
NL
- NIGHT LIGHT
OB
- OUTLET BOX
PB
- PULL BOX, PUSHBUTTON
PS
- PAY STATION
RECEPT- RECEPTACLE
SF
- SUPPLY FAN
SPEC
- SPECIFICATIONS
TL
- TWISTLOCK
TTB
- TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD
VERT
- VERTICAL
WP
- WEATHERPROOF
WW
- WARM WHITE
XFMR
- TRANSFORMER
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MOUNTING
FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH A SELF-
CONTAINED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT, INCANDESCENT OR
HID LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
4LIGHT
FLUORESCENT, INCANDESCENT OR HID
FIXTURE WITH A SELF-CONTAINED
EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT, INCANDESCENT OR
HID LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT, INCANDESCENT OR HID
LIGHT FIXTURE WITH A SELF-CONTAINED
EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE WITH A
SELF-CONTAINED EMERGENCY BATTERY PAC
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
®
EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE. (SHADED
QUADRANT) INDICATES FACE(S)
OF FIXTURES
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE. (SHADED
QUADRANT) INDICATES FACE(S)
OF FIXTURES
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
-�Q-
LIGHT TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURES
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
\Q 1
__
CHANDELIER INCANDESCENT
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
00 M-O
EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHT
FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
Q
REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHT HEAD
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
��
PARKING LOT OR ROADWAY LIGHT
FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
OO
SIDEWALK BOLLARD LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FLUORESCENT, INCANDESCENT OR HID
ADJUSTABLE LIGHT FIXTURE
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PADDLE TYPE CEILING FAN
SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE
® ®
EXHAUST FAN
SEE MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
s
SWITCH, SINGLE POLE
46" AFF TO C/L
S a
SWITCH, SINGLE POLE (SUBSCRIPT
INDICATES CONTROLLING SWITCH)
46" AFF TO C/L
S 2
SWITCH, DOUBLE POLE
46" AFF TO C/L
S 3
SWITCH, THREE-WAY
46" AFF TO C/L
S 4
SWITCH, FOUR-WAY
46" AFF TO C/L
S L
SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE
46" AFF TO C/L
S D
SWITCH, DIMMER
46" AFF TO C/L
S F
SWITCH, FAN
46" AFF TO C/L
So
OVERRIDE SWITCH, SEE DRAWINGS
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
46" AFF TO C/L
S P
SWITCH, WITH PILOT LIGHT
46" AFF TO C/L
ST
SWITCH, WITH TIMER
46" AFF TO C/L
S M
SWITCH, MOTOR RATED
46" AFF TO C/L
Ss
SWEEP CONTROL SWITCH, SEE DETAIL AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
46" AFF TO C/L
0-
20 AMP SINGLE RECEPTACLE
18" AFF TO C/L
EWC 0-
20 AMP SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
COORDINATE WITH
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
18" AFF TO C/L
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
44" AFF TO C/L
OR AS NOTED
20 AMP QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE
18" AFF TO C/L
20 AMP GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
18" AFF TO C/L
WP
20 AMP GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER
18" AFF TO C/L
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
(TOP HALF SWITCHED)
18" AFF TO C/L
IG
20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE (ORANGE DEVICE)
18" AFF TO C/L
IG
R� EPTACLLEAMP LATED GROUND (
(ORANGE DEVICE) DUPLEX
44" AFF TO C/L OR
AS NOTED
IG
20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE (ORANGE DEVICE)
AND 20 AMP. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
18" AFF TO C/L
20 AMP GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
44" AFF TO C/L OR
AS NOTED
®1
30 AMP., 1 PHASE, 125/25OV., 3P.,
3W. (DRYER)
46" AFF TO C/L OR
AS NOTED
®U
COMBINATION MAGNETIC
MOTOR STARTER
STARTER SIZE
60" AFF TO TOP
�0
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
STARTER SIZE
60" AFF TO TOP
MOTOR CONNECTION
AS NOTED
Ell S
SHUNT -TRIP BUTTON IN A KEYED
LOCK ENCLOSURE
46" AFF TO C/L OR
AS NOTED
®
ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER
SEE MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
®
DOOR CHIME
84" AFF TO C/L
Ell
DOORBELL PUSHBUTTON
46" AFF TO C/L
QT
THERMOSTAT
SEE MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
Q
MOTORIZED DAMPER
SEE MECHANICAL
DRAWINGS
O1 1O
KEYED NOTES
—
PANELBOARD UNDER 250 VOLTS
72" AFF TO TOP
®
PANELBOARD OVER 250 VOLTS
72" AFF TO TOP
❑T
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER
SEE TRANSFORMER
SCHEDULE
8
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
72" AFF TO TOP
GRAP
GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
PANEL
60" AFF TO TOP
GENERATOR
SECURE TO CONCRETE
SLAB USING SPRING
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
TIME SWITCH
WALL MOUNTED
®
CONTACTOR
WALL MOUNTED
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MOUNTING
—i}+—
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONCEALED ABOVE
CEILING OR IN WALL. SLASH MARKS
INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS.
SHORT SLASHES INDICATE PHASE
CONDUCTOR OR SWITCH LEG. LONG
SLASH INDICATES NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR.
SHORT HOOKED SLASH INDICATES
ISOLATED GROUND (EQUIPMENT
GROUND REQUIRED BUT NOT SHOWN).
TWO CONDUCTORS PLUS GROUND
REQUIRED (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
OR MARKED).
-4—
BRANCH CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND
HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD
---
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT CONCEALED
IN SLAB OR UNDERGROUND
----
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT EXPOSED
—W—
SURFACE MOUNTED DECORATIVE
RACEWAY (EQ.: WIREMOLD)
—LY—
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING INSTALLED IN
CONDUIT
—LS—
LIFE SAFETY BRANCH CIRCUIT
_C_
CRITICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT
—EQ—
EQUIPMENT BRANCH CIRCUIT
CONDUIT RUN UP
CONDUIT RUN DOWN
EQUIPMENT CONNECTION USING
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
SP
PAGING/MUSIC SPEAKER
CEILING RECESSED
SP
PAGING/MUSIC SPEAKER
WALL MOUNTED, COORDINATE
WITH ARCH. DWGS.
V❑
VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH
46" AFF TO C/L
CCTV CAMERA
AS INDICATED ON
DRAWINGS
QM
CCTV MONITOR
SITTING ON COUNTER
Q
DOOR CONTROL KEY PAD
46" AFF TO C/L
0-1
SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE
AS INDICATED ON
DRAWINGS
0
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FLUSH WITH FINISHED
INSTALLED IN FLOOR BOX
FLOOR
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
MOUNTED TO UNDER
FLOOR DUCT
20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
MOUNTED FLUSH WITH
FINISHED CEILING
O
OUTLET, JUNCTION OR PULL BOX
AS NOTED
FRAME SIZE
30 3
DISCONNECT SWITCH
60" AFF TO TOP
FUSE SIZE
MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER
60" AFF TO TOP
STARTER SIZE
®
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
SEMI -FLUSH MOUNTED
IN THE CEILING
TELEPHONE, TELEVISION AND COMPUTER LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MOUNTING
D
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET FOR DESK
18" AFF TO C/L
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
C
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET FOR COUNTER
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
TOP MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
D
TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR DESK
18" AFF TO C/L
MOUNTED TELEPHONE
W
TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR WALL
54" AFF TO C/L
MOUNTED TELEPHONE
C
TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR COUNTER TOP
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
TELEPHONE
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
P
TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR PUBLIC PAY
54" AFF TO C/L
TELEPHONE
v
TELEVISION OUTLET
18" AFF TO C/L
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED
a D
COMPUTER OUTLET FOR DESK MOUNTED
18" AFF TO C/L
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
a C
COMPUTER OUTLET FOR COUNTER TOP
SEE ARCHITECTURAL
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
®
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD "TTB"
WALL MOUNTED
T.T.B.
m
TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET "TTC"
72" AFF TO TOP
T.T.C.
m
COMPUTER TERMINAL CABINET "CTC"
72" AFF TO TOP
C.T.C.
®
CABLE TELEVISION TERMINAL BOARD
WALL MOUNTED
C.T.T.B.
"CTTB"
ELECTRICAL INDEX
SHEET
DESCRIPTION
EO
LEGEND AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E1
SITE PLAN - LIGHTING AND POWER
E2
FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER AND LIGHTING
E3
ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER
E4
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
E5
FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS
E6
ROOF PLAN - POWER
E7
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E8
POWER DISTRIBUTION RISER DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES
E9
SPECIFICATIONS
E10
SPECIFICATIONS
E11
SPECIFICATIONS
REVISIONS
BY
i
i
i 00
CD
CD
N
�
Q
y o ti E
c.. o
cli ti v
�xC\J Y
x
in,
U N ro
• ti
9
Q o
o ti
0
N
A
z�0E-
0
a0P,Ua.
O
m
0 O
0
o0
Z
om�
99 Ln 00
00 <m
m m u a
� �
M�M
ii
izz n v
W
N N hq
C rV o
W
0LL3
0
_C3
Z
a
V
�
Z
W
y N
3 N
00
m
.c N
o m w
v
� � c
Li C •� O
c > o
Q LL L
u C)+�� V c1-1
30 o°1Ln Im
a� 2 v v a
Q :rUw(D <
U 0
— Z
Z 0
J J
U
O J m
01.E t
C
W v
oVUE°
=U
's
-4= 0 — -v
v W� v �D
U
c �O N a�'
Q J 0N�
Q tD
Op
L.L cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
EO
I U I HE BESI OF I HE ENGINEERS KNUWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICAI IONS CUMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND I HE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFE I Y SIANDARUS AS UE I EKMINLU BY I HE LUCAL AU I HURT IYIN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
0
RELOCATED ELECTRICAL
SERVICE
0 EXISTING ELECTRICAL
SERVICE
Y 0
LANDSCAPE AREA
F8
EXISTING EDGE OF PAVEMENT
EXISTING
ASPHALT DRIVE
-7
0
F)
0
NORTH
0
0
0
X
/Z
O
SITE PLAN - LIGHTING AND POWER
1 SCALE: V, = 101-01.
KEYNOTES
OTWO 2" CONDUITS TO PROPERTY LINE FOR TELEPHONE AND CABLE SERVICE.
COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND SERVICE PROVIDER FOR EXACT TERMINATION POINT
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN FOR
STUB -UP LOCATION.
PROVIDE VALMONT, DS330-550OW250-D1-GF, SQUARE STEEL POLE. RATED AT 150
MPH. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECT VIA
CONTACTOR, PHOTOCELL AND TIMECLOCK. TYPICAL.
NEW CONSTRUCTION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
EXISTING
EXISTING RELOCATED
NEW
CONNECTTOTHIS POI NT
REVISIONS
BY
co
UD M
0 'IT C\J
CO �D
u
00
0 E
C'A
X
EJ 0
00
C\1
�
bra
C-A
co
E-r
-E-4
E- 0 Pm
z
0
0-01, W
z
0 'PL4
0-4
0
0
C)
62
0
r, Ln E r'
Z
c? c? Ln oo
00 yam
rr) Cf) LLi
Lf) U CL
W
N N to
uJ
Q) x
C
z
0
-r-
CL
(1)
z
LLI
r4
r 4
m
r?
0 LLi
z a
L; 0
> 0
<
-�5Y Ln cu 00
u C - ,tJ
11
C CU r-4
0 29 -
r) 0
L11 u 0
00 -2 a. (D
< V u Lu L
0 0
z
z
0
0 Jm
LL
UW
E vi 0
0-0 L)
LJ
> 0
0:2 0 N _r 0
C
IL
< 0
J
On
J
ILL. mLLJ
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
'Job: 14-137
Sheet
E 1
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATL
-, T/�
17 /TT / / /
T-,-T�----
x 1
1
' r _ _
_
_
(l
.---_----._—:_---------- —__ —_—---_—.--,__-----__ — —_--
-
--
_ --
l i i I I 1
f l l vv
I
I I k I! I I I
I I I I I
�flll
I II II I
I I I II
Iklll
---
- - - - - - - - - -
I
L-_-__--_-_-_---------
I
I
� �� I
r �
�
L
I -
- �v I I
I I
[ I I
LL
I
r-----------
I L-L_
____ ____---_
r 1
_
I _-
6
I I I `
II�I
L J
/
'
I I ��,� k-==-------� I------------�
�e
I
/
I __ -
r� �7- /- T 7- _--------___ I I I v I I / I f
/ \ ' _ J J L ___ J _-----_---
I I I I 1
I �
/
/,✓,',,
%
uIl-uIIi y IIiIlI
-�-�_�- --i�-r�----- -----(-- -
O 0
�
ijIIIIIIIIjI;IIIIIIIjIIlIl!IIIl;I
C
L_J
n L�IIlIIII!I�IIiIl!IIIiiI�1IIIC�III
--
-
Lir7--------------------------------- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --
L--- ------------=
F----------
- Imo- � ------------�
4! �_ ---- ------1-L-------- Tq
L Ji
1T_ JLI
,-'
41III L{---------------- -J, tII
-
III 1LFIInIII!IInIiIIII
IIIIIILIIIIIlII
III
-_----JIIIIL
--II --IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII --_-L-
---III!IIIIIIII
--------------
--
'IFII{I�IIII
�
�
iIIIIIIIII! IIlIIlIIuII IIIiIIII{IIlYIVI�(VI
rlr/r7IIr7 ri
//r / / , / , /J/'/J�
/ /_-7 / r / r -
1
r/ /
-�-
/)
t�
J- - - ------ --- - -
/-/
---
'
-Ilr
A------ -------- �- --- - - - - ----------- - - - - ------ - - - - - - -- - - - - - - J �J _-L JI
---- - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- - --
err7r7;/ / T7T/-r17i7 7Lr7 T%T7-r7TT?T7T% � ;�---------------------- ------------ - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - --------- - LiJ.
lIII
lI�Il�
,I,II
_
^ . / / / /',° / / / / /�, / / /�/�/ /// / r �- -- /��' / / . x/ir; r// / / / /////// rrr✓ // / :.////////rr r// /// / / r / / / / / / r I � / / i / / I
r
/
� I
/
- -
p1 -11 G_!-/_1.�' - �G1� l / / / / / / / /� /_ C ' _!- -� � 11---- ----1L1-�1-,L-
PRO _
/ r / / ✓
.. ..
.sue ..�_ ... ..+,�.. ..
�\
I
I
I
I
\
\\
;
I
\
I
---
- -----
- - - - -
- -
OFLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER AND LIGHTING
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
KEYNOTES
OREMOVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND POWER
UTILITY FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
OREMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, ETC IN THIS AREA.
REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
DEMOLITION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
-
EXISTING TO REMAIN
- - - - - - - - - -
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
�%
DEMOLISH TO THIS POINT
e°"\"��
J
e �m
REVISIONS
BY
I � �
I Y c
00
O N
-0
o
anti '�
E x u
ro
•
�� ro `
. N
LO
it '-
E
o
00 3
3
N
^ ai
O
N
i-w
A
W
UW
E- A
E" F
UZ�UW
�0GW.Va
�ga��
Darn
0�
o O
Lr'oCc
oo ���
Z
0 o L a
m m _n u a
a
W
;
rr\ v
N N pq
Q
W
Z
C)
0 3
s 3
a
v
_
H
Z
W
Y
� N
D W
'l m
L N
o w
Z m a
v
c
� C O
c o
>
J
Oru
I\
w 3 0V o°Jn
C7 Ln N �° O O (D
d W- V v d
Q w U V V Q
U
— Z
Z C)
J J
UMW
J W Q J
�UwE�o
0—Uv—
> LJ_ 0
U
0 �O N a(n
a) a) v
cy- Q J 0IV�
0 Q CD
U
00
J w
LL_m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E2
i0 THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
i 1
I I
I I
I I
I 1
I
I I
I
I I
i I
I
I I
I I
- - ----- -- ------ ------ ----- --- --- --- - ------ ------------ — — — — -- — — — — -- — — — — — ---- — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — -- — — ---- ----------------
KEYNOTES
OREMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DISCONNECTS, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS FOR
ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
DEMOLITION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
EXISTING TO REMAIN
- - - - - - - - - -
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
-1%
DEMOLISH TO THIS POINT
OIROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION - POWER
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
i
a? CO N
�
Q
I� OAS E]
O
Xy
y � L
ui
U CV
•
N
C
00 3
3
N
ox�
�:D
0
~� W
N
co
1 ;
�1
A
U W
�x a
U U ~ W
z`�a`a
a aa�:`
0�
0
0
oa ��oo
Z
oo' <m
�
m mu w
°n °n v m
M
W
z r v
N N tlp
W
a) X
Z
O
r 3
Q
Z
W
Y
� N
y7 N
p0
� M
L N
0
O m w
Z m a
v �o
c > o c
Q lL L
!✓
CD
'D O O U
Cu N
QvvLu
U 0
— Z
Z �
J J
U M >
0
c
�Uw ENS
0
0 — L)
LA_ p �0
U
0 O N r-
0 0 0
�NCL
�U
00
� w
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
-Job: 14-137
:'Sheet
E3
rO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
KEYNOTES
OPROVIDE WATTSTOPPER DSW-100 OR APPROVED EQUAL. SET AS "MANUAL ON",
"WALK-THROUGH" 5 MINUTE DELAY. PROVIDE AN UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR
TO SWITCH FOR LIGHTING CONTROL INDEPENDENT OF THE LIGHTING MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM. TYPICAL.
OLIGHTING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OVERRIDE SWITCH. PROVIDE TORK, LCS115M
MOMENTARY SWITCH OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE TWO CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE.
PERMITS THE OPERATION OF LIGHTING WITHIN THE SPACE AFTER HOURS BY
OVERRIDING THE LIGHTING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR A MAXIMUM OF 4 HOURS.
TYPICAL.
OPASSIVE INFRARED TECHNOLOGY 120V OCCUPANCY SENSOR - WATTSTOPPER CI-355-1
SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. INTEGRAL "WALK-THROUGH" MODE TURNS LIGHTS OFF 3
MINUTES AFTER THE AREA IS INITIALLY OCCUPIED (IF OCCUPANT DOES NOT REMAIN IN
AREA).
OEXHAUST FAN SHALL BE WIRED TO LIGHT SWITCH. SET TIME DELAY TO 30 MINUTES.
EXHAUST FAN FURNISHED WITH FACTORY PLUG TYPE DISCONNECT.
OEXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED WITH THE LIGHTING IN THIS ROOM. EXHAUST
FAN FURNISHED WITH FACTORY PLUG TYPE DISCONNECT.
OLIGHTING CONTROL PANELTORK ELC712. REFER TO MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
DRAWING NOTES
1. FIXTURES MARKED WITH "NL" ARE DESIGNATED AS NITE-LITES. WIRE FOR CONTINUOUS
24 HOUR OPERATION.
2. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE CONTROLLED THROUGH PREMISES LIGHTING
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WITH THE EXCEPTION OF EXIT SIGNAGE, EMERGENCY BALLASTS
IN FIXTURES DESIGNATED FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS, FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS
"NITE-LITES", AND FIXTURES IN SPACES CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY/VACANCY
SENSORS. PROVIDE FOR ADDITIONAL UNSWITCHED CIRCUITS IN ADDITION TO BRANCH
CIRCUITS CONTROLLED THROUGH THE LIGHTING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
NEW CONSTRUCTION LEGEND
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
EXISTING
EXISTING
R
EXISTING RELOCATED
EXISTING RELOCATED
NEW
NEW
CONNECT TO THIS POINT
OFLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
REVISIONS
BY
J i
i
00
v � N
u
70
�! C,
al u
r / 5 a
•
�--.. 10 Lo`
QJ ti
Q rn °0 o
3
3
N
o x ti
0
�tia
N
M
1 ;
U A
Ga
H 0 E-
"a
om
z w a
0 U
a
oV) a
vi C)
62
O�
0
oo gcnko
Z
O o In 00
o O .i U m
M M + w
Ln V1 u LL
d
W
r,4 r` d
N N OU
W
n)
=LL3
Z
0 3
s 3
a
V
01
01
Z
W
Y
� N
N
7
O0
N M
L N
0 m LJ
Z m a
v
0 c'
� c •- o
c > o c
Q LL i
.l
Y Ln
Li � J c1
w L 3 0cu a
0
C7
N v O
a-Ln
Cu
Q ;r di U
U U
— Z
Z 0
J J
U� >
o
o�}
_J
U
c W E v; 0
°
�s
v LIJLL. >10
U
°c m O 10-
CD co CD
Q J 0NCL
U_
O Q
LL cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E4
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
A-2
D
L L
OFFICE #i
12'-0" x 1
L,-_-----w P
A
OFFICE #2
101-0" x 11'-6" 1
D
A
L
D
01
A-8
7�
EXAM #4
�'v-u' x lo'-O-�
Ti
EXAM #3
10'-0" x 10'-0'
j— - T-,\
L
7\
D
D
EXAM
PROCEDURE#2
17'-8" x 10'-0"
i 6/i�/Z'Tzaff
A-1
B-1
B-3---
A-4
A-3 B-6—
B-8
B-4
D D D X D
D D
EXAM #5 EXAM #6 EXAM #7 EXAM #8 0— EXAM #7 EXAM #6 EXAM #5
1 10'-0" x lo'-o" 10'-0" x 10'-0" 10'-0" x 10'-0"
10'-0" x 10'-0" 10'-0" x 10'-0" 10'-0" x 10'-O'l x 101-01,
/k \ h<
X� nr
- - -- - ------
V\
J 11
A-
4
NURSE
A-7
STATION #2
T__
D
F
0
STOR
Lu
_J
3
L-J!
NURSE
A-10
STATION
#1
4
A-12
STOR
BREAKROOM_
B-9
DP-16--�
12 B-10
P-17
f-------
ELEC. JAN.
NEL 4
------- DIP 5
PANEL DP-14 7 ---------
L
A
F_
PANEL lo L
L - - - - B I ! 11 -
mIlIll i "\ 1 � 8 OFFICE NURSE
0 r -, - I - i
I-FICE ll'-O" x 8'-0"
__1 DFJ3,15 STATION #2
3
111-0" x 8�-O` B-14
J
A-17
D
A-16
-A-11
D
D RECEPTION A
14
4
1- 7 F__
D
WAITING A
EXAM #1
A-9
10'-0" x 10'-0"
D
0
L
L
__J
iF
F__
—4—
7
WIP
0] D I i - I I
A06
4D RECEPTION B
B 24
4
EI-38
L------
I F STOR
<
< 0
B-21 NURSE B-20
STATION #1
B-19
4
L - - -
F_ -1 -18
B
l _J L
WAITING B L_J L-jL-J
EXAM #1
10'-0" x 10'-0"
(7T
D
Lu_ �/TT
>
-B-36
F
-T
OFFICE #2
� 0� 1
TT W-1T, 0.
L
12'4' x 1 '�O"
B-7
B
WP
7 11
OFFICE 01 DJ!0
10'-0" x IFi-
6�_
B 34
EXAM #4
--------- -
EXAM #3
16-011 x 10,4,
67'
D
B-16
EXAM
PROCEDURE #2 _FF I i
17'-8" x 10'-0"
----------
1 F— -------
IL J - --------- --
Fix
F
.................
1 L
L___ --- LL J
__j L - ------ I L
T
KEYNOTES
INSTALL 120 V, GFCI RECEPTACLE UNDER SINK LOCATION FOR ELECTRONIC FAUCET LOW
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER. TYPICAL FOR ALL EXAM ROOMS.
INSTALL 120 V, GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR ELECTRONIC FAUCET LOW VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER. TYPICAL FOR ALL TOILET ROOMS.
PROVIDE 120 V, POWER IN CEILING SPACE JUNCTION BOX FOR CONNECTION OF LOW
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER FOR ELECTRONIC FLUSH VALVE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER
INSTRUCTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.
120 V POWER IN UPPER CABINET FOR MICROWAVE CONNECTION.
LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL TORK ELC712.
INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, 4'X 6'. COAT WITH FIRE RETARDANT PAINT.
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE.
INSTALL TWO 2" CONDUITS FROM THIS LOCATION TO PROPERTY LINE FOR TELEPHONE
AND CABLE SERVICE. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND SERVICE PROVIDER FOR EXACT
TERMINATION POINT AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
PROPOSED NEW POWER METER LOCATION.
PROPOSED NEW 400A SERVICE DISCONNECT LOCATION. FIELD COORDINATE WITH
PROVIDE 240 V, 2 POLE, 30 A NON FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH FOR WATER HEATER
CONNECTION. INSTALL 60" AFF.
120 V RECEPTACLE FOR HOT WATER HEATER CIRCULATING PUMP. INSTALL 48" AFF.
INSTALL SQUARE D, CLASS 8903-LG60-VO2, MULTIPLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR. PROVIDE
CLASS 9991 ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE SQUARE D, SDSA1175 AND SDSA1175 SURGE
PROTECTOR AT EACH CIRCUIT FOR OUTDOOR LIGHTING.
DRAWING NOTES
I. ALL RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS LOCATED NEAR CABINETRY IN EXAM
ROOMS SHALL BE LOCATED BELOW THE COUNTER AT 18" AFF TO CL (EXCLUDING
EXAM/PROCEDURE ROOMS).
0
_9�
C:)
FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS x
3/16" = V-O" 0
SCALE: I
REVISIONS
BY
00
C\J
Cn �.D
0
0 E
0
al r- U
= C\1
E
u
LO
C\1
>
E
0-0
r__
It-
Cn
E-
E-
O�"
0
L>
Z
0
W4 0, In
P2 .-E
0
0 i:4
�4
pq V1,0
r' Ln E r' 0
r- -It 0 -4 00
0 0 1 (n Lo
c? 9 Ln m
0 < In
;7) U
m UJ
Ln n
LU
IN N W
Z::� �� CL
Lu
a) x
E m 3:
Zcu
z
LU
14
r'4
:3
00
rq
(D
0 r, L6
z M
m m:
(u
C O�
a
'0
u v 00 Ln
C) a) r4
_T ;-, U
LLJ - I
0 f) `13 5 0 (D
a,
C�00 _�L u
zt u Lu
L) 0
z
ZE
_J_J
0— a)
Z) >
0 M *rZ
-..- _J 0 LL.
W <
L) LJ E
0
o L) L)
0— _E
u-
L. 0
> L.L. 4- >1
0 0 V) -C 0
0
CL
ON
00
—1 LJJ
ILL. m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
--Sheet
E 5
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDG E. THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MI NIMUM BUI LDI NG CODES AND THE APPLICABLE Fl RE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMI I ED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER SS3.79 AN D CHAPTER 633. FLORIDA STATUTFS
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
LIGHTING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
OVERRIDE SWITCH
2 CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE -
Typical Wiring Diagram EXTERNAL
BLACK SHIELDS OVERRIDE
—[ (ABLE --- 1 RED 0
SENSOR } F (lass 2�. r \ ,
N �—
{{ 120 VAC
l�-
® •����i�a ® ® i��rifiri��•
INPU 1 2 3 4 INPUT INPUT 5 6 g INPUT
SHIELD / \SHIELD SHIELD SHIELD
S�
SPDT INPUT 4
RED I YELBLK 8 ANALOG
® ® INPUTS SPDT
MI-0,SPDT Do not apply power to the analog inputs I -�
ELC712
SPDT
SPDT
. t mice
Mkm
TIMER SUPPLY
DT
SPDT
LktitJ efi, ti1J
®®®®®®
SPDT
LIGHTING MANAGER WIRING DIAGRAM
NTS
BOND TO LIGHT POLE,
NO. 4THWN CU.
2" CHAMFER _ _ . .
EDGE _ FINISHED GRADE
r \°
�of o
CONDUITAL ° o
I°i io
ANCHOR BOLTS�� 5/8" x 10' COPER CLAD
;. 1° GROUND ROD CAST IN
3" CLEAR °I-I°1 CONCRETE BASE
I"
3' CLEAR #3 @ 12" O.C.
28" DIA. ROUND
BASE DETAIL FOR POLE
MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES
NTS
1/8"
TYPICAL
X1/8"
C6x12GA CONT. OVER FOUR STUDS
(COPE REQUIRED) FIELD WELD TO
VERTICAL STUDS AS SHOWN.
1 1/2" CRCx16GAx4"-4"
TYPICAL EACH �—
FLANGE 1/8
2-#8-18 EACH FACE
DEEP LEG TRACK
1/2 "
1 1/2 " CRCx16GAx
"B"
FRONT VIEW
.'C'.
i
/
I 1
I
1 I
STRUCTURE ABOVE
MINIMUM THREE TWISTS
ffiZ UAUUt UAI
WIRE HANGER
TYPICAL 1
FIXTURE
FIXTURE SUPPRORT NOTES:
ATTACH CADDY ANGLE
BRACKETS (TYPICAL)
MINIMUM 15% OFF VERTICAL
BOTH DIRECTIONS
1. ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS TO RESIST A HORIZONTAL
FORCE EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURES.
2. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE
SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNERS OF A HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEM AND THEY
MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO #12 GAUGE SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED AT
DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
3. ALL FIXTURES SUPPORTED ON INTERMEDIATE DUTY GRID SYSTEMS MUST BE
INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR TAUT#12 GAUGE WIRES
ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
4. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS MUST BE
INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR #12 GAUGE TAUT WIRES
ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID
SYSTEM USED.
5. THE FOUR TAUT #12 GAUGE WIRES INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE
ABOVE MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT.
11 FIXTURE SUPPORT DETAIL
NTS
BOND CONDUIT TO POLE WITH #10
GREEN GROUND WIRE. USE GROUND-
ING BUSHING ON CONDUIT AND
SCREW TERMINATE WIRE TO POLE.
BOND GROUND WIRE DIRECTLY TO
POLE FOR PVC CONDUIT.
ABOVE SURFACE FOR FIXTURES IN
ASPHALT PARKING AREA'_'
REFER TO
POLE BASE
SCHEDULE
2 1/4"
4"±_
WELD ANCHOR BOLT EXTENSIONS
BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR
CONDUIT
1" X 42" ANCHOR BOLT (TYPICAL).
4" X 4" X 1/2 " PLATE WASHER
TACK WELDED TO BOLT 2"
FROM END (TYPICAL)
"E"
3/8 " DIAMETER BOLT HOLES SECURE
TO HORIZONTAL C6x12GA WITH 3/8 "
DIAMETER MACHINE SCREWS.
.177x17/16 " PENETRATION AT 8" ON CENTER. TYPICAL
FOR TOP AND BOTTOM POWER DRIVEN FASTENER
AT PANEL ONLY.
REFER TO
POLE BASE
SCHEDULE
O I O
0
o BOLT LAYOUT AND QUANTITY AS
REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER.
FOR FIXTURES IN GRASS AREA OR WHERE
PROTECTED FROM CARS. UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
f _e'•'• , �. • I ; : _� > * INCREASE DIAMETER IF NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 6" CONCRETE
COVER OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
= REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT (IF AVAILABLE) FOR SOIL CONDITIONS THAT
MAY AFFECT THE CONSTRUCTION OF POLE FOUNDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL
° I •• MIN. 28" 40 INFORM THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER, PRIOR TO BID DATE, IF DRILLING OF PIERS
CONDUIT IS NOT POSSIBLE.
•^e' . • °_
REFER TO
POLE BASE
7•`' -` o •�'— ;� SCHEDULE
>' MIN.32"
AI ems_ o _ > �1...
4' ° .J.
SQUARE POLE BASE DETAIL
PANEL"XXXX" 1/2" HIGH LETTERING FOR
PANELBOARD NAME
1/16" THICK WHITE PLASTIC 120/208V, 30, 4W
WITH COLORED FACE PER SPECIFICATIONS FED FROM PANEL "XXXX" 1/4" HIGH LETTERING FOR
VIA T-XXX REMAINING TEXT
TYPICAL 120/2080V PANELBOARD
APPLETON FD SINGLE GANG UNILET
WITH 2OA., 125V. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
FSK-IVDR PLATE.
12" ao TERMINATE SLEEVE BELOW
LEVEL OF PITCH AND SEAL
RIGID STEEL CONDUIT WITH SILICONE RUBBER
°o
UNION— PITCH PAN (STAINLESS STEEL)
BUILT UP ROOF I
"XXXX" PANELBOARD NAME o •o o• I 11
I 0
0. A
PANEL
PANELBOARD VOLTAGE 277/480V, 30, 4W SLEEVE CONDUIT
PANELBOARDSOURCE FED FROM PANEL "XXXX"
TYPICAL 277/480V PANELBOARD
PANELBOARD NAMEPLATES A ROOF RECEPTACLE DETAIL
NTS I �� NTS
POLE BASE SCHEDULE
POLE
HEIGHT
MAXIMUM
TOTALEPA
MINIMUM
DEPTH BELOW
GRADE*
VERTICAL
REINFORCEMENT
CIRCULAR
TIES
15'-0"
0-10
20" DIAMETER
5'-0"
6-#6
1
#3 @ 12"
20'-0"
0-10
20" DIAMETER
6'-0"
646
#3 @ 12"
25'-0"
0-10
20" DIAMETER
7-0"
6-#6
#3 @ 12"
30'-0"
0-10
20" DIAMETER
8'-0"
6-#6
#3 @ 12"
35'-0"
0-10
24" DIAMETER
8'-0"
8-#6
#3 @ 12"
10-20
24" DIAMETER
10'-0"8-#6
#3 @ 12"
E5,0,",'
0-10
30" DIAMETER
10'-0"
8-#6
#3 @ 16"
10-20
30" DIAMETER
12'4'
846
#3 @ 16"
ACCESSIBLE CEILING
STUB -OUT CONDUIT
ABOVE ACCESSIBLE
CEILING. PROVIDE AN
INSULATED THROAT
CONNECTOR AT END
OF CONDUIT.
1" EMT EMPTY CONCEALED
VOICE/DATA CONDUIT.
WALL
VOICE/DATA RACEWAY
AND J—HOOKS DETAIL
NTS I J NTS
MAX.
UNIT
PANEL
"A"
"B"
"C"
"D"
"E"
I.W.,
TYPE
WEIGHT
[3 5/8"x16
4 5/16" DIAMETER MACHINE
120#
#1
GA. AT 16"
20"
52"
5 3/4"
16
SCREWS
O.N.
[3 5/8"x16
4-5/16" DIAMETER MACHINE
300#
#2
GA. AT 16"
26"
42"
6 1/2"
SCREWS
22
O.N.
[3 5/8"x16
DIAMETER MACHINE
600#
#3
GA. AT 16"
32"
40"
8 1/4"
28"
O.N.
SCREWS
SCREWS
[3 5/8"x16
4-5/16" DIAMETER MACHINE
1200#
#4
GA. AT 16"
44"
28"
9 1/2"
SCREWS
38
O.N.
NOTE: DO NOT PENETRATE 1 1/2 " CRC WITH SCREWS.
0$ ELECTRICAL PANEL ANCHORAGE DETAIL
NTS
KEYED NOTES:
SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS FROM UTILITY TRANSFORMER. O1
O2 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT.
O3 MAIN BONDING JUMPER. SIZE BASED ON N.E.C. 250.66 USING LARGESTSERVICE
ENTRANCE OR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM PHASE CONDUCTOR SIZE.
O4 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. SIZE BASED ON N.E.C. 250.66 USING LARGEST
SERVICE ENTRANCE PHASE CONDUCTOR SIZE OR AS INDICATED ON PLANS.
O5 COPPERCLAD GROUND RODS, 5/8" DIAMETER x 12'-0" LONG. BOND WITH GROUNDING
ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. SPACE MINIMUM 6'-0" APART.
O6 MINIMUM #6 AWG CU. INSULATED CONDUCTOR BONDED TO BUILDING TELEPHONE
AND CABLE TV INCOMING SERVICE.
O7 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. SIZE BASED ON N.E.C. 250.66 USING LARGEST
SERVICE ENTRANCE PHASE CONDUCTOR SIZE OR AS INDICATED ON PLANS. BOND TO
ADDITIONAL GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEMS WHERE PRESENT.
O8 SERVICE ENTRANCE PHASE CONDUCTORS.
O9 EQUIPMENT BONDING JUMPER. SIZE BASED ON N.E.C. 250.66 USING LARGEST SERVICE
ENTRANCE PHASE CONDUCTOR SIZE OR AS INDICATED PLANS.
BUILDING —
STRUCTURAL
STEEL
OF ENTRY INTO
BUILDING
I
z
3
I
s
4 ROUN El TRA
I —
4"X4"Xl-1/2" DEEP JUNCTION
BOX WITH PLASTER RING.
FLOOR
REINFORCING STEEL IN
BUILDING FOUNDATION
��,
SERVICE GROUNDING DETAIL —TYPICAL,
�QIe°�,;
09 NTS
0,
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
i y c
00
CO Cry
- 'ITN
-_ _
0
o LE
o
/ U ti U
�xr
x U
LO
ti
Q � 00 o
oxti
0
N
vi
E- U W _
x A
E" . Lz,: M
zM�ux
'
O 154
U
z�rA a
►, O �rU
a�a�tn
aaaC14
oa
O O
0
,R
V
^-In rn0^o
^v 1* co
00 $\c
Z
O O Ln oo
0 0 L < M
W
N N Cp
C Q
W
_^
(.1, X.
Z
0 3
L 3
Q
OJ
_
Z
w
Y
N N
N
7
W
N T
L N
t' lD
O r" W
Z m a
v
c O
C j O C
Q l.L i
u O +'00Ln
1-1
00 O O
d W d U CU a
Q V V W (7 Q
U C'
— Z_
Z�
J J
U >
o Jm o�}
c0WEa;�
U_
0 =(0
+- 0 'p -C
W LJ.. � > O
U
°c MO N aW
(1)(0 N
WQJ(0
Q (O
0 Q
W
Li
m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E7
TO THE RFST OF THE FNGINFFRS KNOWI FDGF- THE PI ANS AND SPFCIFICATIONS COMPI Y WITH THE APPI ICARI F MINIMUM RUII DING CODFS AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER S5379 AND CHAPTER 633. FLORIDA STATUTES
P
d
d
PANEL, DP OC DEVICE TYPEi Breaker ENCLOSURE, NEMA 1 MAINS(A), MLO C❑NTINU❑US(A), 400
L❑CATI❑Ni ELECTRICAL ROOM DEVICE FAMILYt Bolt On MOUNTING, Surface WIRING, 3-Phase 4-Wire BUS SC RATING(A) 18000
FED FROM, UTILITY XFMR VOLTAGE, 208/120 FAULT CURRENT(A)i 8233
NEW PANELB❑ARD 400A MCB
CKT
DESCRIPTION
NOTES
DEMAND
VA
OC
PHASE
OC
VA
DEMAND
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
CKT
CODE
AMPS P
AMPS P
CODE
1
RTU-1. ROOF
HEATING
14600
60 3
A
60 3
17000
HEATING
RTU-2. ROOF
2
3
..
_
..
B
..
_
..
4
5
..
_
..
C
..
_
..
6
7
RTU-3. ROOF
HEATING
14500
60 3
A
20 3
0
SPARE
SPARE
8
9
_
..
B
..
_
..
10
11
-
C
-
12
13
WATER HTR
HEATING
6000
40 2
A
20 1
360
RECEPTACLES
ELECT ROOM
14
15
-
B
20 1
180
RECEPTACLES
ELECT ROOM
16
17
HOT WATER PUMP, RCPT
MOTOR LOAD
300
20 1
C
20 1
600
CONT. LIGHTI
EXTERIOR LIGHTS
18
19
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
A
20 1
600
CONT. LIGHTI
EXTERIOR LIGHTS
20
21
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
22
23
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
24
25
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
26
27
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
28
29
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
30
31
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
32
33
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
34
35
SPACE
SPACE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPACE
SPACE
36
FDR�PANEL A
NONE
19820
125 3
AB
125 3
22575
NONE
FDR�PANEL B
337 9
438
0
41
4
4
-
C
-
42
ALL CONNECTED KVA MAX PH AMPS - PHASE TOTALS VA AMPS BUS TOTALS KVA
TOTAL CONNECTED 96.53 278.6 m A-N 33457.2 278.6 CONNECTED 96.53
TOTAL DEMAND 74.79 217.4 * B-N 32677.2 272.1 DEMAND 74.79
TOTAL DESIGN 88.97 259.2 * C-N 30397.2 253.1 DESIGN St.97
PANEL, A ❑C DEVICE TYPEi Breaker E�CLOSUREt NEMA 1 MAINS(A), MLO CONTINU❑US(A), 125
L❑CATION, ELECT ROOM DEVICE FAMILY, Bolt On M UNTINGi Surface WIRING, 3-Phase 4-Wire BUS SC RATING(A) 18000
FED FROM, PANEL DP VbLTAGEi 208/120 FAULT CURRENT(A), 7695
NEW PANELB❑ARD, NORTH AREA FED FROM A 125A CB
CKT
DESCRIPTION
NOTES
DEMAND
VA
hC
PHASE
OC
VA
DEMAND
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
CKT
CODE
AMPS P
AMPS P
CODE
1
EXTERIOR
RECEPTACLES
0
20 1
A
20 1
540
RECEPTACLES
❑FFICE #1
2
3
EXAM #5, #6
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
B
20 1
1080
RECEPTACLES
EXAM #7, #8
4
5
OFFICE #2, NUR ST #2
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
C
20 1
1080
RECEPTACLES
NUR STATION #2
6
7
NUR STATION #2. REF
MOTOR LOAD
500
20 1
A
20 1
1080
RECEPTACLES
EXAM #3, #4
8
9
PROCEDURE #2
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
B
20 1
500
MOTOR LOAD
NUR STATION #1. REF
10
11
NUR ST #1, TLT #2
RECEPTACLES
900
20 1
C
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
NUR ST #1, TLT #3
12
13
EXAM #1, TLT #3
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
A
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
WAITING A
14
15
RECEPTION A
RECEPTACLES
900
20 1
B
20 1
720
RECEPTACLES
RECEPTI❑N A
16
17
RECEPTION A. PRINTER
GENERAL EQUI
500
20 1
C
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
OFFICE , TRIAGE B
18
19
STAFF TOILET
RECEPTACLES
400
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
20
21
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
B
20 1
50
GENERAL EQUI
LIGHTING CONTROL PA
22
23
EXAM 5-8, NS #2
LIGHTING
800
20 1
C
20 1
1150
LIGHTING
EXAM 1-4, NS #1,❑FF
24
25
CORRIDORS
LIGHTING
900
20 1
A
20 1
1100
LIGHTING
WAITING A,REC A,❑FFI
26
27
EXTERIOR
VIA CONTACTOR
CONT. LIGHTI
100
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
28
29
SPARE
VIA CONTACTOR
SPARE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
30
31
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
32
33
EXAM #5-#8. FAUCET
GENERAL EQUI
200
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
34
35
EXAM 3,4, NS,TLT.
GENERAL EQUI
300
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
36
37
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
38
39
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
40
41
SPARE
4
4ALL
SPARE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
42
CONNECTED KVA MAX PH AMPS 0 PHASE TOTALS VA AMPS BUS TOTALS KVA
TOTAL CONNECTED 19.82 63.4 * A-N 6500.4 54.1 CONNECTED 19.82
TOTAL DEMAND 9.09 28.5 m B-N 5710.0 47.5 DEMAND 9.09
TOTAL DESIGN 9.51 30.2 * C-N 7610.0 63.4 DESIGN 9,51
PANEL, B OC DEVICE TYPE, Breaker ENCLOSURE, NEMA 1 MAINS(A)i MLO C❑NTINU❑US(A), 125
L❑CATI❑Nt ELECT ROOM DEVICE FAMILYi Bolt On MOUNTING, Surface WIRING, 3-Phase 4-Wire BUS SC RATING(A) 18000
FED FR❑Mi PANEL DP V❑LTAGEi 208/120 FAULT CURRENT(A)i 7694
NEW PANELB❑ARD. SOUTH AREA FED FROM A 125A CB
CKT
DESCRIPTI❑N
NOTES
DEMAND
VA
OC
PHASE
OC
VA
DEMAND
NOTES
DESCRIPTION
CKT
CODE
AMPS P
AMPS P
CODE
1
BREAKROOM
RECEPTACLES
360
20 1
A
20 1
600
MOTOR LOAD
BREAKROOM. REF
2
3
BREAKROOM
RECEPTACLES
360
20 1
B
20 1
900
GENERAL EQUI
BREAKROOM. MICROW
4
5
BREAKROOM. DW
MOTOR LOAD
1200
20 1
C
20 1
1080
RECEPTACLES
EXAM #1, #6
6
7
EXAM #5, OFFIC #2
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
A
20 1
650
MOTOR LOAD
BREAK ROOM. TRASH
8
9
OFFICE, C❑RRIDOR
RECEPTACLES
900
20 1
B
20 1
720
RECEPTACLES
NUR STATI❑N #2
10
11
OFFICE #1, CORR
RECEPTACLES
720
20 1
C
20 1
180
RECEPTACLES
EXTERIOR
12
13
NUR STATION #2
RECEPTACLES
720
20 1
A
20 1
400
MOTOR LOAD
NUR STATI❑N #2. REF
14
15
EXAM #3, #4
RECEPTACLES
1080
20 1
B
20 1
1080
RECEPTACLES
EXAM/PROCEDURE #2
16
17
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
C
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
EXAM #1
18
19
NUR STATION #1
RECEPTACLES
900
20 1
A
20 1
700
RECEPTACLES
NUR STATION #1, TLT
20
21
NUR STATION #1. REF
MOTOR LOAD
400
20 1
B
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
RECEPTION B, TRIAGE
22
23
WAITING B, TLT #1
RECEPTACLES
900
20 1
C
20 1
900
RECEPTACLES
RECEPTION B
24
25
RECEPTION B. PRINTER
GENERAL EQUI
600
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
26
27
BRK, EXM 5-7,❑FF,NS
LIGHTING
1150
20 1
B
20 1
700
LIGHTING
CORRIDOR
28
29
OFF, EX1,3,4,PR❑C,NS
LIGHTING
1000
20 1
C
20 1
1100
LIGHTING
WTG B, REC B,❑FF,TLT
30
31
EXTERIOR
CONT. LIGHTI
150
20 1
A
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
32
33
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
B
20 1
100
GENERAL EQUI
EXAM #3, #4
34
35
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
C
20 1
150
GENERAL EQUI
EXAM #5-#7. SINK
36
37
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
A
20 1
150
GENERAL EQUI
NURSE ST #1, #2, TLT
38
39
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
B
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
40
41
SPARE
SPARE
0
20 1
C
20 1
0
SPARE
SPARE
42
ALL CONNECTED KVA MAX PH AMPS * PHASE TOTALS VA AMPS BUS TOTALS KVA
TOTAL CONNECTED 22.58 68.4 0 A-N 6234.6 51.9 CONNECTED 22.58
TOTAL DEMAND 11.89 33.7 m B-N 8213.5 68.4 DEMAND 11.89
TOTAL DESIGN 12.33 35.4 * C-N 8130.0 67.7 DESIGN 12.33
RISER DIAGRAM KEYNOTES:
O 3 PHASE SECONDARY SERVICE LATERAL - 4 #600 kcmil - 4"C.
O ELECTRIC METER.
O 4 #600 kcmil - 4"C.
O400 AMP, 4 WIRE, 240 VAC NEMA 3R, SERVICE RATED FUSIBLE TYPE DISCONNECT
SWITCH FUSED AT 400 AMPS.
OSURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE - PQ PROTECTION, PQMIOO-120/208 3 PHASE OR
APPROVED EQUAL.
O # 1/0 AWG BARE STRANDED COPPER SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTOR EXTENDED AND CONNECTED TO TWO (2) 5/8" X 10'-0" LONG
COPPER -CLAD GROUND RODS (GROUNDING ELECTRODES) DRIVEN 10' APART.
O 4 #600 kcmil, 1 #2 AWG GND - 4"C.
O400 AMP, 240 VAC, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, NEMA 1, MLO, SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL
PANEL. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
O 4 #1 AWG, 1 #6 AWG GND - 2"C.
10 125 AMP, 240 VAC, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, NEMA 1, MLO, SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL
PANEL. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
11 EXISTING THREE (3) 25 KVA, POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS.
POWER DISTRIBUTION RISER DIAGRAM
N.T.S.
REVISIONS
BY
�i
i
i v
Go
o PO E
v "I r� 0
x
ti Y
x U
UU
c1d lf�
U
Lo
E]
Q Q, - o
0
� ti03
p
0
0
N
A
U � W
x
E� Wq
E- 0ua
�z�W„w
a 0
A a
a
Ain W.a
d,•]
O 0
0
U
Z
O O u1 00
p o y¢ m
U
m m W
LL
WN
F b,
N -
W
=LL3
Z
0 3
0 a 3
v
_
Z
W
Y
N N
N
7
�
N m
t N
o m w
Z m a:
CU ro
U C 0
c > o c
Q LL i
•V _r l0 ei
Ln
o" "
.l
a�'a
w 0
(D
Q V U W (D Q
U 0
- Z
Z 0
J J
U DCD
>
o Jm off}
W
�0
�
0_0 =U
� LJ 0
U
°c�ONa�'
a) co (1)
0NCL
Q
J
0 Q co
E2 U
00
JW
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E8
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.
a
p
f
0
W�
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01
SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO ALL DIVISION 26 SECTIONS.
B. FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SPECIFICATIONS AND
DRAWINGS.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 23 0000 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING.
B. SECTION 22 0000 - PLUMBING.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL SHALL BE OBTAINED FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS BEFORE DELIVERY TO THE JOB SITE. DELIVERY,
STORAGE OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS WHICH HAS NOT HAD PRIOR APPROVAL WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
B. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE 2 COPIES OF ADEQUATE DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE, CATALOG, SHOP DRAWINGS, TEST REPORTS,
CERTIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, AND OTHER DATA NECESSARY TO ASCERTAIN THAT THE PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS COMPLY WITH
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. PERFORM WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS LISTED BELOW OF THE LATEST APPLICABLE EDITION ADOPTED
BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT IN THOSE INSTANCES WHERE
REQUIREMENTS ARE GREATER THAN THOSE STATED IN THE BELOW CODES AND STANDARDS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, OBTAIN A DECISION FROM
THE ENGINEER.
B. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (2010)
C. NFPA 1: FIRE CODE (2009)
D. NFPA 70: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (2008)
E. NFPA 9OA: STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS (2009)
F. NFPA 101: LIFE SAFETY CODE (2009)
G. NFPA 241: STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS (2004)
H. NFPA 5000 - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY CODE; 2012
1. CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS ELECTRICAL CODE
J. OTHER STANDARDS:
1. ANSI
2. ASME
3. ASHRAE
4. ASTM
5. IEEE
6. IESNA -
7. NECA
8. NEMA
9. OSHA
10. UL
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES.
B. WARRANT ELECTRICAL WORK AGAINST FAULTY MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01. IF THE PROJECT IS
I
OCCUPIED OR THE SYSTEMS PLACED IN OPERATION IN SEVERAL PHASES AT THE REQUEST OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, THEN THE
WARRANTY OF EACH SYSTEM OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT USED, SHALL BEGIN ON THE DATE EACH SYSTEM OR PIECE OF EOUIPMENT WAS
PLACED IN SATISFACTORY OPERATION AND ACCEPTED AS SUCH, IN WRITING, BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE USE OF BUILDING
EQUIPMENT FOR TEMPORARY SERVICE AND TESTING DOES NOT CONSTITUTE THE BEGINNING OF THE WARRANTY.
C. UPON COMPLETION OF CONTRACT AND PROGRESSIVELY AS WORK PROCEEDS, CLEAN-UP AND REMOVE DIRT, DEBRIS AND SCRAP MATERIALS.
I
MAINTAI N� PREMISES NEAT AND CLEAN. PROTECT AND PRESERVE ACCESS TO ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT AT ALL TIMES. CLEAN ITEMS WITH
FACTORY FINISHES. TOUCH-UP MINOR DAMAGE TO SURFACES; REFINISH ENTIRE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHEN SUSTAINED MAJOR DAMAGE.
USE ONLY FACTORY SUPPLIED PAINTS OF MATCHING COLOR AND FORMULA. SCHEDULE AN OFF -HOUR SHUTDOWN OF ALL ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT DURING THE 2-WEEK PERIOD PRECEDING SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. DURING THIS SHUT DOWN, CLEAN ALL BUSES AND
INSULATORS INSIDE ALL SWITCHGEAR, SWITCHBOARDS, BUS DUCTS, COLLECTOR BUSES AND PANELBOARDS LOCATED INSIDE OR ADJACENT
TO THE PROJECT LIMITS.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS (PRODUCT AND SERVICES)
A. MANUFACTURE'S QUALIFICATIONS: THE MANUFACTURER SHALL REGULARLY AND CURRENTLY PRODUCE, AS ONE OF THE MANUFACTURER'S
PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS, THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR THIS PROJECT, AND SHALL HAVE MANUFACTURED THE EQUIPMENT
AND MATERIALS FOR AT LEAST THREE YEARS.
B. PRODUCT QUALIFICATION:
1. MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY OPERATION, ON THREE INSTALLATION OF SIMILAR SIZE
AND TYPE AS THIS PROJECT AT LEAST FOR THREE YEARS.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. DELIVER EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL UNOPENED PACKAGING. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE
PROTECTED DURING SHIPMENT AND STORAGE AGAINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE, VERMIN, DIRT, CORROSIVE SUBSTANCES, FUME, MOISTURE,
COLD, AND RAIN. EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE FROM WATER OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS WILL BE CAUSE OF REJECTION.
1 . STORE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INDOORS IN CLEAN DRY SPACE WITH UNIFORM TEMPERATURE TO PREVENT CONDENSATION.
2. DURING INSTALLATION, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST ENTRY OF INSTANCES MATTER, AND BE VACUUM -CLEANED BOTH
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE BEFORE TESTING AND OPERATING. COMPRESSED AIR SHALL NOT BE USED TO CLEAN EQUIPMENT. REMOVE LOOSE
PACKING AND FLAMMABLE MATERIALS FROM INSIDE EQUIPMENT.
3. DAMAGED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER.
4. PAINTED SURFACES SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED REMOVABLE HEAVY CRAFT PAPER, SHEET VINYL OR EQUAL.
5. DAMAGED PAINT ON EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REFINISHED WITH THE SAME QUALITY OF PAINT AS USED BY MANUFACTURER SO REPAIRED
AREAS ARE NT OBVIOUS.
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED, LABELED, OR CERTIFIED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL) TO
MEET UNDERWRITES LABORATORIES, UL. (UL), STANDARDS WHERE STANDARDS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
WHICH ARE NOT COVERED BY UL STANDARDS WILL BE ACCEPTED, PROVIDING THAT EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ARE LISTED, LABELED,
CERTIFIED OR OTHERWISE DETERMINED TO MEET THE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF A NRTL. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS NOT LISTED, LABELED
OR DETERMINED TO BE SAFE WILL BE CONSIDERED IF SUBMITTED ACCORDING TO DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS
AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B. SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS INDICATE NAME, TYPE AND/OR CATALOG NUMBER OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO ESTABLISH
STANDARDS OF QUALITY. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE BASED ON THE STANDARDS SPECIFIED. THE STANDARDS SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS
LIMITING COMPETITION.
C. IF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS OTHER THAN SPECIFIED HEREIN ARE INTENDED TO BE SUBMITTED, A LETTER PROVIDING A LIST OF ALL THE
SUGGESTED ALTERNATES BY SECTION NUMBER, BRAND AND SERIES OR MODEL SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND
APPROVAL. SUBMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01 AND A MINIMUM OF 14 DAYS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION FOR BIDS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION
A. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS AND THESE RECOMMENDATIONS, REQUEST A RULING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH WORK.
B. VISIT SITE AND OBSERVE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK MUST BE PERFORMED. NO SUBSEQUENT ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE BECAUSE OF
ERROR OR FAILURE TO OBTAIN NECESSARY INFORMATION TO COMPLETELY ESTIMATE AND PERFORM WORK REQUIRED BY THESE
C. EXAMINE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS TO BE FAMILIAR WITH ITEMS WHICH REQUIRE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION.
ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT SIZES.
3.02 FEES AND PERMITS
A. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND INSPECTION FEES REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION.
3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTS AND POWER
A. PROVIDE A TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL LIGHTING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OF ADEQUATE SIZE TO PROPERLY SERVE THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING ADEQUATE FEEDER SIZES TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. TEMPORARY WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A
NEAT AND SAFE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ARTICLE 305, NFPA 241, AND AS REQUIRED BY OSHA OR
APPLICABLE LOCAL SAFETY CODES.
B. PROVIDE ONE PIGTAIL SOCKET WITH 150 WATT LAMP, CFL MEDIUM BASE, FOR EVERY 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF FLOOR AREA, EVENLY
DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING AND WITH MINIMUM OF ONE PIGTAIL SOCKET PER ROOM.
C. PROVIDE SUITABLE GUARDS FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH LAMPS.
D. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE GFCI-PROTECTED DUPLEX POWER OUTLET FOR EVERY 1,500 SQUARE FEET OF FLOOR AREA, EVENLY
DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. POWER OUTLETS SHALL BE GFCI-PROTECTED DUPLEX 20 AMP, 120 VOLT.
E. PROVIDE FEEDERS, DISCONNECTS, CONNECTIONS, ETC., REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, E.G., CRANES, PUMPS, ETC.
F. PROVIDE SERVICE AND PANELBOARDS REQUIRED FOR ABOVE LIGHTING AND POWER OUTLETS.
G. REQUIREMENT FOR PAYMENT OF UTILITY BILLS DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01.
H. PROVIDE SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE SERVICE AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT.
1. REMOVE TEMPORARY WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF USE.
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 01
B. REPAIR OR REPLACE ROUTINE DAMAGE CAUSED BY CUTTING IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION.
C. CORRECT UNNECESSARY DAMAGE CAUSED DUE TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK, BROUGHT ABOUT THROUGH CARELESSNESS OR
LACK OF COORDINATION.
D. HOLES CUT THROUGH WALLS SHALL BE DRILLED OR CUT WITH TOOLS DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE. ALL OPENINGS, SLEEVES AND HOLES IN
WALLS THAT EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR ABOVE SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED AND FIRE PROOFED.
E. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED TO CUT OR MODIFY ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE
ARCHITECT.
3.05 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND REPAIRS
A. PROVIDE TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, AND BACKFILLING NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE OF WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION.
B. TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED. NO EXTRA WILL BE PAID IN EVENT THAT ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED.
3.06 FOUNDATIONS AND PADS
A. PROVIDE CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS AND PADS AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL UTILITY COMPANY'S EQUIPMENT SUCH AS TRANSFORMERS, CT
CABINETS, METERING CABINETS, SWITCHES, FUSED DISCONNECTS, AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
UTILITY COMPANY'S SPECIFICATIONS.
3.07 UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION
A. ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT CONNECTION TO THE UTILITY
COMPANY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM TO THE ELECTRICAL UTILITY COMPANY SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE WITH THE UTILITY
COMPANY AS TO ALL TYPES OF WORK REQUIRED TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE UTILITY COMPANY EQUIPMENT.
B. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF POINT OF COMMON COUPLING, DUCT BANKS, PADS, ETC.
C. OBTAIN COPIES OF ALL PERTINENT UTILITY COMPANY SPECIFICATIONS RELATING TO DUCT BANKS, CONCRETE PADS, RACEWAYS, AND CABLE
THAT ARE CONTRACTOR INSTALLED FOR THE UTILITY COMPANY USE. MAINTAIN COPIES AT PROJECT SITE.
D. INSTALL AT COMPONENTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH UTILITY COMPANY SPECIFICATIONS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
3.08 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. ON COMPLETION OF WORK, INSTALLATION SHALL BE COMPLETELY OPERATIONAL AND ENTIRELY FREE FROM GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND
OPEN CIRCUITS. PERFORM OPERATIONAL TESTS AS REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. BALANCE
CIRCUITS SO THAT FEEDERS TO PANELS ARE NOT MORE THAN 10% OUT OF BALANCE BETWEEN PHASES WITH ALL AVAILABLE LOAD
ENERGIZED AND OPERATING. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTS FOR ABOVE TESTS. ALL AMPERE READINGS SHALL BE MADE
WITH A TRUE RMS READING METER.
B. PERFORM MEGGER TESTS OF ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE CIRCUITS, FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SIZE #4 AWG AND LARGER. PROVIDE A
REPORT OF ALL SUCH MEGGER TEST RESULTS.
C. SERVICE GROUND RESISTANCE TEST
D, PRIOR TO FINAL OBSERVATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST, INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT COMPLETE AND IN
SATISFACTORY OPERATING CONDITION.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0501
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION.
B. COMPLY WITH PROVISION OF SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.
C. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS, ALONG WITH DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, THAT ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL DIVISION 26 SECTIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENt
A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK: AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. VISIT THE SITE TO OBSERVE EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID.
B. VERIFY FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
C. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES.
D. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. WORK IN EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL BE SCHEDULED WELL IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED
AT SUCH TIMES AND UNDER SUCH CONDITIONS AS SUIT THE CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PLAN THE WORK TO MINIMIZE
DISRUPTION OF NORMAL OPERATIONS. NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE ANY CIRCUIT IS DE -ENERGIZED IN OCCUPIED AREAS.
B. DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS TO BE REMOVED.
C. COORDINATE UTILITY SERVICE OUTAGES WITH UTILITY COMPANY.
D. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEM IS COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE. DISABLE
SYSTEM ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. MINIMIZE OUTAGE DURATION.
1. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM OWNER AT LEAST 24 HOURS BEFORE PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY DISABLING SYSTEM.
2. MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE IN AREAS ADJACENT TO WORK AREA.
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION.
B. REMOVE ABANDONED WIRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY.
C. REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT, INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH
WITH WALLS AND FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES.
D. WHERE A CIRCUIT IS INTERRUPTED BY REMOVAL OF A DEVICE OR FIXTURE FROM THAT CIRCUIT, INSTALL WIRE AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO
RESTORE SERVICE TO THE REMAINING DEVICES AND FIXTURES ON THAT CIRCUIT. ENSURE PROPER GROUNDING IS MAINTAINED.
E. DISCONNECT ABANDONED OUTLETS AND REMOVE DEVICES. REMOVE ABANDONED OUTLETS IF CONDUIT SERVICING THEM IS ABANDONED AND
REMOVED. PROVIDE BLANK COVER FOR ABANDONED OUTLETS THAT ARE NOT REMOVED.
I
F. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT.
G. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED.
H. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED LUMINAIRES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES.
1. EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS AND METHODS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, OR AS
SPECIFIED.
J. LIGHTING FIXTURES, WIRING DEVICES, PANELBOARDS, EQUIPMENT, CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS REMOVED SHALL BE TRANSPORTED TO THE
OWNER'S DESIGNATED LOCATION AND OFFERED TO THE OWNER. IF HE CHOOSES TO RETAIN THESE ITEMS OR A PART OF THESE ITEMS, TURN
THOSE CHOSEN OVER TO HIM. ITEMS REJECTED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETELY FROM THE PROJECT SITE AND DISPOSED
OF LEGALLY BY THE CONTRACTOR.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0519
LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01
SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO TO THIS SECTION.
B. COMPLY WITH PROVISION OF SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.
C. FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SPECIFICATIONS AND
DRAWINGS
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING.
B. SECTION 26 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.
C. SECTION 26 0501 - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION: DISCONNECTION, REMOVAL, AND/OR EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS
AND CABLES.
D. SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND
GROUNDING CONNECTORS.
E. SECTION 26 0534 - RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT SYSTEMS.
F. SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS AND REQUIREMENTS.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; MOST RECENT EDITION ADOPTED BY AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS.
B. UL 4 - ARMORED CABLE; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
C. UL 44 - THERMOSET -INSULATED WIRES AND CABLES; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
D. UL 83 - THERMOPLASTIC -INSULATED WIRES AND CABLES; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
E. UL 486A-486B - WIRE CONNECTORS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
F. UL 486C - SPLICING WIRE CONNECTORS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
G. UL 486D - SEALED WIRE CONNECTOR SYSTEMS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
H. UL 493 - THERMOPLASTIC -INSULATED UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH -CIRCUIT CABLES; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1 . COORDINATE SIZES OF RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS WITH THE ACTUAL
CONDUCTORS TO BE INSTALLED, INCLUDING ADJUSTMENTS FOR CONDUCTOR SIZES INCREASED FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
2. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS TO PROVIDE TERMINATIONS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH
THE CONDUCTORS TO BE INSTALLED.
3. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OBTAIN DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING
WITH WORK.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CATALOG PAGES AND DATA SHEETS FOR CONDUCTORS AND CABLES, INCLUDING
DETAILED INFORMATION ON MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION, RATINGS, LISTINGS, AND AVAILABLE SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS, AND STRANDING.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. FURNISH WIRES AND CABLES ON REELS OR COILS FACTORY -WRAPPED WITH WATERPROOF FLEXIBLE COVERING TO PROTECT AGAINST
PHYSICAL DAMGE. EACH CABLE AND THE OUTSIDE OF EACH REEL OR COIL, SHALL BE PLAINLY MARKED OR TAGGED TO INDICATE THE CABLE
LANGHT, VOLTAGE RATING, CONDUCTOR SIZE, AND MANUFACTURER'S LOT NUMBER AND REEL NUMBER. EACH COIL OR REEL SHALL CONTAIN
ONLY ONE CONTINUOS CABLE WITHOT SPLICES. DAMAGED CABLE, WIRE OR CONNECTORS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PROJECT SITE.
B. RECEIVE, INSPECT, HANDLE, AND STORE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A. DO NOT USE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES FOR APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED BY NFPA 70 AND PRODUCT LISTING.
B. PROVIDE SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE INSTALLED IN SUITABLE RACEWAY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PERMITTED, OR REQUIRED.
C. ARMORED CABLE IS PERMITTED ONLY AS FOLLOWS:
1. WHERE NOT OTHERWISE RESTRICTED, MAY BE USED:
a. WHERE CONCEALED IN HOLLOW STUD WALLS AND ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS UP TO 20 A.
1) EXCEPTION: PROVIDE SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY FOR CIRCUIT HOMERUN FROM FIRST OUTLET TO
PANELBOARD.
2. IN ADDITION TO OTHER APPLICABLE RESTRICTIONS, MAY NOT BE USED:
a. UNLESS APPROVED BY OWNER.
b. WHERE NOT APPROVED FOR USE BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
c. WHERE EXPOSED TO DAMAGE.
d. FOR DAMP, WET, OR CORROSIVE LOCATIONS.
2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
C. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE EXCLUDED, PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, CONNECTORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED
FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM.
D. CONDUCTOR MATERIAL:
1. PROVIDE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR THIS PROJECT. CONDUCTOR SIZES
INDICATED ARE BASED ON COPPER.
2. PROVIDE COPPER CONDUCTORS EXCEPT WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. SUBSTITUTION OF ALUMINUM
CONDUCTORS FOR COPPER 13 NOT PERMITTED. CONDUCTOR SIZES INDICATED ARE BASED ON COPPER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED
AS ALUMINUM. CONDUCTORS DESIGNATED WITH THE ABBREVIATION "AL" INDICATE ALUMINUM.
3. PROVIDE COPPER CONDUCTORS EXCEPT WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR PERMITTED FOR
SUBSTITUTION. CONDUCTOR SIZES INDICATED ARE BASED ON COPPER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS ALUMINUM. CONDUCTORS
DESIGNATED WITH THE ABBREVIATION "AL" INDICATE ALUMINUM.
a. WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE SUBSTITUTED FOR COPPER, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1) SIZE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TO PROVIDE, WHEN COMPARED TO COPPER SIZES INDICATED, EQUIVALENT OR GREATER AMPACITY
AND EQUIVALENT OR LESS VOLTAGE DROP.
2) INCREASE SIZE OF RACEWAYS, BOXES, WIRING GUTTERS, ENCLOSURES, ETC, AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALUMINUM
CONDUCTORS.
3) PROVIDE ALUMINUM EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED ACCORDING TO NFPA 70.
4) EQUIP ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WITH COMPRESSION LUGS FOR TERMINATING ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS.
4. COPPER CONDUCTORS: SOFT DRAWN ANNEALED, 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY, UNCOATED COPPER CONDUCTORS COMPLYING WITH ASTM
B3, ASTM B8, OR ASTM B787/6 787M UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
5. TINNED COPPER CONDUCTORS: COMPLY WITH ASTM B33.
E. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE: 12 AWG.
1. BRANCH CIRCUITS: 12AWG.
a. EXCEPTIONS: �
1) 20 A, 120 V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 75 FEET: 10 AWG, FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
2) 20 A, 120 V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 150 FEET: 8 AWG, FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
2. CONTROL CIRCUITS: 14 AWG.
F� CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING:
1 . COLOR CODE CONDUCTORS AS INDICATED UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. MAINTAIN
CONSISTENT COLOR CODING THROUGHOUT PROJECT.
2. INSTALL IN EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD A LEGEND EXPLAINING THE COLOR CODE FOR UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS
3. COLOR CODING METHOD: INTEGRALLY COLORED INSULATION.
�
4. COLOR CODE: 1. .
a. 208Y/120 V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE SYSTEM: I
1 ) PHASE A: BLACK.
2) PHASEB:RED.
3) PHASE C: BLUE.
1
4) NEUTRAL: WHITE.
5) GROUND: GREEN.
6) ISOLATED GROUND: GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE.
b. TRAVELERS FOR 3-WAY AND 4-WAY SWITCHING: PINK.
c. FOR MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO EXISTING WIRING SYSTEMS, COMPLY WITH EXISTING COLOR CODE WHEN EXISTING CODE
COMPLIES WITH NFPA 70 AND IS APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
d. FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COLOR CODE.
2.03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. DESCRIPTION: SINGLE CONDUCTOR INSULATED WIRE. .
B. CONDUCTOR STRANDING:
1. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS:
a. SIZE 10 AWG AND SMALLER: SOLID.
b. SIZE 8 AWG AND LARGER: STRANDED.
2. CONTROL CIRCUITS: SOLID.
C. INSULATION:
1. COPPER BUILDING WIRE: TYPE THHN/THWN OR THHNITHWN-2, EXCEPT AS INDICATED 13ELOW.
a. SIZE 4 AWG AND LARGER: TYPE THHNrrHWN.
b. INSTALLED UNDERGROUND: TYPE XHHW-2.
�
c. FIXTURE WIRING WITHIN LUMINAIRES: TYPE TFFN/TFN FOR LUMINAIRES WITH LABELED MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 90 DEGREES C;
APPROVED SUITABLE TYPE FOR LUMINAIRES WITH LABELED MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE GREATER THAN 90 DEGREES C.
2.04 ARMORED CABLE
A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE AC CABLE LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 4, AND LISTED FOR USE IN CLASSIFIED FIRESTOP
SYSTEMS TO BE USED.
B. CONDUCTOR STRANDING:
1. SIZE 10AWG AND SMALLER: SOLID.
2. SIZE 8AWG AND LARGER: STRANDED.
C. INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 V.
D. INSULATION: TYPE THHN.
E. GROUNDING: COMBINATION OF INTERLOCKING ARMOR AND INTEGRAL BONDING WIRE.
F. ARMOR: STEEL, INTERLOCKED TAPE.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. CLEAN RACEWAYS THOROUGHLY TO REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS BEFORE INSTALLING CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.
B. COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM, INCLUDING BUSHINGS, BEFORE PULLING WIRES OR CABLES.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS:
1 . ARRANGE CIRCUITING TO MINIMIZE SPLICES.
2. INCLUDE CIRCUIT LENGTHS REQUIRED TO INSTALL CONNECTED DEVICES WITHIN 10 FT OF LOCATION SHOWN.
3. CIRCUITING ADJUSTMENTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WHEN BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE SHOWN AS SEPARATE, COMBININGTHEM
TOGETHER IN A SINGLE RACEWAY IS NOT PERMITTED.
a. PROVIDE NO MORE THAN SIX CURRENT -CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS ARE
CONSIDERED CURRENT -CARRYING CONDUCTORS.
b. INCREASE SIZE OF CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOUNT FOR AMPACITY DERATING.
c. SIZE RACEWAYS, BOXES, ETC. TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS.
4. COMMON NEUTRALS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SHARING OF NEUTRAUGROUNDED CONDUCTORS AMONG UP TO THREE SINGLE
PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS OF DIFFERENT PHASES INSTALLED IN THE SAME RACEWAY IS NOT PERMIT -FED. PROVIDE DEDICATED
NEUTRAL/GROUNDED CONDUCTOR FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL BRANCH CIRCUIT.
B. INSTALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1.
C. INSTALL ARMORED CABLE (TYPE AC) IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 120.
D. SECURE AND SUPPORT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 USING SUITABLE SUPPORTS AND METHODS APPROVED BY
THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT FROM
RACEWAYS, PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR OTHER SYSTEMS.
1. INSTALLATION ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS: DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT FROM CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM. DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT
FROM CEILING GRID OR ALLOW CONDUCTORS AND CABLES TO LAY ON CEILING TILES.
E. TERMINATE CABLES USING SUITABLE FITTINGS.
1. ARMORED CABLE (TYPE AC):
a. USE LISTED FITTINGS AND ANTI -SHORT, INSULATING BUSHINGS.
b. CUT CABLE ARMOR ONLY USING SPECIALIZED TOOLS TO PREVENT DAMAGING CONDUCTORS OR INSULATION. DO NOT USE HACKSAW OR
WIRE CUTTERS TO CUT ARMOR.
F. INSTALL CONDUCTORS WITH A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES OF SLACK AT EACH OUTLET.
G. WHERE CONDUCTORS ARE INSTALLED IN ENCLOSURES FOR FUTURE TERMINATION BY OTHERS, PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET OF SLACK.
H. NEATLY TRAIN AND BUNDLE CONDUCTORS INSIDE BOXES, WIREWAYS, PANELBOARDS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES.
1. GROUP OR OTHERWISE IDENTIFY NEUTRAUGROUNDED CONDUCTORS WITH ASSOCIATED UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS INSIDE ENCLOSURES
IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70.
J. FIELD -APPLIED COLOR CODING: WHERE VINYL COLOR CODING ELECTRICAL TAPE IS USED IN LIEU OF INTEGRALLY COLORED INSULATION AS
PERMITTED IN PART 2 UNDER "COLOR CODING-, APPLY HALF OVERLAPPING TURNS OF TAPE AT EACH TERMINATION AND AT EACH LOCATION
CONDUCTORS ARE ACCESSIBLE.
K. IDENTIFY CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0553.
L. INSTALL FIRESTOPPING TO PRESERVE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS, USING MATERIALS AND METHODS
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 8400.
M. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE EXCLUDED, PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, INCLUDING THOSE
FURNISHED BY OTHERS, AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS, EXCEPT SECTION 4.
B. ELECTRICAL TESTS: .
I . AFTER INSTALLATION BUT BEFORE CONNECTION TO UTILIZATION DEVICES, SUCH AS FIXTURES, MOTORS, OR APPLIANCES, TEST
CONDUCTORS PHASE -TO -PHASE AND PHASE -TO -GROUND RESISTANCE WITH AN INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER. EXISTING CONDUCTORS
TO BE REUSED SHALL ALSO BE TESTED.
2. APPLIED VOLTAGE SHALL BE 500 V DC FOR 300 V RATED CABLE, AND 1 000 V DC FOR 600 V RATED CABLE. APPLY TEST FOR ONE MINUTE OR
UNTIL READING IS CONSTANT FOR 15 SECONDS, WHICHEVER IS LONGER. MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE VALUES SHALL NOT BE LESS
THAN 25 MEGOHMS FOR 300 V RATED CABLE AND 100 MEGOHMS FOR 600 V RATED CABLE.
a. FEEDER (600A & SMALLER) CIRCUITS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS
1) USE EITHER A MOTOR DRIVEN (BIDDLE 359) ORA HAND CRANK (BIDDLE MJ159) MEGGER.
2) PERFORM A DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION RATIO TEST USING A 60-SECOND TEST PERIOD. RECORD THE MEGOHM READINGS AT 30
SECONDS AND 60 SECONDS. CALCULATE THE DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION RATIO (60 SEC / 30 SEC READINGS) AND RECORD
C. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA ATS, SECTION 7.3.2. THE INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST IS REQUIRED FOR ALL
CONDUCTORS. THE RESISTANCE TEST FOR PARALLEL CONDUCTORS LISTED As OPTIONAL IS NOT REQUIRED.
1. DISCONNECT SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS) PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY HIGH POTENTIAL TESTING. REPLACE SPIDS DAMAGED BY
PERFORMING HIGH POTENTIAL TESTING WITH NEW SPIDS.
D. CORRECT DEFICIENCIES AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.
E. PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF THE MEGGER TEST REPORT TO THE ENGINEER. THE REPORT SHALL BE IN A TABULATED FORMAT AND SHALL INCLUDE
THE FOLLOWING AS A MINIMUM.
1. CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
2. TYPE OF RACEWAY
3. APPROXIMATE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT
4. MEGOHM READINGS
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. COMPLY WITH PROVISION OF SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.
B. THIS SECTION SPECIFIES THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, CONNECTION, AND TESTING OF GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT, INDICATED
AS GROUNDING EQUIPMENT IN THIS SECTION.
C. "GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM" REFERS TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS AND ALL ELECTRODES REQUIRED OR ALLOWED BY
NEC, AS WELL AS MADE, SUPPLEMENTARY, AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM GROUNDING ELECTRODES.
D. GROUND ACCESS WELLS.
1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND METAL WATER SERVICE PIPE ENTRANCES TO BUILDING.
2. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OBTAIN DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING
WITH WORK.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM
THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. DO NOT USE PRODUCTS FOR APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED BY NFPA 70 AND PRODUCT LISTING.
B. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE EXCLUDED, PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED COMPONENTS, CONDUCTORS, CONNECTORS, CONDUIT, BOXES,
FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, ACCESSORIES, ETC. AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM.
C. WHERE CONDUCTOR SIZE IS NOT INDICATED, SIZE TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 BUT NOT LESS THAN APPLICABLE MINIMUM SIZE REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED.
D. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSULATED STRANDED COPPER, EXCEPT THAT SIZES NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE
SOLID COPPER. INSULATION COLOR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS GREEN FOR ALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, EXCEPT THAT WIRE
SIZES NO. 4 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED PER NEC.
E. BONDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE BARE STRANDED COPPER, EXCEPT THAT SIZES NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE BARE SOLID COPPER.
BONDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS, AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT.
F. CONDUCTOR SIZES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED BY THE NEC, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.
G. INSULATION: THHN-THWN AND XHHW-2. XHHW-2 SHALL BE USED FOR ISOLATED POWER SYSTEMS.
H. GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE:
1 . ACHIEVE SPECIFIED GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE UNDER NORMALLY DRY CONDITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ENGINEER.
PRECIPITATION WITHIN THE PREVIOUS 48 HOURS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE NORMALLY DRY CONDITIONS,
2. GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM: NOT GREATER THAN 5 OHMS TO GROUND, WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO IEEE 81 USING
"FALL -OF -POTENTIAL" METHOD.
3. BETWEEN GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM AND MAJOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FRAMES, SYSTEM NEUTRAL, AND DERIVED NEUTRAL
POINTS: NOT GREATER THAN 0.5 OHMS, WHEN TESTED USING "POINT-TO-POINT" METHODS,
1. GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM:
1 . PROVIDE CONNECTION TO REQUIRED AND SUPPLEMENTAL GROUNDING ELECTRODES INDICATED TO FORM GROUNDING ELECTRODE
SYSTEM.
a. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS WITHOUT SPLICE OR JOINT.
b. INSTALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY WHERE EXPOSED TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE. BOND GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTOR TO METALLIC RACEWAYS AT EACH END WITH BONDING JUMPER.
2. METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE(S):
a. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO UNDERGROUND METAL DOMESTIC AND FIRE PROTECTION (WHERE PRESENT) WATER SERVICE PIPE(S) THAT
ARE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH EARTH FOR AT LEAST 10 FEET AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION NOT MORE THAN 5 FEET FROM THE POINT
OF ENTRANCE TO THE BUILDING.
b. PROVIDE BONDING JUMPER(S) AROUND INSULATING JOINTS/PIPES AS REQUIRED TO MAKE PIPE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS.
c. PROVIDE BONDING JUMPER AROUND WATER METER OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PERMIT REMOVAL OF METER WITHOUT DISCONNECTING
JUMPER.
3. METAL BUILDING OR STRUCTURE FRAME:
a. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO METAL BUILDING OR STRUCTURE FRAME EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 AT
NEAREST ACCESSIBLE LOCATION.
4. GROUND ROD ELECTRODE(S):
a. PROVIDE TWO ELECTRODES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
b. SPACE ELECTRODES NOT LESSTHAN 1 0 FEET FROM EACH OTHER AND ANY OTHER GROUND ELECTRODE.
c. WHERE LOCATION IS NOT INDICATED, LOCATE ELECTRODE(S) AT LEAST 5 FEET OUTSIDE BUILDING PERIMETER FOUNDATION AS NEAR AS
POSSIBLE TO ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE; WHERE POSSIBLE, LOCATE IN SOFTSCAPE (UNCOVERED) AREA.
5. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL GROUND ELECTRODE(S) AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM RESISTANCE.
J. SERVICE -SUPPLIED SYSTEM GROUNDING:
1. FOR EACH SERVICE DISCONNECT, PROVIDE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO CONNECT NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) SERVICE
CONDUCTOR TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, MAKE CONNECTION AT NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) BUS IN
SERVICE DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE.
2. FOR EACH SERVICE DISCONNECT, PROVIDE MAIN BONDING JUMPER TO CONNECT NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) BUS TO EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS
WHERE NOT FACTORY -INSTALLED. DO NOT MAKE ANY OTHER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) CONDUCTORS AND GROUND
ON LOAD SIDE OF SERVICE DISCONNECT.
K. BONDING AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING:
1 . PROVIDE BONDING FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, EQUIPMENT GROUND BUSSES, METALLIC EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES,
METALLIC RACEWAYS AND BOXES, DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINALS, AND OTHER NORMALLY NON -CURRENT -CARRYING CONDUCTIVE
MATERIALS ENCLOSING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS/EQUIPMENT OR LIKELY TO BECOME ENERGIZED AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE
WITH NFPA 70.
2. PROVIDE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAY. DO NOT USE RACEWAYS AS
SOLE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.
3. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE INCREASED FOR VOLTAGE DROP, INCREASE SIZE OF EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
PROPORTIONALLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70.
4. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONNECT WIRING DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR AND TO OUTLET BOX WITH BONDING JUMPER.
5. TERMINATE BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ON SOLIDLY BONDED EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS ONLY. DO NOT
TERMINATE ON NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) OR ISOLATED/INSULATED GROUND BUS.
6. PROVIDE BONDING FOR METAL BUILDING FRAME WHERE NOT USED AS A GROUNDING ELECTRODE.
L. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS GROUNDING AND BONDING:
1 . PROVIDE BONDING JUMPER IN RACEWAY FROM INTERSYSTEM BONDING TERMINATION TO EACH COMMUNICATIONS ROOM OR BACKBOARD
AND PROVIDE GROUND BAR FOR TERMINATION.
a. BONDING JUMPER SIZE: 6 AWG, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
b. RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
c. GROUND BAR SIZE: 1/4 BY 2 BY 1,2 INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
d. GROUND BAR MOUNTING HEIGHT: 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
2. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 467 WHERE APPLICABLE.
B. CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING, IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 26 0519:
1. USE INSULATED COPPER CONDUCTORS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C. CONNECTORS FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING:
1 . DESCRIPTION: CONNECTORS APPROPRIATE FOR THE APPLICATION AND SUITABLE FOR THE CONDUCTORS AND ITEMS TO BE CONNECTED;
LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 467.
2. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE EXOTHERMIC WELDED CONNECTIONS FOR UNDERGROUND, CONCEALED AND OTHER INACCESSIBLE
CONNECTIONS.
3. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE MECHANICAL CONNECTORS, COMPRESSION CONNECTORS, OR EXOTHERMIC WELDED CONNECTIONS
FOR ACCESSIBLE CONNECTIONS.
D. GROUND BARS:
1. DESCRIPTION: COPPER RECTANGULAR GROUND BARS WITH MOUNTING BRACKETS AND INSULATORS.
2. SIZE: AS INDICATED.
3. HOLES FOR CONNECTIONS: AS INDICATED ORAS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE.
E. GROUND ROD ELECTRODES:
1. COMPLY WITH NEMA GR 1.
2. MATERIAL: COPPER -BONDED (COPPER -CLAD) STEEL.
3. SIZE: 3/4 INCH DIAMETER BY 10 FEET LENGTH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
4. WHERE ROD LENGTHS OF GREATER THAN 10 FEET ARE INDICATED OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED, SECTIONALIZED GROUND RODS MAYBE
USED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY THAT WORK LIKELY TO DAMAGE GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
B. VERIFY THAT CONDITIONS ARE SATISFACTORY FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSTALL GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1.
C. GROUND ROD ELECTRODES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL GROUND ROD ELECTRODES VERTICALLY. WHERE ENCOUNTERED ROCK
PROHIBITS VERTICAL INSTALLATION, INSTALL AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE OR BURY HORIZONTALLY IN TRENCH AT LEAST 30 INCHES (750 MM) DEEP IN
ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 OR PROVIDE GROUND PLATES.
D. MAKE GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTIONS USING SPECIFIED CONNECTORS.
1 . REMOVE APPROPRIATE AMOUNT OF CONDUCTOR INSULATION FOR MAKING CONNECTIONS WITHOUT CUTTING, NICKING OR DAMAGING
CONDUCTORS. DO NOT REMOVE CONDUCTOR STRANDS TO FACILITATE INSERTION INTO CONNECTOR.
2. EXOTHERMIC WELDS: MAKE CONNECTIONS USING MOLDS AND WELD MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR THE ITEMS TO BE CONNECTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.
3. MECHANICAL CONNECTORS: SECURE CONNECTIONS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TORQUE SETTINGS.
4. COMPRESSION CONNECTORS: SECURE CONNECTIONS USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TOOLS AND DIES.
E. IDENTIFY GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0553.
F. RACEWAY
1. CONDUITSYSTEMS:
a. GROUND ALL METALLIC CONDUIT SYSTEMS. ALL METALLIC CONDUIT SYSTEMS SHALL CONTAIN AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR.
b. METALLIC CONDUITS WHICH TERMINATE WITHOUT MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO AN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HOUSING BY MEANS OF
LOCKNUT AND BUSHINGS OR ADAPTERS, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GROUNDING BUSHINGS. CONNECT BUSHINGS WITH A EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS.
2. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS: INSTALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS WITH ALL FEEDERS, AND POWER AND LIGHTING BRANCH
CIRCUITS.
3. BOXES, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES, AND PANELBOARDS:
a. BOND THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO EACH PULLBOX, JUNCTION BOX, OUTLET BOX, DEVICE BOX, CABINETS, AND OTHER
ENCLOSURES THROUGH WHICH THE CONDUCTOR PASSES (EXCEPT FOR SPECIAL GROUNDING SYSTEMS FOR INTENSIVE CARE UNITS
AND OTHER CRITICAL UNITS SHOWN).
b. PROVIDE LUGS IN EACH BOX AND ENCLOSURE FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATION.
4. RECEPTACLES SHALL NOT BE GROUNDED THROUGH THEIR MOUNTING SCREWS. GROUND RECEPTACLES WITH A JUMPER FROM THE
RECEPTACLE GREEN GROUND TERMINAL TO THE DEVICE BOX GROUND SCREW AND A JUMPER TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.
5. GROUND LIGHTING FIXTURES TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR OF THE WIRING SYSTEM. FIXTURES CONNECTED WITH
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL HAVE A GREEN GROUND WIRE INCLUDED WITH THE POWER WIRES FROM THE FIXTURE THROUGH THE FLEXIBLE
CONDUIT TO THE FIRST OUTLET BOX.
G. EXTERIOR LIGHT POLES:
1. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF NO. 4 AWG BARE COPPER COILED AT BOTTOM OF POLE BASE EXCAVATION PRIOR TO POUR, PLUS ADDITIONAL
UNSPLICED LENGTH IN AND ABOVE FOUNDATION AS REQUIRED TO REACH POLE GROUND STUD.
H. TELEPHONE SYSTEM:
1 . PROVIDE GROUNDING MEANS FOR THE TELEPHONE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 800-100 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE,
AND THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
2. MAIN TELEPHONE SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING MEANS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO A NO. 4 AWG, GREEN, INSULATED,
COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONNECTED TO THE MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS. TERMINATE THIS
CONDUCTOR AT THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT LOCATION WITH AN ILSCO NB-350-42-R16 GROUNDING BUS MOUNTED ON THE PLYWOOD
BACKBOARD.
3. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDS AND OTHER REMOTE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING MEANS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO
A MINIMUM NO. 6 AWG, GREEN, INSULATED, COPPER CONDUCTOR CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS IN THE LOW VOLTAGE
PANELBOARD SERVING THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY. TERMINATE THESE CONDUCTORS
TO AN ILSCO NB-350-12-R16 GROUNDING BUS MOUNTED ON THE PLYWOOD BACKBOARD.
4. ROUTE THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS IN 3/4 INCH CONDUIT BY THE MOST DIRECT MEANS FROM THE TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS TO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM.
5. PROVIDE PERMANENT, ENGRAVED LABELS AT THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUSSES IDENTIFYING THESE AS THE EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING MEANS AND IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF CONNECTION OF THE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING SYSTEM.
1. GROUND RESISTANCE:
1. GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE TO GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 OHMS. MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO THE GROUNDING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM NECESSARY FOR COMPLIANCE. FINAL TESTS SHALL ENSURE THAT THIS REQUIREMENT IS MET.
2. GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY GROUND RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS EXCEPT SECTION 4.
B. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
1 . AFTER INSTALLING GROUNDING SYSTEM BUT BEFORE PERMANENT ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN ENERGIZED, TEST FOR COMPLIANCE
WITH REQUIREMENTS.
2. TEST COMPLETED GROUNDING SYSTEM AT EACH LOCATION WHERE A MAXIMUM GROUND -RESISTANCE LEVEL IS SPECIFIED, AT SERVICE
DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE GROUNDING TERMINAL, AT GROUND TEST WELLS, AND AT INDIVIDUAL GROUND RODS. MAKE TESTS AT GROUND
RODS BEFORE ANY CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED.
a. MEASURE GROUND RESISTANCE NO FEWER THAN TWO FULL DAYS AFTER LAST TRACE OF PRECIPITATION AND WITHOUT SOIL BEING
MOISTENED BY ANY MEANS OTHER THAN NATURAL DRAINAGE OR SEEPAGE AND WITHOUT CHEMICAL TREATMENT OR OTHER ARTIFICIAL
MEANS OF REDUCING NATURAL GROUND RESISTANCE.
C. GROUNDING SYSTEM WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
D. REPORT MEASURED GROUND RESISTANCES THAT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
1. POWER AND LIGHTING EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM WITH CAPACITY OF 500 KVA AND LESS: 10 OHMS.
2. POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS OR PANELBOARDS SERVING ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT: 3 OHMS.
E. PERFORM TESTS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MASTER ELECTRICIAN LICENSED IN THE JURISDICTION WHO WILL CERTIFY THE FINDINGS.
THE USE OF A NETA CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY IS ACCEPTABLE
F. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA ATS, SECTION 7.13.
G. INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT DEFICIENCIES WHERE MEASURED GROUND RESISTANCES DO NOT COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS.
H. SUBMIT DETAILED REPORTS INDICATING INSPECTION AND TESTING RESULTS AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TAKEN.
END OF SECTION
\\\\\\ml1//////
,_ /
�\\ 0'r\N30,v '-/
� ,� ------ * /"
1�` .1 1� I ,
� . I se I , 4$! ',-
_:� 'V , ,,� , , �� .:
,I "�
,,?J , <,
� '0 � ;4
-
= , � 1�p % z
9§3 � -
5 11
= " 113 x , (D
=: 11 ,4, 'C', z
- , - Q! 40
-;_"I I �'. I
.�, " " , , .
1�1 I I "I il"
X, , �
I � ,\ . 1�1'
/ d�
// � � ,,��
/ ///III o%101
REVISIONS
BY
_
I
-
I
" ,
00
u �.o CO
.�3 'T C\J
Cn �D
�a
u _J �.o
" " ,
_,�� "_ 00 .
� 0 t--
0 -0 . E
I
� 0
u It �_
:5 = C\] q
r �
I
tl
t� E x ,u
, m t-
,s� 6� ,I- Z-
z . u
m Lo "
.0 . CN *5
m ui b
Q) t__ �:
E . -
< m - 0
00 �:
Q, . rl-
= >, - ��
�� �: t-- ��
I
0 = C\1
,_ .
, U)
, �:� a)
.0 =
I
E �- c)
I C) ��
r- a.
�F C\J
m
I
I
I
I
I
vi p . 1
E, I p �,
C) = (�
E- r=,ui
� E- 0 -E-4
-u
�! z to
I u 0 - W
0 I, r, rA
I I r-) �-Ir
- A
, - t , , z 0 rA u Ix
�_ � 0, 04_
�, �, I cn
1 1`4 rL4 9 _& �
� A 2 IR4. �i�c
0 9 �
0 Ix
I
114 �
, 0,
�:N
I" ul 0 I
8
Cq
4 �_
@ � -
I
0
0
-
,r' LJ) E r' 0
�T 0 .�T 00
00 'J ") '0
z
0 0 - Lf) 00
66 �? < m
-t; U
m m Lu
_ _ Q_
I a)
Jizz,
W
FZ, -5
r4 r14 tLo
Z:� Z:� -
LIJ
co
C-: C-0 �
z
0 � �:
-C
CL 3:
(2)
a
(11
�_
z
W
�,
.
� (N
"
.5 m
V) In
_e r�
t tD
0 r- LLi
Z rf)
Cn C�
I
a) m e
=' -
,j a .2 0
C: (>L) 8 ,-
, < LL =
u
.- J_ -R
b - ,� to -i
� - W 00 Ln
0 -
U _j
.,t -4
_T "* 10 6 a) 'N
Lu 11 � 5 2p u
0 Lri ra 0
(N C) 0 (D
a- I (D CL
00 u
< :T u Lu 0 <
0 0
z
z -
0
-i _J
u 5 a)
>
0 M *C __J >1
I_ -i 0 L, _....
0 < C
c: 0 LJ E v; =$
m- 0
0-0
=0-. ._0
ac
a W LA_. a L.
> LJ_ _#._ >, 0
0 V) -C 0
:m 0 (1)
C a
(1) (0 (1) a
CL
W < _J ON
CD
0 < CD
E2 C)
00
_J LLJ
LL.:m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E9
L --------------------- i
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 5S3.79 AND CHAPTER 633. FLORIDA STATUTFS.
0
4�1
&
pr
12
T
SECTION 26 0533
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. COMPLY WITH PROVISION OF SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL.
B. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC).
C. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT).
D. RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT.
E. CONDUIT FITTINGS.
F. ACCESSORIES.
1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. COORDINATE MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS WITH THE ACTUAL CONDUCTORS TO BE INSTALLED, INCLUDING ADJUSTMENTS FOR
CONDUCTOR SIZES INCREASED FOR VOLTAGE DROP.
2. COORDINATE THE ARRANGEMENT OF CONDUITS WITH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER POTENTIAL
CONFLICTS INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
3. VERIFY EXACT CONDUIT TERMINATION LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER
SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
1
4. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OBTAIN DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING
WITH WORK.
B. SEQUENCING:
1. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES UNTIL INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT IS COMPLETE BETWEEN OUTLET, JUNCTION
AND SPLICING POINTS.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. DO NOT USE CONDUIT AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS FOR APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED BY NFPA 70 AND PRobUCT LISTING.
B. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND WHERE NOT OTHERWISE RESTRICTED, USE THE CONDUIT TYPES INDICATED FOR THE SPECIFIED
APPLICATIONS, WHERE MORE THAN ONE LISTED APPLICATION APPLIES, COMPLY WITH THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS. WHERE
CONDUIT TYPE FOR A PARTICULAR APPLICATION IS NOT SPECIFIED, USE GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT.
C.UNDERGROUND:
1. EXTERIOR, DIRECT -BURIED: USE RIGID PVC CONDUIT.
2. WHERE RIGID POLYVINYL (PVC) CONDUIT IS PROVIDED, TRANSITION TO GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT OR INTERMEDIATE
METAL CONDUIT (IMC) WHERE EMERGING FROM UNDERGROUND.
D. CONCEALED WITHIN HOLLOW STUD WALLS: USE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT).
E. CONCEALED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS: USE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT).
F. INTERIOR, DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: USE GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT OR INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC).
G. EXPOSED, INTERIOR, NOT SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE: USE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT).
H. EXPOSED, EXTERIOR: USE GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT, INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC), OR PVC -COATED GALVANIZED
STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT.
1. CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT:
1. DRY LOCATIONS: USE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT.
2. DAMP, WET, OR CORROSIVE LOCATIONS: USE LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT.
3. MAXIMUM LENGTH: 6 FEET UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
J. FISHED IN EXISTING WALLS, WHERE NECESSARY: USE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT.
2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM.
B. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES INC. (UL) OR TESTING FIRM ACCEPTABLE TO
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INDICATED.
C. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
1 . BRANCH CIRCUITS: 3/4 INCH (21 MM) TRADE SIZE.
2. BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS: 3/4 INCH (21 MM) TRADE SIZE.
3. CONTROL CIRCUITS: 3/4 INCH TRADE SIZE.
4. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES: 3/8 INCH (12 MM) TRADE SIZE.
5. UNDERGROUND, INTERIOR: I INCH (27 MM) TRADE SIZE.
6. UNDERGROUND, EXTERIOR: 1 INCH (27 MM) TRADE SIZE.
7. COMMUNICATION: 1 INCH.
D. WHERE CONDUIT SIZE IS NOT INDICATED, SIZE TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 BUT NOT LESS THAN APPLICABLE MINIMUM SIZE REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED.
2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)
A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE LFMC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) JACKETED STEEL FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT LISTED AND LABELED AS
COMPLYING WITH UL 360.
2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE EMT STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING COMPLYING WITH ANSI C80.3 AND LISTED AND LABELED AS
COMPLYING WITH UL 797.
2.05 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT
A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE PVC RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT COMPLYING WITH NEMA TC 2 AND LISTED AND LABELED AS
COMPLYING WITH UL 651; SCHEDULE 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SCHEDULE 80 WHERE SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE; RATED FOR
USE WITH CONDUCTORS RATED 90 DEGREES C.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTUREFVS INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSTALL CONDUIT IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1.
C. INSTALL RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 1 1.
D. CONDUIT ROUTING:
1 . WHEN CONDUIT DESTINATION IS INDICATED AND ROUTING IS NOT SHOWN, DETERMINE EXACT ROUTING REQUIRED.
2. CONCEAL ALL CONDUITS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED.
3. CUT SQUARE, REAM, REMOVE BURRS, AND DRAW UP TIGHT. FLATTENED, DENTED, OR DEFORMED CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED. REMOVE
AND REPLACE THE DAMAGED CONDUITS WITH NEW UNDAMAGED MATERIAL.
4. ARRANGE CONDUIT TO PROVIDE NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR 90 DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN PULL POINTS.
5. ARRANGE CONDUIT TO PROVIDE NO MORE THAN 100 FEET BETWEEN PULL POINTS.
6. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 6 INCHES BETWEEN CONDUITS AND PIPING FOR OTHER SYSTEMS.
7. GROUP PARALLEL CONDUITS IN THE SAME AREA TOGETHER ON A COMMON RACK.
E. CONDUIT SUPPORT:
1. SECURE AND SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 AND SECTION 26 0529 USING SUITABLE SUPPORTS AND METHODS
APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
2. INSTALLATION ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS: DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT FROM CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM. DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT
FROM CEILING GRID OR ALLOW CONDUITS TO LAY ON CEILING TILES.
3. USE OF WIRE FOR SUPPORT OF CONDUITS IS NOT PERMITTED.
F. CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS:
1. USE SUITABLE ADAPTERS WHERE REQUIRED TO TRANSITION FROM ONE TYPE OF CONDUIT TO ANOTHER.
2. PROVIDE DRIP LOOPS FOR LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO PREVENT DRAINAGE OF LIQUID INTO CONNECTORS.
3. PROVIDE INSULATING BUSHINGS OR INSULATED THROATS AT ALL CONDUIT TERMINATIONS TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS.
4. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF EMPTY CONDUITS.
.
G. MOTORS AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT:
1. USE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FOR CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT, VIBRATION,
MISALIGNMENT, CRAMPED QUARTERS, OR NOISE TRANSMISSION.
H. PENETRATIONS:
1. DO NOT PENETRATE OR OTHERWISE NOTCH OR CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, INCLUDING FOOTINGS AND GRADE BEAMS, WITHOUT
APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
2. MAKE PENETRATIONS PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PENETRATIONS AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION. SET SLEEVES FLUSH WITH EXPOSED
SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
4. SEAL INTERIOR OF CONDUITS ENTERING THE BUILDING FROM UNDERGROUND AT FIRST ACCESSIBLE POINT TO PREVENT ENTRY OF
MOISTURE AND GASES.
5. MAKE PENETRATIONS FOR ROOF -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WITHIN ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT OPENINGS AND CURBS WHERE POSSIBLE TO
MINIMIZE ROOFING SYSTEM PENETRATIONS. WHERE PENETRATIONS ARE NECESSARY, SEAL AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO PRESERVE
INTEGRITY OF ROOFING SYSTEM AND MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. INCLUDE PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF PENETRATIONS AND METHODS FOR
SEALING WITH SUBMITTALS.
1. UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION:
1 . MINIMUM COVER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED:
a. UNDERGROUND, EXTERIOR: 24 INCHES.
2. NO PVC SHALL EMERGE FROM THE GROUND, CONCRETE SLAB, OR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. PVC SHALL CONVERT TO GALVANIZED RIGID
STEEL CONDUIT AT LEAST 6 INCHES BEFORE EXITING CONCRETE SLAB OR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. SCHEDULE 80 PVC SHALL BE USED IF
SHOWN ON DRAWING.
3. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0553 ALONG ENTIRE CONDUIT LENGTH FOR SERVICE
ENTRANCE WHERE NOT CONCRETE -ENCASED.
J. WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS:
1 . UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, USE CONDUITS OF RIGID STEEL OR IMC.
2. PROVIDE SEALING FITTINGS TO PREVENT PASSAGE OF WATER VAPOR WHERE CONDUITS PASS FROM WARM TO COLD LOCATIONS, I.E.,
REFRIGERATED SPACES, CONSTANT -TEMPERATURE ROOMS, AIR-CONDITIONED SPACES, BUILDING EXTERIOR WALLS, ROOFS, OR SIMILAR
SPACES.
3. FOR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS, INDOOR OR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS WHERE NEMA 4 OR 4X ENCLOSURES ARE USED, SECURE CONDUITS TO
BOXES AND CABINETS WITH MYERS SCRU-TITE HUB.
K. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS AND IN CONDUITS WHERE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS.
LEAVE MINIMUM SLACK OF 12 INCHES AT EACH END.
L. PROVIDE GROUNDING AND BONDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0526.
M. IDENTIFY CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0553.
1. WHERE FEEDER OR BRANCH CONDUITS ENTER PULL BOXES OR JUNCTION BOXES, CLEARLY MARK ON CONDUIT ON THE ENTERING AND
LEAVING SIDE OF EACH BOX THE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) CONTAINED WITHIN THE CONDUIT USING A PERMANENT BLACK
MARKER.
3.02 CLEANING
A. CLEAN INTERIOR OF CONDUITS TO REMOVE MOISTURE AND FOREIGN MATTER.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, USE SUITABLE MANUFACTURED PLUGS TO PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM ENTRY OF
MOISTURE AND FOREIGN MATERIAL AND DO NOT REMOVE UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0537
PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES UP TO 100 CUBIC INCHES, INCLUDING THOSE USED AS JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES.
B. CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES, INCLUDING JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES LARGER THAN 100 CUBIC INCHES.
1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID PLACEMENT OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER POTENTIAL
OBSTRUCTIONS WITHIN THE DEDICATED EQUIPMENT SPACES AND WORKING CLEARANCES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BY
NFPA 70.
2. COORDINATE MINIMUM SIZES OF PULL BOXES WITH THE ACTUAL INSTALLED ARRANGEMENT OF CONNECTED CONDUITS, CALCULATED
ACCORDING TO NFPA 70.
3. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF BOXES WITH MILLWORK, FURNITURE, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
OR BY OTHERS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BOXES
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. DO NOT USE BOXES AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES FOR APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED BY NFPA 70 AND PRODUCT LISTING.
2. PROVIDE ALL BOXES, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE RACEWAY SYSTEM AND TO ACCOMMODATE
DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED.
3. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
4. WHERE BOX SIZE IS NOT iNDICATED, SIZE TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 BUT NOT LESS THAN APPLICABLE MINIMUM SIZE REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED. :
5. PROVIDE GROUNDING TEkMINALS WITHIN BOXES WHERE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TERMINATE.
B. OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES UP TO 100 CUBIC INCHES, INCLUDING THOSE USED AS JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES:
1. USE SHEET -STEEL BOXES FOR DRY LOCATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED.
2. USE RAISED COVERS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WALL CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION WHERE REQUIRED.
3. USE SHALLOW BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE TYPE OF WALL CONSTRUCTION.
4. DO NOT USE "THROUGH -WALL" BOXES DESIGNED FOR ACCESS FROM BOTH SIDES OF WALL.
5. SHEET -STEEL BOXES: COMPLY WITH NEMA OS 1, AND LIST AND LABEL AS COMPLYING WITH UL 514A.
6. BOXES FOR SUPPORTING LUMINAIRES AND CEILING FANS: LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE AND WEIGHT OF LOAD TO BE SUPPORTED;
FURNISHED WITH FIXTURt STUD TO ACCOMMODATE MOUNTING OF LUMINAIRE WHERE REQUIRED.
7. BOXES FOR GANGED DEVICES: USE MULTIGANG BOXES OF SINGLE -PIECE CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT USE FIELD -CONNECTED GANGABLE
BOXES.
8. MINIMUM BOX SIZE, UNLE8S OTHERWISE INDICATED:
a. WIRING DEVICES (OTHER THAN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS OUTLETS): 4 INCH SQUARE BY 1-1/2 INCH DEEP (100 BY 38 MM) TRADE SIZE.
b. COMMUNICATIONS SYtTEMS OUTLETS: COMPLY WITH SECTION 27 1005.
c. CEILING OUTLETS: 4 INCH OCTAGONAL OR SQUARE BY 1-1/2 INCH DEEP (100 BY38 MM) TRADE SIZE.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. PERFORM WORK IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, NECA 130, INCLUDING
MOUNTING HEIGHTS SPECIFIED IN THOSE STANDARDS WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED.
C. ARRANGE EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND NFPA 70.
D. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE SEPARATE BOXES FOR LINE VOLTAGE AND LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS.
E. FLUSH -MOUNT BOXES IN FINISHED AREAS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE SURFACE -MOUNTED.
F. BOX LOCATIONS:
1 . LOCATE BOXES TO BE ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 08 3100 AS REQUIRED WHERE APPROVED
BY THE ARCHITECT.
2. UNLESS DIMENSIONED, BOX LOCATIONS INDICATED ARE APPROXIMATE.
3. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WHERE MULTIPLE OUTLET BOXES ARE INSTALLED AT THE SAME LOCATION AT DIFFERENT MOUNTING
HEIGHTS, INSTALL ALONG A COMMON VERTICAL CENTER LINE.
4. DO NOT INSTALL FLUSH -MOUNTED BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS BACK-TO-BACK. PROVIDE MINIMUM 6 INCHES HORIZONTAL
SEPARATION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
5. LOCATE JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES IN THE FOLLOWING AREAS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT:
a. CONCEALED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE SUSPENDED CEILINGS.
b. WITHIN JOISTS IN AREAS WITH NO CEILING.
c. ELECTRICAL ROOMS.
d. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS.
G. BOX SUPPORTS:
1. PROVIDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE EXCEPT FOR CAST METAL BOXES (OTHER THAN BOXES USED FOR FIXTURE
SUPPORT) SUPPORTED BY THREADED CONDUIT CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70. DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT FROM PIPING,
DUCTWORK, OR OTHER SYSTEMS.
2. INSTALLATION ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS: DO NOT PROVIDE SUPPORT FROM CEILING GRID OR CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM.
H. INSTALL PERMANENT BARRIER BETWEEN GANGED WIRING DEVICES WHEN VOLTAGE BETWEEN ADJACENT DEVICES EXCEEDS 300 V.
1. CLOSE UNUSED BOX OPENINGS.
J. INSTALL BLANK WALL PLATES ON JUNCTION BOXES AND ON OUTLET BOXES WITH NO DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT INSTALLED OR DESIGNATED
FOR FUTURE USE.
K. PROVIDE GROUNDING AND BONDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0526.
L. IDENTIFY BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0653.
M. COLOR CODE PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES AND IDENTIFY FEEDERS AND CIRCUITS ENTERING PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES AS CALLED FOR IN
SECTION 26 05 53.
3.02 CLEANING
A. CLEAN INTERIOR OF BOXES TO REMOVE DIRT, DEBRIS, PLASTER AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION, PROTECT BOXES FROM ENTRY OF MOISTURE AND FOREIGN MATERIAL UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION
OF CONDUCTORS.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
B. IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS.
C. WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 26 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
B. SECTION 26 0519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: COLOR CODING FOR POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
600 V AND LESS; VINYL COLOR CODING ELECTRICAL TAPE.
C. SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES: DEVICE AND WALLPLATE FINISHES; FACTORY PRE -MARKED WALLPLATES.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. COMPLY WITH ANSI Al 3.1 AND IEEE C2.
C. COMPLY WITH ANSI Z535.4 FOR SAFETY SIGNS AND LABELS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. EXISTING WORK: UNLESS SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED, IDENTIFY EXISTING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN THAT ARE NOT ALREADY IDENTIFIED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS.
B. IDENTIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT:
1. USE IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE TO IDENTIFY EACH PIECE OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED
SECTIONS, COMPARTMENTS, AND COMPONENTS.
a. PANELBOARDS:
1) NAME.
2) IDENTIFY VOLTAGE AND PHASE.
3) IDENTIFY POWER SOURCE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. INCLUDE LOCATION WHEN NOT WITHIN SIGHT OF EQUIPMENT.
4) USE TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT DIRECTORY TO IDENTIFY LOAD(S) SERVED FOR PANELBOARDS WITH A DOOR. IDENTIFY SPARES AND
SPACES USING PENCIL.
b. TIME SWITCHES:
1) IDENTIFY LOAD(S) SERVED AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS CONTROLLED. INCLUDE LOCATION.
c. ENCLOSED CONTACTORS:
1) IDENTIFY VOLTAGE AND PHASE.
2) IDENTIFY LOAD(S) AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS CONTROLLED. INCLUDE LOCATION.
2. SERVICE EQUIPMENT:
a. USE IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE TO IDENTIFY EACH SERVICE DISCONNECTING MEANS.
C. IDENTIFICATION FOR CONDUCTORS AND CABLES:
I . COLOR CODING FOR POWER CONDUCTORS 600 V AND LESS: COMPLY WITH SECTION 26 0519.
2. THE COLOR CODE AS OUTLINED BELOW SHALL BE USED. IN ADDITION, ON EACH PANELBOARD, PULLBOX, CONTROL CABIENT, OR OTHER
ELECTRICAL ENCLOSUE THAT CONTAINS CIRCUITS FROM MORE THAN ONE SYSTEM, PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED PHENOLIC PLATE AND
INDENTIFY THE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS WITH THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODE:
a. 208Y/120, PHASE A, BLACK, PHASE B, RED, PHASE C, BLUE, GROUNDED CONDUCTOR, WHITE, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR,
GREEN, ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, GREENNELLOW STRIPE.
3. USE WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS TO IDENTIFY CIRCUIT NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION INDICATED FOR POWER, CONTROL, AND
INSTRUMENTATION CONDUCTORS AND CABLES AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
a. AT EACH SOURCE AND LOAD CONNECTION.
b. WITHIN BOXES WHEN MORE THAN ONE CIRCUIT IS PRESENT.
c. WITHIN EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES WHEN CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ENTER OR LEAVE THE ENCLOSURE.
4. USE WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS TO IDENTIFY CONNECTED GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR GROUNDING ELECTRODE
CONDUCTORS.
D. IDENTIFICATION FOR BOXES:
1. IDENTIFY FEEDER J-BOXES AND PULL BOXES WITH DESIGNATION OF PANELBOARDISWITCHBOARD SOURCE AS "FROM" AND LOAD SERVED
AS "TO" WITH PERMANENT LABELS.
2. IDENTIFY PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES WITH THE DESIGNATION OF PANELBOARD AND THE CIRCUIT NUMBER OF EACH CIRCUIT CONTAINED
THEREIN, WITH PERMANENT MARKER. CLEARLY MARK INFORMATION ON OR IN THE BOX, NOT ON THE COVER, SO THAT THE INFORMATION IS
EASILY IDENTIFIABLE.
E. IDENTIFICATION FOR DEVICES:
1. WIRING DEVICE AND WALLPLATE FINISHES: COMPLY WITH SECTION 26 2726.
2. USE IDENTIFICATION LABEL TO IDENTIFY SERVING BRANCH CIRCUIT FOR ALL RECEPTACLES.
2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES:
1. MATERIALS:
a. INDOOR CLEAN, DRY LOCATIONS: USE PLASTIC NAMEPLATES.
b. OUTDOOR LOCATIONS: USE PLASTIC, STAINLESS STEEL, OR ALUMINUM NAMEPLATES SUITABLE FOR EXTERIOR USE.
2. PLASTIC NAMEPLATES: TWO -LAYER ORTHREE-LAYER LAMINATED ELECTRICALLY NON-CONDUCTIVE PHENOLIC WITH BEVELED EDGES;
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 1/16 INCH; ENGRAVED TEXT.
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. MARKERS FOR CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: USE WRAP -AROUND SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL CLOTH, WRAP -AROUND SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL
SELF -LAMINATING, HEAT -SHRINK SLEEVE, PLASTIC SLEEVE, PLASTIC CLIP -ON, OR VINYL SPLIT SLEEVE TYPE MARKERS SUITABLE FOR THE
CONDUCTOR OR CABLE TO BE IDENTIFIED.
B. TEXT: USE FACTORY PRE-PRINTED OR MACHINE -PRINTED TEXT, ALL CAPITALIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C. MINIMUM TEXT HEIGHT: 1/8 INCH.
D. COLOR: BLACK TEXT ON WHITE BACKGROUND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSTALL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE FOR EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, AND MAINTENANCE. UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED, LOCATE PRODUCTS AS FOLLOWS:
1 . SURFACE -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT: ENCLOSURE FRONT.
2. FLUSH -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT: INSIDE OF EQUIPMENT DOOR.
3. FREE-STANDING EQUIPMENT: ENCLOSURE FRONT; ALSO ENCLOSURE REAR FOR EQUIPMENT WITH REAR ACCESS.
4. INTERIOR COMPONENTS: LEGIBLE FROM THE POINT OF ACCESS.
5. CONDUITS: LEGIBLE FROM THE FLOOR.
6. BOXES: OUTSIDE FACE OF COVER.
7. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: LEGIBLE FROM THE POINT OF ACCESS.
8. DEVICES: OUTSIDE FACE OF COVER.
C. INSTALL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS CENTERED, LEVEL, AND PARALLEL WITH LINES OF ITEM BEING IDENTIFIED.
D. INSTALL SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS AND MARKERS TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM ADHESION, WITH NO BUBBLES OR WRINKLES AND EDGES PROPERLY
SEALED.
E. MARK ALL HANDWRITTEN TEXT, WHERE PERMITTED, TO BE NEAT AND LEGIBLE.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. REPLACE SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS AND MARKERS THAT EXHIBIT BUBBLES, WRINKLES, CURLING OR OTHER SIGNS OF IMPROPER ADHESION.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0560
LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0500.
B. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN INCLUDING BACKBOXES, BACKBOARDS, CONDUIT, CONDUITS STUBBED UP, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING
SYSTEMS BEING SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS:
C. TELEPHONE SYSTEM.
D� INFORMATION/DATA SYSTEMS.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
B. SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
C. SECTION 26 0533 - RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT SYSTEMS
D. SECTION 26 0537 - PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
E. SECTION 26 0535 - OUTLET BOXES
F. SECTION 26 2727 - WIRING DEVICE PLATES
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. INTERIOR SYSTEMS COMPONENTS PROVIDED BY OWNER/OTHERS WILL INCLUDE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, SPECIAL OUTLET BOX RECEIPTACLES,
POWER UNIT CABINETS, SPECIAL OUTLET BOXES, AND CABLE.
B. PROVIDE 4'X8'X3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS, PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF FLAT BLACK FIRE RETARDANT, PAINT WHERE SHOWN ON
DRAWINGS.
C. INSTALL OUTLET BOXES WITH CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO CABLE TRAY. WHERE NEAREST
ACCESSIBLE CEILING DOES NOT PROVIDE DIRECT ACCESS TO CABLE TRAY OR NEAREST TELECOM CLOSET, PROVIDE ASSOCIATED QUANTITY
AND SIZE OF SLEEVES IN WALLS AND CABLE SUPPORTS SUITABLE FOR CABLE AS REQUIRED TO GAIN ACCESS TO CABLE TRAY OR NEAREST
TELECOM CLOSET.
D. INSTALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE/CATV SERVICE TO THE MAIN EQUIPMENT ROOM AS SHOWN ON
DRAWINGS.
3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. SCHEDULE SYSTEMS DELIVERIES AND INSTALLATION WITH OWNER AND VENDOR.
B. RECEIVE, INVENTORY, STORE, AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND CABLE FURNISHED BY OWNER.
C. INSTALL SPECIAL OUTLET BOXES PROVIDED BY OWNER FOR DICTATION, COMPUTER, AND CATV SYSTEMS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER AND
VENDORS.
D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE LOCAL TELEPHONE UTILITY, THE SYSTEMS VENDORS, AND THE OWNER REVIEW THE DRAWINGS TO
VERIFY THAT PROVISIONS ON THE DRAWINGS WILL ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SERVICES AND SYSTEMS. REPORT
DISCREPANCIES PROMPTLY TO ARCHITECT.
E. SCHEDULE SYSTEMS START-UP, INSPECTIONS, AND CERTIFICATIONS WITH OWNER AND VENDORS.
F. SERVICE ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS:
1. PROVIDE TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUITS
2. INSTALL A PULL WIRE OR ROPE FOR INSTALLATION OF SERVICE CABLES.
3. COORDINATE SERVICE ENTRANCE WITH LOCAL SERVICE PROVIDER.
G. INSTALL A SEPARATE CONDUIT STUBBED UP AND BUSHED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AND BUSHED INTO THE CORRIDOR CEILING SPACE
OR AND BUSHED 6 INCHES ABOVE THE SYSTEMS CABLE TRAY TO SERVE EACH DEVICE OUTLET. SIZE CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
WIRING SCHEMATIC FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. INSTALL A MINIMUM SIZE OF 3/4 INCH CONDUIT, TERMINATED WITH INSULATED BUSHING.
H. CABLE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT.
1. WHERE OPEN CABLE IS RUN ABOVE DROPPED CEILINGS AND PENETRATES A SMOKE OR FIRE RATED WALL, FURNISH AND INSTALL AN EMPTY
METAL CONDUIT SLEEVE, EXTENDING AT LEAST 6" ON BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION WITH BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS. FOR SLEEVE OR CABLE
PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE OR SMOKE RATED WALLS OR PARTITIONS, PROVIDE A U.L. 1479 LISTED "THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP"
SYSTEM FOR EACH SLEEVE OR CABLE PENETRATION.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0923
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 26 0537 - BOXES.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - STANDARD FOR GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION; 2010.
B. UL 916 - ENERGY MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
C. UL 917 - CLOCK -OPERATED SWITCHES; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES WITH MILLWORK, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INSTALLED UNDER OTHER
SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
2. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH MILLWORK, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER POTENTIAL OBSTRUCTIONS
TO MOTION DETECTION COVERAGE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
3. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO OBTAIN DIRECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING
WITH WORK.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: INCLUDE RATINGS, CONFIGURATIONS, STANDARD WIRING DIAGRAMS, DIMENSIONS, COLORS, SERVICE CONDITION
REQUIREMENTS, AND INSTALLED FEATURES.
B. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
B. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE EXCLUDED, PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT, WIRING, CONNECTORS, HARDWARE, COMPONENTS,
ACCESSORIES, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM.
2.02 OCCUPANCYSENSORS
A. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS:
1 . DESCRIPTION: FACTORY -ASSEMBLED COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE DEVICES FOR INDOOR USE CAPABLE OF SENSING BOTH MAJOR
MOTION, SUCH AS WALKING, AND MINOR MOTION, SUCH AS SMALL DESKTOP LEVEL MOVEMENTS, ACCORDING TO PUBLISHED COVERAGE
AREAS, FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF LOAD INDICATED.
2. SENSOR TECHNOLOGY:
a. PASSIVE INFRARED/ULTRASONIC DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSORS: DESIGNED TO DETECT OCCUPANCY USING A
COMBINATION OF BOTH PASSIVE INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC TECHNOLOGIES.
3. OPERATION: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO TURN LOAD ON WHEN OCCUPANT PRESENCE IS DETECTED AND TO
TURN LOAD OFF WHEN NO OCCUPANT PRESENCE IS DETECTED DURING AN ADJUSTABLE TURN-OFF DELAY TIME INTERVAL.
4. TURN-OFF DELAY: FIELD ADJUSTABLE, WITH TIME DELAY SETTINGS UP TO 30 MINUTES.
2.03 TIME SWITCHES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. TORK, A DIVISION OF NSI INDUSTRIES LLC: WWW.TORK.COM.
B. DIGITAL ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES:
1 . DESCRIPTION: FACTORY -ASSEMBLED SOLID STATE PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER WITH LCD DISPLAY, LISTED AND LABELED AS
COMPLYING WITH UL 916 OR UL 917.
2. PROGRAM CAPABILITY:
a. ASTRONOMIC TIME SWITCHES: 12 CHANNEL, CAPABLE OF DIFFERENT SCHEDULE FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK WITH ADDITIONAL
ILABLE TO OVERRIDE NORMAL SCHEDULE FOR SELECTED DAYS AND FIELD -CONFIGURABLE ASTRONOMIC
FEATURE TO AUTOMATICALLY ADJUST FOR SEASONAL CHANGES IN SUNRISE AND SUNSET TIMES.
3. PROVIDE POWER OUTAGE BACKUP TO RETAIN PROGRAMMING AND MAINTAIN CLOCK.
4. MANUAL OVERRIDE: CAPABLE OF OVERRIDING CURRENT SCHEDULE BOTH PERMANENTLY AND TEMPORARILY UNTIL NEXT SCHEDULED
EVENT.
5. PROVIDE REMOTE PHOTOCELL INPUT WITH LIGHT LEVEL ADJUSTMENT.
6. OUTPUT SWITCH CONFIGURATION: AS REQUIRED TO CONTROL THE LOAD INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. PERFORM WORK IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, NECA 130, INCLUDING
MOUNTING HEIGHTS SPECIFIED IN THOSE STANDARDS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 26 0537 AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION.
C. INSTALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
D. OCCUPANCY SENSOR LOCATIONS:
1. LOCATION ADJUSTMENTS: WITHIN THE DESIGN INTENT, REASONABLY MINOR ADJUSTMENTS TO LOCATIONS MAYBE MADE IN ORDER TO
OPTIMIZE COVERAGE AND AVOID CONFLICTS OR PROBLEMS AFFECTING COVERAGE.
2. LOCATE ULTRASONIC AND DUAL TECHNOLOGY PASSIVE INFRARED/ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCY SENSORS A MINIMUM OF 4 FEET FROM AIR
SUPPLY DUCTS OR OTHER SOURCES OF HEAVY AIR FLOW AND AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE
FALSE TRIGGERS.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. TEST OCCUPANCY SENSORS TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION, INCLUDING TIME DELAYS AND AMBIENT LIGHT THRESHOLDS WHERE
APPLICABLE. VERIFY OPTIMAL COVERAGE FOR ENTIRE ROOM OR AREA. RECORD TEST RESULTS IN WRITTEN REPORT TO BE INCLUDED WITH
SUBMITTALS.
B. TEST TIME SWITCHES TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION.
3.03 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. TRAINING: TRAIN OWNER'S PERSONNEL ON OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, PROGRAMMING, AND MAINTENANCE OF LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES.
1. USE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL AS TRAINING REFERENCE, SUPPLEMENTED WITH ADDITIONAL TRAINING MATERIALS AS
REQUIRED.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 2416
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS.
B. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR PANELBOARDS.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CATALOG PAGES AND DATA SHEETS FOR PANELBOARDS, ENCLOSURES,
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES, AND OTHER INSTALLED COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES.
1. INCLUDE CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVES FOR EACH TYPE AND RATING OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE UPON REQUEST.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN
NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
1.04 WARRANTY .
A. WARRANTS EQUIPMENT TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR I YEAR FROM THE MANUFACTURER DATE OF
ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER OR 18 MONTHS FROM DATE OF DELIVERY, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC: WWW.USA.SIEMENS.COM.
B. EATON CORPORATION; CUTLER -HAMMER PRODUCTS: WWW.EATON.COM.
C. GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY: WWW.GEINDUSTRIAL.COM.
D. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC; SQUARE D PRODUCTS: WWW.SCHNEIDER-ELECTRIC.US.
2.02 PAINELBOARDS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED.
B. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING:
1. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS WITH LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING NOT LESS THAN THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE
INSTALLED LOCATION AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
C. PROVIDE THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHICH ARE FULLY RATED AND TEMPERATURE RATED FOR A 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT.
BREAKERS SHALL BE QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK TYPE WITH TRIP INDICATION SHOWN BY HANDLE POSITION OTHER THAN ON OR OFF AND
WITH A COMMON TRIP ON ALL MULTI -POLE BREAKERS.
D. BUSSING: SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 67 TEMPERATURE RISE REQUIREMENTS.
1. PROVIDE FULLY RATED NEUTRAL BUS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WITH A SUITABLE LUG FOR EACH FEEDER OR BRANCH CIRCUIT
REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONNECTION.
2. PROVIDE SOLIDLY BONDED EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS IN EACH PANELBOARD, WITH A SUITABLE LUG FOR EACH FEEDER AND BRANCH
CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.
3. MATERIAL: HARD -DRAWN COPPER, 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY.
E. ENCLOSURES: COMPLY WITH NEMA 250, AND LIST AND LABEL AS COMPLYING WITH UL 50 AND UL 50E.
1 . ENVIRONMENT TYPE PER NEMA 250: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AS SPECIFIED FOR THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION LOCATIONS:
a. INDOOR CLEAN, DRY LOCATIONS: TYPE 1.
2. BOXES: GALVANIZED STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
a. PROVIDE WIRING GUTTERS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE THE CONDUCTORS TO BE INSTALLED.
b. PROVIDE REMOVABLE END WALLS FOR NEMA TYPE 1 ENCLOSURES.
3. FRONTS:
a. FRONTS FOR SURFACE -MOUNTED ENCLOSURES: SAME DIMENSIONS AS BOXES.
b. FINISH FOR PAINTED STEEL FRONTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GREY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
c. HINGED FRONT COVER: ENTIRE FRONT TRIM HINGED TO BOX AND WITH STANDARD DOOR WITHIN HINGED TRIM COVER.
4. DIRECTORY CARD: INSIDE PANELBOARD DOOR, MOUNTED IN TRANSPARENT CARD HOLDER.
2.03 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANIELBOARDS
A. DESCRIPTION: PANELBOARDS COMPLYING WITH NEMA PI3 1, LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT TYPE, CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE, AND
LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 67; RATINGS, CONFIGURATIONS AND FEATURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
B, CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS FOR 120/208 VOLTS, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH
CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING AIC RATINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT NOT LESS THAN 10,000 AIC. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EQUAL
TO:
1. SQUARE D, "N" SERIES
2. GENERAL ELECTRIC, TYPE AQ
3. EATON/CUTLER-HAMMER, TYPE PRL1A
4. SIEMENS, TYPE P1
C. CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS:
1. MAIN AND NEUTRAL LUG MATERIAL: COPPER, SUITABLE FOR TERMINATING COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
2. MAIN AND NEUTRAL LUG TYPE: MECHANICAL.
D. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: THERMAL MAGNETIC BOLT -ON TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
E. ENCLOSURES:
1. PROVIDE SURFACE -MOUNTED OR FLUSH -MOUNTED ENCLOSURES AS INDICATED.
2. FRONTS: PROVIDE DOOR -IN -DOOR TRIM WITH HINGED COVER FOR ACCESS TO LOAD TERMINALS AND WIRING GUTTERS, AND SEPARATE
LOCKABLE HINGED DOOR WITH CONCEALED HINGES FOR ACCESS TO OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE HANDLES WITHOUT EXPOSING
LIVE PARTS.
3. PROVIDE CLEAR PLASTIC CIRCUIT DIRECTORY HOLDER MOUNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR.
2.04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
I . DESCRIPTION: QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK, OVER CENTER TOGGLE, TRIP -FREE, TRIP -INDICATING CIRCUIT BREAKERS LISTED AND LABELED
AS COMPLYING WITH UL 489, AND COMPLYING WITH FS W-C-375 WHERE APPLICABLE; RATINGS, CONFIGURATIONS, AND FEATURES AS
INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT -ON TYPE. PLUG-IN TYPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
3. INTERRUPTING CAPACITY:
a. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING
INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN:
1) 10,000 RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES AT240 VAC OR208 VAC.
b. FULLY RATED SYSTEMS: PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH INTERRUPTING CAPACITY NOT LESS THAN THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
RATING INDICATED.
4. PROVIDE LISTED SWITCHING DUTY RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH SWID MARKING FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FLUORESCENT
LIGHTING.
5. PROVIDE LISTED HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LIGHTING RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH HID MARKING FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS
SERVING HID LIGHTING.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. INSTALL PANELBOARDS SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 (GENERAL WORKMANSHIP), NECA
407 (PANELBOARDS), AND NEMA PB 1.1.
C. DIRECTORY -CARD INFORMATION SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN IN CAPITAL LETTERS TO INDICATE OUTLETS CONTROLLED AND FINAL ROOM
NUMBERS SERVED BY EACH CIRCUIT AND SHALL BE MOUNTED IN HOLDERS BEHIND PROTECTIVE COVERING. SPACE NAMES AND NUMBERS
SHALL MATCH THE GRAPHICS INSTALLED IF DIFFERENT FROM THE SPACE NAMES AND NUMBERS ON THE DRAWINGS
D. PROVIDE GROUNDING AND BONDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0526.
E. INSTALL ALL FIELD -INSTALLED BRANCH DEVICES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES.
F. INSTALL BRANCH CIRCUITS USING A SEPARATE NEUTRAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT. MULITWIRE CIRCUIT ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
G. PROVIDE FILLER PLATES TO COVER UNUSED SPACES IN PANELBOARDS.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS, EXCEPT SECTION 4.
B. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING INFRARED SCAN TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND PREPARE REPORTS:
1 . INITIAL INFRARED SCANNING: AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, BUT NOT MORE THAN 60 DAYS AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE, PERFORM AN
INFRARED SCAN OF EACH PANELBOARD. REMOVE FRONT PANELS SO JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS ARE ACCESSIBLE TO PORTABLE
SCANNER.
2. FOLLOW-UP INFRARED SCANNING: PERFORM AN ADDITIONAL FOLLOW-UP INFRARED SCAN OF EACH PANELBOARD 1 1 MONTHS AFTER DATE
OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
3. INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT:
a. USE AN INFRARED SCANNING DEVICE DESIGNED TO MEASURE TEMPERATURE OR TO DETECT SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS FROM NORMAL
VALUES. PROVIDE CALIBRATION RECORD FOR DEVICE.
C. CORRECT DEFICIENCIES AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PANELBOARDS OR ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS. PANELBOARDS WILL BE
CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF THEY DO NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
D. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, INCLUDING A CERTIFIED REPORT THAT IDENTIFIES PANELBOARDS INCLUDED AND THAT
DESCRIBES SCANNING RESULTS. INCLUDE NOTATION OF DEFICIENCIES DETECTED, REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN, AND OBSERVATIONS AFTER
REMEDIAL ACTION.
3.03 CLEANING
A. CLEAN DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES AND COMPONENTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. REPAIR SCRATCHED OR MARRED EXTERIOR SURFACES TO MATCH ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. WALL SWITCHES.
B. RECEPTACLES.
C. WALL PLATES.
1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF OUTLET BOXES WITH MILLWORK, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR
BY OTHERS.
2. COORDINATE WIRING DEVICE RATINGS AND CONFIGURATIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ACTUAL EQUIPMENT TO BE
INSTALLED.
1 NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO OBTAIN DIRECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING
WITH WORK.
B. SEQUENCING:
1. DO NOT INSTALL WIRING DEVICES UNTIL FINAL SURFACE FINISHES AND PAINTING ARE COMPLETE.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG INFORMATION SHOWING DIMENSIONS, COLORS, AND CONFIGURATIONS.
B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE APPLICATION CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF USE STIPULATED BY PRODUCT
TESTING AGENCY. INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS FOR STORAGE, HANDLING, PROTECTION, EXAMINATION, PREPARATION, AND INSTALLATION OF
PR(")DLJC,'T
\\�Mjjji_ .
\\\ - I
"\\\ 0"t,13,C)!-i,""O'.'��, -
N � --- � ""
, � - " .
1�� . ,-'e 1, "
15 I 1, .,
�, 11 "', �
-1 " , ,
�_ I �Y
� 10 3 , %, � �J
Ix , ,� q� % --v
= I �� � =
= � 4 * () 10
:�: , I X� 'Tilz
�_ 114,
�_ I I
1 I .
-
'5� 1, * I I � , , t;y,�
.-
I/ �x �,:,
, , .
,
�
/ / J� - . , I 0 , %\
Lamm
REVISIONS
BY
I
I
I
.
I
I'll
4 Go
U Q0 M
v '-;V C\J
t- Cn �.D
-= -1 �.o
u
" 4, *
< �7 0-0 .
, 0 r
0 �p . E
I
� 0
.23 11� t1_ C�
, = - .
I
,;� E t-- -
X u
9�
-
� -, Cd
-E a. I- 2
r- . u
m L, "
.0 . C\J '��
"
�- n u
u r,- 2:
E
< S� - ID
00 ��
u �,:, ,_
= . �:
�� r-- �:
I
�-
= CN
C r� I
� 9) u
u �:D r_
�0
I
E ,�_ 0
, ,,--
Q) CL.
�_
,-; q\J
,
"'
I
I
I
I
I
vi al� ,� -
,
El 1__�4` �V�, i
0 =
. 9i
--
E-- ,
,�I�7` 10-,,_-J2 �
� Z m ,
u %
0 � 54
- . I L) -6 �-� C12
, , � 19 I W
Z,
�,� - I
A,,�-, �
0 ,m, ') %
,1 "':
, ,
_�
� - I 04 g m 0-1 m
- 19
� �, P P� �1,�
014 -1 I I 119110
0 rn
� N Ix
, 0 � �
1-4 -1 m-
�
0 0
I
W14
-
(9)
0
a
Ln E r- 0
r., 0 Z5 (3) �0
r, 'r - -,t 00
Z
0 0 J Ln 00
6 6 .- < -
u
�
m m -�; -
Ln Ln U m
M
W
izz- iz- -2
0)
(N CN to
r, CL
Z:�
Lu
-
'a
Q) X �
C M
Z
0 LL 3:
= 3:
E
Q)
a
(1)
�_
z
W
�-4
CU CN
I'! 14
=
00
V) 'n
2 r�
t W
0 r, L6
z M
Cn C�
I
41i , e
-J -
. a: .2 0
u
C: Q'i � -,
, .,� u: .r-
.0 -
C .A- �: Lo -2 _I
- - a) 00 Ln
0 -
U _j
,* "
-2 " m a (u 'N
Lu 11 3: 0 " :m
0 v) � 0 80
C14 0
, n
0- 00 Q) u -
< lzr _0 Lu 0 <
-
0 0
z
z 0
_J _J
0 - Q)
D
.>
0 L. _J
M
-I.- _J >,
0 LL. _.-
0 < . C
C (J W E (n :3
0
0 - 0 :s =
. - 0
:r-- 0 - -0 _r_
L.L.
0 L.
0 Ld
> LL. -4 ... >1 0
0 V) -r- ()
C m 0 0- W
(1) (0 CD a
IL
0:� < 0 N
_J
(D
0 < (.0
EE L)
00
_J LJ
LL. m
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
E 1 0
. .
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANSAND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLYWITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BYTHE LOCALAUTHORFrY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES,
k
►N
W
.0-
t
ir
b
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. PRODUCTS: LISTED, CLASSIFIED, AND LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED,
C. WIRING DEVICES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND
MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS
A. PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES SUITABLE FOR INTENDED USE AND WITH RATINGS ADEQUATE FOR LOAD SERVED.
B. PROVIDE WEATHER RESISTANT GFI RECEPTACLES WITH SPECIFIED WEATHERPROOF COVERS FOR ALL RECEPTACLES INSTALLED OUTDOORS
OR IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS.
C. PROVIDE GFI PROTECTION FOR ALL RECEPTACLES INSTALLED WITHIN 6 FEET OF SINKS.
2.02 ALL WIRING DEVICES
A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND
INDICATED.
B. FINISHES:
1. ALL WIRING DEVICES: WHITE WITH WHITE NYLON WALL PLATE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2. WIRING DEVICES INSTALLED IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS: WHITE WITH SPECIFIED WEATHERPROOF COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
2.03 WALL SWITCHES
A. ALL WALL SWITCHES: AC ONLY, QUIET OPERATING, GENERAL -USE SNAP SWITCHES WITH SILVER ALLOY CONTACTS, COMPLYING WITH NEMA
WD 1 AND NEMA WD 6, AND LISTED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 20 AND WHERE APPLICABLE, PS W-S-896; TYPES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
1. WIRING PROVISIONS: TERMINAL SCREWS FOR SIDE WIRING AND SCREW ACTUATED BINDING CLAMP FOR BACK WIRING WITH SEPARATE
GROUND TERMINAL SCREW.
2. SHALL BE SINGLE UNIT TOGGLE, BUTT CONTACT, HEAVY DUTY GENERAL-PURPOSE USE WITH AN INTEGRAL SELF GROUNDING MOUNTING
STRAP WITH BREAK -OFF PLASTERS EARS AND PROVISIONS FOR BACK WIRING WITH SEPARATE METAL WIRING CLAMPS AND SIDE WIRING
WITH CAPTIVELY HELD BINDING SCREWS.
B. STANDARD WALL SWITCHES: COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20 A, 120 V WITH STANDARD TOGGLE TYPE SWITCH ACTUATOR AND
MAINTAINED CONTACTS; SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW, DOUBLE POLE SINGLE THROW, THREE WAY, OR FOUR WAY AS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS.
C. MOMENTARY CONTACT WALL SWITCHES: COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20 A, 120 V WITH TOGGLE TYPE THREE POSITION SWITCH
ACTUATOR AND MOMENTARY CONTACTS; SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW, OFF WITH SWITCH ACTUATOR IN CENTER POSITION.
2.04 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCHES, 1201277 VAC:
A. WALL MOUNTED, AUTOMATIC ON/MANUAL ON, PASSIVE INFRARED WITH AMBIENT LIGHT SENSING, MINIMUM 1000 S.F. ROOM COVERAGE AND
500 S.F. DESKTOP ACTIVITY COVERAGE, 800 W @ 120V.
2.05 RECEPTACLES
A. ALL RECEPTACLES: SELF -GROUNDING, COMPLYING WITH NEMA WD 1 AND NEMA WD 6, AND LISTED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 498, AND WHERE
APPLICABLE, FS W-C-596; TYPES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
1. WIRING PROVISIONS: TERMINAL SCREWS FOR SIDE WIRING OR SCREW ACTUATED BINDING CLAMP FOR BACK WIRING WITH SEPARATE
GROUND TERMINAL SCREW.
2. NEMA CONFIGURATIONS SPECIFIED ARE ACCORDING TO NEMA WD 6.
3. WEATHER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES: SHALL CONSIST OF A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED IN BOX WITH A GASKETED, WEATHERPROOF,
CAST METAL COVER PLATE AND CAP OVER EACH RECEPTACLE OPENING. THE CAP SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO THE COVER
PLATE BY A SPRING -HINGED FLAP. THE WEATHERPROOF INTEGRITY SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED WHEN HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION OR
HOSPITAL GRADE ATTACHMENT PLUG CAPS ARE INSERTED. COVER PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES MOUNTED FLUSH IN THE WALL SHALL BE
GASKETED TO THE WALL IN A WATERTIGHT MANNER.
B. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES:
1. STANDARD CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES: COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R; SINGLE OR DUPLEX AS INDICATED
ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. WEATHER RESISTANT CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES: COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R„ LISTED AND LABELED
AS WEATHER RESISTANT TYPE COMPLYING WITH UL 498 SUPPLEMENT SE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS;
SINGLE OR DUPLEX AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
C. GFI RECEPTACLES:
1. ALL GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER SHALL BE CONSIST OF A DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT TRANSFORMER, SOLID STATE SENSING CIRCUITRY
AND A CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SWITCH. DEVICE SHALL HAVE NOMINAL SENSITIVITY TO GROUND LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 4-6 MILLIAMPERES
AND SHALL FUNCTION TO INTERRUPT THE CURRENT SUPPLY FOR ANY VALUE OF GROUND LEAKAGE CURRENT ABOVE FIVE MILLIAMPERES
(+ OR - 1 MILLIAMPERE) ON THE LOAD SIDE OF THE DEVICE. DEVICE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM NOMINAL TRIPPING TIME OF 0.025 SECOND.
2. STANDARD GFI RECEPTACLES: COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, DUPLEX, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, RECTANGULAR DECORATOR STYLE.
SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN A STANDARD OUTLET BOX, WITH END -OF -LIFE INDICATION AND PROVISIONS TO ISOLATE THE FACE DUE TO
IMPROPER WIRING.
3. WEATHER RESISTANT GFI RECEPTACLES: INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE, DUPLEX, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, RECTANGULAR DECORATOR
STYLE, LISTED AND LABELED AS WEATHER RESISTANT TYPE COMPLYING WITH UL 498 SUPPLEMENT SE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN
DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS,
2.06 WALL PLATES
A. ALL WALL PLATES: COMPLY WITH UL 514D.
1. CONFIGURATION: ONE PIECE COVER AS REQUIRED FOR QUANTITY AND TYPES OF CORRESPONDING WIRING DEVICES.
2. SIZE: STANDARD.
3. SCREWS: METAL WITH SLOTTED HEADS FINISHED TO MATCH WALL PLATE FINISH.
B. NYLON WALL PLATES: SMOOTH FINISH, HIGH -IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC.
C. WEATHER -RESISTANT COVERS FOR WET LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, COMPLYING WITH TYPE 3R, GASKETED, CAST ALUMINUM, WITH HINGED
LOCKABLE COVER AND CORROSION -RESISTANT SCREWS; LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR USE IN WET LOCATIONS WHILE IN USE WITH ATTACHMENT
PLUGS CONNECTED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. PERFORM WORK IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NECA 1 AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, NECA 130, INCLUDING
MOUNTING HEIGHTS SPECIFIED IN THOSE STANDARDS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 26 0537 AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES
PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WALL -MOUNTED OUTLET AND SWITCH BOXES, MEASURED BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF
THE BOX AND THE FINISHED FLOOR, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC/ANSI A117.1 AND AS FOLLOWS:
1. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AS FOLLOWS:
a. WALL SWITCHES: 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
b. RECEPTACLES: 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR 6 INCHES ABOVE COUNTER.
2. ORIENT OUTLET BOXES FOR VERTICAL INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3. LOCATE WALL SWITCHES ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR WITH EDGE OF WALL PLATE 3 INCHES FROM EDGE OF DOOR FRAME. WHERE
LOCATIONS ARE INDICATED OTHERWISE, NOTIFY ENGINEER TO OBTAIN DIRECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK.
C. INSTALL WEATHER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS.
D. PROVIDE GFI RECEPTACLES WITH INTEGRAL GFI PROTECTION AT EACH LOCATION INDICATED. DO NOT USE FEED -THROUGH WIRING TO
PROTECT DOWNSTREAM DEVICES.
E. INSTALL WALL SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION DOWN.
F. INSTALL WALL PLATES TO FIT COMPLETELY FLUSH TO WALL WITH NO GAPS AND ROUGH OPENING COMPLETELY COVERED WITHOUT STRAIN
ON WALL PLATE. REPAIR OR REINSTALL IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OUTLET BOXES OR IMPROPERLY SIZED ROUGH OPENINGS. DO NOT USE
OVERSIZED WALL PLATES IN LIEU OF MEETING THIS REQUIREMENT.
G. INSTALL BLANK WALL PLATES ON JUNCTION BOXES AND ON OUTLET BOXES WITH NO WIRING DEVICES INSTALLED OR DESIGNATED FOR
FUTURE USE.
H. IDENTIFY WIRING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0553.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. PERFORM FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING, AND ADJUSTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 014000.
B. TESTS FOR CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES:
1. LINE VOLTAGE: ACCEPTABLE RANGE IS 105 TO 132 V.
2. PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP UNDER 15-A LOAD: A VALUE OF 3 PERCENT OR HIGHER IS UNACCEPTABLE.
3. GROUND IMPEDANCE: VALUES OF UP TO 2 OHMS ARE ACCEPTABLE.
4. GFCI TRIP: TEST FOR TRIPPING VALUES SPECIFIED IN UL 1436 AND UL 943.
5. USING THE TEST PLUG, VERIFY THAT THE DEVICE AND ITS OUTLET BOX ARE SECURELY MOUNTED.
6. TESTS SHALL BE DIAGNOSTIC, INDICATING DAMAGED CONDUCTORS, HIGH RESISTANCE AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER, POOR CONNECTIONS,
INADEQUATE FAULT CURRENT PATH, DEFECTIVE DEVICES, OR SIMILAR PROBLEMS. CORRECT CIRCUIT CONDITIONS, REMOVE
MALFUNCTIONING UNITS AND REPLACE WITH NEW ONES, AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED ABOVE.
7. WIRING DEVICE WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF IT DOES NOT PASS TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
C. TEST EACH RECEPTACLE TO VERIFY OPERATION AND PROPER POLARITY.
D. TEST EACH GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR PROPER TRIPPING OPERATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
E. CORRECT WIRING DEFICIENCIES AND REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE WIRING DEVICES.
3.03 CLEANING
A. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES TO REMOVE DIRT, PAINT, OR OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL AND RESTORE TO MATCH ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 5100
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES.
B. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS.
C. EXIT SIGNS.
D. BALLASTS AND DRIVERS.
E. FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS.
F. LAMPS.
G. LUMINAIRE ACCESSORIES.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; MOST RECENT EDITION ADOPTED BY AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS.
B. NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2012.
C. UL 844 - LUMINAIRES FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
D. UL 924 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER EQUIPMENT; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
E. UL 935 - FLUORESCENT -LAMP BALLASTS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
F. UL 1029 - HIGH -INTENSITY -DISCHARGE LAMP BALLASTS; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
G. UL 1598 - LUMINAIRES; CURRENT EDITION, INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. COORDINATION:
1. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES WITH MOUNTING SURFACES INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
COORDINATE THE WORK WITH PLACEMENT OF SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. COORDINATE COMPATIBILITY OF
LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED TRIMS WITH MOUNTING SURFACES AT INSTALLED LOCATIONS.
2. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF LUMINAIRES WITH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, DIFFUSERS, FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS, AND OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
3. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF EXIT SIGNS WITH FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, SIGNAGE OR OTHER POTENTIAL OBSTRUCTIONS TO
VISIBILITY INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OR BY OTHERS.
1.04 BIDDING AND SUBSTITUTION
A. COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 01
1. BIDDERS REQUESTING APPROVAL OF BRANDS OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED BY NAME/CATALOG NUMBER IN THAT LIGHTING FIXTURE
SCHEDULE OR THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL SUBMIT THEIR REQUESTS NOT LATER THAN FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE THE
SCHEDULED BID DUE DATE. CONTRACTORS WILL BE NOTIFIED OF APPROVAL IN THE FORM OF AN ADDENDUM TO THE BID DOCUMENTS FOR
THOSE PRODUCTS, WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED AS EQUAL. THE OWNER HAS NO OBLIGATION TO REVIEW OR CONSIDER ANY
SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER THE BID DATE OR PRE -BID REVIEW PERIOD.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. RESUBMITTALS, WHERE REQUIRED, MAY BE PARTIAL AS DETERMINED BY THE SUBMITTAL
REVIEW.
B. FIXTURE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE ARRANGED NUMERICALLY AS SPECIFIED.
C. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CATALOG PAGES AND DATA SHEETS INCLUDING DETAILED INFORMATION ON
LUMINAIRE CONSTRUCTION, DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, FINISHES, MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, LISTINGS, SERVICE CONDITIONS, PHOTOMETRIC
PERFORMANCE, INSTALLED ACCESSORIES, AND CEILING COMPATIBILITY; INCLUDE MODEL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE CLEARLY MARKED WITH
ALL PROPOSED FEATURES.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. LUMINAIRE PHOTOMETRIC DATA TESTING LABORATORY QUALIFICATIONS: PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURERS' LABORATORIES THAT ARE
ACCREDITED UNDER THE NATIONAL VOLUNTEER LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT LIGHTING PRODUCTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. FURNISH PRODUCTS AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70.
B. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 1598, WHERE APPLICABLE.
C. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE COMPLETE LUMINAIRES INCLUDING LAMP(S) AND ALL SOCKETS, BALLASTS, REFLECTORS, LENSES,
HOUSINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO POSITION, ENERGIZE AND PROTECT THE LAMP AND DISTRIBUTE THE LIGHT.
D. FIXTURES SHALL BE FREE OF LIGHT LEAKS AND SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT VENTILATION OF LAMPS AND BALLASTS
INCLUDING VENT HOLES WHERE REQUIRED. EXTERIOR FIXTURES SHALL HAVE WIRE MESH CORROSION RESISTANT SCREENS IN THE VENT
HOLES.
E. DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER INTERNAL ACCESS: SMOOTH OPERATING, FREE OF LIGHT LEAKAGE UNDER OPERATING CONDITIONS, AND
DESIGNED TO PERMIT RELAMPING WITHOUT USE OF TOOLS. DESIGNED TO PREVENT DOORS, FRAMES, LENSES, DIFFUSERS, AND OTHER
COMPONENTS FROM FALLING ACCIDENTALLY DURING RELAMPING AND WHEN SECURED IN OPERATING POSITION.
F. LENSES:
1. LENSES, LOUVERS AND OTHER LIGHT DIFFUSING COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONTAINED IN FRAMES. COMPONENTS SHALL BE REMOVABLE
BUT POSITIVELY HELD WITHIN THE FRAMES SO THAT HINGING OR OTHER MOTION OF THE FRAME WILL NOT CAUSE THE DIFFUSING
COMPONENT TO DROP OUT. THIS SAFETY DEVICE SHALL BE DETACHABLE IF NECESSARY AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE FIXTURE
PERFORMANCE, MAINTENANCE, OR THE SEATING OF ANY FIXTURE ELEMENT, AND SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE DURING NORMAL FIXTURE
OPERATION.
a. ACRYLIC:
1) LENSES SHALL BE OF INJECTION MOLDED CRYSTAL CLEAR 100% VIRGIN ACRYLIC,.125 THICKNESS.
(a) FOR LENSES WITH FEMALE PATTERN, SPECIFIED THICKNESS REFERS TO OVERALL THICKNESS OF MATERIAL. (EXAMPLE: Al2.125
LENS REFERS TO A.125 NOMINAL THICKNESS)
(b) FOR LENSES WITH MALE PATTERN OF PYRAMIDS (CONES), SPECIFIED MINIMUM THICKNESS REFERS TO DISTANCE FROM FLAT
SURFACE TO BASE OF PYRAMIDS (CONES), OR THICKNESS OF UNDISTURBED MATERIAL. (EXAMPLE: A19 LENS)
2) LENSES SHALL FULLY ELIMINATE LAMP IMAGES WHEN VIEWED FROM ALL DIRECTIONS WITHIN THE 45-DEGREE TO 90-DEGREE ANGLE
FROM VERTICAL WHEN THE RATIO OF LAMP SPACING TO THE DISTANCE FROM LAMP UNDERSIDE TO TOP OF LENS DOES NOT EXCEED
1.5. WITHIN THE VIEWING ANGLE FROM 0 TO 45 DEGREES, THE RATIO OF MAXIMUM BRIGHTNESS (UNDER A LAMP) TO MINIMUM
BRIGHTNESS (BETWEEN LAMPS) SHALL NOT EXCEED 3 TO 1.
G. RECESSED LUMINAIRES:
1. CEILING COMPATIBILITY: COMPLY WITH NEMA LE 4.
H. FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES:
1. PROVIDE BALLAST DISCONNECTING MEANS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 WHERE REQUIRED.
2. FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS: PROVIDE PROGRAMMED START BALLASTS.
2.03 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. DESCRIPTION: EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES, AND LISTED AND
LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 924.
B. OPERATION: UPON INTERRUPTION OF NORMAL POWER SOURCE OR BROWNOUT CONDITION EXCEEDING 20 PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP FROM
NOMINAL, SOLID-STATE CONTROL AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHES CONNECTED LAMPS TO INTEGRAL BATTERY POWER FOR MINIMUM OF 90
MINUTES OF RATED EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION, AND AUTOMATICALLY RECHARGES BATTERY UPON RESTORATION OF NORMAL POWER
SOURCE.
C. BATTERY:
1. SEALED MAINTENANCE -FREE LEAD CALCIUM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
D. DIAGNOSTICS: PROVIDE POWER STATUS INDICATOR LIGHT AND ACCESSIBLE INTEGRAL TEST SWITCH TO MANUALLY ACTIVATE EMERGENCY
OPERATION.
E. PROVIDE LOW -VOLTAGE DISCONNECT TO PREVENT BATTERY DAMAGE FROM DEEP DISCHARGE.
2.04 EXIT SIGNS
A. DESCRIPTION: EXIT SIGNS AND SIMILAR SIGNS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSE APPLICATIONS SUCH AS AREA OF REFUGE/RESCUE ASSISTANCE.
B. ALL EXIT SIGNS: INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED WITH LEDS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 AND ALL APPLICABLE
STATE AND LOCAL CODES, AND LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 924.
1. NUMBER OF FACES: SINGLE OR DOUBLE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLED LOCATION.
2. DIRECTIONAL ARROWS: AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLED LOCATION.
2.05 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS
A. ALL BALLASTS:
1. PROVIDE BALLASTS CONTAINING NO POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBS).
2. MINIMUM EFFICIENCY/EFFICACY: PROVIDE BALLASTS COMPLYING WITH ALL CURRENT APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE BALLAST
EFFICIENCY/EFFICACY STANDARDS.
B. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS:
1. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE HIGH FREQUENCY ELECTRONIC BALLASTS COMPLYING WITH ANSI
C82.11 AND LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 935.
a. TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: NOT GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT.
b. POWER FACTOR: NOT LESS THAN 0.95.
c. BALLAST FACTOR: NORMAL BALLAST FACTOR BETWEEN 0.85 AND 1.15, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS: COMPLYING WITH ANSI C82.4 AND LISTED AND LABELED AS COMPLYING WITH UL 1029.
1. ELECTRONIC METAL HALIDE BALLASTS:
a. ALL ELECTRONIC METAL HALIDE BALLASTS:
1) TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: NOT GREATER THAN 15 PERCENT.
2) POWER FACTOR: NOT LESS THAN 0.90.
2.06 LAMPS
A. LAMPS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. UNLESS EXPLICITLY EXCLUDED, PROVIDE NEW, COMPATIBLE, OPERABLE LAMPS IN EACH LUMINAIRE.
2. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF SPECIFIED LAMPS WITH LUMINAIRES TO BE INSTALLED. WHERE LAMPS ARE NOT SPECIFIED, PROVIDE LAMPS PER
LUMINAIRE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS,
3. MINIMUM EFFICIENCY: PROVIDE LAMPS COMPLYING WITH ALL CURRENT APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE LAMP EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.
4. COLOR TEMPERATURE CONSISTENCY: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FOR EACH TYPE OF LAMP FURNISH PRODUCTS WHICH ARE
CONSISTENT IN PERCEIVED COLOR TEMPERATURE. REPLACE LAMPS THAT ARE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER TO BE INCONSISTENT IN
PERCEIVED COLOR TEMPERATURE.
B. LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS: WATTAGE AND BULB TYPE AS INDICATED, WITH BASE TYPE AS REQUIRED FOR LUMINAIRE.
1. LOW MERCURY CONTENT: PROVIDE LAMPS THAT PASS THE EPA TOXICITY CHARACTERISTIC LEACHING PROCEDURE (TCLP) TEST FOR
CHARACTERISTIC HAZARDOUS WASTE.
2. T8 LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS:
a. CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE (CCT): 4,100 K UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
b. COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI): NOT LESS THAN 80.
C. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) LAMPS: WATTAGE AS INDICATED, WITH BULB TYPE, BURNING POSITION, AND BASE TYPE AS REQUIRED FOR
LUMINAIRE.
1. METAL HALIDE LAMPS:
a. NON -REFLECTOR TYPE METAL HALIDE LAMPS: PHOSPHOR COATED LAMP FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 26 0537 AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES PROVIDED
UNDER THIS SECTION.
B. INSTALL PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
C. INSTALL LUMINAIRES SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1 (GENERAL WORKMANSHIP), NECA 500
(COMMERCIAL LIGHTING), AND NECA 502 (INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING).
D. WALL -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SPECIFIED MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE TO CENTER OF LUMINAIRE.
E. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS:
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONNECT UNIT TO UNSWITCHED POWER FROM SAME CIRCUIT FEEDING NORMAL LIGHTING IN SAME ROOM
OR AREA. BYPASS LOCAL SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, OR OTHER LIGHTING CONTROLS.
F. EXIT SIGNS:
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONNECT UNIT TO UNSWITCHED POWER FROM SAME CIRCUIT FEEDING NORMAL LIGHTING IN SAME ROOM
OR AREA. BYPASS LOCAL SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, OR OTHER LIGHTING CONTROLS.
G. FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS:
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONNECT UNIT TO UNSWITCHED POWER FROM SAME CIRCUIT FEEDING NORMAL BALLAST(S) IN
LUMINAIRE. BYPASS LOCAL SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, OR OTHER LIGHTING CONTROLS.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION.
B. TEST SELF -POWERED EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS, AND FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS TO VERIFY PROPER
OPERATION UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER SUPPLY.
C. CORRECT WIRING DEFICIENCIES AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS. REPAIR OR REPLACE EXCESSIVELY NOISY
BALLASTS AS DETERMINED BY ENGINEER.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. EXIT SIGNS WITH FIELD -SELECTABLE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS: SET AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY DESIGNATE EGRESS PATH AS
DIRECTED BY ENGINEER OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
3.04 CLEANING
A. CLEAN SURFACES ACCORDING TO NECA 500 (COMMERCIAL LIGHTING), NECA 502 (INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING), AND MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS TO REMOVE DIRT, FINGERPRINTS, PAINT, OR OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL AND RESTORE FINISHES TO MATCH ORIGINAL
FACTORY FINISH.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. PROTECT INSTALLED LUMINAIRES FROM SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
END OF SECTION
<C/ ;
Ik
REVISIONS
BY
i
i 00
00
N N
UD
0
�y O p E
ti o
I ro
ro
W
C ro
U cV �
ti
rn 00 o
CO 3
3 3
0 N
ox�
0
N
co
A
U W
�x A
'0 U
U O
V
�zw a
0
a
' M
O O
0
r,"v Ev000
00 $ o, q
Z
0 0 un 00
06.J ¢�
u
m m , w
v1 Ln U LL
W
r, r a
W
�fu
=LL3
Z
0 3
L 3
U
lu
V
lu
lu
Z
W
Y
OJ N
�= N
Ln
'n 00m
L N
t
o m LLI
Z m a
ar
a � c •- 0
c > o c
Q LL L
U
00 Ln
U0+a
.I
w 30 -
Ln
O 00 N U (D
QZTuwC7 Q
U U
- Z
Z 0
_J J
U M
O m
t
c UW E vi
o-U5=v
s
vW>10
U
°c �O V) a�'
0) Co
Q J C:)
CD
Q (0
0 p
L.L cW
L
Date: 12. 19. 14
Scale: AS NOTED
Project Mgr: ARK
Drawn: BK
Job: 14-137
Sheet
El 1
TO THE BEST OF THE ENGINEERS KNOWLEDGE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE MINIMUM BUILDING CODES AND THE APPLICABLE FIRE -SAFETY STANDARDS AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 553.79 AND CHAPTER 633, FLORIDA STATUTES.